diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/1268-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/1268-h/1268-h.htm | 28592 |
1 files changed, 28592 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/1268-h/1268-h.htm b/old/1268-h/1268-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..247469e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/1268-h/1268-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28592 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mysterious Island, by Jules Verne</title> + +<style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + +pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + </head> + <body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Mysterious Island, by Jules Verne</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Mysterious Island</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Jules Verne</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: April, 1998 [eBook #1268]<br /> +[Most recently updated: June 9, 2022]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Anthony Matonak</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MYSTERIOUS ISLAND ***</div> + +<h1>THE MYSTERIOUS ISLAND</h1> + +<h2>by Jules Verne</h2> + +<h3>1874</h3> + +<hr /> + +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PART1"> <b>PART 1. DROPPED FROM THE CLOUDS</b> + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> Chapter 1 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> Chapter 2 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> Chapter 3 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> Chapter 4 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> Chapter 5 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> Chapter 6 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> Chapter 7 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> Chapter 8 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> Chapter 9 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> Chapter 10 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> Chapter 11 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> Chapter 12 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> Chapter 13 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> Chapter 14 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> Chapter 15 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> Chapter 16 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> Chapter 17 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> Chapter 18 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> Chapter 19 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> Chapter 20 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> Chapter 21 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> Chapter 22 </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PART2"> <b>PART 2. ABANDONED</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> Chapter 1 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> Chapter 2 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> Chapter 3 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> Chapter 4 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> Chapter 5 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> Chapter 6 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> Chapter 7 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0030"> Chapter 8 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0031"> Chapter 9 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0032"> Chapter 10 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0033"> Chapter 11 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0034"> Chapter 12 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0035"> Chapter 13 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0036"> Chapter 14 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0037"> Chapter 15 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0038"> Chapter 16 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0039"> Chapter 17 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0040"> Chapter 18 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0041"> Chapter 19 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0042"> Chapter 20 </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PART3"> <b>PART 3. THE SECRET OF THE ISLAND</b> + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0043"> Chapter 1 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0044"> Chapter 2 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0045"> Chapter 3 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0046"> Chapter 4 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0047"> Chapter 5 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0048"> Chapter 6 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0049"> Chapter 7 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0050"> Chapter 8 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0051"> Chapter 9 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0052"> Chapter 10 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0053"> Chapter 11 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0054"> Chapter 12 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0055"> Chapter 13 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0056"> Chapter 14 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0057"> Chapter 15 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0058"> Chapter 16 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0059"> Chapter 17 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0060"> Chapter 18 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0061"> Chapter 19 </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0062"> Chapter 20 </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + + <p> + <a name="link2H_PART1" id="link2H_PART1"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PART 1—DROPPED FROM THE CLOUDS + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 1 + </h2> + <p> + “Are we rising again?” “No. On the contrary.” “Are we descending?” “Worse + than that, captain! we are falling!” “For Heaven’s sake heave out the + ballast!” “There! the last sack is empty!” “Does the balloon rise?” “No!” + “I hear a noise like the dashing of waves. The sea is below the car! It + cannot be more than 500 feet from us!” “Overboard with every weight! ... + everything!” + </p> + <p> + Such were the loud and startling words which resounded through the air, + above the vast watery desert of the Pacific, about four o’clock in the + evening of the 23rd of March, 1865. + </p> + <p> + Few can possibly have forgotten the terrible storm from the northeast, in + the middle of the equinox of that year. The tempest raged without + intermission from the 18th to the 26th of March. Its ravages were terrible + in America, Europe, and Asia, covering a distance of eighteen hundred + miles, and extending obliquely to the equator from the thirty-fifth north + parallel to the fortieth south parallel. Towns were overthrown, forests + uprooted, coasts devastated by the mountains of water which were + precipitated on them, vessels cast on the shore, which the published + accounts numbered by hundreds, whole districts leveled by waterspouts + which destroyed everything they passed over, several thousand people + crushed on land or drowned at sea; such were the traces of its fury, left + by this devastating tempest. It surpassed in disasters those which so + frightfully ravaged Havana and Guadalupe, one on the 25th of October, + 1810, the other on the 26th of July, 1825. + </p> + <p> + But while so many catastrophes were taking place on land and at sea, a + drama not less exciting was being enacted in the agitated air. + </p> + <p> + In fact, a balloon, as a ball might be carried on the summit of a + waterspout, had been taken into the circling movement of a column of air + and had traversed space at the rate of ninety miles an hour, turning round + and round as if seized by some aerial maelstrom. + </p> + <p> + Beneath the lower point of the balloon swung a car, containing five + passengers, scarcely visible in the midst of the thick vapor mingled with + spray which hung over the surface of the ocean. + </p> + <p> + Whence, it may be asked, had come that plaything of the tempest? From what + part of the world did it rise? It surely could not have started during the + storm. But the storm had raged five days already, and the first symptoms + were manifested on the 18th. It cannot be doubted that the balloon came + from a great distance, for it could not have traveled less than two + thousand miles in twenty-four hours. + </p> + <p> + At any rate the passengers, destitute of all marks for their guidance, + could not have possessed the means of reckoning the route traversed since + their departure. It was a remarkable fact that, although in the very midst + of the furious tempest, they did not suffer from it. They were thrown + about and whirled round and round without feeling the rotation in the + slightest degree, or being sensible that they were removed from a + horizontal position. + </p> + <p> + Their eyes could not pierce through the thick mist which had gathered + beneath the car. Dark vapor was all around them. Such was the density of + the atmosphere that they could not be certain whether it was day or night. + No reflection of light, no sound from inhabited land, no roaring of the + ocean could have reached them, through the obscurity, while suspended in + those elevated zones. Their rapid descent alone had informed them of the + dangers which they ran from the waves. However, the balloon, lightened of + heavy articles, such as ammunition, arms, and provisions, had risen into + the higher layers of the atmosphere, to a height of 4,500 feet. The + voyagers, after having discovered that the sea extended beneath them, and + thinking the dangers above less dreadful than those below, did not + hesitate to throw overboard even their most useful articles, while they + endeavored to lose no more of that fluid, the life of their enterprise, + which sustained them above the abyss. + </p> + <p> + The night passed in the midst of alarms which would have been death to + less energetic souls. Again the day appeared and with it the tempest began + to moderate. From the beginning of that day, the 24th of March, it showed + symptoms of abating. At dawn, some of the lighter clouds had risen into + the more lofty regions of the air. In a few hours the wind had changed + from a hurricane to a fresh breeze, that is to say, the rate of the + transit of the atmospheric layers was diminished by half. It was still + what sailors call “a close-reefed topsail breeze,” but the commotion in + the elements had none the less considerably diminished. + </p> + <p> + Towards eleven o’clock, the lower region of the air was sensibly clearer. + The atmosphere threw off that chilly dampness which is felt after the + passage of a great meteor. The storm did not seem to have gone farther to + the west. It appeared to have exhausted itself. Could it have passed away + in electric sheets, as is sometimes the case with regard to the typhoons + of the Indian Ocean? + </p> + <p> + But at the same time, it was also evident that the balloon was again + slowly descending with a regular movement. It appeared as if it were, + little by little, collapsing, and that its case was lengthening and + extending, passing from a spherical to an oval form. Towards midday the + balloon was hovering above the sea at a height of only 2,000 feet. It + contained 50,000 cubic feet of gas, and, thanks to its capacity, it could + maintain itself a long time in the air, although it should reach a great + altitude or might be thrown into a horizontal position. + </p> + <p> + Perceiving their danger, the passengers cast away the last articles which + still weighed down the car, the few provisions they had kept, everything, + even to their pocket-knives, and one of them, having hoisted himself on to + the circles which united the cords of the net, tried to secure more firmly + the lower point of the balloon. + </p> + <p> + It was, however, evident to the voyagers that the gas was failing, and + that the balloon could no longer be sustained in the higher regions. They + must infallibly perish! + </p> + <p> + There was not a continent, nor even an island, visible beneath them. The + watery expanse did not present a single speck of land, not a solid surface + upon which their anchor could hold. + </p> + <p> + It was the open sea, whose waves were still dashing with tremendous + violence! It was the ocean, without any visible limits, even for those + whose gaze, from their commanding position, extended over a radius of + forty miles. The vast liquid plain, lashed without mercy by the storm, + appeared as if covered with herds of furious chargers, whose white and + disheveled crests were streaming in the wind. No land was in sight, not a + solitary ship could be seen. It was necessary at any cost to arrest their + downward course, and to prevent the balloon from being engulfed in the + waves. The voyagers directed all their energies to this urgent work. But, + notwithstanding their efforts, the balloon still fell, and at the same + time shifted with the greatest rapidity, following the direction of the + wind, that is to say, from the northeast to the southwest. + </p> + <p> + Frightful indeed was the situation of these unfortunate men. They were + evidently no longer masters of the machine. All their attempts were + useless. The case of the balloon collapsed more and more. The gas escaped + without any possibility of retaining it. Their descent was visibly + accelerated, and soon after midday the car hung within 600 feet of the + ocean. + </p> + <p> + It was impossible to prevent the escape of gas, which rushed through a + large rent in the silk. By lightening the car of all the articles which it + contained, the passengers had been able to prolong their suspension in the + air for a few hours. But the inevitable catastrophe could only be + retarded, and if land did not appear before night, voyagers, car, and + balloon must to a certainty vanish beneath the waves. + </p> + <p> + They now resorted to the only remaining expedient. They were truly + dauntless men, who knew how to look death in the face. Not a single murmur + escaped from their lips. They were determined to struggle to the last + minute, to do anything to retard their fall. The car was only a sort of + willow basket, unable to float, and there was not the slightest + possibility of maintaining it on the surface of the sea. + </p> + <p> + Two more hours passed and the balloon was scarcely 400 feet above the + water. + </p> + <p> + At that moment a loud voice, the voice of a man whose heart was + inaccessible to fear, was heard. To this voice responded others not less + determined. “Is everything thrown out?” “No, here are still 2,000 dollars + in gold.” A heavy bag immediately plunged into the sea. “Does the balloon + rise?” “A little, but it will not be long before it falls again.” “What + still remains to be thrown out?” “Nothing.” “Yes! the car!” “Let us catch + hold of the net, and into the sea with the car.” + </p> + <p> + This was, in fact, the last and only mode of lightening the balloon. The + ropes which held the car were cut, and the balloon, after its fall, + mounted 2,000 feet. The five voyagers had hoisted themselves into the net, + and clung to the meshes, gazing at the abyss. + </p> + <p> + The delicate sensibility of balloons is well known. It is sufficient to + throw out the lightest article to produce a difference in its vertical + position. The apparatus in the air is like a balance of mathematical + precision. It can be thus easily understood that when it is lightened of + any considerable weight its movement will be impetuous and sudden. So it + happened on this occasion. But after being suspended for an instant aloft, + the balloon began to redescend, the gas escaping by the rent which it was + impossible to repair. + </p> + <p> + The men had done all that men could do. No human efforts could save them + now. + </p> + <p> + They must trust to the mercy of Him who rules the elements. + </p> + <p> + At four o’clock the balloon was only 500 feet above the surface of the + water. + </p> + <p> + A loud barking was heard. A dog accompanied the voyagers, and was held + pressed close to his master in the meshes of the net. + </p> + <p> + “Top has seen something,” cried one of the men. Then immediately a loud + voice shouted,— + </p> + <p> + “Land! land!” The balloon, which the wind still drove towards the + southwest, had since daybreak gone a considerable distance, which might be + reckoned by hundreds of miles, and a tolerably high land had, in fact, + appeared in that direction. But this land was still thirty miles off. It + would not take less than an hour to get to it, and then there was the + chance of falling to leeward. + </p> + <p> + An hour! Might not the balloon before that be emptied of all the fluid it + yet retained? + </p> + <p> + Such was the terrible question! The voyagers could distinctly see that + solid spot which they must reach at any cost. They were ignorant of what + it was, whether an island or a continent, for they did not know to what + part of the world the hurricane had driven them. But they must reach this + land, whether inhabited or desolate, whether hospitable or not. + </p> + <p> + It was evident that the balloon could no longer support itself! Several + times already had the crests of the enormous billows licked the bottom of + the net, making it still heavier, and the balloon only half rose, like a + bird with a wounded wing. Half an hour later the land was not more than a + mile off, but the balloon, exhausted, flabby, hanging in great folds, had + gas in its upper part alone. The voyagers, clinging to the net, were still + too heavy for it, and soon, half plunged into the sea, they were beaten by + the furious waves. The balloon-case bulged out again, and the wind, taking + it, drove it along like a vessel. Might it not possibly thus reach the + land? + </p> + <p> + But, when only two fathoms off, terrible cries resounded from four pairs + of lungs at once. The balloon, which had appeared as if it would never + again rise, suddenly made an unexpected bound, after having been struck by + a tremendous sea. As if it had been at that instant relieved of a new part + of its weight, it mounted to a height of 1,500 feet, and here it met a + current of wind, which instead of taking it directly to the coast, carried + it in a nearly parallel direction. + </p> + <p> + At last, two minutes later, it reproached obliquely, and finally fell on a + sandy beach, out of the reach of the waves. + </p> + <p> + The voyagers, aiding each other, managed to disengage themselves from the + meshes of the net. The balloon, relieved of their weight, was taken by the + wind, and like a wounded bird which revives for an instant, disappeared + into space. + </p> + <p> + But the car had contained five passengers, with a dog, and the balloon + only left four on the shore. + </p> + <p> + The missing person had evidently been swept off by the sea, which had just + struck the net, and it was owing to this circumstance that the lightened + balloon rose the last time, and then soon after reached the land. Scarcely + had the four castaways set foot on firm ground, than they all, thinking of + the absent one, simultaneously exclaimed, “Perhaps he will try to swim to + land! Let us save him! let us save him!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 2 + </h2> + <p> + Those whom the hurricane had just thrown on this coast were neither + aeronauts by profession nor amateurs. They were prisoners of war whose + boldness had induced them to escape in this extraordinary manner. + </p> + <p> + A hundred times they had almost perished! A hundred times had they almost + fallen from their torn balloon into the depths of the ocean. But Heaven + had reserved them for a strange destiny, and after having, on the 20th of + March, escaped from Richmond, besieged by the troops of General Ulysses + Grant, they found themselves seven thousand miles from the capital of + Virginia, which was the principal stronghold of the South, during the + terrible War of Secession. Their aerial voyage had lasted five days. + </p> + <p> + The curious circumstances which led to the escape of the prisoners were as + follows: + </p> + <p> + That same year, in the month of February, 1865, in one of the coups de + main by which General Grant attempted, though in vain, to possess himself + of Richmond, several of his officers fell into the power of the enemy and + were detained in the town. One of the most distinguished was Captain Cyrus + Harding. He was a native of Massachusetts, a first-class engineer, to whom + the government had confided, during the war, the direction of the + railways, which were so important at that time. A true Northerner, thin, + bony, lean, about forty-five years of age; his close-cut hair and his + beard, of which he only kept a thick mustache, were already getting gray. + He had one-of those finely-developed heads which appear made to be struck + on a medal, piercing eyes, a serious mouth, the physiognomy of a clever + man of the military school. He was one of those engineers who began by + handling the hammer and pickaxe, like generals who first act as common + soldiers. Besides mental power, he also possessed great manual dexterity. + His muscles exhibited remarkable proofs of tenacity. A man of action as + well as a man of thought, all he did was without effort to one of his + vigorous and sanguine temperament. Learned, clear-headed, and practical, + he fulfilled in all emergencies those three conditions which united ought + to insure human success—activity of mind and body, impetuous wishes, + and powerful will. He might have taken for his motto that of William of + Orange in the 17th century: “I can undertake and persevere even without + hope of success.” Cyrus Harding was courage personified. He had been in + all the battles of that war. After having begun as a volunteer at + Illinois, under Ulysses Grant, he fought at Paducah, Belmont, Pittsburg + Landing, at the siege of Corinth, Port Gibson, Black River, Chattanooga, + the Wilderness, on the Potomac, everywhere and valiantly, a soldier worthy + of the general who said, “I never count my dead!” And hundreds of times + Captain Harding had almost been among those who were not counted by the + terrible Grant; but in these combats where he never spared himself, + fortune favored him till the moment when he was wounded and taken prisoner + on the field of battle near Richmond. At the same time and on the same day + another important personage fell into the hands of the Southerners. This + was no other than Gideon Spilett, a reporter for the New York Herald, who + had been ordered to follow the changes of the war in the midst of the + Northern armies. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett was one of that race of indomitable English or American + chroniclers, like Stanley and others, who stop at nothing to obtain exact + information, and transmit it to their journal in the shortest possible + time. The newspapers of the Union, such as the New York Herald, are + genuine powers, and their reporters are men to be reckoned with. Gideon + Spilett ranked among the first of those reporters: a man of great merit, + energetic, prompt and ready for anything, full of ideas, having traveled + over the whole world, soldier and artist, enthusiastic in council, + resolute in action, caring neither for trouble, fatigue, nor danger, when + in pursuit of information, for himself first, and then for his journal, a + perfect treasury of knowledge on all sorts of curious subjects, of the + unpublished, of the unknown, and of the impossible. He was one of those + intrepid observers who write under fire, “reporting” among bullets, and to + whom every danger is welcome. + </p> + <p> + He also had been in all the battles, in the first rank, revolver in one + hand, note-book in the other; grape-shot never made his pencil tremble. He + did not fatigue the wires with incessant telegrams, like those who speak + when they have nothing to say, but each of his notes, short, decisive, and + clear, threw light on some important point. Besides, he was not wanting in + humor. It was he who, after the affair of the Black River, determined at + any cost to keep his place at the wicket of the telegraph office, and + after having announced to his journal the result of the battle, + telegraphed for two hours the first chapters of the Bible. It cost the New + York Herald two thousand dollars, but the New York Herald published the + first intelligence. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett was tall. He was rather more than forty years of age. Light + whiskers bordering on red surrounded his face. His eye was steady, lively, + rapid in its changes. It was the eye of a man accustomed to take in at a + glance all the details of a scene. Well built, he was inured to all + climates, like a bar of steel hardened in cold water. + </p> + <p> + For ten years Gideon Spilett had been the reporter of the New York Herald, + which he enriched by his letters and drawings, for he was as skilful in + the use of the pencil as of the pen. When he was captured, he was in the + act of making a description and sketch of the battle. The last words in + his note-book were these: “A Southern rifleman has just taken aim at me, + but—” The Southerner notwithstanding missed Gideon Spilett, who, + with his usual fortune, came out of this affair without a scratch. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett, who did not know each other except by + reputation, had both been carried to Richmond. The engineer’s wounds + rapidly healed, and it was during his convalescence that he made + acquaintance with the reporter. The two men then learned to appreciate + each other. Soon their common aim had but one object, that of escaping, + rejoining Grant’s army, and fighting together in the ranks of the + Federals. + </p> + <p> + The two Americans had from the first determined to seize every chance; but + although they were allowed to wander at liberty in the town, Richmond was + so strictly guarded, that escape appeared impossible. In the meanwhile + Captain Harding was rejoined by a servant who was devoted to him in life + and in death. This intrepid fellow was a Negro born on the engineer’s + estate, of a slave father and mother, but to whom Cyrus, who was an + Abolitionist from conviction and heart, had long since given his freedom. + The once slave, though free, would not leave his master. He would have + died for him. He was a man of about thirty, vigorous, active, clever, + intelligent, gentle, and calm, sometimes naive, always merry, obliging, + and honest. His name was Nebuchadnezzar, but he only answered to the + familiar abbreviation of Neb. + </p> + <p> + When Neb heard that his master had been made prisoner, he left + Massachusetts without hesitating an instant, arrived before Richmond, and + by dint of stratagem and shrewdness, after having risked his life twenty + times over, managed to penetrate into the besieged town. The pleasure of + Harding on seeing his servant, and the joy of Neb at finding his master, + can scarcely be described. + </p> + <p> + But though Neb had been able to make his way into Richmond, it was quite + another thing to get out again, for the Northern prisoners were very + strictly watched. Some extraordinary opportunity was needed to make the + attempt with any chance of success, and this opportunity not only did not + present itself, but was very difficult to find. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Grant continued his energetic operations. The victory of + Petersburg had been very dearly bought. His forces, united to those of + Butler, had as yet been unsuccessful before Richmond, and nothing gave the + prisoners any hope of a speedy deliverance. + </p> + <p> + The reporter, to whom his tedious captivity did not offer a single + incident worthy of note, could stand it no longer. His usually active mind + was occupied with one sole thought—how he might get out of Richmond + at any cost. Several times had he even made the attempt, but was stopped + by some insurmountable obstacle. However, the siege continued; and if the + prisoners were anxious to escape and join Grant’s army, certain of the + besieged were no less anxious to join the Southern forces. Among them was + one Jonathan Forster, a determined Southerner. The truth was, that if the + prisoners of the Secessionists could not leave the town, neither could the + Secessionists themselves while the Northern army invested it. The Governor + of Richmond for a long time had been unable to communicate with General + Lee, and he very much wished to make known to him the situation of the + town, so as to hasten the march of the army to their relief. Thus Jonathan + Forster accordingly conceived the idea of rising in a balloon, so as to + pass over the besieging lines, and in that way reach the Secessionist + camp. + </p> + <p> + The Governor authorized the attempt. A balloon was manufactured and placed + at the disposal of Forster, who was to be accompanied by five other + persons. They were furnished with arms in case they might have to defend + themselves when they alighted, and provisions in the event of their aerial + voyage being prolonged. + </p> + <p> + The departure of the balloon was fixed for the 18th of March. It should be + effected during the night, with a northwest wind of moderate force, and + the aeronauts calculated that they would reach General Lee’s camp in a few + hours. + </p> + <p> + But this northwest wind was not a simple breeze. From the 18th it was + evident that it was changing to a hurricane. The tempest soon became such + that Forster’s departure was deferred, for it was impossible to risk the + balloon and those whom it carried in the midst of the furious elements. + </p> + <p> + The balloon, inflated on the great square of Richmond, was ready to depart + on the first abatement of the wind, and, as may be supposed, the + impatience among the besieged to see the storm moderate was very great. + </p> + <p> + The 18th, the 19th of March passed without any alteration in the weather. + There was even great difficulty in keeping the balloon fastened to the + ground, as the squalls dashed it furiously about. + </p> + <p> + The night of the 19th passed, but the next morning the storm blew with + redoubled force. The departure of the balloon was impossible. + </p> + <p> + On that day the engineer, Cyrus Harding, was accosted in one of the + streets of Richmond by a person whom he did not in the least know. This + was a sailor named Pencroft, a man of about thirty-five or forty years of + age, strongly built, very sunburnt, and possessed of a pair of bright + sparkling eyes and a remarkably good physiognomy. Pencroft was an American + from the North, who had sailed all the ocean over, and who had gone + through every possible and almost impossible adventure that a being with + two feet and no wings would encounter. It is needless to say that he was a + bold, dashing fellow, ready to dare anything and was astonished at + nothing. Pencroft at the beginning of the year had gone to Richmond on + business, with a young boy of fifteen from New Jersey, son of a former + captain, an orphan, whom he loved as if he had been his own child. Not + having been able to leave the town before the first operations of the + siege, he found himself shut up, to his great disgust; but, not accustomed + to succumb to difficulties, he resolved to escape by some means or other. + He knew the engineer-officer by reputation; he knew with what impatience + that determined man chafed under his restraint. On this day he did not, + therefore, hesitate to accost him, saying, without circumlocution, “Have + you had enough of Richmond, captain?” + </p> + <p> + The engineer looked fixedly at the man who spoke, and who added, in a low + voice,— + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding, will you try to escape?” + </p> + <p> + “When?” asked the engineer quickly, and it was evident that this question + was uttered without consideration, for he had not yet examined the + stranger who addressed him. But after having with a penetrating eye + observed the open face of the sailor, he was convinced that he had before + him an honest man. + </p> + <p> + “Who are you?” he asked briefly. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft made himself known. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied Harding, “and in what way do you propose to escape?” + </p> + <p> + “By that lazy balloon which is left there doing nothing, and which looks + to me as if it was waiting on purpose for us—” + </p> + <p> + There was no necessity for the sailor to finish his sentence. The engineer + understood him at once. He seized Pencroft by the arm, and dragged him to + his house. There the sailor developed his project, which was indeed + extremely simple. They risked nothing but their lives in its execution. + The hurricane was in all its violence, it is true, but so clever and + daring an engineer as Cyrus Harding knew perfectly well how to manage a + balloon. Had he himself been as well acquainted with the art of sailing in + the air as he was with the navigation of a ship, Pencroft would not have + hesitated to set out, of course taking his young friend Herbert with him; + for, accustomed to brave the fiercest tempests of the ocean, he was not to + be hindered on account of the hurricane. + </p> + <p> + Captain Harding had listened to the sailor without saying a word, but his + eyes shone with satisfaction. Here was the long-sought-for opportunity—he + was not a man to let it pass. The plan was feasible, though, it must be + confessed, dangerous in the extreme. In the night, in spite of their + guards, they might approach the balloon, slip into the car, and then cut + the cords which held it. There was no doubt that they might be killed, but + on the other hand they might succeed, and without this storm!—Without + this storm the balloon would have started already and the looked-for + opportunity would not have then presented itself. + </p> + <p> + “I am not alone!” said Harding at last. + </p> + <p> + “How many people do you wish to bring with you?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Two; my friend Spilett, and my servant Neb.” + </p> + <p> + “That will be three,” replied Pencroft; “and with Herbert and me five. But + the balloon will hold six—” + </p> + <p> + “That will be enough, we will go,” answered Harding in a firm voice. + </p> + <p> + This “we” included Spilett, for the reporter, as his friend well knew, was + not a man to draw back, and when the project was communicated to him he + approved of it unreservedly. What astonished him was, that so simple an + idea had not occurred to him before. As to Neb, he followed his master + wherever his master wished to go. + </p> + <p> + “This evening, then,” said Pencroft, “we will all meet out there.” + </p> + <p> + “This evening, at ten o’clock,” replied Captain Harding; “and Heaven grant + that the storm does not abate before our departure.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft took leave of the two friends, and returned to his lodging, where + young Herbert Brown had remained. The courageous boy knew of the sailor’s + plan, and it was not without anxiety that he awaited the result of the + proposal being made to the engineer. Thus five determined persons were + about to abandon themselves to the mercy of the tempestuous elements! + </p> + <p> + No! the storm did not abate, and neither Jonathan Forster nor his + companions dreamed of confronting it in that frail car. + </p> + <p> + It would be a terrible journey. The engineer only feared one thing; it was + that the balloon, held to the ground and dashed about by the wind, would + be torn into shreds. For several hours he roamed round the nearly-deserted + square, surveying the apparatus. Pencroft did the same on his side, his + hands in his pockets, yawning now and then like a man who did not know how + to kill the time, but really dreading, like his friend, either the escape + or destruction of the balloon. Evening arrived. The night was dark in the + extreme. Thick mists passed like clouds close to the ground. Rain fell + mingled with snow, it was very cold. A mist hung over Richmond. It seemed + as if the violent storm had produced a truce between the besiegers and the + besieged, and that the cannon were silenced by the louder detonations of + the storm. The streets of the town were deserted. It had not even appeared + necessary in that horrible weather to place a guard in the square, in the + midst of which plunged the balloon. Everything favored the departure of + the prisoners, but what might possibly be the termination of the hazardous + voyage they contemplated in the midst of the furious elements?— + </p> + <p> + “Dirty weather!” exclaimed Pencroft, fixing his hat firmly on his head + with a blow of his fist; “but pshaw, we shall succeed all the same!” + </p> + <p> + At half-past nine, Harding and his companions glided from different + directions into the square, which the gas-lamps, extinguished by the wind, + had left in total obscurity. Even the enormous balloon, almost beaten to + the ground, could not be seen. Independently of the sacks of ballast, to + which the cords of the net were fastened, the car was held by a strong + cable passed through a ring in the pavement. The five prisoners met by the + car. They had not been perceived, and such was the darkness that they + could not even see each other. + </p> + <p> + Without speaking a word, Harding, Spilett, Neb, and Herbert took their + places in the car, while Pencroft by the engineer’s order detached + successively the bags of ballast. It was the work of a few minutes only, + and the sailor rejoined his companions. + </p> + <p> + The balloon was then only held by the cable, and the engineer had nothing + to do but to give the word. + </p> + <p> + At that moment a dog sprang with a bound into the car. It was Top, a + favorite of the engineer. The faithful creature, having broken his chain, + had followed his master. He, however, fearing that its additional weight + might impede their ascent, wished to send away the animal. + </p> + <p> + “One more will make but little difference, poor beast!” exclaimed + Pencroft, heaving out two bags of sand, and as he spoke letting go the + cable; the balloon ascending in an oblique direction, disappeared, after + having dashed the car against two chimneys, which it threw down as it + swept by them. + </p> + <p> + Then, indeed, the full rage of the hurricane was exhibited to the + voyagers. During the night the engineer could not dream of descending, and + when day broke, even a glimpse of the earth below was intercepted by fog. + </p> + <p> + Five days had passed when a partial clearing allowed them to see the wide + extending ocean beneath their feet, now lashed into the maddest fury by + the gale. + </p> + <p> + Our readers will recollect what befell these five daring individuals who + set out on their hazardous expedition in the balloon on the 20th of March. + Five days afterwards four of them were thrown on a desert coast, seven + thousand miles from their country! But one of their number was missing, + the man who was to be their guide, their leading spirit, the engineer, + Captain Harding! The instant they had recovered their feet, they all + hurried to the beach in the hopes of rendering him assistance. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 3 + </h2> + <p> + The engineer, the meshes of the net having given way, had been carried off + by a wave. His dog also had disappeared. The faithful animal had + voluntarily leaped out to help his master. “Forward,” cried the reporter; + and all four, Spilett, Herbert, Pencroft, and Neb, forgetting their + fatigue, began their search. Poor Neb shed bitter tears, giving way to + despair at the thought of having lost the only being he loved on earth. + </p> + <p> + Only two minutes had passed from the time when Cyrus Harding disappeared + to the moment when his companions set foot on the ground. They had hopes + therefore of arriving in time to save him. “Let us look for him! let us + look for him!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Neb,” replied Gideon Spilett, “and we will find him too!” + </p> + <p> + “Living, I trust!” + </p> + <p> + “Still living!” + </p> + <p> + “Can he swim?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Neb, “and besides, Top is there.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor, observing the heavy surf on the shore, shook his head. + </p> + <p> + The engineer had disappeared to the north of the shore, and nearly half a + mile from the place where the castaways had landed. The nearest point of + the beach he could reach was thus fully that distance off. + </p> + <p> + It was then nearly six o’clock. A thick fog made the night very dark. The + castaways proceeded toward the north of the land on which chance had + thrown them, an unknown region, the geographical situation of which they + could not even guess. They were walking upon a sandy soil, mingled with + stones, which appeared destitute of any sort of vegetation. The ground, + very unequal and rough, was in some places perfectly riddled with holes, + making walking extremely painful. From these holes escaped every minute + great birds of clumsy flight, which flew in all directions. Others, more + active, rose in flocks and passed in clouds over their heads. The sailor + thought he recognized gulls and cormorants, whose shrill cries rose above + the roaring of the sea. + </p> + <p> + From time to time the castaways stopped and shouted, then listened for + some response from the ocean, for they thought that if the engineer had + landed, and they had been near to the place, they would have heard the + barking of the dog Top, even should Harding himself have been unable to + give any sign of existence. They stopped to listen, but no sound arose + above the roaring of the waves and the dashing of the surf. The little + band then continued their march forward, searching into every hollow of + the shore. + </p> + <p> + After walking for twenty minutes, the four castaways were suddenly brought + to a standstill by the sight of foaming billows close to their feet. The + solid ground ended here. They found themselves at the extremity of a sharp + point on which the sea broke furiously. + </p> + <p> + “It is a promontory,” said the sailor; “we must retrace our steps, holding + towards the right, and we shall thus gain the mainland.” + </p> + <p> + “But if he is there,” said Neb, pointing to the ocean, whose waves shone + of a snowy white in the darkness. “Well, let us call again,” and all + uniting their voices, they gave a vigorous shout, but there came no reply. + They waited for a lull, then began again; still no reply. + </p> + <p> + The castaways accordingly returned, following the opposite side of the + promontory, over a soil equally sandy and rugged. However, Pencroft + observed that the shore was more equal, that the ground rose, and he + declared that it was joined by a long slope to a hill, whose massive front + he thought that he could see looming indistinctly through the mist. The + birds were less numerous on this part of the shore; the sea was also less + tumultuous, and they observed that the agitation of the waves was + diminished. The noise of the surf was scarcely heard. This side of the + promontory evidently formed a semicircular bay, which the sharp point + sheltered from the breakers of the open sea. But to follow this direction + was to go south, exactly opposite to that part of the coast where Harding + might have landed. After a walk of a mile and a half, the shore presented + no curve which would permit them to return to the north. This promontory, + of which they had turned the point, must be attached to the mainland. The + castaways, although their strength was nearly exhausted, still marched + courageously forward, hoping every moment to meet with a sudden angle + which would set them in the first direction. What was their + disappointment, when, after trudging nearly two miles, having reached an + elevated point composed of slippery rocks, they found themselves again + stopped by the sea. + </p> + <p> + “We are on an islet,” said Pencroft, “and we have surveyed it from one + extremity to the other.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor was right; they had been thrown, not on a continent, not even + on an island, but on an islet which was not more than two miles in length, + with even a less breadth. + </p> + <p> + Was this barren spot the desolate refuge of sea-birds, strewn with stones + and destitute of vegetation, attached to a more important archipelago? It + was impossible to say. When the voyagers from their car saw the land + through the mist, they had not been able to reconnoiter it sufficiently. + However, Pencroft, accustomed with his sailor eyes to piece through the + gloom, was almost certain that he could clearly distinguish in the west + confused masses which indicated an elevated coast. But they could not in + the dark determine whether it was a single island, or connected with + others. They could not leave it either, as the sea surrounded them; they + must therefore put off till the next day their search for the engineer, + from whom, alas! not a single cry had reached them to show that he was + still in existence. + </p> + <p> + “The silence of our friend proves nothing,” said the reporter. “Perhaps he + has fainted or is wounded, and unable to reply directly, so we will not + despair.” + </p> + <p> + The reporter then proposed to light a fire on a point of the islet, which + would serve as a signal to the engineer. But they searched in vain for + wood or dry brambles; nothing but sand and stones were to be found. The + grief of Neb and his companions, who were all strongly attached to the + intrepid Harding, can be better pictured than described. It was too + evident that they were powerless to help him. They must wait with what + patience they could for daylight. Either the engineer had been able to + save himself, and had already found a refuge on some point of the coast, + or he was lost for ever! The long and painful hours passed by. The cold + was intense. The castaways suffered cruelly, but they scarcely perceived + it. They did not even think of taking a minute’s rest. Forgetting + everything but their chief, hoping or wishing to hope on, they continued + to walk up and down on this sterile spot, always returning to its northern + point, where they could approach nearest to the scene of the catastrophe. + They listened, they called, and then uniting their voices, they endeavored + to raise even a louder shout than before, which would be transmitted to a + great distance. The wind had now fallen almost to a calm, and the noise of + the sea began also to subside. One of Neb’s shouts even appeared to + produce an echo. Herbert directed Pencroft’s attention to it, adding, + “That proves that there is a coast to the west, at no great distance.” The + sailor nodded; besides, his eyes could not deceive him. If he had + discovered land, however indistinct it might appear, land was sure to be + there. But that distant echo was the only response produced by Neb’s + shouts, while a heavy gloom hung over all the part east of the island. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the sky was clearing little by little. Towards midnight the + stars shone out, and if the engineer had been there with his companions he + would have remarked that these stars did not belong to the Northern + Hemisphere. The Polar Star was not visible, the constellations were not + those which they had been accustomed to see in the United States; the + Southern Cross glittered brightly in the sky. + </p> + <p> + The night passed away. Towards five o’clock in the morning of the 25th of + March, the sky began to lighten; the horizon still remained dark, but with + daybreak a thick mist rose from the sea, so that the eye could scarcely + penetrate beyond twenty feet or so from where they stood. At length the + fog gradually unrolled itself in great heavily moving waves. + </p> + <p> + It was unfortunate, however, that the castaways could distinguish nothing + around them. While the gaze of the reporter and Neb were cast upon the + ocean, the sailor and Herbert looked eagerly for the coast in the west. + But not a speck of land was visible. “Never mind,” said Pencroft, “though + I do not see the land, I feel it... it is there... there... as sure as the + fact that we are no longer at Richmond.” But the fog was not long in + rising. It was only a fine-weather mist. A hot sun soon penetrated to the + surface of the island. About half-past six, three-quarters of an hour + after sunrise, the mist became more transparent. It grew thicker above, + but cleared away below. Soon the isle appeared as if it had descended from + a cloud, then the sea showed itself around them, spreading far away + towards the east, but bounded on the west by an abrupt and precipitous + coast. + </p> + <p> + Yes! the land was there. Their safety was at least provisionally insured. + The islet and the coast were separated by a channel about half a mile in + breadth, through which rushed an extremely rapid current. + </p> + <p> + However, one of the castaways, following the impulse of his heart, + immediately threw himself into the current, without consulting his + companions, without saying a single word. It was Neb. He was in haste to + be on the other side, and to climb towards the north. It had been + impossible to hold him back. Pencroft called him in vain. The reporter + prepared to follow him, but Pencroft stopped him. “Do you want to cross + the channel?” he asked. “Yes,” replied Spilett. “All right!” said the + seaman; “wait a bit; Neb is well able to carry help to his master. If we + venture into the channel, we risk being carried into the open sea by the + current, which is running very strong; but, if I’m not wrong, it is + ebbing. See, the tide is going down over the sand. Let us have patience, + and at low water it is possible we may find a fordable passage.” “You are + right,” replied the reporter, “we will not separate more than we can + help.” + </p> + <p> + During this time Neb was struggling vigorously against the current. He was + crossing in an oblique direction. His black shoulders could be seen + emerging at each stroke. He was carried down very quickly, but he also + made way towards the shore. It took more than half an hour to cross from + the islet to the land, and he reached the shore several hundred feet from + the place which was opposite to the point from which he had started. + </p> + <p> + Landing at the foot of a high wall of granite, he shook himself + vigorously; and then, setting off running, soon disappeared behind a rocky + point, which projected to nearly the height of the northern extremity of + the islet. + </p> + <p> + Neb’s companions had watched his daring attempt with painful anxiety, and + when he was out of sight, they fixed their attention on the land where + their hope of safety lay, while eating some shell-fish with which the sand + was strewn. It was a wretched repast, but still it was better than + nothing. The opposite coast formed one vast bay, terminating on the south + by a very sharp point, which was destitute of all vegetation, and was of a + very wild aspect. This point abutted on the shore in a grotesque outline + of high granite rocks. Towards the north, on the contrary, the bay + widened, and a more rounded coast appeared, trending from the southwest to + the northeast, and terminating in a slender cape. The distance between + these two extremities, which made the bow of the bay, was about eight + miles. Half a mile from the shore rose the islet, which somewhat resembled + the carcass of a gigantic whale. Its extreme breadth was not more than a + quarter of a mile. + </p> + <p> + Opposite the islet, the beach consisted first of sand, covered with black + stones, which were now appearing little by little above the retreating + tide. The second level was separated by a perpendicular granite cliff, + terminated at the top by an unequal edge at a height of at least 300 feet. + It continued thus for a length of three miles, ending suddenly on the + right with a precipice which looked as if cut by the hand of man. On the + left, above the promontory, this irregular and jagged cliff descended by a + long slope of conglomerated rocks till it mingled with the ground of the + southern point. On the upper plateau of the coast not a tree appeared. It + was a flat tableland like that above Cape Town at the Cape of Good Hope, + but of reduced proportions; at least so it appeared seen from the islet. + However, verdure was not wanting to the right beyond the precipice. They + could easily distinguish a confused mass of great trees, which extended + beyond the limits of their view. This verdure relieved the eye, so long + wearied by the continued ranges of granite. Lastly, beyond and above the + plateau, in a northwesterly direction and at a distance of at least seven + miles, glittered a white summit which reflected the sun’s rays. It was + that of a lofty mountain, capped with snow. + </p> + <p> + The question could not at present be decided whether this land formed an + island, or whether it belonged to a continent. But on beholding the + convulsed masses heaped up on the left, no geologist would have hesitated + to give them a volcanic origin, for they were unquestionably the work of + subterranean convulsions. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett, Pencroft, and Herbert attentively examined this land, on + which they might perhaps have to live many long years; on which indeed + they might even die, should it be out of the usual track of vessels, as + was likely to be the case. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” asked Herbert, “what do you say, Pencroft?” + </p> + <p> + “There is some good and some bad, as in everything,” replied the sailor. + “We shall see. But now the ebb is evidently making. In three hours we will + attempt the passage, and once on the other side, we will try to get out of + this scrape, and I hope may find the captain.” Pencroft was not wrong in + his anticipations. Three hours later at low tide, the greater part of the + sand forming the bed of the channel was uncovered. Between the islet and + the coast there only remained a narrow channel which would no doubt be + easy to cross. + </p> + <p> + About ten o’clock, Gideon Spilett and his companions stripped themselves + of their clothes, which they placed in bundles on their heads, and then + ventured into the water, which was not more than five feet deep. Herbert, + for whom it was too deep, swam like a fish, and got through capitally. All + three arrived without difficulty on the opposite shore. Quickly drying + themselves in the sun, they put on their clothes, which they had preserved + from contact with the water, and sat down to take counsel together what to + do next. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 4 + </h2> + <p> + All at once the reporter sprang up, and telling the sailor that he would + rejoin them at that same place, he climbed the cliff in the direction + which the Negro Neb had taken a few hours before. Anxiety hastened his + steps, for he longed to obtain news of his friend, and he soon disappeared + round an angle of the cliff. Herbert wished to accompany him. + </p> + <p> + “Stop here, my boy,” said the sailor; “we have to prepare an encampment, + and to try and find rather better grub than these shell-fish. Our friends + will want something when they come back. There is work for everybody.” + </p> + <p> + “I am ready,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “All right,” said the sailor; “that will do. We must set about it + regularly. We are tired, cold, and hungry; therefore we must have shelter, + fire, and food. There is wood in the forest, and eggs in nests; we have + only to find a house.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” returned Herbert, “I will look for a cave among the rocks, + and I shall be sure to discover some hole into which we can creep.” + </p> + <p> + “All right,” said Pencroft; “go on, my boy.” + </p> + <p> + They both walked to the foot of the enormous wall over the beach, far from + which the tide had now retreated; but instead of going towards the north, + they went southward. Pencroft had remarked, several hundred feet from the + place at which they landed, a narrow cutting, out of which he thought a + river or stream might issue. Now, on the one hand it was important to + settle themselves in the neighborhood of a good stream of water, and on + the other it was possible that the current had thrown Cyrus Harding on the + shore there. + </p> + <p> + The cliff, as has been said, rose to a height of three hundred feet, but + the mass was unbroken throughout, and even at its base, scarcely washed by + the sea, it did not offer the smallest fissure which would serve as a + dwelling. It was a perpendicular wall of very hard granite, which even the + waves had not worn away. Towards the summit fluttered myriads of sea-fowl, + and especially those of the web-footed species with long, flat, pointed + beaks—a clamorous tribe, bold in the presence of man, who probably + for the first time thus invaded their domains. Pencroft recognized the + skua and other gulls among them, the voracious little sea-mew, which in + great numbers nestled in the crevices of the granite. A shot fired among + this swarm would have killed a great number, but to fire a shot a gun was + needed, and neither Pencroft nor Herbert had one; besides this, gulls and + sea-mews are scarcely eatable, and even their eggs have a detestable + taste. However, Herbert, who had gone forward a little more to the left, + soon came upon rocks covered with sea-weed, which, some hours later, would + be hidden by the high tide. On these rocks, in the midst of slippery + wrack, abounded bivalve shell-fish, not to be despised by starving people. + Herbert called Pencroft, who ran up hastily. + </p> + <p> + “Here are mussels!” cried the sailor; “these will do instead of eggs!” + </p> + <p> + “They are not mussels,” replied Herbert, who was attentively examining the + molluscs attached to the rocks; “they are lithodomes.” + </p> + <p> + “Are they good to eat?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly so.” + </p> + <p> + “Then let us eat some lithodomes.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor could rely upon Herbert; the young boy was well up in natural + history, and always had had quite a passion for the science. His father + had encouraged him in it, by letting him attend the lectures of the best + professors in Boston, who were very fond of the intelligent, industrious + lad. And his turn for natural history was, more than once in the course of + time, of great use, and he was not mistaken in this instance. These + lithodomes were oblong shells, suspended in clusters and adhering very + tightly to the rocks. They belong to that species of molluscous + perforators which excavate holes in the hardest stone; their shell is + rounded at both ends, a feature which is not remarked in the common + mussel. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Herbert made a good meal of the lithodomes, which were then + half opened to the sun. They ate them as oysters, and as they had a strong + peppery taste, they were palatable without condiments of any sort. + </p> + <p> + Their hunger was thus appeased for the time, but not their thirst, which + increased after eating these naturally-spiced molluscs. They had then to + find fresh water, and it was not likely that it would be wanting in such a + capriciously uneven region. Pencroft and Herbert, after having taken the + precaution of collecting an ample supply of lithodomes, with which they + filled their pockets and handkerchiefs, regained the foot of the cliff. + </p> + <p> + Two hundred paces farther they arrived at the cutting, through which, as + Pencroft had guessed, ran a stream of water, whether fresh or not was to + be ascertained. At this place the wall appeared to have been separated by + some violent subterranean force. At its base was hollowed out a little + creek, the farthest part of which formed a tolerably sharp angle. The + watercourse at that part measured one hundred feet in breadth, and its two + banks on each side were scarcely twenty feet high. The river became strong + almost directly between the two walls of granite, which began to sink + above the mouth; it then suddenly turned and disappeared beneath a wood of + stunted trees half a mile off. + </p> + <p> + “Here is the water, and yonder is the wood we require!” said Pencroft. + “Well, Herbert, now we only want the house.” + </p> + <p> + The water of the river was limpid. The sailor ascertained that at this + time—that is to say, at low tide, when the rising floods did not + reach it—it was sweet. This important point established, Herbert + looked for some cavity which would serve them as a retreat, but in vain; + everywhere the wall appeared smooth, plain, and perpendicular. + </p> + <p> + However, at the mouth of the watercourse and above the reach of the high + tide, the convulsions of nature had formed, not a grotto, but a pile of + enormous rocks, such as are often met with in granite countries and which + bear the name of “Chimneys.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Herbert penetrated quite far in among the rocks, by sandy + passages in which light was not wanting, for it entered through the + openings which were left between the blocks, of which some were only + sustained by a miracle of equilibrium; but with the light came also air—a + regular corridor-gale—and with the wind the sharp cold from the + exterior. However, the sailor thought that by stopping-up some of the + openings with a mixture of stones and sand, the Chimneys could be rendered + habitable. Their geometrical plan represented the typographical sign “&,” + which signifies “et cetera” abridged, but by isolating the upper mouth of + the sign, through which the south and west winds blew so strongly, they + could succeed in making the lower part of use. + </p> + <p> + “Here’s our work,” said Pencroft, “and if we ever see Captain Harding + again, he will know how to make something of this labyrinth.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall see him again, Pencroft,” cried Herbert, “and when he returns he + must find a tolerable dwelling here. It will be so, if we can make a + fireplace in the left passage and keep an opening for the smoke.” + </p> + <p> + “So we can, my boy,” replied the sailor, “and these Chimneys will serve + our turn. Let us set to work, but first come and get a store of fuel. I + think some branches will be very useful in stopping up these openings, + through which the wind shrieks like so many fiends.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Pencroft left the Chimneys, and, turning the angle, they began + to climb the left bank of the river. The current here was quite rapid, and + drifted down some dead wood. The rising tide—and it could already be + perceived—must drive it back with force to a considerable distance. + The sailor then thought that they could utilize this ebb and flow for the + transport of heavy objects. + </p> + <p> + After having walked for a quarter of an hour, the sailor and the boy + arrived at the angle which the river made in turning towards the left. + From this point its course was pursued through a forest of magnificent + trees. These trees still retained their verdure, notwithstanding the + advanced season, for they belonged to the family of “coniferae,” which is + spread over all the regions of the globe, from northern climates to the + tropics. The young naturalist recognized especially the “deedara,” which + are very numerous in the Himalayan zone, and which spread around them a + most agreeable odor. Between these beautiful trees sprang up clusters of + firs, whose opaque open parasol boughs spread wide around. Among the long + grass, Pencroft felt that his feet were crushing dry branches which + crackled like fireworks. + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy,” said he to Herbert, “if I don’t know the name of these + trees, at any rate I reckon that we may call them ‘burning wood,’ and just + now that’s the chief thing we want.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us get a supply,” replied Herbert, who immediately set to work. + </p> + <p> + The collection was easily made. It was not even necessary to lop the + trees, for enormous quantities of dead wood were lying at their feet; but + if fuel was not wanting, the means of transporting it was not yet found. + The wood, being very dry, would burn rapidly; it was therefore necessary + to carry to the Chimneys a considerable quantity, and the loads of two men + would not be sufficient. Herbert remarked this. + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy,” replied the sailor, “there must be some way of carrying + this wood; there is always a way of doing everything. If we had a cart or + a boat, it would be easy enough.” + </p> + <p> + “But we have the river,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Right,” replied Pencroft; “the river will be to us like a road which + carries of itself, and rafts have not been invented for nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Only,” observed Herbert, “at this moment our road is going the wrong way, + for the tide is rising!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall be all right if we wait till it ebbs,” replied the sailor, “and + then we will trust it to carry our fuel to the Chimneys. Let us get the + raft ready.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor, followed by Herbert, directed his steps towards the river. + They both carried, each in proportion to his strength, a load of wood + bound in fagots. They found on the bank also a great quantity of dead + branches in the midst of grass, among which the foot of man had probably + never before trod. Pencroft began directly to make his raft. In a kind of + little bay, created by a point of the shore which broke the current, the + sailor and the lad placed some good-sized pieces of wood, which they had + fastened together with dry creepers. A raft was thus formed, on which they + stacked all they had collected, sufficient, indeed, to have loaded at + least twenty men. In an hour the work was finished, and the raft moored to + the bank, awaited the turning of the tide. + </p> + <p> + There were still several hours to be occupied, and with one consent + Pencroft and Herbert resolved to gain the upper plateau, so as to have a + more extended view of the surrounding country. + </p> + <p> + Exactly two hundred feet behind the angle formed by the river, the wall, + terminated by a fall of rocks, died away in a gentle slope to the edge of + the forest. It was a natural staircase. Herbert and the sailor began their + ascent; thanks to the vigor of their muscles they reached the summit in a + few minutes; and proceeded to the point above the mouth of the river. + </p> + <p> + On attaining it, their first look was cast upon the ocean which not long + before they had traversed in such a terrible condition. They observed, + with emotion, all that part to the north of the coast on which the + catastrophe had taken place. It was there that Cyrus Harding had + disappeared. They looked to see if some portion of their balloon, to which + a man might possibly cling, yet existed. Nothing! The sea was but one vast + watery desert. As to the coast, it was solitary also. Neither the reporter + nor Neb could be anywhere seen. But it was possible that at this time they + were both too far away to be perceived. + </p> + <p> + “Something tells me,” cried Herbert, “that a man as energetic as Captain + Harding would not let himself be drowned like other people. He must have + reached some point of the shore; don’t you think so, Pencroft?” + </p> + <p> + The sailor shook his head sadly. He little expected ever to see Cyrus + Harding again; but wishing to leave some hope to Herbert: “Doubtless, + doubtless,” said he; “our engineer is a man who would get out of a scrape + to which any one else would yield.” + </p> + <p> + In the meantime he examined the coast with great attention. Stretched out + below them was the sandy shore, bounded on the right of the river’s mouth + by lines of breakers. The rocks which were visible appeared like + amphibious monsters reposing in the surf. Beyond the reef, the sea + sparkled beneath the sun’s rays. To the south a sharp point closed the + horizon, and it could not be seen if the land was prolonged in that + direction, or if it ran southeast and southwest, which would have made + this coast a very long peninsula. At the northern extremity of the bay the + outline of the shore was continued to a great distance in a wider curve. + There the shore was low, flat, without cliffs, and with great banks of + sand, which the tide left uncovered. Pencroft and Herbert then returned + towards the west. Their attention was first arrested by the snow-topped + mountain which rose at a distance of six or seven miles. From its first + declivities to within two miles of the coast were spread vast masses of + wood, relieved by large green patches, caused by the presence of evergreen + trees. Then, from the edge of this forest to the shore extended a plain, + scattered irregularly with groups of trees. Here and there on the left + sparkled through glades the waters of the little river; they could trace + its winding course back towards the spurs of the mountain, among which it + seemed to spring. At the point where the sailor had left his raft of wood, + it began to run between the two high granite walls; but if on the left + bank the wall remained clear and abrupt, on the right bank, on the + contrary, it sank gradually, the massive sides changed to isolated rocks, + the rocks to stones, the stones to shingle running to the extremity of the + point. + </p> + <p> + “Are we on an island?” murmured the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “At any rate, it seems to be big enough,” replied the lad. + </p> + <p> + “An island, ever so big, is an island all the same!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + But this important question could not yet be answered. A more perfect + survey had to be made to settle the point. As to the land itself, island + or continent, it appeared fertile, agreeable in its aspect, and varied in + its productions. + </p> + <p> + “This is satisfactory,” observed Pencroft; “and in our misfortune, we must + thank Providence for it.” + </p> + <p> + “God be praised!” responded Herbert, whose pious heart was full of + gratitude to the Author of all things. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Herbert examined for some time the country on which they had + been cast; but it was difficult to guess after so hasty an inspection what + the future had in store for them. + </p> + <p> + They then returned, following the southern crest of the granite platform, + bordered by a long fringe of jagged rocks, of the most whimsical shapes. + Some hundreds of birds lived there nestled in the holes of the stone; + Herbert, jumping over the rocks, startled a whole flock of these winged + creatures. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” cried he, “those are not gulls nor sea-mews!” + </p> + <p> + “What are they then?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Upon my word, one would say they were pigeons!” + </p> + <p> + “Just so, but these are wild or rock pigeons. I recognize them by the + double band of black on the wing, by the white tail, and by their + slate-colored plumage. But if the rock-pigeon is good to eat, its eggs + must be excellent, and we will soon see how many they may have left in + their nests!” + </p> + <p> + “We will not give them time to hatch, unless it is in the shape of an + omelet!” replied Pencroft merrily. + </p> + <p> + “But what will you make your omelet in?” asked Herbert; “in your hat?” + </p> + <p> + “Well!” replied the sailor, “I am not quite conjuror enough for that; we + must come down to eggs in the shell, my boy, and I will undertake to + despatch the hardest!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Herbert attentively examined the cavities in the granite, and + they really found eggs in some of the hollows. A few dozen being + collected, were packed in the sailor’s handkerchief, and as the time when + the tide would be full was approaching, Pencroft and Herbert began to + redescend towards the watercourse. When they arrived there, it was an hour + after midday. The tide had already turned. They must now avail themselves + of the ebb to take the wood to the mouth. Pencroft did not intend to let + the raft go away in the current without guidance, neither did he mean to + embark on it himself to steer it. But a sailor is never at a loss when + there is a question of cables or ropes, and Pencroft rapidly twisted a + cord, a few fathoms long, made of dry creepers. This vegetable cable was + fastened to the after-part of the raft, and the sailor held it in his hand + while Herbert, pushing off the raft with a long pole, kept it in the + current. This succeeded capitally. The enormous load of wood drifted down + the current. The bank was very equal; there was no fear that the raft + would run aground, and before two o’clock they arrived at the river’s + mouth, a few paces from the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 5 + </h2> + <p> + Pencroft’s first care, after unloading the raft, was to render the cave + habitable by stopping up all the holes which made it draughty. Sand, + stones, twisted branches, wet clay, closed up the galleries open to the + south winds. One narrow and winding opening at the side was kept, to lead + out the smoke and to make the fire draw. The cave was thus divided into + three or four rooms, if such dark dens with which a donkey would scarcely + have been contented deserved the name. But they were dry, and there was + space to stand upright, at least in the principal room, which occupied the + center. The floor was covered with fine sand, and taking all in all they + were well pleased with it for want of a better. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps,” said Herbert, while he and Pencroft were working, “our + companions have found a superior place to ours.” + </p> + <p> + “Very likely,” replied the seaman; “but, as we don’t know, we must work + all the same. Better to have two strings to one’s bow than no string at + all!” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” exclaimed Herbert, “how jolly it will be if they were to find + Captain Harding and were to bring him back with them!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, indeed!” said Pencroft, “that was a man of the right sort.” + </p> + <p> + “Was!” exclaimed Herbert, “do you despair of ever seeing him again?” + </p> + <p> + “God forbid!” replied the sailor. Their work was soon done, and Pencroft + declared himself very well satisfied. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said he, “our friends can come back when they like. They will find + a good enough shelter.” + </p> + <p> + They now had only to make a fireplace and to prepare the supper—an + easy task. Large flat stones were placed on the ground at the opening of + the narrow passage which had been kept. This, if the smoke did not take + the heat out with it, would be enough to maintain an equal temperature + inside. Their wood was stowed away in one of the rooms, and the sailor + laid in the fireplace some logs and brushwood. The seaman was busy with + this, when Herbert asked him if he had any matches. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” replied Pencroft, “and I may say happily, for without matches + or tinder we should be in a fix.” + </p> + <p> + “Still we might get fire as the savages do,” replied Herbert, “by rubbing + two bits of dry stick one against the other.” + </p> + <p> + “All right; try, my boy, and let’s see if you can do anything besides + exercising your arms.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, it’s a very simple proceeding, and much used in the islands of the + Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t deny it,” replied Pencroft, “but the savages must know how to do + it or employ a peculiar wood, for more than once I have tried to get fire + in that way, but I could never manage it. I must say I prefer matches. By + the bye, where are my matches?” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft searched in his waistcoat for the box, which was always there, + for he was a confirmed smoker. He could not find it; he rummaged the + pockets of his trousers, but, to his horror, he could nowhere discover the + box. + </p> + <p> + “Here’s a go!” said he, looking at Herbert. “The box must have fallen out + of my pocket and got lost! Surely, Herbert, you must have something—a + tinder-box—anything that can possibly make fire!” + </p> + <p> + “No, I haven’t, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor rushed out, followed by the boy. On the sand, among the rocks, + near the river’s bank, they both searched carefully, but in vain. The box + was of copper, and therefore would have been easily seen. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” asked Herbert, “didn’t you throw it out of the car?” + </p> + <p> + “I knew better than that,” replied the sailor; “but such a small article + could easily disappear in the tumbling about we have gone through. I would + rather even have lost my pipe! Confound the box! Where can it be?” + </p> + <p> + “Look here, the tide is going down,” said Herbert; “let’s run to the place + where we landed.” + </p> + <p> + It was scarcely probable that they would find the box, which the waves had + rolled about among the pebbles, at high tide, but it was as well to try. + Herbert and Pencroft walked rapidly to the point where they had landed the + day before, about two hundred feet from the cave. They hunted there, among + the shingle, in the clefts of the rocks, but found nothing. If the box had + fallen at this place it must have been swept away by the waves. As the sea + went down, they searched every little crevice with no result. It was a + grave loss in their circumstances, and for the time irreparable. Pencroft + could not hide his vexation; he looked very anxious, but said not a word. + Herbert tried to console him by observing, that if they had found the + matches, they would, very likely, have been wetted by the sea and useless. + </p> + <p> + “No, my boy,” replied the sailor; “they were in a copper box which shut + very tightly; and now what are we to do?” + </p> + <p> + “We shall certainly find some way of making a fire,” said Herbert. + “Captain Harding or Mr. Spilett will not be without them.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Pencroft; “but in the meantime we are without fire, and our + companions will find but a sorry repast on their return.” + </p> + <p> + “But,” said Herbert quickly, “do you think it possible that they have no + tinder or matches?” + </p> + <p> + “I doubt it,” replied the sailor, shaking his head, “for neither Neb nor + Captain Harding smoke, and I believe that Mr. Spilett would rather keep + his note-book than his match-box.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert did not reply. The loss of the box was certainly to be regretted, + but the boy was still sure of procuring fire in some way or other. + Pencroft, more experienced, did not think so, although he was not a man to + trouble himself about a small or great grievance. At any rate, there was + only one thing to be done—to await the return of Neb and the + reporter; but they must give up the feast of hard eggs which they had + meant to prepare, and a meal of raw flesh was not an agreeable prospect + either for themselves or for the others. + </p> + <p> + Before returning to the cave, the sailor and Herbert, in the event of fire + being positively unattainable, collected some more shell-fish, and then + silently retraced their steps to their dwelling. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, his eyes fixed on the ground, still looked for his box. He even + climbed up the left bank of the river from its mouth to the angle where + the raft had been moored. He returned to the plateau, went over it in + every direction, searched among the high grass on the border of the + forest, all in vain. + </p> + <p> + It was five in the evening when he and Herbert re-entered the cave. It is + useless to say that the darkest corners of the passages were ransacked + before they were obliged to give it up in despair. Towards six o’clock, + when the sun was disappearing behind the high lands of the west, Herbert, + who was walking up and down on the strand, signalized the return of Neb + and Spilett. + </p> + <p> + They were returning alone!... The boy’s heart sank; the sailor had not + been deceived in his forebodings; the engineer, Cyrus Harding, had not + been found! + </p> + <p> + The reporter, on his arrival, sat down on a rock, without saying anything. + Exhausted with fatigue, dying of hunger, he had not strength to utter a + word. + </p> + <p> + As to Neb, his red eyes showed how he had cried, and the tears which he + could not restrain told too clearly that he had lost all hope. + </p> + <p> + The reporter recounted all that they had done in their attempt to recover + Cyrus Harding. He and Neb had surveyed the coast for a distance of eight + miles and consequently much beyond the place where the balloon had fallen + the last time but one, a fall which was followed by the disappearance of + the engineer and the dog Top. The shore was solitary; not a vestige of a + mark. Not even a pebble recently displaced; not a trace on the sand; not a + human footstep on all that part of the beach. It was clear that that + portion of the shore had never been visited by a human being. The sea was + as deserted as the land, and it was there, a few hundred feet from the + coast, that the engineer must have found a tomb. + </p> + <p> + As Spilett ended his account, Neb jumped up, exclaiming in a voice which + showed how hope struggled within him, “No! he is not dead! he can’t be + dead! It might happen to any one else, but never to him! He could get out + of anything!” Then his strength forsaking him, “Oh! I can do no more!” he + murmured. + </p> + <p> + “Neb,” said Herbert, running to him, “we will find him! God will give him + back to us! But in the meantime you are hungry, and you must eat + something.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, he offered the poor Negro a few handfuls of shell-fish, which + was indeed wretched and insufficient food. Neb had not eaten anything for + several hours, but he refused them. He could not, would not live without + his master. + </p> + <p> + As to Gideon Spilett, he devoured the shell-fish, then he laid himself + down on the sand, at the foot of a rock. He was very weak, but calm. + Herbert went up to him, and taking his hand, “Sir,” said he, “we have + found a shelter which will be better than lying here. Night is advancing. + Come and rest! To-morrow we will search farther.” + </p> + <p> + The reporter got up, and guided by the boy went towards the cave. On the + way, Pencroft asked him in the most natural tone, if by chance he happened + to have a match or two. + </p> + <p> + The reporter stopped, felt in his pockets, but finding nothing said, “I + had some, but I must have thrown them away.” + </p> + <p> + The seaman then put the same question to Neb and received the same answer. + </p> + <p> + “Confound it!” exclaimed the sailor. + </p> + <p> + The reporter heard him and seizing his arm, “Have you no matches?” he + asked. + </p> + <p> + “Not one, and no fire in consequence.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” cried Neb, “if my master was here, he would know what to do!” + </p> + <p> + The four castaways remained motionless, looking uneasily at each other. + Herbert was the first to break the silence by saying, “Mr. Spilett, you + are a smoker and always have matches about you; perhaps you haven’t looked + well, try again, a single match will be enough!” + </p> + <p> + The reporter hunted again in the pockets of his trousers, waistcoat, and + great-coat, and at last to Pencroft’s great joy, no less to his extreme + surprise, he felt a tiny piece of wood entangled in the lining of his + waistcoat. He seized it with his fingers through the stuff, but he could + not get it out. If this was a match and a single one, it was of great + importance not to rub off the phosphorus. + </p> + <p> + “Will you let me try?” said the boy, and very cleverly, without breaking + it, he managed to draw out the wretched yet precious little bit of wood + which was of such great importance to these poor men. It was unused. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” cried Pencroft; “it is as good as having a whole cargo!” He took + the match, and, followed by his companions, entered the cave. + </p> + <p> + This small piece of wood, of which so many in an inhabited country are + wasted with indifference and are of no value, must here be used with the + greatest caution. + </p> + <p> + The sailor first made sure that it was quite dry; that done, “We must have + some paper,” said he. + </p> + <p> + “Here,” replied Spilett, after some hesitation tearing a leaf out of his + note-book. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft took the piece of paper which the reporter held out to him, and + knelt down before the fireplace. Some handfuls of grass, leaves, and dry + moss were placed under the fagots and disposed in such a way that the air + could easily circulate, and the dry wood would rapidly catch fire. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft then twisted the piece of paper into the shape of a cone, as + smokers do in a high wind, and poked it in among the moss. Taking a small, + rough stone, he wiped it carefully, and with a beating heart, holding his + breath, he gently rubbed the match. The first attempt did not produce any + effect. Pencroft had not struck hard enough, fearing to rub off the + phosphorus. + </p> + <p> + “No, I can’t do it,” said he, “my hand trembles, the match has missed + fire; I cannot, I will not!” and rising, he told Herbert to take his + place. + </p> + <p> + Certainly the boy had never in all his life been so nervous. Prometheus + going to steal the fire from heaven could not have been more anxious. He + did not hesitate, however, but struck the match directly. + </p> + <p> + A little spluttering was heard and a tiny blue flame sprang up, making a + choking smoke. Herbert quickly turned the match so as to augment the + flame, and then slipped it into the paper cone, which in a few seconds too + caught fire, and then the moss. + </p> + <p> + A minute later the dry wood crackled and a cheerful flame, assisted by the + vigorous blowing of the sailor, sprang up in the midst of the darkness. + </p> + <p> + “At last!” cried Pencroft, getting up; “I was never so nervous before in + all my life!” + </p> + <p> + The flat stones made a capital fireplace. The smoke went quite easily out + at the narrow passage, the chimney drew, and an agreeable warmth was not + long in being felt. + </p> + <p> + They must now take great care not to let the fire go out, and always to + keep some embers alight. It only needed care and attention, as they had + plenty of wood and could renew their store at any time. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft’s first thought was to use the fire by preparing a more + nourishing supper than a dish of shell-fish. Two dozen eggs were brought + by Herbert. The reporter leaning up in a corner, watched these + preparations without saying anything. A threefold thought weighed on his + mind. Was Cyrus still alive? If he was alive, where was he? If he had + survived from his fall, how was it that he had not found some means of + making known his existence? As to Neb, he was roaming about the shore. He + was like a body without a soul. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft knew fifty ways of cooking eggs, but this time he had no choice, + and was obliged to content himself with roasting them under the hot + cinders. In a few minutes the cooking was done, and the seaman invited the + reporter to take his share of the supper. Such was the first repast of the + castaways on this unknown coast. The hard eggs were excellent, and as eggs + contain everything indispensable to man’s nourishment, these poor people + thought themselves well off, and were much strengthened by them. Oh! if + only one of them had not been missing at this meal! If the five prisoners + who escaped from Richmond had been all there, under the piled-up rocks, + before this clear, crackling fire on the dry sand, what thanksgiving must + they have rendered to Heaven! But the most ingenious, the most learned, he + who was their unquestioned chief, Cyrus Harding, was, alas! missing, and + his body had not even obtained a burial-place. + </p> + <p> + Thus passed the 25th of March. Night had come on. Outside could be heard + the howling of the wind and the monotonous sound of the surf breaking on + the shore. The waves rolled the shingle backwards and forwards with a + deafening noise. + </p> + <p> + The reporter retired into a dark corner after having shortly noted down + the occurrences of the day; the first appearance of this new land, the + loss of their leader, the exploration of the coast, the incident of the + matches, etc.; and then overcome by fatigue, he managed to forget his + sorrows in sleep. Herbert went to sleep directly. As to the sailor, he + passed the night with one eye on the fire, on which he did not spare fuel. + But one of the castaways did not sleep in the cave. The inconsolable, + despairing Neb, notwithstanding all that his companions could say to + induce him to take some rest, wandered all night long on the shore calling + on his master. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 6 + </h2> + <p> + The inventory of the articles possessed by these castaways from the + clouds, thrown upon a coast which appeared to be uninhabited, was soon + made out. They had nothing, save the clothes which they were wearing at + the time of the catastrophe. We must mention, however, a note-book and a + watch which Gideon Spilett had kept, doubtless by inadvertence, not a + weapon, not a tool, not even a pocket-knife; for while in the car they had + thrown out everything to lighten the balloon. The imaginary heroes of + Daniel Defoe or of Wyss, as well as Selkirk and Raynal shipwrecked on Juan + Fernandez and on the archipelago of the Aucklands, were never in such + absolute destitution. Either they had abundant resources from their + stranded vessels, in grain, cattle, tools, ammunition, or else some things + were thrown up on the coast which supplied them with all the first + necessities of life. But here, not any instrument whatever, not a utensil. + From nothing they must supply themselves with everything. + </p> + <p> + And yet, if Cyrus Harding had been with them, if the engineer could have + brought his practical science, his inventive mind to bear on their + situation, perhaps all hope would not have been lost. Alas! they must hope + no longer again to see Cyrus Harding. The castaways could expect nothing + but from themselves and from that Providence which never abandons those + whose faith is sincere. + </p> + <p> + But ought they to establish themselves on this part of the coast, without + trying to know to what continent it belonged, if it was inhabited, or if + they were on the shore of a desert island? + </p> + <p> + It was an important question, and should be solved with the shortest + possible delay. From its answer they would know what measures to take. + However, according to Pencroft’s advice, it appeared best to wait a few + days before commencing an exploration. They must, in fact, prepare some + provisions and procure more strengthening food than eggs and molluscs. The + explorers, before undertaking new fatigues, must first of all recruit + their strength. + </p> + <p> + The Chimneys offered a retreat sufficient for the present. The fire was + lighted, and it was easy to preserve some embers. There were plenty of + shell-fish and eggs among the rocks and on the beach. It would be easy to + kill a few of the pigeons which were flying by hundreds about the summit + of the plateau, either with sticks or stones. Perhaps the trees of the + neighboring forest would supply them with eatable fruit. Lastly, the sweet + water was there. + </p> + <p> + It was accordingly settled that for a few days they would remain at the + Chimneys so as to prepare themselves for an expedition, either along the + shore or into the interior of the country. This plan suited Neb + particularly. As obstinate in his ideas as in his presentiments, he was in + no haste to abandon this part of the coast, the scene of the catastrophe. + He did not, he would not believe in the loss of Cyrus Harding. No, it did + not seem to him possible that such a man had ended in this vulgar fashion, + carried away by a wave, drowned in the floods, a few hundred feet from a + shore. As long as the waves had not cast up the body of the engineer, as + long as he, Neb, had not seen with his eyes, touched with his hands the + corpse of his master, he would not believe in his death! And this idea + rooted itself deeper than ever in his determined heart. An illusion + perhaps, but still an illusion to be respected, and one which the sailor + did not wish to destroy. As for him, he hoped no longer, but there was no + use in arguing with Neb. He was like the dog who will not leave the place + where his master is buried, and his grief was such that most probably he + would not survive him. + </p> + <p> + This same morning, the 26th of March, at daybreak, Neb had set out on the + shore in a northerly direction, and he had returned to the spot where the + sea, no doubt, had closed over the unfortunate Harding. + </p> + <p> + That day’s breakfast was composed solely of pigeon’s eggs and lithodomes. + Herbert had found some salt deposited by evaporation in the hollows of the + rocks, and this mineral was very welcome. + </p> + <p> + The repast ended, Pencroft asked the reporter if he wished to accompany + Herbert and himself to the forest, where they were going to try to hunt. + But on consideration, it was thought necessary that someone should remain + to keep in the fire, and to be at hand in the highly improbable event of + Neb requiring aid. The reporter accordingly remained behind. + </p> + <p> + “To the chase, Herbert,” said the sailor. “We shall find ammunition on our + way, and cut our weapons in the forest.” But at the moment of starting, + Herbert observed, that since they had no tinder, it would perhaps be + prudent to replace it by another substance. + </p> + <p> + “What?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Burnt linen,” replied the boy. “That could in case of need serve for + tinder.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor thought it very sensible advice. Only it had the inconvenience + of necessitating the sacrifice of a piece of handkerchief. + Notwithstanding, the thing was well worth while trying, and a part of + Pencroft’s large checked handkerchief was soon reduced to the state of a + half-burnt rag. This inflammable material was placed in the central + chamber at the bottom of a little cavity in the rock, sheltered from all + wind and damp. + </p> + <p> + It was nine o’clock in the morning. The weather was threatening and the + breeze blew from the southeast. Herbert and Pencroft turned the angle of + the Chimneys, not without having cast a look at the smoke which, just at + that place, curled round a point of rock: they ascended the left bank of + the river. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the forest, Pencroft broke from the first tree two stout + branches which he transformed into clubs, the ends of which Herbert rubbed + smooth on a rock. Oh! what would they not have given for a knife! + </p> + <p> + The two hunters now advanced among the long grass, following the bank. + From the turning which directed its course to the southwest, the river + narrowed gradually and the channel lay between high banks, over which the + trees formed a double arch. Pencroft, lest they should lose themselves, + resolved to follow the course of the stream, which would always lead them + back to the point from which they started. But the bank was not without + some obstacles: here, the flexible branches of the trees bent level with + the current; there, creepers and thorns which they had to break down with + their sticks. Herbert often glided among the broken stumps with the + agility of a young cat, and disappeared in the underwood. But Pencroft + called him back directly, begging him not to wander away. Meanwhile, the + sailor attentively observed the disposition and nature of the surrounding + country. On the left bank, the ground, which was flat and marshy, rose + imperceptibly towards the interior. It looked there like a network of + liquid threads which doubtless reached the river by some underground + drain. Sometimes a stream ran through the underwood, which they crossed + without difficulty. The opposite shore appeared to be more uneven, and the + valley of which the river occupied the bottom was more clearly visible. + The hill, covered with trees disposed in terraces, intercepted the view. + On the right bank walking would have been difficult, for the declivities + fell suddenly, and the trees bending over the water were only sustained by + the strength of their roots. + </p> + <p> + It is needless to add that this forest, as well as the coast already + surveyed, was destitute of any sign of human life. Pencroft only saw + traces of quadrupeds, fresh footprints of animals, of which he could not + recognize the species. In all probability, and such was also Herbert’s + opinion, some had been left by formidable wild beasts which doubtless + would give them some trouble; but nowhere did they observe the mark of an + axe on the trees, nor the ashes of a fire, nor the impression of a human + foot. On this they might probably congratulate themselves, for on any land + in the middle of the Pacific the presence of man was perhaps more to be + feared than desired. Herbert and Pencroft speaking little, for the + difficulties of the way were great, advanced very slowly, and after + walking for an hour they had scarcely gone more than a mile. As yet the + hunt had not been successful. However, some birds sang and fluttered in + the foliage, and appeared very timid, as if man had inspired them with an + instinctive fear. Among others, Herbert described, in a marshy part of the + forest, a bird with a long pointed beak, closely resembling the + king-fisher, but its plumage was not fine, though of a metallic + brilliancy. + </p> + <p> + “That must be a jacamar,” said Herbert, trying to get nearer. + </p> + <p> + “This will be a good opportunity to taste jacamar,” replied the sailor, + “if that fellow is in a humor to be roasted!” + </p> + <p> + Just then, a stone cleverly thrown by the boy, struck the creature on the + wing, but the blow did not disable it, and the jacamar ran off and + disappeared in an instant. + </p> + <p> + “How clumsy I am!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No, no, my boy!” replied the sailor. “The blow was well aimed; many a one + would have missed it altogether! Come, don’t be vexed with yourself. We + shall catch it another day!” + </p> + <p> + As the hunters advanced, the trees were found to be more scattered, many + being magnificent, but none bore eatable fruit. Pencroft searched in vain + for some of those precious palm-trees which are employed in so many ways + in domestic life, and which have been found as far as the fortieth + parallel in the Northern Hemisphere, and to the thirty-fifth only in the + Southern Hemisphere. But this forest was only composed of coniferae, such + as deodaras, already recognized by Herbert, and Douglas pine, similar to + those which grow on the northwest coast of America, and splendid firs, + measuring a hundred and fifty feet in height. + </p> + <p> + At this moment a flock of birds, of a small size and pretty plumage, with + long glancing tails, dispersed themselves among the branches strewing + their feathers, which covered the ground as with fine down. Herbert picked + up a few of these feathers, and after having examined them,— + </p> + <p> + “These are couroucous,” said he. + </p> + <p> + “I should prefer a moor-cock or guinea-fowl,” replied Pencroft, “still, if + they are good to eat—” + </p> + <p> + “They are good to eat, and also their flesh is very delicate,” replied + Herbert. “Besides, if I don’t mistake, it is easy to approach and kill + them with a stick.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor and the lad, creeping among the grass, arrived at the foot of a + tree, whose lower branches were covered with little birds. The couroucous + were waiting the passage of insects which served for their nourishment. + Their feathery feet could be seen clasping the slender twigs which + supported them. + </p> + <p> + The hunters then rose, and using their sticks like scythes, they mowed + down whole rows of these couroucous, who never thought of flying away, and + stupidly allowed themselves to be knocked off. A hundred were already + heaped on the ground, before the others made up their minds to fly. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Pencroft, “here is game, which is quite within the reach of + hunters like us. We have only to put out our hands and take it!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor having strung the couroucous like larks on flexible twigs, they + then continued their exploration. The stream here made a bend towards the + south, but this detour was probably not prolonged for the river must have + its source in the mountain, and be supplied by the melting of the snow + which covered the sides of the central cone. + </p> + <p> + The particular object of their expedition was, as has been said, to + procure the greatest possible quantity of game for the inhabitants of the + Chimneys. It must be acknowledged that as yet this object had not been + attained. So the sailor actively pursued his researches, though he + exclaimed, when some animal which he had not even time to recognize fled + into the long grass, “If only we had had the dog Top!” But Top had + disappeared at the same time as his master, and had probably perished with + him. + </p> + <p> + Towards three o’clock new flocks of birds were seen through certain trees, + at whose aromatic berries they were pecking, those of the juniper-tree + among others. Suddenly a loud trumpet call resounded through the forest. + This strange and sonorous cry was produced by a game bird called grouse in + the United States. They soon saw several couples, whose plumage was rich + chestnut-brown mottled with dark brown, and tail of the same color. + Herbert recognized the males by the two wing-like appendages raised on the + neck. Pencroft determined to get hold of at least one of these + gallinaceae, which were as large as a fowl, and whose flesh is better than + that of a pullet. But it was difficult, for they would not allow + themselves to be approached. After several fruitless attempts, which + resulted in nothing but scaring the grouse, the sailor said to the lad,— + </p> + <p> + “Decidedly, since we can’t kill them on the wing, we must try to take them + with a line.” + </p> + <p> + “Like a fish?” cried Herbert, much surprised at the proposal. + </p> + <p> + “Like a fish,” replied the sailor quite seriously. Pencroft had found + among the grass half a dozen grouse nests, each having three or four eggs. + He took great care not to touch these nests, to which their proprietors + would not fail to return. It was around these that he meant to stretch his + lines, not snares, but real fishing-lines. He took Herbert to some + distance from the nests, and there prepared his singular apparatus with + all the care which a disciple of Izaak Walton would have used. Herbert + watched the work with great interest, though rather doubting its success. + The lines were made of fine creepers, fastened one to the other, of the + length of fifteen or twenty feet. Thick, strong thorns, the points bent + back (which were supplied from a dwarf acacia bush) were fastened to the + ends of the creepers, by way of hooks. Large red worms, which were + crawling on the ground, furnished bait. + </p> + <p> + This done, Pencroft, passing among the grass and concealing himself + skillfully, placed the end of his lines armed with hooks near the grouse + nests; then he returned, took the other ends and hid with Herbert behind a + large tree. There they both waited patiently; though, it must be said, + that Herbert did not reckon much on the success of the inventive Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + A whole half-hour passed, but then, as the sailor had surmised, several + couple of grouse returned to their nests. They walked along, pecking the + ground, and not suspecting in any way the presence of the hunters, who, + besides, had taken care to place themselves to leeward of the gallinaceae. + </p> + <p> + The lad felt at this moment highly interested. He held his breath, and + Pencroft, his eyes staring, his mouth open, his lips advanced, as if about + to taste a piece of grouse, scarcely breathed. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the birds walked about the hooks, without taking any notice of + them. Pencroft then gave little tugs which moved the bait as if the worms + had been still alive. + </p> + <p> + The sailor undoubtedly felt much greater anxiety than does the fisherman, + for he does not see his prey coming through the water. The jerks attracted + the attention of the gallinaceae, and they attacked the hooks with their + beaks. Three voracious grouse swallowed at the same moment bait and hook. + Suddenly with a smart jerk, Pencroft “struck” his line, and a flapping of + wings showed that the birds were taken. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” he cried, rushing towards the game, of which he made himself + master in an instant. + </p> + <p> + Herbert clapped his hands. It was the first time that he had ever seen + birds taken with a line, but the sailor modestly confessed that it was not + his first attempt, and that besides he could not claim the merit of + invention. + </p> + <p> + “And at any rate,” added he, “situated as we are, we must hope to hit upon + many other contrivances.” + </p> + <p> + The grouse were fastened by their claws, and Pencroft, delighted at not + having to appear before their companions with empty hands, and observing + that the day had begun to decline, judged it best to return to their + dwelling. + </p> + <p> + The direction was indicated by the river, whose course they had only to + follow, and, towards six o’clock, tired enough with their excursion, + Herbert and Pencroft arrived at the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 7 + </h2> + <p> + Gideon Spilett was standing motionless on the shore, his arms crossed, + gazing over the sea, the horizon of which was lost towards the east in a + thick black cloud which was spreading rapidly towards the zenith. The wind + was already strong, and increased with the decline of day. The whole sky + was of a threatening aspect, and the first symptoms of a violent storm + were clearly visible. + </p> + <p> + Herbert entered the Chimneys, and Pencroft went towards the reporter. The + latter, deeply absorbed, did not see him approach. + </p> + <p> + “We are going to have a dirty night, Mr. Spilett!” said the sailor: + “Petrels delight in wind and rain.” + </p> + <p> + The reporter, turning at the moment, saw Pencroft, and his first words + were,— + </p> + <p> + “At what distance from the coast would you say the car was, when the waves + carried off our companion?” + </p> + <p> + The sailor had not expected this question. He reflected an instant and + replied,— + </p> + <p> + “Two cables lengths at the most.” + </p> + <p> + “But what is a cable’s length?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “About a hundred and twenty fathoms, or six hundred feet.” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said the reporter, “Cyrus Harding must have disappeared twelve + hundred feet at the most from the shore?” + </p> + <p> + “About that,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “And his dog also?” + </p> + <p> + “Also.” + </p> + <p> + “What astonishes me,” rejoined the reporter, “while admitting that our + companion has perished, is that Top has also met his death, and that + neither the body of the dog nor of his master has been cast on the shore!” + </p> + <p> + “It is not astonishing, with such a heavy sea,” replied the sailor. + “Besides, it is possible that currents have carried them farther down the + coast.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, it is your opinion that our friend has perished in the waves?” + again asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “That is my opinion.” + </p> + <p> + “My own opinion,” said Gideon Spilett, “with due deference to your + experience, Pencroft, is that in the double fact of the absolute + disappearance of Cyrus and Top, living or dead, there is something + unaccountable and unlikely.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish I could think like you, Mr. Spilett,” replied Pencroft; + “unhappily, my mind is made up on this point.” Having said this, the + sailor returned to the Chimneys. A good fire crackled on the hearth. + Herbert had just thrown on an armful of dry wood, and the flame cast a + bright light into the darkest parts of the passage. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft immediately began to prepare the dinner. It appeared best to + introduce something solid into the bill of fare, for all needed to get up + their strength. The strings of couroucous were kept for the next day, but + they plucked a couple of grouse, which were soon spitted on a stick, and + roasting before a blazing fire. + </p> + <p> + At seven in the evening Neb had not returned. The prolonged absence of the + Negro made Pencroft very uneasy. It was to be feared that he had met with + an accident on this unknown land, or that the unhappy fellow had been + driven to some act of despair. But Herbert drew very different conclusions + from this absence. According to him, Neb’s delay was caused by some new + circumstances which had induced him to prolong his search. Also, + everything new must be to the advantage of Cyrus Harding. Why had Neb not + returned unless hope still detained him? Perhaps he had found some mark, a + footstep, a trace which had put him in the right path. Perhaps he was at + this moment on a certain track. Perhaps even he was near his master. + </p> + <p> + Thus the lad reasoned. Thus he spoke. His companions let him talk. The + reporter alone approved with a gesture. But what Pencroft thought most + probable was, that Neb had pushed his researches on the shore farther than + the day before, and that he had not as yet had time to return. + </p> + <p> + Herbert, however, agitated by vague presentiments, several times + manifested an intention to go to meet Neb. But Pencroft assured him that + that would be a useless course, that in the darkness and deplorable + weather he could not find any traces of Neb, and that it would be much + better to wait. If Neb had not made his appearance by the next day, + Pencroft would not hesitate to join him in his search. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett approved of the sailor’s opinion that it was best not to + divide, and Herbert was obliged to give up his project; but two large + tears fell from his eyes. + </p> + <p> + The reporter could not refrain from embracing the generous boy. + </p> + <p> + Bad weather now set in. A furious gale from the southeast passed over the + coast. The sea roared as it beat over the reef. Heavy rain was dashed by + the storm into particles like dust. Ragged masses of vapor drove along the + beach, on which the tormented shingles sounded as if poured out in + cart-loads, while the sand raised by the wind added as it were mineral + dust to that which was liquid, and rendered the united attack + insupportable. Between the river’s mouth and the end of the cliff, eddies + of wind whirled and gusts from this maelstrom lashed the water which ran + through the narrow valley. The smoke from the fireplace was also driven + back through the opening, filling the passages and rendering them + uninhabitable. + </p> + <p> + Therefore, as the grouse were cooked, Pencroft let the fire die away, and + only preserved a few embers buried under the ashes. + </p> + <p> + At eight o’clock Neb had not appeared, but there was no doubt that the + frightful weather alone hindered his return, and that he must have taken + refuge in some cave, to await the end of the storm or at least the return + of day. As to going to meet him, or attempting to find him, it was + impossible. + </p> + <p> + The game constituted the only dish at supper; the meat was excellent, and + Pencroft and Herbert, whose long excursion had rendered them very hungry, + devoured it with infinite satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + Their meal concluded, each retired to the corner in which he had rested + the preceding night, and Herbert was not long in going to sleep near the + sailor, who had stretched himself beside the fireplace. + </p> + <p> + Outside, as the night advanced, the tempest also increased in strength, + until it was equal to that which had carried the prisoners from Richmond + to this land in the Pacific. The tempests which are frequent during the + seasons of the equinox, and which are so prolific in catastrophes, are + above all terrible over this immense ocean, which opposes no obstacle to + their fury. No description can give an idea of the terrific violence of + the gale as it beat upon the unprotected coast. + </p> + <p> + Happily the pile of rocks which formed the Chimneys was solid. It was + composed of enormous blocks of granite, a few of which, insecurely + balanced, seemed to tremble on their foundations, and Pencroft could feel + rapid quiverings under his head as it rested on the rock. But he repeated + to himself, and rightly, that there was nothing to fear, and that their + retreat would not give way. However he heard the noise of stones torn from + the summit of the plateau by the wind, falling down on to the beach. A few + even rolled on to the upper part of the Chimneys, or flew off in fragments + when they were projected perpendicularly. Twice the sailor rose and + intrenched himself at the opening of the passage, so as to take a look in + safety at the outside. But there was nothing to be feared from these + showers, which were not considerable, and he returned to his couch before + the fireplace, where the embers glowed beneath the ashes. + </p> + <p> + Notwithstanding the fury of the hurricane, the uproar of the tempest, the + thunder, and the tumult, Herbert slept profoundly. Sleep at last took + possession of Pencroft, whom a seafaring life had habituated to anything. + Gideon Spilett alone was kept awake by anxiety. He reproached himself with + not having accompanied Neb. It was evident that he had not abandoned all + hope. The presentiments which had troubled Herbert did not cease to + agitate him also. His thoughts were concentrated on Neb. Why had Neb not + returned? He tossed about on his sandy couch, scarcely giving a thought to + the struggle of the elements. Now and then, his eyes, heavy with fatigue, + closed for an instant, but some sudden thought reopened them almost + immediately. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile the night advanced, and it was perhaps two hours from morning, + when Pencroft, then sound asleep, was vigorously shaken. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter?” he cried, rousing himself, and collecting his ideas + with the promptitude usual to seamen. + </p> + <p> + The reporter was leaning over him, and saying,— + </p> + <p> + “Listen, Pencroft, listen!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor strained his ears, but could hear no noise beyond those caused + by the storm. + </p> + <p> + “It is the wind,” said he. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Gideon Spilett, listening again, “I thought I heard—” + </p> + <p> + “What?” + </p> + <p> + “The barking of a dog!” + </p> + <p> + “A dog!” cried Pencroft, springing up. + </p> + <p> + “Yes—barking—” + </p> + <p> + “It’s not possible!” replied the sailor. “And besides, how, in the roaring + of the storm—” + </p> + <p> + “Stop—listen—” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft listened more attentively, and really thought he heard, during a + lull, distant barking. + </p> + <p> + “Well!” said the reporter, pressing the sailor’s hand. + </p> + <p> + “Yes—yes!” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “It is Top! It is Top!” cried Herbert, who had just awoke; and all three + rushed towards the opening of the Chimneys. They had great difficulty in + getting out. The wind drove them back. But at last they succeeded, and + could only remain standing by leaning against the rocks. They looked + about, but could not speak. The darkness was intense. The sea, the sky, + the land were all mingled in one black mass. Not a speck of light was + visible. + </p> + <p> + The reporter and his companions remained thus for a few minutes, + overwhelmed by the wind, drenched by the rain, blinded by the sand. + </p> + <p> + Then, in a pause of the tumult, they again heard the barking, which they + found must be at some distance. + </p> + <p> + It could only be Top! But was he alone or accompanied? He was most + probably alone, for, if Neb had been with him, he would have made his way + more directly towards the Chimneys. The sailor squeezed the reporter’s + hand, for he could not make himself heard, in a way which signified + “Wait!” then he reentered the passage. + </p> + <p> + An instant after he issued with a lighted fagot, which he threw into the + darkness, whistling shrilly. + </p> + <p> + It appeared as if this signal had been waited for; the barking immediately + came nearer, and soon a dog bounded into the passage. Pencroft, Herbert, + and Spilett entered after him. + </p> + <p> + An armful of dry wood was thrown on the embers. The passage was lighted up + with a bright flame. + </p> + <p> + “It is Top!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + It was indeed Top, a magnificent Anglo-Norman, who derived from these two + races crossed the swiftness of foot and the acuteness of smell which are + the preeminent qualities of coursing dogs. It was the dog of the engineer, + Cyrus Harding. But he was alone! Neither Neb nor his master accompanied + him! + </p> + <p> + How was it that his instinct had guided him straight to the Chimneys, + which he did not know? It appeared inexplicable, above all, in the midst + of this black night and in such a tempest! But what was still more + inexplicable was, that Top was neither tired, nor exhausted, nor even + soiled with mud or sand!—Herbert had drawn him towards him, and was + patting his head, the dog rubbing his neck against the lad’s hands. + </p> + <p> + “If the dog is found, the master will be found also!” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “God grant it!” responded Herbert. “Let us set off! Top will guide us!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft did not make any objection. He felt that Top’s arrival + contradicted his conjectures. “Come along then!” said he. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft carefully covered the embers on the hearth. He placed a few + pieces of wood among them, so as to keep in the fire until their return. + Then, preceded by the dog, who seemed to invite them by short barks to + come with him, and followed by the reporter and the boy, he dashed out, + after having put up in his handkerchief the remains of the supper. + </p> + <p> + The storm was then in all its violence, and perhaps at its height. Not a + single ray of light from the moon pierced through the clouds. To follow a + straight course was difficult. It was best to rely on Top’s instinct. They + did so. The reporter and Herbert walked behind the dog, and the sailor + brought up the rear. It was impossible to exchange a word. The rain was + not very heavy, but the wind was terrific. + </p> + <p> + However, one circumstance favored the seaman and his two companions. The + wind being southeast, consequently blew on their backs. The clouds of + sand, which otherwise would have been insupportable, from being received + behind, did not in consequence impede their progress. In short, they + sometimes went faster than they liked, and had some difficulty in keeping + their feet; but hope gave them strength, for it was not at random that + they made their way along the shore. They had no doubt that Neb had found + his master, and that he had sent them the faithful dog. But was the + engineer living, or had Neb only sent for his companions that they might + render the last duties to the corpse of the unfortunate Harding? + </p> + <p> + After having passed the precipice, Herbert, the reporter, and Pencroft + prudently stepped aside to stop and take breath. The turn of the rocks + sheltered them from the wind, and they could breathe after this walk or + rather run of a quarter of an hour. + </p> + <p> + They could now hear and reply to each other, and the lad having pronounced + the name of Cyrus Harding, Top gave a few short barks, as much as to say + that his master was saved. + </p> + <p> + “Saved, isn’t he?” repeated Herbert; “saved, Top?” + </p> + <p> + And the dog barked in reply. + </p> + <p> + They once more set out. The tide began to rise, and urged by the wind it + threatened to be unusually high, as it was a spring tide. Great billows + thundered against the reef with such violence that they probably passed + entirely over the islet, then quite invisible. The mole no longer + protected the coast, which was directly exposed to the attacks of the open + sea. + </p> + <p> + As soon as the sailor and his companions left the precipice, the wind + struck them again with renewed fury. Though bent under the gale they + walked very quickly, following Top, who did not hesitate as to what + direction to take. + </p> + <p> + They ascended towards the north, having on their left an interminable + extent of billows, which broke with a deafening noise, and on their right + a dark country, the aspect of which it was impossible to guess. But they + felt that it was comparatively flat, for the wind passed completely over + them, without being driven back as it was when it came in contact with the + cliff. + </p> + <p> + At four o’clock in the morning, they reckoned that they had cleared about + five miles. The clouds were slightly raised, and the wind, though less + damp, was very sharp and cold. Insufficiently protected by their clothing, + Pencroft, Herbert and Spilett suffered cruelly, but not a complaint + escaped their lips. They were determined to follow Top, wherever the + intelligent animal wished to lead them. + </p> + <p> + Towards five o’clock day began to break. At the zenith, where the fog was + less thick, gray shades bordered the clouds; under an opaque belt, a + luminous line clearly traced the horizon. The crests of the billows were + tipped with a wild light, and the foam regained its whiteness. At the same + time on the left the hilly parts of the coast could be seen, though very + indistinctly. + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock day had broken. The clouds rapidly lifted. The seaman and + his companions were then about six miles from the Chimneys. They were + following a very flat shore bounded by a reef of rocks, whose heads + scarcely emerged from the sea, for they were in deep water. On the left, + the country appeared to be one vast extent of sandy downs, bristling with + thistles. There was no cliff, and the shore offered no resistance to the + ocean but a chain of irregular hillocks. Here and there grew two or three + trees, inclined towards the west, their branches projecting in that + direction. Quite behind, in the southwest, extended the border of the + forest. + </p> + <p> + At this moment, Top became very excited. He ran forward, then returned, + and seemed to entreat them to hasten their steps. The dog then left the + beach, and guided by his wonderful instinct, without showing the least + hesitation, went straight in among the downs. They followed him. The + country appeared an absolute desert. Not a living creature was to be seen. + </p> + <p> + The downs, the extent of which was large, were composed of hillocks and + even of hills, very irregularly distributed. They resembled a Switzerland + modeled in sand, and only an amazing instinct could have possibly + recognized the way. + </p> + <p> + Five minutes after having left the beach, the reporter and his two + companions arrived at a sort of excavation, hollowed out at the back of a + high mound. There Top stopped, and gave a loud, clear bark. Spilett, + Herbert, and Pencroft dashed into the cave. + </p> + <p> + Neb was there, kneeling beside a body extended on a bed of grass. + </p> + <p> + The body was that of the engineer, Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 8 + </h2> + <p> + Neb did not move. Pencroft only uttered one word. + </p> + <p> + “Living?” he cried. + </p> + <p> + Neb did not reply. Spilett and the sailor turned pale. Herbert clasped his + hands, and remained motionless. The poor Negro, absorbed in his grief, + evidently had neither seen his companions nor heard the sailor speak. + </p> + <p> + The reporter knelt down beside the motionless body, and placed his ear to + the engineer’s chest, having first torn open his clothes. + </p> + <p> + A minute—an age!—passed, during which he endeavored to catch + the faintest throb of the heart. + </p> + <p> + Neb had raised himself a little and gazed without seeing. Despair had + completely changed his countenance. He could scarcely be recognized, + exhausted with fatigue, broken with grief. He believed his master was + dead. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett at last rose, after a long and attentive examination. + </p> + <p> + “He lives!” said he. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft knelt in his turn beside the engineer, he also heard a throbbing, + and even felt a slight breath on his cheek. + </p> + <p> + Herbert at a word from the reporter ran out to look for water. He found, a + hundred feet off, a limpid stream, which seemed to have been greatly + increased by the rains, and which filtered through the sand; but nothing + in which to put the water, not even a shell among the downs. The lad was + obliged to content himself with dipping his handkerchief in the stream, + and with it hastened back to the grotto. + </p> + <p> + Happily the wet handkerchief was enough for Gideon Spilett, who only + wished to wet the engineer’s lips. The cold water produced an almost + immediate effect. His chest heaved and he seemed to try to speak. + </p> + <p> + “We will save him!” exclaimed the reporter. + </p> + <p> + At these words hope revived in Neb’s heart. He undressed his master to see + if he was wounded, but not so much as a bruise was to be found, either on + the head, body, or limbs, which was surprising, as he must have been + dashed against the rocks; even the hands were uninjured, and it was + difficult to explain how the engineer showed no traces of the efforts + which he must have made to get out of reach of the breakers. + </p> + <p> + But the explanation would come later. When Cyrus was able to speak he + would say what had happened. For the present the question was, how to + recall him to life, and it appeared likely that rubbing would bring this + about; so they set to work with the sailor’s jersey. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, revived by this rude shampooing, moved his arm slightly and + began to breathe more regularly. He was sinking from exhaustion, and + certainly, had not the reporter and his companions arrived, it would have + been all over with Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “You thought your master was dead, didn’t you?” said the seaman to Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Yes! quite dead!” replied Neb, “and if Top had not found you, and brought + you here, I should have buried my master, and then have lain down on his + grave to die!” + </p> + <p> + It had indeed been a narrow escape for Cyrus Harding! + </p> + <p> + Neb then recounted what had happened. The day before, after having left + the Chimneys at daybreak, he had ascended the coast in a northerly + direction, and had reached that part of the shore which he had already + visited. + </p> + <p> + There, without any hope he acknowledged, Neb had searched the beach, among + the rocks, on the sand, for the smallest trace to guide him. He examined + particularly that part of the beach which was not covered by the high + tide, for near the sea the water would have obliterated all marks. Neb did + not expect to find his master living. It was for a corpse that he + searched, a corpse which he wished to bury with his own hands! + </p> + <p> + He sought long in vain. This desert coast appeared never to have been + visited by a human creature. The shells, those which the sea had not + reached, and which might be met with by millions above high-water mark, + were untouched. Not a shell was broken. + </p> + <p> + Neb then resolved to walk along the beach for some miles. It was possible + that the waves had carried the body to quite a distant point. When a + corpse floats a little distance from a low shore, it rarely happens that + the tide does not throw it up, sooner or later. This Neb knew, and he + wished to see his master again for the last time. + </p> + <p> + “I went along the coast for another two miles, carefully examining the + beach, both at high and low water, and I had despaired of finding + anything, when yesterday, above five in the evening, I saw footprints on + the sand.” + </p> + <p> + “Footprints?” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” replied Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Did these footprints begin at the water’s edge?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Neb, “only above high-water mark, for the others must have + been washed out by the tide.” + </p> + <p> + “Go on, Neb,” said Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “I went half crazy when I saw these footprints. They were very clear and + went towards the downs. I followed them for a quarter of a mile, running, + but taking care not to destroy them. Five minutes after, as it was getting + dark, I heard the barking of a dog. It was Top, and Top brought me here, + to my master!” + </p> + <p> + Neb ended his account by saying what had been his grief at finding the + inanimate body, in which he vainly sought for the least sign of life. Now + that he had found him dead he longed for him to be alive. All his efforts + were useless! Nothing remained to be done but to render the last duties to + the one whom he had loved so much! Neb then thought of his companions. + They, no doubt, would wish to see the unfortunate man again. Top was + there. Could he not rely on the sagacity of the faithful animal? Neb + several times pronounced the name of the reporter, the one among his + companions whom Top knew best. + </p> + <p> + Then he pointed to the south, and the dog bounded off in the direction + indicated to him. + </p> + <p> + We have heard how, guided by an instinct which might be looked upon almost + as supernatural, Top had found them. + </p> + <p> + Neb’s companions had listened with great attention to this account. + </p> + <p> + It was unaccountable to them how Cyrus Harding, after the efforts which he + must have made to escape from the waves by crossing the rocks, had not + received even a scratch. And what could not be explained either was how + the engineer had managed to get to this cave in the downs, more than a + mile from the shore. + </p> + <p> + “So, Neb,” said the reporter, “it was not you who brought your master to + this place.” + </p> + <p> + “No, it was not I,” replied the Negro. + </p> + <p> + “It’s very clear that the captain came here by himself,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “It is clear in reality,” observed Spilett, “but it is not credible!” + </p> + <p> + The explanation of this fact could only be produced from the engineer’s + own lips, and they must wait for that till speech returned. Rubbing had + re-established the circulation of the blood. Cyrus Harding moved his arm + again, then his head, and a few incomprehensible words escaped him. + </p> + <p> + Neb, who was bending over him, spoke, but the engineer did not appear to + hear, and his eyes remained closed. Life was only exhibited in him by + movement, his senses had not as yet been restored. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft much regretted not having either fire, or the means of procuring + it, for he had, unfortunately, forgotten to bring the burnt linen, which + would easily have ignited from the sparks produced by striking together + two flints. As to the engineer’s pockets, they were entirely empty, except + that of his waistcoat, which contained his watch. It was necessary to + carry Harding to the Chimneys, and that as soon as possible. This was the + opinion of all. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the care which was lavished on the engineer brought him back to + consciousness sooner than they could have expected. The water with which + they wetted his lips revived him gradually. Pencroft also thought of + mixing with the water some moisture from the titra’s flesh which he had + brought. Herbert ran to the beach and returned with two large bivalve + shells. The sailor concocted something which he introduced between the + lips of the engineer, who eagerly drinking it opened his eyes. + </p> + <p> + Neb and the reporter were leaning over him. + </p> + <p> + “My master! my master!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + The engineer heard him. He recognized Neb and Spilett, then his other two + companions, and his hand slightly pressed theirs. + </p> + <p> + A few words again escaped him, which showed what thoughts were, even then, + troubling his brain. This time he was understood. Undoubtedly they were + the same words he had before attempted to utter. + </p> + <p> + “Island or continent?” he murmured. + </p> + <p> + “Bother the continent,” cried Pencroft hastily; “there is time enough to + see about that, captain! we don’t care for anything, provided you are + living.” + </p> + <p> + The engineer nodded faintly, and then appeared to sleep. + </p> + <p> + They respected this sleep, and the reporter began immediately to make + arrangements for transporting Harding to a more comfortable place. Neb, + Herbert, and Pencroft left the cave and directed their steps towards a + high mound crowned with a few distorted trees. On the way the sailor could + not help repeating,— + </p> + <p> + “Island or continent! To think of that, when at one’s last gasp! What a + man!” + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the summit of the mound, Pencroft and his two companions set to + work, with no other tools than their hands, to despoil of its principal + branches a rather sickly tree, a sort of marine fir; with these branches + they made a litter, on which, covered with grass and leaves, they could + carry the engineer. + </p> + <p> + This occupied them nearly forty minutes, and it was ten o’clock when they + returned to Cyrus Harding whom Spilett had not left. + </p> + <p> + The engineer was just awaking from the sleep, or rather from the + drowsiness, in which they had found him. The color was returning to his + cheeks, which till now had been as pale as death. He raised himself a + little, looked around him, and appeared to ask where he was. + </p> + <p> + “Can you listen to me without fatigue, Cyrus?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “It’s my opinion,” said the sailor, “that Captain Harding will be able to + listen to you still better, if he will have some more grouse jelly,—for + we have grouse, captain,” added he, presenting him with a little of this + jelly, to which he this time added some of the flesh. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding ate a little of the grouse, and the rest was divided among + his companions, who found it but a meager breakfast, for they were + suffering extremely from hunger. + </p> + <p> + “Well!” said the sailor, “there is plenty of food at the Chimneys, for you + must know, captain, that down there, in the south, we have a house, with + rooms, beds, and fireplace, and in the pantry, several dozen of birds, + which our Herbert calls couroucous. Your litter is ready, and as soon as + you feel strong enough we will carry you home.” + </p> + <p> + “Thanks, my friend,” replied the engineer; “wait another hour or two, and + then we will set out. And now speak, Spilett.” + </p> + <p> + The reporter then told him all that had occurred. He recounted all the + events with which Cyrus was unacquainted, the last fall of the balloon, + the landing on this unknown land, which appeared a desert (whatever it + was, whether island or continent), the discovery of the Chimneys, the + search for him, not forgetting of course Neb’s devotion, the intelligence + exhibited by the faithful Top, as well as many other matters. + </p> + <p> + “But,” asked Harding, in a still feeble voice, “you did not, then, pick me + up on the beach?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “And did you not bring me to this cave?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “At what distance is this cave from the sea?” + </p> + <p> + “About a mile,” replied Pencroft; “and if you are astonished, captain, we + are not less surprised ourselves at seeing you in this place!” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said the engineer, who was recovering gradually, and who took + great interest in these details, “indeed it is very singular!” + </p> + <p> + “But,” resumed the sailor, “can you tell us what happened after you were + carried off by the sea?” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding considered. He knew very little. The wave had torn him from + the balloon net. He sank at first several fathoms. On returning to the + surface, in the half light, he felt a living creature struggling near him. + It was Top, who had sprung to his help. He saw nothing of the balloon, + which, lightened both of his weight and that of the dog, had darted away + like an arrow. + </p> + <p> + There he was, in the midst of the angry sea, at a distance which could not + be less than half a mile from the shore. He attempted to struggle against + the billows by swimming vigorously. Top held him up by his clothes; but a + strong current seized him and drove him towards the north, and after half + an hour of exertion, he sank, dragging Top with him into the depths. From + that moment to the moment in which he recovered to find himself in the + arms of his friends he remembered nothing. + </p> + <p> + “However,” remarked Pencroft, “you must have been thrown on to the beach, + and you must have had strength to walk here, since Neb found your + footmarks!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes... of course,” replied the engineer, thoughtfully; “and you found no + traces of human beings on this coast?” + </p> + <p> + “Not a trace,” replied the reporter; “besides, if by chance you had met + with some deliverer there, just in the nick of time, why should he have + abandoned you after having saved you from the waves?” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, my dear Spilett. Tell me, Neb,” added the engineer, + turning to his servant, “it was not you who... you can’t have had a moment + of unconsciousness... during which no, that’s absurd.... Do any of the + footsteps still remain?” asked Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, master,” replied Neb; “here, at the entrance, at the back of the + mound, in a place sheltered from the rain and wind. The storm has + destroyed the others.” + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” said Cyrus Harding, “will you take my shoe and see if it fits + exactly to the footprints?” + </p> + <p> + The sailor did as the engineer requested. While he and Herbert, guided by + Neb, went to the place where the footprints were to be found, Cyrus + remarked to the reporter,— + </p> + <p> + “It is a most extraordinary thing!” + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly inexplicable!” replied Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “But do not dwell upon it just now, my dear Spilett, we will talk about it + by-and-by.” + </p> + <p> + A moment after the others entered. + </p> + <p> + There was no doubt about it. The engineer’s shoe fitted exactly to the + footmarks. It was therefore Cyrus Harding who had left them on the sand. + </p> + <p> + “Come,” said he, “I must have experienced this unconsciousness which I + attributed to Neb. I must have walked like a somnambulist, without any + knowledge of my steps, and Top must have guided me here, after having + dragged me from the waves... Come, Top! Come, old dog!” + </p> + <p> + The magnificent animal bounded barking to his master, and caresses were + lavished on him. It was agreed that there was no other way of accounting + for the rescue of Cyrus Harding, and that Top deserved all the honor of + the affair. + </p> + <p> + Towards twelve o’clock, Pencroft having asked the engineer if they could + now remove him, Harding, instead of replying, and by an effort which + exhibited the most energetic will, got up. But he was obliged to lean on + the sailor, or he would have fallen. + </p> + <p> + “Well done!” cried Pencroft; “bring the captain’s litter.” + </p> + <p> + The litter was brought; the transverse branches had been covered with + leaves and long grass. Harding was laid on it, and Pencroft, having taken + his place at one end and Neb at the other, they started towards the coast. + There was a distance of eight miles to be accomplished; but, as they could + not go fast, and it would perhaps be necessary to stop frequently, they + reckoned that it would take at least six hours to reach the Chimneys. The + wind was still strong, but fortunately it did not rain. Although lying + down, the engineer, leaning on his elbow, observed the coast, particularly + inland. He did not speak, but he gazed; and, no doubt, the appearance of + the country, with its inequalities of ground, its forests, its various + productions, were impressed on his mind. However, after traveling for two + hours, fatigue overcame him, and he slept. + </p> + <p> + At half-past five the little band arrived at the precipice, and a short + time after at the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + They stopped, and the litter was placed on the sand; Cyrus Harding was + sleeping profoundly, and did not awake. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, to his extreme surprise, found that the terrible storm had quite + altered the aspect of the place. Important changes had occurred; great + blocks of stone lay on the beach, which was also covered with a thick + carpet of sea-weed, algae, and wrack. Evidently the sea, passing over the + islet, had been carried right up to the foot of the enormous curtain of + granite. The soil in front of the cave had been torn away by the violence + of the waves. A horrid presentiment flashed across Pencroft’s mind. He + rushed into the passage, but returned almost immediately, and stood + motionless, staring at his companions.... The fire was out; the drowned + cinders were nothing but mud; the burnt linen, which was to have served as + tinder, had disappeared! The sea had penetrated to the end of the + passages, and everything was overthrown and destroyed in the interior of + the Chimneys! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 9 + </h2> + <p> + In a few words, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Neb were made acquainted with + what had happened. This accident, which appeared so very serious to + Pencroft, produced different effects on the companions of the honest + sailor. + </p> + <p> + Neb, in his delight at having found his master, did not listen, or rather, + did not care to trouble himself with what Pencroft was saying. + </p> + <p> + Herbert shared in some degree the sailor’s feelings. + </p> + <p> + As to the reporter, he simply replied,— + </p> + <p> + “Upon my word, Pencroft, it’s perfectly indifferent to me!” + </p> + <p> + “But, I repeat, that we haven’t any fire!” + </p> + <p> + “Pooh!” + </p> + <p> + “Nor any means of relighting it!” + </p> + <p> + “Nonsense!” + </p> + <p> + “But I say, Mr. Spilett—” + </p> + <p> + “Isn’t Cyrus here?” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Is not our engineer alive? He will soon find some way of making fire for + us!” + </p> + <p> + “With what?” + </p> + <p> + “With nothing.” + </p> + <p> + What had Pencroft to say? He could say nothing, for, in the bottom of his + heart he shared the confidence which his companions had in Cyrus Harding. + The engineer was to them a microcosm, a compound of every science, a + possessor of all human knowledge. It was better to be with Cyrus in a + desert island, than without him in the most flourishing town in the United + States. With him they could want nothing; with him they would never + despair. If these brave men had been told that a volcanic eruption would + destroy the land, that this land would be engulfed in the depths of the + Pacific, they would have imperturbably replied,— + </p> + <p> + “Cyrus is here!” + </p> + <p> + While in the palanquin, however, the engineer had again relapsed into + unconsciousness, which the jolting to which he had been subjected during + his journey had brought on, so that they could not now appeal to his + ingenuity. The supper must necessarily be very meager. In fact, all the + grouse flesh had been consumed, and there no longer existed any means of + cooking more game. Besides, the couroucous which had been reserved had + disappeared. They must consider what was to be done. + </p> + <p> + First of all, Cyrus Harding was carried into the central passage. There + they managed to arrange for him a couch of sea-weed which still remained + almost dry. The deep sleep which had overpowered him would no doubt be + more beneficial to him than any nourishment. + </p> + <p> + Night had closed in, and the temperature, which had modified when the wind + shifted to the northwest, again became extremely cold. Also, the sea + having destroyed the partitions which Pencroft had put up in certain + places in the passages, the Chimneys, on account of the draughts, had + become scarcely habitable. The engineer’s condition would, therefore, have + been bad enough, if his companions had not carefully covered him with + their coats and waistcoats. + </p> + <p> + Supper, this evening, was of course composed of the inevitable lithodomes, + of which Herbert and Neb picked up a plentiful supply on the beach. + However, to these molluscs, the lad added some edible sea-weed, which he + gathered on high rocks, whose sides were only washed by the sea at the + time of high tides. This sea-weed, which belongs to the order of Fucacae, + of the genus Sargassum, produces, when dry, a gelatinous matter, rich and + nutritious. The reporter and his companions, after having eaten a quantity + of lithodomes, sucked the sargassum, of which the taste was very + tolerable. It is used in parts of the East very considerably by the + natives. “Never mind!” said the sailor, “the captain will help us soon.” + Meanwhile the cold became very severe, and unhappily they had no means of + defending themselves from it. + </p> + <p> + The sailor, extremely vexed, tried in all sorts of ways to procure fire. + Neb helped him in this work. He found some dry moss, and by striking + together two pebbles he obtained some sparks, but the moss, not being + inflammable enough, did not take fire, for the sparks were really only + incandescent, and not at all of the same consistency as those which are + emitted from flint when struck in the same manner. The experiment, + therefore, did not succeed. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, although he had no confidence in the proceeding, then tried + rubbing two pieces of dry wood together, as savages do. Certainly, the + movement which he and Neb exhibited, if it had been transformed into heat, + according to the new theory, would have been enough to heat the boiler of + a steamer! It came to nothing. The bits of wood became hot, to be sure, + but much less so than the operators themselves. + </p> + <p> + After working an hour, Pencroft, who was in a complete state of + perspiration, threw down the pieces of wood in disgust. + </p> + <p> + “I can never be made to believe that savages light their fires in this + way, let them say what they will,” he exclaimed. “I could sooner light my + arms by rubbing them against each other!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor was wrong to despise the proceeding. Savages often kindle wood + by means of rapid rubbing. But every sort of wood does not answer for the + purpose, and besides, there is “the knack,” following the usual + expression, and it is probable that Pencroft had not “the knack.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft’s ill humor did not last long. Herbert had taken the bits of wood + which he had turned down, and was exerting himself to rub them. The hardy + sailor could not restrain a burst of laughter on seeing the efforts of the + lad to succeed where he had failed. + </p> + <p> + “Rub, my boy, rub!” said he. + </p> + <p> + “I am rubbing,” replied Herbert, laughing, “but I don’t pretend to do + anything else but warm myself instead of shivering, and soon I shall be as + hot as you are, my good Pencroft!” + </p> + <p> + This soon happened. However, they were obliged to give up, for this night + at least, the attempt to procure fire. Gideon Spilett repeated, for the + twentieth time, that Cyrus Harding would not have been troubled for so + small a difficulty. And, in the meantime, he stretched himself in one of + the passages on his bed of sand. Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft did the same, + while Top slept at his master’s feet. + </p> + <p> + Next day, the 28th of March, when the engineer awoke, about eight in the + morning, he saw his companions around him watching his sleep, and, as on + the day before, his first words were:— + </p> + <p> + “Island or continent?” This was his uppermost thought. + </p> + <p> + “Well!” replied Pencroft, “we don’t know anything about it, captain!” + </p> + <p> + “You don’t know yet?” + </p> + <p> + “But we shall know,” rejoined Pencroft, “when you have guided us into the + country.” + </p> + <p> + “I think I am able to try it,” replied the engineer, who, without much + effort, rose and stood upright. + </p> + <p> + “That’s capital!” cried the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “I feel dreadfully weak,” replied Harding. “Give me something to eat, my + friends, and it will soon go off. You have fire, haven’t you?” + </p> + <p> + This question was not immediately replied to. But, in a few seconds— + </p> + <p> + “Alas! we have no fire,” said Pencroft, “or rather, captain, we have it no + longer!” + </p> + <p> + And the sailor recounted all that had passed the day before. He amused the + engineer by the history of the single match, then his abortive attempt to + procure fire in the savages’ way. + </p> + <p> + “We shall consider,” replied the engineer, “and if we do not find some + substance similar to tinder—” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we will make matches. + </p> + <p> + “Chemicals?” + </p> + <p> + “Chemicals!” + </p> + <p> + “It is not more difficult than that,” cried the reporter, striking the + sailor on the shoulder. + </p> + <p> + The latter did not think it so simple, but he did not protest. All went + out. The weather had become very fine. The sun was rising from the sea’s + horizon, and touched with golden spangles the prismatic rugosities of the + huge precipice. + </p> + <p> + Having thrown a rapid glance around him, the engineer seated himself on a + block of stone. Herbert offered him a few handfuls of shell-fish and + sargassum, saying,— + </p> + <p> + “It is all that we have, Captain Harding.” + </p> + <p> + “Thanks, my boy,” replied Harding; “it will do—for this morning at + least.” + </p> + <p> + He ate the wretched food with appetite, and washed it down with a little + fresh water, drawn from the river in an immense shell. + </p> + <p> + His companions looked at him without speaking. Then, feeling somewhat + refreshed, Cyrus Harding crossed his arms, and said,— + </p> + <p> + “So, my friends, you do not know yet whether fate has thrown us on an + island, or on a continent?” + </p> + <p> + “No, captain,” replied the boy. + </p> + <p> + “We shall know to-morrow,” said the engineer; “till then, there is nothing + to be done.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “What?” + </p> + <p> + “Fire,” said the sailor, who, also, had a fixed idea. + </p> + <p> + “We will make it, Pencroft,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + “While you were carrying me yesterday, did I not see in the west a + mountain which commands the country?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Spilett, “a mountain which must be rather high—” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied the engineer, “we will climb to the summit to-morrow, and + then we shall see if this land is an island or a continent. Till then, I + repeat, there is nothing to be done.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, fire!” said the obstinate sailor again. + </p> + <p> + “But he will make us a fire!” replied Gideon Spilett, “only have a little + patience, Pencroft!” + </p> + <p> + The seaman looked at Spilett in a way which seemed to say, “If it depended + upon you to do it, we wouldn’t taste roast meat very soon”; but he was + silent. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Captain Harding had made no reply. He appeared to be very little + troubled by the question of fire. For a few minutes he remained absorbed + in thought; then again speaking,— + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said he, “our situation is, perhaps, deplorable; but, at any + rate, it is very plain. Either we are on a continent, and then, at the + expense of greater or less fatigue, we shall reach some inhabited place, + or we are on an island. In the latter case, if the island is inhabited, we + will try to get out of the scrape with the help of its inhabitants; if it + is desert, we will try to get out of the scrape by ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, nothing could be plainer,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “But, whether it is an island or a continent,” asked Gideon Spilett, + “whereabouts do you think, Cyrus, this storm has thrown us?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot say exactly,” replied the engineer, “but I presume it is some + land in the Pacific. In fact, when we left Richmond, the wind was blowing + from the northeast, and its very violence greatly proves that it could not + have varied. If the direction has been maintained from the northeast to + the southwest, we have traversed the States of North Carolina, of South + Carolina, of Georgia, the Gulf of Mexico, Mexico, itself, in its narrow + part, then a part of the Pacific Ocean. I cannot estimate the distance + traversed by the balloon at less than six to seven thousand miles, and, + even supposing that the wind had varied half a quarter, it must have + brought us either to the archipelago of Mendava, either on the Pomotous, + or even, if it had a greater strength than I suppose, to the land of New + Zealand. If the last hypothesis is correct, it will be easy enough to get + home again. English or Maoris, we shall always find some one to whom we + can speak. If, on the contrary, this is the coast of a desert island in + some tiny archipelago, perhaps we shall be able to reconnoiter it from the + summit of that peak which overlooks the country, and then we shall see how + best to establish ourselves here as if we are never to go away.” + </p> + <p> + “Never?” cried the reporter. “You say ‘Never,’ my dear Cyrus?” + </p> + <p> + “Better to put things at the worst at first,” replied the engineer, “and + reserve the best for a surprise.” + </p> + <p> + “Well said,” remarked Pencroft. “It is to be hoped, too, that this island, + if it be one, is not situated just out of the course of ships; that would + be really unlucky!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall not know what we have to rely on until we have first made the + ascent of the mountain,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “But to-morrow, captain,” asked Herbert, “shall you be in a state to bear + the fatigue of the ascent?” + </p> + <p> + “I hope so,” replied the engineer, “provided you and Pencroft, my boy, + show yourselves quick and clever hunters.” + </p> + <p> + “Captain,” said the sailor, “since you are speaking of game, if on my + return, I was as certain of roasting it as I am of bringing it back—” + </p> + <p> + “Bring it back all the same, Pencroft,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + It was then agreed that the engineer and the reporter were to pass the day + at the Chimneys, so as to examine the shore and the upper plateau. Neb, + Herbert, and the sailor were to return to the forest, renew their store of + wood, and lay violent hands on every creature, feathered or hairy, which + might come within their reach. + </p> + <p> + They set out accordingly about ten o’clock in the morning, Herbert + confident, Neb joyous, Pencroft murmuring aside,— + </p> + <p> + “If, on my return, I find a fire at the house, I shall believe that the + thunder itself came to light it.” All three climbed the bank; and arrived + at the angle made by the river, the sailor, stopping, said to his two + companions,— + </p> + <p> + “Shall we begin by being hunters or wood-men?” + </p> + <p> + “Hunters,” replied Herbert. “There is Top already in quest.” + </p> + <p> + “We will hunt, then,” said the sailor, “and afterwards we can come back + and collect our wood.” + </p> + <p> + This agreed to, Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft, after having torn three sticks + from the trunk of a young fir, followed Top, who was bounding about among + the long grass. + </p> + <p> + This time, the hunters, instead of following the course of the river, + plunged straight into the heart of the forest. There were still the same + trees, belonging, for the most part, to the pine family. In certain + places, less crowded, growing in clumps, these pines exhibited + considerable dimensions, and appeared to indicate, by their development, + that the country was situated in a higher latitude than the engineer had + supposed. Glades, bristling with stumps worn away by time, were covered + with dry wood, which formed an inexhaustible store of fuel. Then, the + glade passed, the underwood thickened again, and became almost + impenetrable. + </p> + <p> + It was difficult enough to find the way among the groups of trees, without + any beaten track. So the sailor from time to time broke off branches which + might be easily recognized. But, perhaps, he was wrong not to follow the + watercourse, as he and Herbert had done on their first excursion, for + after walking an hour not a creature had shown itself. Top, running under + the branches, only roused birds which could not be approached. Even the + couroucous were invisible, and it was probable that the sailor would be + obliged to return to the marshy part of the forest, in which he had so + happily performed his grouse fishing. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Pencroft,” said Neb, in a slightly sarcastic tone, “if this is all + the game which you promised to bring back to my master, it won’t need a + large fire to roast it!” + </p> + <p> + “Have patience,” replied the sailor, “it isn’t the game which will be + wanting on our return.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you not confidence in Captain Harding?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “But you don’t believe that he will make fire?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall believe it when the wood is blazing in the fireplace.” + </p> + <p> + “It will blaze, since my master has said so.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall see!” + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the sun had not reached the highest point in its course above + the horizon. The exploration, therefore, continued, and was usefully + marked by a discovery which Herbert made of a tree whose fruit was edible. + This was the stone-pine, which produces an excellent almond, very much + esteemed in the temperate regions of America and Europe. These almonds + were in a perfect state of maturity, and Herbert described them to his + companions, who feasted on them. + </p> + <p> + “Come,” said Pencroft, “sea-weed by way of bread, raw mussels for meat, + and almonds for dessert, that’s certainly a good dinner for those who have + not a single match in their pocket!” + </p> + <p> + “We mustn’t complain,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I am not complaining, my boy,” replied Pencroft, “only I repeat, that + meat is a little too much economized in this sort of meal.” + </p> + <p> + “Top has found something!” cried Neb, who ran towards a thicket, in the + midst of which the dog had disappeared, barking. With Top’s barking were + mingled curious gruntings. + </p> + <p> + The sailor and Herbert had followed Neb. If there was game there this was + not the time to discuss how it was to be cooked, but rather, how they were + to get hold of it. + </p> + <p> + The hunters had scarcely entered the bushes when they saw Top engaged in a + struggle with an animal which he was holding by the ear. This quadruped + was a sort of pig nearly two feet and a half long, of a blackish brown + color, lighter below, having hard scanty hair; its toes, then strongly + fixed in the ground, seemed to be united by a membrane. Herbert recognized + in this animal the capybara, that is to say, one of the largest members of + the rodent order. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the capybara did not struggle against the dog. It stupidly + rolled its eyes, deeply buried in a thick bed of fat. Perhaps it saw men + for the first time. + </p> + <p> + However, Neb having tightened his grasp on his stick, was just going to + fell the pig, when the latter, tearing itself from Top’s teeth, by which + it was only held by the tip of its ear, uttered a vigorous grunt, rushed + upon Herbert, almost overthrew him, and disappeared in the wood. + </p> + <p> + “The rascal!” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + All three directly darted after Top, but at the moment when they joined + him the animal had disappeared under the waters of a large pond shaded by + venerable pines. + </p> + <p> + Neb, Herbert, and Pencroft stopped, motionless. Top plunged into the + water, but the capybara, hidden at the bottom of the pond, did not appear. + </p> + <p> + “Let us wait,” said the boy, “for he will soon come to the surface to + breathe.” + </p> + <p> + “Won’t he drown?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Herbert, “since he has webbed feet, and is almost an + amphibious animal. But watch him.” + </p> + <p> + Top remained in the water. Pencroft and his two companions went to + different parts of the bank, so as to cut off the retreat of the capybara, + which the dog was looking for beneath the water. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was not mistaken. In a few minutes the animal appeared on the + surface of the water. Top was upon it in a bound, and kept it from + plunging again. An instant later the capybara, dragged to the bank, was + killed by a blow from Neb’s stick. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” cried Pencroft, who was always ready with this cry of triumph. + </p> + <p> + “Give me but a good fire, and this pig shall be gnawed to the bones!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft hoisted the capybara on his shoulders, and judging by the height + of the sun that it was about two o’clock, he gave the signal to return. + </p> + <p> + Top’s instinct was useful to the hunters, who, thanks to the intelligent + animal, were enabled to discover the road by which they had come. Half an + hour later they arrived at the river. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft soon made a raft of wood, as he had done before, though if there + was no fire it would be a useless task, and the raft following the + current, they returned towards the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + But the sailor had not gone fifty paces when he stopped, and again + uttering a tremendous hurrah, pointed towards the angle of the cliff,— + </p> + <p> + “Herbert! Neb! Look!” he shouted. + </p> + <p> + Smoke was escaping and curling up among the rocks. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 10 + </h2> + <p> + In a few minutes the three hunters were before a crackling fire. The + captain and the reporter were there. Pencroft looked from one to the + other, his capybara in his hand, without saying a word. + </p> + <p> + “Well, yes, my brave fellow,” cried the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Fire, real fire, which will roast this splendid pig perfectly, and we + will have a feast presently!” + </p> + <p> + “But who lighted it?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “The sun!” + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett was quite right in his reply. It was the sun which had + furnished the heat which so astonished Pencroft. The sailor could scarcely + believe his eyes, and he was so amazed that he did not think of + questioning the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Had you a burning-glass, sir?” asked Herbert of Harding. + </p> + <p> + “No, my boy,” replied he, “but I made one.” + </p> + <p> + And he showed the apparatus which served for a burning-glass. It was + simply two glasses which he had taken from his own and the reporter’s + watches. Having filled them with water and rendered their edges adhesive + by means of a little clay, he thus fabricated a regular burning-glass, + which, concentrating the solar rays on some very dry moss, soon caused it + to blaze. + </p> + <p> + The sailor considered the apparatus; then he gazed at the engineer without + saying a word, only a look plainly expressed his opinion that if Cyrus + Harding was not a magician, he was certainly no ordinary man. At last + speech returned to him, and he cried,— + </p> + <p> + “Note that, Mr. Spilett, note that down on your paper!” + </p> + <p> + “It is noted,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + Then, Neb helping him, the seaman arranged the spit, and the capybara, + properly cleaned, was soon roasting like a suckling-pig before a clear, + crackling fire. + </p> + <p> + The Chimneys had again become more habitable, not only because the + passages were warmed by the fire, but because the partitions of wood and + mud had been re-established. + </p> + <p> + It was evident that the engineer and his companions had employed their day + well. Cyrus Harding had almost entirely recovered his strength, and had + proved it by climbing to the upper plateau. From this point his eye, + accustomed to estimate heights and distances, was fixed for a long time on + the cone, the summit of which he wished to reach the next day. The + mountain, situated about six miles to the northwest, appeared to him to + measure 3,500 feet above the level of the sea. Consequently the gaze of an + observer posted on its summit would extend over a radius of at least fifty + miles. Therefore it was probable that Harding could easily solve the + question of “island or continent,” to which he attached so much + importance. + </p> + <p> + They supped capitally. The flesh of the capybara was declared excellent. + The sargassum and the almonds of the stone-pine completed the repast, + during which the engineer spoke little. He was preoccupied with projects + for the next day. + </p> + <p> + Once or twice Pencroft gave forth some ideas upon what it would be best to + do; but Cyrus Harding, who was evidently of a methodical mind, only shook + his head without uttering a word. + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow,” he repeated, “we shall know what we have to depend upon, and + we will act accordingly.” + </p> + <p> + The meal ended, fresh armfuls of wood were thrown on the fire, and the + inhabitants of the Chimneys, including the faithful Top, were soon buried + in a deep sleep. + </p> + <p> + No incident disturbed this peaceful night, and the next day, the 29th of + March, fresh and active they awoke, ready to undertake the excursion which + must determine their fate. + </p> + <p> + All was ready for the start. The remains of the capybara would be enough + to sustain Harding and his companions for at least twenty-four hours. + </p> + <p> + Besides, they hoped to find more food on the way. As the glasses had been + returned to the watches of the engineer and reporter, Pencroft burned a + little linen to serve as tinder. As to flint, that would not be wanting in + these regions of Plutonic origin. It was half-past seven in the morning + when the explorers, armed with sticks, left the Chimneys. Following + Pencroft’s advice, it appeared best to take the road already traversed + through the forest, and to return by another route. It was also the most + direct way to reach the mountain. They turned the south angle and followed + the left bank of the river, which was abandoned at the point where it + formed an elbow towards the southwest. The path, already trodden under the + evergreen trees, was found, and at nine o’clock Cyrus Harding and his + companions had reached the western border of the forest. The ground, till + then, very little undulated, boggy at first, dry and sandy afterwards, had + a gentle slope, which ascended from the shore towards the interior of the + country. A few very timid animals were seen under the forest-trees. Top + quickly started them, but his master soon called him back, for the time + had not come to commence hunting; that would be attended to later. The + engineer was not a man who would allow himself to be diverted from his + fixed idea. It might even have been said that he did not observe the + country at all, either in its configuration or in its natural productions, + his great aim being to climb the mountain before him, and therefore + straight towards it he went. At ten o’clock a halt of a few minutes was + made. On leaving the forest, the mountain system of the country appeared + before the explorers. The mountain was composed of two cones; the first, + truncated at a height of about two thousand five hundred feet, was + sustained by buttresses, which appeared to branch out like the talons of + an immense claw set on the ground. Between these were narrow valleys, + bristling with trees, the last clumps of which rose to the top of the + lowest cone. There appeared to be less vegetation on that side of the + mountain which was exposed to the northeast, and deep fissures could be + seen which, no doubt, were watercourses. + </p> + <p> + On the first cone rested a second, slightly rounded, and placed a little + on one side, like a great round hat cocked over the ear. A Scotchman would + have said, “His bonnet was a thocht ajee.” It appeared formed of bare + earth, here and there pierced by reddish rocks. + </p> + <p> + They wished to reach the second cone, and proceeding along the ridge of + the spurs seemed to be the best way by which to gain it. + </p> + <p> + “We are on volcanic ground,” Cyrus Harding had said, and his companions + following him began to ascend by degrees on the back of a spur, which, by + a winding and consequently more accessible path, joined the first plateau. + </p> + <p> + The ground had evidently been convulsed by subterranean force. Here and + there stray blocks, numerous debris of basalt and pumice-stone, were met + with. In isolated groups rose fir-trees, which, some hundred feet lower, + at the bottom of the narrow gorges, formed massive shades almost + impenetrable to the sun’s rays. + </p> + <p> + During the first part of the ascent, Herbert remarked on the footprints + which indicated the recent passage of large animals. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps these beasts will not let us pass by willingly,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied the reporter, who had already hunted the tiger in India, + and the lion in Africa, “we shall soon learn how successfully to encounter + them. But in the meantime we must be upon our guard!” + </p> + <p> + They ascended but slowly. + </p> + <p> + The distance, increased by detours and obstacles which could not be + surmounted directly, was long. Sometimes, too, the ground suddenly fell, + and they found themselves on the edge of a deep chasm which they had to go + round. Thus, in retracing their steps so as to find some practicable path, + much time was employed and fatigue undergone for nothing. At twelve + o’clock, when the small band of adventurers halted for breakfast at the + foot of a large group of firs, near a little stream which fell in + cascades, they found themselves still half way from the first plateau, + which most probably they would not reach till nightfall. From this point + the view of the sea was much extended, but on the right the high + promontory prevented their seeing whether there was land beyond it. On the + left, the sight extended several miles to the north; but, on the + northwest, at the point occupied by the explorers, it was cut short by the + ridge of a fantastically-shaped spur, which formed a powerful support of + the central cone. + </p> + <p> + At one o’clock the ascent was continued. They slanted more towards the + southwest and again entered among thick bushes. There under the shade of + the trees fluttered several couples of gallinaceae belonging to the + pheasant species. They were tragopans, ornamented by a pendant skin which + hangs over their throats, and by two small, round horns, planted behind + the eyes. Among these birds, which were about the size of a fowl, the + female was uniformly brown, while the male was gorgeous in his red + plumage, decorated with white spots. Gideon Spilett, with a stone cleverly + and vigorously thrown, killed one of these tragopans, on which Pencroft, + made hungry by the fresh air, had cast greedy eyes. + </p> + <p> + After leaving the region of bushes, the party, assisted by resting on each + other’s shoulders, climbed for about a hundred feet up a steep acclivity + and reached a level place, with very few trees, where the soil appeared + volcanic. It was necessary to ascend by zigzags to make the slope more + easy, for it was very steep, and the footing being exceedingly precarious + required the greatest caution. Neb and Herbert took the lead, Pencroft the + rear, the captain and the reporter between them. The animals which + frequented these heights—and there were numerous traces of them—must + necessarily belong to those races of sure foot and supple spine, chamois + or goat. Several were seen, but this was not the name Pencroft gave them, + for all of a sudden—“Sheep!” he shouted. + </p> + <p> + All stopped about fifty feet from half-a-dozen animals of a large size, + with strong horns bent back and flattened towards the point, with a woolly + fleece, hidden under long silky hair of a tawny color. + </p> + <p> + They were not ordinary sheep, but a species usually found in the + mountainous regions of the temperate zone, to which Herbert gave the name + of the musmon. + </p> + <p> + “Have they legs and chops?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Well, then, they are sheep!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + The animals, motionless among the blocks of basalt, gazed with an + astonished eye, as if they saw human bipeds for the first time. Then their + fears suddenly aroused, they disappeared, bounding over the rocks. + </p> + <p> + “Good-bye, till we meet again,” cried Pencroft, as he watched them, in + such a comical tone that Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Neb + could not help laughing. + </p> + <p> + The ascent was continued. Here and there were traces of lava. Sulphur + springs sometimes stopped their way, and they had to go round them. In + some places the sulphur had formed crystals among other substances, such + as whitish cinders made of an infinity of little feldspar crystals. + </p> + <p> + In approaching the first plateau formed by the truncating of the lower + cone, the difficulties of the ascent were very great. Towards four o’clock + the extreme zone of the trees had been passed. There only remained here + and there a few twisted, stunted pines, which must have had a hard life in + resisting at this altitude the high winds from the open sea. Happily for + the engineer and his companions the weather was beautiful, the atmosphere + tranquil; for a high breeze at an elevation of three thousand feet would + have hindered their proceedings. The purity of the sky at the zenith was + felt through the transparent air. A perfect calm reigned around them. They + could not see the sun, then hid by the vast screen of the upper cone, + which masked the half-horizon of the west, and whose enormous shadow + stretching to the shore increased as the radiant luminary sank in its + diurnal course. Vapor—mist rather than clouds—began to appear + in the east, and assume all the prismatic colors under the influence of + the solar rays. + </p> + <p> + Five hundred feet only separated the explorers from the plateau, which + they wished to reach so as to establish there an encampment for the night, + but these five hundred feet were increased to more than two miles by the + zigzags which they had to describe. The soil, as it were, slid under their + feet. + </p> + <p> + The slope often presented such an angle that they slipped when the stones + worn by the air did not give a sufficient support. Evening came on by + degrees, and it was almost night when Cyrus Harding and his companions, + much fatigued by an ascent of seven hours, arrived at the plateau of the + first cone. It was then necessary to prepare an encampment, and to restore + their strength by eating first and sleeping afterwards. This second stage + of the mountain rose on a base of rocks, among which it would be easy to + find a retreat. Fuel was not abundant. However, a fire could be made by + means of the moss and dry brushwood, which covered certain parts of the + plateau. While the sailor was preparing his hearth with stones which he + put to this use, Neb and Herbert occupied themselves with getting a supply + of fuel. They soon returned with a load of brushwood. The steel was + struck, the burnt linen caught the sparks of flint, and, under Neb’s + breath, a crackling fire showed itself in a few minutes under the shelter + of the rocks. Their object in lighting a fire was only to enable them to + withstand the cold temperature of the night, as it was not employed in + cooking the bird, which Neb kept for the next day. The remains of the + capybara and some dozens of the stone-pine almonds formed their supper. It + was not half-past six when all was finished. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding then thought of exploring in the half-light the large + circular layer which supported the upper cone of the mountain. Before + taking any rest, he wished to know if it was possible to get round the + base of the cone in the case of its sides being too steep and its summit + being inaccessible. This question preoccupied him, for it was possible + that from the way the hat inclined, that is to say, towards the north, the + plateau was not practicable. Also, if the summit of the mountain could not + be reached on one side, and if, on the other, they could not get round the + base of the cone, it would be impossible to survey the western part of the + country, and their object in making the ascent would in part be altogether + unattained. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, accordingly, regardless of fatigue, leaving Pencroft and Neb + to arrange the beds, and Gideon Spilett to note the incidents of the day, + began to follow the edge of the plateau, going towards the north. Herbert + accompanied him. + </p> + <p> + The night was beautiful and still, the darkness was not yet deep. Cyrus + Harding and the boy walked near each other, without speaking. In some + places the plateau opened before them, and they passed without hindrance. + In others, obstructed by rocks, there was only a narrow path, in which two + persons could not walk abreast. After a walk of twenty minutes, Cyrus + Harding and Herbert were obliged to stop. From this point the slope of the + two cones became one. No shoulder here separated the two parts of the + mountain. The slope, being inclined almost seventy degrees, the path + became impracticable. + </p> + <p> + But if the engineer and the boy were obliged to give up thoughts of + following a circular direction, in return an opportunity was given for + ascending the cone. + </p> + <p> + In fact, before them opened a deep hollow. It was the rugged mouth of the + crater, by which the eruptive liquid matter had escaped at the periods + when the volcano was still in activity. Hardened lava and crusted scoria + formed a sort of natural staircase of large steps, which would greatly + facilitate the ascent to the summit of the mountain. + </p> + <p> + Harding took all this in at a glance, and without hesitating, followed by + the lad, he entered the enormous chasm in the midst of an increasing + obscurity. + </p> + <p> + There was still a height of a thousand feet to overcome. Would the + interior acclivities of the crater be practicable? It would soon be seen. + The persevering engineer resolved to continue his ascent until he was + stopped. Happily these acclivities wound up the interior of the volcano + and favored their ascent. + </p> + <p> + As to the volcano itself, it could not be doubted that it was completely + extinct. No smoke escaped from its sides; not a flame could be seen in the + dark hollows; not a roar, not a mutter, no trembling even issued from this + black well, which perhaps reached far into the bowels of the earth. The + atmosphere inside the crater was filled with no sulphurous vapor. It was + more than the sleep of a volcano; it was its complete extinction. Cyrus + Harding’s attempt would succeed. + </p> + <p> + Little by little, Herbert and he climbing up the sides of the interior, + saw the crater widen above their heads. The radius of this circular + portion of the sky, framed by the edge of the cone, increased obviously. + At each step, as it were, that the explorers made, fresh stars entered the + field of their vision. The magnificent constellations of the southern sky + shone resplendently. At the zenith glittered the splendid Antares in the + Scorpion, and not far was Alpha Centauri, which is believed to be the + nearest star to the terrestrial globe. Then, as the crater widened, + appeared Fomalhaut of the Fish, the Southern Triangle, and lastly, nearly + at the Antarctic Pole, the glittering Southern Cross, which replaces the + Polar Star of the Northern Hemisphere. + </p> + <p> + It was nearly eight o’clock when Cyrus Harding and Herbert set foot on the + highest ridge of the mountain at the summit of the cone. + </p> + <p> + It was then perfectly dark, and their gaze could not extend over a radius + of two miles. Did the sea surround this unknown land, or was it connected + in the west with some continent of the Pacific? It could not yet be made + out. Towards the west, a cloudy belt, clearly visible at the horizon, + increased the gloom, and the eye could not discover if the sky and water + were blended together in the same circular line. + </p> + <p> + But at one point of the horizon a vague light suddenly appeared, which + descended slowly in proportion as the cloud mounted to the zenith. + </p> + <p> + It was the slender crescent moon, already almost disappearing; but its + light was sufficient to show clearly the horizontal line, then detached + from the cloud, and the engineer could see its reflection trembling for an + instant on a liquid surface. Cyrus Harding seized the lad’s hand, and in a + grave voice,— + </p> + <p> + “An island!” said he, at the moment when the lunar crescent disappeared + beneath the waves. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 11 + </h2> + <p> + Half an hour later Cyrus Harding and Herbert had returned to the + encampment. The engineer merely told his companions that the land upon + which fate had thrown them was an island, and that the next day they would + consult. Then each settled himself as well as he could to sleep, and in + that rocky hole, at a height of two thousand five hundred feet above the + level of the sea, through a peaceful night, the islanders enjoyed profound + repose. + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 30th of March, after a hasty breakfast, which consisted + solely of the roasted tragopan, the engineer wished to climb again to the + summit of the volcano, so as more attentively to survey the island upon + which he and his companions were imprisoned for life perhaps, should the + island be situated at a great distance from any land, or if it was out of + the course of vessels which visited the archipelagoes of the Pacific + Ocean. This time his companions followed him in the new exploration. They + also wished to see the island, on the productions of which they must + depend for the supply of all their wants. + </p> + <p> + It was about seven o’clock in the morning when Cyrus Harding, Herbert, + Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and Neb quitted the encampment. No one appeared + to be anxious about their situation. They had faith in themselves, + doubtless, but it must be observed that the basis of this faith was not + the same with Harding as with his companions. The engineer had confidence, + because he felt capable of extorting from this wild country everything + necessary for the life of himself and his companions; the latter feared + nothing, just because Cyrus Harding was with them. Pencroft especially, + since the incident of the relighted fire, would not have despaired for an + instant, even if he was on a bare rock, if the engineer was with him on + the rock. + </p> + <p> + “Pshaw,” said he, “we left Richmond without permission from the + authorities! It will be hard if we don’t manage to get away some day or + other from a place where certainly no one will detain us!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding followed the same road as the evening before. They went + round the cone by the plateau which formed the shoulder, to the mouth of + the enormous chasm. The weather was magnificent. The sun rose in a pure + sky and flooded with his rays all the eastern side of the mountain. + </p> + <p> + The crater was reached. It was just what the engineer had made it out to + be in the dark; that is to say, a vast funnel which extended, widening, to + a height of a thousand feet above the plateau. Below the chasm, large + thick streaks of lava wound over the sides of the mountain, and thus + marked the course of the eruptive matter to the lower valleys which + furrowed the northern part of the island. + </p> + <p> + The interior of the crater, whose inclination did not exceed thirty five + to forty degrees, presented no difficulties nor obstacles to the ascent. + Traces of very ancient lava were noticed, which probably had overflowed + the summit of the cone, before this lateral chasm had opened a new way to + it. + </p> + <p> + As to the volcanic chimney which established a communication between the + subterranean layers and the crater, its depth could not be calculated with + the eye, for it was lost in obscurity. But there was no doubt as to the + complete extinction of the volcano. + </p> + <p> + Before eight o’clock Harding and his companions were assembled at the + summit of the crater, on a conical mound which swelled the northern edge. + </p> + <p> + “The sea, the sea everywhere!” they cried, as if their lips could not + restrain the words which made islanders of them. + </p> + <p> + The sea, indeed, formed an immense circular sheet of water all around + them! Perhaps, on climbing again to the summit of the cone, Cyrus Harding + had had a hope of discovering some coast, some island shore, which he had + not been able to perceive in the dark the evening before. But nothing + appeared on the farthest verge of the horizon, that is to say over a + radius of more than fifty miles. No land in sight. Not a sail. Over all + this immense space the ocean alone was visible—the island occupied + the center of a circumference which appeared to be infinite. + </p> + <p> + The engineer and his companions, mute and motionless, surveyed for some + minutes every point of the ocean, examining it to its most extreme limits. + Even Pencroft, who possessed a marvelous power of sight, saw nothing; and + certainly if there had been land at the horizon, if it appeared only as an + indistinct vapor, the sailor would undoubtedly have found it out, for + nature had placed regular telescopes under his eyebrows. + </p> + <p> + From the ocean their gaze returned to the island which they commanded + entirely, and the first question was put by Gideon Spilett in these terms: + </p> + <p> + “About what size is this island?” + </p> + <p> + Truly, it did not appear large in the midst of the immense ocean. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding reflected a few minutes; he attentively observed the + perimeter of the island, taking into consideration the height at which he + was placed; then,— + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said he, “I do not think I am mistaken in giving to the + shore of the island a circumference of more than a hundred miles.” + </p> + <p> + “And consequently an area?” + </p> + <p> + “That is difficult to estimate,” replied the engineer, “for it is so + uneven.” + </p> + <p> + If Cyrus Harding was not mistaken in his calculation, the island had + almost the extent of Malta or Zante, in the Mediterranean, but it was at + the same time much more irregular and less rich in capes, promontories, + points, bays, or creeks. Its strange form caught the eye, and when Gideon + Spilett, on the engineer’s advice, had drawn the outline, they found that + it resembled some fantastic animal, a monstrous leviathan, which lay + sleeping on the surface of the Pacific. + </p> + <p> + This was in fact the exact shape of the island, which it is of consequence + to know, and a tolerably correct map of it was immediately drawn by the + reporter. + </p> + <p> + The east part of the shore, where the castaways had landed, formed a wide + bay, terminated by a sharp cape, which had been concealed by a high point + from Pencroft on his first exploration. At the northeast two other capes + closed the bay, and between them ran a narrow gulf, which looked like the + half-open jaws of a formidable dog-fish. + </p> + <p> + From the northeast to the southwest the coast was rounded, like the + flattened cranium of an animal, rising again, forming a sort of + protuberance which did not give any particular shape to this part of the + island, of which the center was occupied by the volcano. + </p> + <p> + From this point the shore ran pretty regularly north and south, broken at + two-thirds of its perimeter by a narrow creek, from which it ended in a + long tail, similar to the caudal appendage of a gigantic alligator. + </p> + <p> + This tail formed a regular peninsula, which stretched more than thirty + miles into the sea, reckoning from the cape southeast of the island, + already mentioned; it curled round, making an open roadstead, which marked + out the lower shore of this strangely-formed land. + </p> + <p> + At the narrowest part, that is to say between the Chimneys and the creek + on the western shore, which corresponded to it in latitude, the island + only measured ten miles; but its greatest length, from the jaws at the + northeast to the extremity of the tail of the southwest, was not less than + thirty miles. + </p> + <p> + As to the interior of the island, its general aspect was this, very woody + throughout the southern part from the mountain to the shore, and arid and + sandy in the northern part. Between the volcano and the east coast Cyrus + Harding and his companions were surprised to see a lake, bordered with + green trees, the existence of which they had not suspected. Seen from this + height, the lake appeared to be on the same level as the ocean, but, on + reflection, the engineer explained to his companions that the altitude of + this little sheet of water must be about three hundred feet, because the + plateau, which was its basin, was but a prolongation of the coast. + </p> + <p> + “Is it a freshwater lake?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” replied the engineer, “for it must be fed by the water which + flows from the mountain.” + </p> + <p> + “I see a little river which runs into it,” said Herbert, pointing out a + narrow stream, which evidently took its source somewhere in the west. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Harding; “and since this stream feeds the lake, most probably + on the side near the sea there is an outlet by which the surplus water + escapes. We shall see that on our return.” + </p> + <p> + This little winding watercourse and the river already mentioned + constituted the water-system, at least such as it was displayed to the + eyes of the explorers. However, it was possible that under the masses of + trees which covered two-thirds of the island, forming an immense forest, + other rivers ran towards the sea. It might even be inferred that such was + the case, so rich did this region appear in the most magnificent specimens + of the flora of the temperate zones. There was no indication of running + water in the north, though perhaps there might be stagnant water among the + marshes in the northeast; but that was all, in addition to the downs, + sand, and aridity which contrasted so strongly with the luxuriant + vegetation of the rest of the island. + </p> + <p> + The volcano did not occupy the central part; it rose, on the contrary, in + the northwestern region, and seemed to mark the boundary of the two zones. + At the southwest, at the south, and the southeast, the first part of the + spurs were hidden under masses of verdure. At the north, on the contrary, + one could follow their ramifications, which died away on the sandy plains. + It was on this side that, at the time when the mountain was in a state of + eruption, the discharge had worn away a passage, and a large heap of lava + had spread to the narrow jaw which formed the northeastern gulf. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions remained an hour at the top of the + mountain. The island was displayed under their eyes, like a plan in relief + with different tints, green for the forests, yellow for the sand, blue for + the water. They viewed it in its tout-ensemble, nothing remained concealed + but the ground hidden by verdure, the hollows of the valleys, and the + interior of the volcanic chasms. + </p> + <p> + One important question remained to be solved, and the answer would have a + great effect upon the future of the castaways. + </p> + <p> + Was the island inhabited? + </p> + <p> + It was the reporter who put this question, to which after the close + examination they had just made, the answer seemed to be in the negative. + </p> + <p> + Nowhere could the work of a human hand be perceived. Not a group of huts, + not a solitary cabin, not a fishery on the shore. No smoke curling in the + air betrayed the presence of man. It is true, a distance of nearly thirty + miles separated the observers from the extreme points, that is, of the + tail which extended to the southwest, and it would have been difficult, + even to Pencroft’s eyes, to discover a habitation there. Neither could the + curtain of verdure, which covered three-quarters of the island, be raised + to see if it did not shelter some straggling village. But in general the + islanders live on the shores of the narrow spaces which emerge above the + waters of the Pacific, and this shore appeared to be an absolute desert. + </p> + <p> + Until a more complete exploration, it might be admitted that the island + was uninhabited. But was it frequented, at least occasionally, by the + natives of neighboring islands? It was difficult to reply to this + question. No land appeared within a radius of fifty miles. But fifty miles + could be easily crossed, either by Malay proas or by the large Polynesian + canoes. Everything depended on the position of the island, of its + isolation in the Pacific, or of its proximity to archipelagoes. Would + Cyrus Harding be able to find out their latitude and longitude without + instruments? It would be difficult. Since he was in doubt, it was best to + take precautions against a possible descent of neighboring natives. + </p> + <p> + The exploration of the island was finished, its shape determined, its + features made out, its extent calculated, the water and mountain systems + ascertained. The disposition of the forests and plains had been marked in + a general way on the reporter’s plan. They had now only to descend the + mountain slopes again, and explore the soil, in the triple point of view, + of its mineral, vegetable, and animal resources. + </p> + <p> + But before giving his companions the signal for departure, Cyrus Harding + said to them in a calm, grave voice,— + </p> + <p> + “Here, my friends, is the small corner of land upon which the hand of the + Almighty has thrown us. We are going to live here; a long time, perhaps. + Perhaps, too, unexpected help will arrive, if some ship passes by chance. + I say by chance, because this is an unimportant island; there is not even + a port in which ships could anchor, and it is to be feared that it is + situated out of the route usually followed, that is to say, too much to + the south for the ships which frequent the archipelagoes of the Pacific, + and too much to the north for those which go to Australia by doubling Cape + Horn. I wish to hide nothing of our position from you—” + </p> + <p> + “And you are right, my dear Cyrus,” replied the reporter, with animation. + “You have to deal with men. They have confidence in you, and you can + depend upon them. Is it not so, my friends?” + </p> + <p> + “I will obey you in everything, captain,” said Herbert, seizing the + engineer’s hand. + </p> + <p> + “My master always, and everywhere!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + “As for me,” said the sailor, “if I ever grumble at work, my name’s not + Jack Pencroft, and if you like, captain, we will make a little America of + this island! We will build towns, we will establish railways, start + telegraphs, and one fine day, when it is quite changed, quite put in order + and quite civilized, we will go and offer it to the government of the + Union. Only, I ask one thing.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that?” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “It is, that we do not consider ourselves castaways, but colonists, who + have come here to settle.” Harding could not help smiling, and the + sailor’s idea was adopted. He then thanked his companions, and added, that + he would rely on their energy and on the aid of Heaven. + </p> + <p> + “Well, now let us set off to the Chimneys!” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “One minute, my friends,” said the engineer. “It seems to me it would be a + good thing to give a name to this island, as well as to, the capes, + promontories, and watercourses, which we can see. + </p> + <p> + “Very good,” said the reporter. “In the future, that will simplify the + instructions which we shall have to give and follow.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said the sailor, “already it is something to be able to say + where one is going, and where one has come from. At least, it looks like + somewhere.” + </p> + <p> + “The Chimneys, for example,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Exactly!” replied Pencroft. “That name was the most convenient, and it + came to me quite of myself. Shall we keep the name of the Chimneys for our + first encampment, captain?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Pencroft, since you have so christened it.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! as for the others, that will be easy,” returned the sailor, who was + in high spirits. “Let us give them names, as the Robinsons did, whose + story Herbert has often read to me; Providence Bay, Whale Point, Cape + Disappointment!” + </p> + <p> + “Or, rather, the names of Captain Harding,” said Herbert, “of Mr. Spilett, + of Neb!—” + </p> + <p> + “My name!” cried Neb, showing his sparkling white teeth. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” replied Pencroft. “Port Neb, that would do very well! And Cape + Gideon—” + </p> + <p> + “I should prefer borrowing names from our country,” said the reporter, + “which would remind us of America.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, for the principal ones,” then said Cyrus Harding; “for those of the + bays and seas, I admit it willingly. We might give to that vast bay on the + east the name of Union Bay, for example; to that large hollow on the + south, Washington Bay; to the mountain upon which we are standing, that of + Mount Franklin; to that lake which is extended under our eyes, that of + Lake Grant; nothing could be better, my friends. These names will recall + our country, and those of the great citizens who have honored it; but for + the rivers, gulfs, capes, and promontories, which we perceive from the top + of this mountain, rather let us choose names which will recall their + particular shape. They will impress themselves better on our memory, and + at the same time will be more practical. The shape of the island is so + strange that we shall not be troubled to imagine what it resembles. As to + the streams which we do not know as yet, in different parts of the forest + which we shall explore later, the creeks which afterwards will be + discovered, we can christen them as we find them. What do you think, my + friends?” + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s proposal was unanimously agreed to by his companions. The + island was spread out under their eyes like a map, and they had only to + give names to all its angles and points. Gideon Spilett would write them + down, and the geographical nomenclature of the island would be definitely + adopted. First, they named the two bays and the mountain, Union Bay, + Washington Bay, and Mount Franklin, as the engineer had suggested. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said the reporter, “to this peninsula at the southwest of the + island, I propose to give the name of Serpentine Peninsula, and that of + Reptile-end to the bent tail which terminates it, for it is just like a + reptile’s tail.” + </p> + <p> + “Adopted,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said Herbert, pointing to the other extremity of the island, “let + us call this gulf which is so singularly like a pair of open jaws, Shark + Gulf.” + </p> + <p> + “Capital!” cried Pencroft, “and we can complete the resemblance by naming + the two parts of the jaws Mandible Cape.” + </p> + <p> + “But there are two capes,” observed the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied Pencroft, “we can have North Mandible Cape and South + Mandible Cape.” + </p> + <p> + “They are inscribed,” said Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “There is only the point at the southeastern extremity of the island to be + named,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “That is, the extremity of Union Bay?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Claw Cape,” cried Neb directly, who also wished to be godfather to some + part of his domain. + </p> + <p> + In truth, Neb had found an excellent name, for this cape was very like the + powerful claw of the fantastic animal which this singularly-shaped island + represented. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft was delighted at the turn things had taken, and their + imaginations soon gave to the river which furnished the settlers with + drinking water and near which the balloon had thrown them, the name of the + Mercy, in true gratitude to Providence. To the islet upon which the + castaways had first landed, the name of Safety Island; to the plateau + which crowned the high granite precipice above the Chimneys, and from + whence the gaze could embrace the whole of the vast bay, the name of + Prospect Heights. + </p> + <p> + Lastly, all the masses of impenetrable wood which covered the Serpentine + Peninsula were named the forests of the Far West. + </p> + <p> + The nomenclature of the visible and known parts of the island was thus + finished, and later, they would complete it as they made fresh + discoveries. + </p> + <p> + As to the points of the compass, the engineer had roughly fixed them by + the height and position of the sun, which placed Union Bay and Prospect + Heights to the east. But the next day, by taking the exact hour of the + rising and setting of the sun, and by marking its position between this + rising and setting, he reckoned to fix the north of the island exactly, + for, in consequence of its situation in the Southern Hemisphere, the sun, + at the precise moment of its culmination, passed in the north and not in + the south, as, in its apparent movement, it seems to do, to those places + situated in the Northern Hemisphere. + </p> + <p> + Everything was finished, and the settlers had only to descend Mount + Franklin to return to the Chimneys, when Pencroft cried out,— + </p> + <p> + “Well! we are preciously stupid!” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” asked Gideon Spilett, who had closed his notebook and risen to + depart. + </p> + <p> + “Why! our island! we have forgotten to christen it!” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was going to propose to give it the engineer’s name and all his + companions would have applauded him, when Cyrus Harding said simply,— + </p> + <p> + “Let us give it the name of a great citizen, my friend; of him who now + struggles to defend the unity of the American Republic! Let us call it + Lincoln Island!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s proposal was replied to by three hurrahs. + </p> + <p> + And that evening, before sleeping, the new colonists talked of their + absent country; they spoke of the terrible war which stained it with + blood; they could not doubt that the South would soon be subdued, and that + the cause of the North, the cause of justice, would triumph, thanks to + Grant, thanks to Lincoln! + </p> + <p> + Now this happened the 30th of March, 1865. They little knew that sixteen + days afterwards a frightful crime would be committed in Washington, and + that on Good Friday Abraham Lincoln would fall by the hand of a fanatic. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 12 + </h2> + <p> + They now began the descent of the mountain. Climbing down the crater, they + went round the cone and reached their encampment of the previous night. + Pencroft thought it must be breakfast-time, and the watches of the + reporter and engineer were therefore consulted to find out the hour. + </p> + <p> + That of Gideon Spilett had been preserved from the sea-water, as he had + been thrown at once on the sand out of reach of the waves. It was an + instrument of excellent quality, a perfect pocket chronometer, which the + reporter had not forgotten to wind up carefully every day. + </p> + <p> + As to the engineer’s watch, it, of course, had stopped during the time + which he had passed on the downs. + </p> + <p> + The engineer now wound it up, and ascertaining by the height of the sun + that it must be about nine o’clock in the morning, he put his watch at + that hour. + </p> + <p> + “No, my dear Spilett, wait. You have kept the Richmond time, have you + not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Cyrus.” + </p> + <p> + “Consequently, your watch is set by the meridian of that town, which is + almost that of Washington?” + </p> + <p> + “Undoubtedly.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, keep it thus. Content yourself with winding it up very, + exactly, but do not touch the hands. This may be of use to us. + </p> + <p> + “What will be the good of that?” thought the sailor. + </p> + <p> + They ate, and so heartily, that the store of game and almonds was totally + exhausted. But Pencroft was not at all uneasy, they would supply + themselves on the way. Top, whose share had been very much to his taste, + would know how to find some fresh game among the brushwood. Moreover, the + sailor thought of simply asking the engineer to manufacture some powder + and one or two fowling-pieces; he supposed there would be no difficulty in + that. + </p> + <p> + On leaving the plateau, the captain proposed to his companions to return + to the Chimneys by a new way. He wished to reconnoiter Lake Grant, so + magnificently framed in trees. They therefore followed the crest of one of + the spurs, between which the creek that supplied the lake probably had its + source. In talking, the settlers already employed the names which they had + just chosen, which singularly facilitated the exchange of their ideas. + Herbert and Pencroft—the one young and the other very boyish—were + enchanted, and while walking, the sailor said, + </p> + <p> + “Hey, Herbert! how capital it sounds! It will be impossible to lose + ourselves, my boy, since, whether we follow the way to Lake Grant, or + whether we join the Mercy through the woods of the Far West, we shall be + certain to arrive at Prospect Heights, and, consequently, at Union Bay!” + </p> + <p> + It had been agreed, that without forming a compact band, the settlers + should not stray away from each other. It was very certain that the thick + forests of the island were inhabited by dangerous animals, and it was + prudent to be on their guard. In general, Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb + walked first, preceded by Top, who poked his nose into every bush. The + reporter and the engineer went together, Gideon Spilett ready to note + every incident, the engineer silent for the most part, and only stepping + aside to pick up one thing or another, a mineral or vegetable substance, + which he put into his pocket, without making any remark. + </p> + <p> + “What can he be picking up?” muttered Pencroft. “I have looked in vain for + anything that’s worth the trouble of stooping for.” + </p> + <p> + Towards ten o’clock the little band descended the last declivities of + Mount Franklin. As yet the ground was scantily strewn with bushes and + trees. They were walking over yellowish calcinated earth, forming a plain + of nearly a mile long, which extended to the edge of the wood. Great + blocks of that basalt, which, according to Bischof, takes three hundred + and fifty millions of years to cool, strewed the plain, very confused in + some places. However, there were here no traces of lava, which was spread + more particularly over the northern slopes. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding expected to reach, without incident, the course of the + creek, which he supposed flowed under the trees at the border of the + plain, when he saw Herbert running hastily back, while Neb and the sailor + were hiding behind the rocks. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter, my boy?” asked Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Smoke,” replied Herbert. “We have seen smoke among the rocks, a hundred + paces from us.” + </p> + <p> + “Men in this place?” cried the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “We must avoid showing ourselves before knowing with whom we have to + deal,” replied Cyrus Harding. “I trust that there are no natives on this + island; I dread them more than anything else. Where is Top?” + </p> + <p> + “Top is on before.” + </p> + <p> + “And he doesn’t bark?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “That is strange. However, we must try to call him back.” + </p> + <p> + In a few moments, the engineer, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert had rejoined + their two companions, and like them, they kept out of sight behind the + heaps of basalt. + </p> + <p> + From thence they clearly saw smoke of a yellowish color rising in the air. + </p> + <p> + Top was recalled by a slight whistle from his master, and the latter, + signing to his companions to wait for him, glided away among the rocks. + The colonists, motionless, anxiously awaited the result of this + exploration, when a shout from the engineer made them hasten forward. They + soon joined him, and were at once struck with a disagreeable odor which + impregnated the atmosphere. + </p> + <p> + The odor, easily recognized, was enough for the engineer to guess what the + smoke was which at first, not without cause, had startled him. + </p> + <p> + “This fire,” said he, “or rather, this smoke is produced by nature alone. + There is a sulphur spring there, which will cure all our sore throats.” + </p> + <p> + “Captain!” cried Pencroft. “What a pity that I haven’t got a cold!” + </p> + <p> + The settlers then directed their steps towards the place from which the + smoke escaped. They there saw a sulphur spring which flowed abundantly + between the rocks, and its waters discharged a strong sulphuric acid odor, + after having absorbed the oxygen of the air. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, dipping in his hand, felt the water oily to the touch. He + tasted it and found it rather sweet. As to its temperature, that he + estimated at ninety-five degrees Fahrenheit. Herbert having asked on what + he based this calculation,— + </p> + <p> + “Its quite simple, my boy,” said he, “for, in plunging my hand into the + water, I felt no sensation either of heat or cold. Therefore it has the + same temperature as the human body, which is about ninety-five degrees.” + </p> + <p> + The sulphur spring not being of any actual use to the settlers, they + proceeded towards the thick border of the forest, which began some hundred + paces off. + </p> + <p> + There, as they had conjectured, the waters of the stream flowed clear and + limpid between high banks of red earth, the color of which betrayed the + presence of oxide of iron. From this color, the name of Red Creek was + immediately given to the watercourse. + </p> + <p> + It was only a large stream, deep and clear, formed of the mountain water, + which, half river, half torrent, here rippling peacefully over the sand, + there falling against the rocks or dashing down in a cascade, ran towards + the lake, over a distance of a mile and a half, its breadth varying from + thirty to forty feet. Its waters were sweet, and it was supposed that + those of the lake were so also. A fortunate circumstance, in the event of + their finding on its borders a more suitable dwelling than the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + As to the trees, which some hundred feet downwards shaded the banks of the + creek, they belonged, for the most part, to the species which abound in + the temperate zone of America and Tasmania, and no longer to those + coniferae observed in that portion of the island already explored to some + miles from Prospect Heights. At this time of the year, the commencement of + the month of April, which represents the month of October, in this + hemisphere, that is, the beginning of autumn, they were still in full + leaf. They consisted principally of casuarinas and eucalypti, some of + which next year would yield a sweet manna, similar to the manna of the + East. Clumps of Australian cedars rose on the sloping banks, which were + also covered with the high grass called “tussac” in New Holland; but the + cocoanut, so abundant in the archipelagoes of the Pacific, seemed to be + wanting in the island, the latitude, doubtless, being too low. + </p> + <p> + “What a pity!” said Herbert, “such a useful tree, and which has such + beautiful nuts!” + </p> + <p> + As to the birds, they swarmed among the scanty branches of the eucalypti + and casuarinas, which did not hinder the display of their wings. Black, + white, or gray cockatoos, paroquets, with plumage of all colors, + kingfishers of a sparkling green and crowned with red, blue lories, and + various other birds appeared on all sides, as through a prism, fluttering + about and producing a deafening clamor. Suddenly, a strange concert of + discordant voices resounded in the midst of a thicket. The settlers heard + successively the song of birds, the cry of quadrupeds, and a sort of + clacking which they might have believed to have escaped from the lips of a + native. Neb and Herbert rushed towards the bush, forgetting even the most + elementary principles of prudence. Happily, they found there, neither a + formidable wild beast nor a dangerous native, but merely half a dozen + mocking and singing birds, known as mountain pheasants. A few skillful + blows from a stick soon put an end to their concert, and procured + excellent food for the evening’s dinner. + </p> + <p> + Herbert also discovered some magnificent pigeons with bronzed wings, some + superbly crested, others draped in green, like their congeners at + Port-Macquarie; but it was impossible to reach them, or the crows and + magpies which flew away in flocks. + </p> + <p> + A charge of small shot would have made great slaughter among these birds, + but the hunters were still limited to sticks and stones, and these + primitive weapons proved very insufficient. + </p> + <p> + Their insufficiency was still more clearly shown when a troop of + quadrupeds, jumping, bounding, making leaps of thirty feet, regular flying + mammiferae, fled over the thickets, so quickly and at such a height, that + one would have thought that they passed from one tree to another like + squirrels. + </p> + <p> + “Kangaroos!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Are they good to eat?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Stewed,” replied the reporter, “their flesh is equal to the best venison!—” + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett had not finished this exciting sentence when the sailor, + followed by Neb and Herbert, darted on the kangaroos tracks. Cyrus Harding + called them back in vain. But it was in vain too for the hunters to pursue + such agile game, which went bounding away like balls. After a chase of + five minutes, they lost their breath, and at the same time all sight of + the creatures, which disappeared in the wood. Top was not more successful + than his masters. + </p> + <p> + “Captain,” said Pencroft, when the engineer and the reporter had rejoined + them, “Captain, you see quite well we can’t get on unless we make a few + guns. Will that be possible?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps,” replied the engineer, “but we will begin by first manufacturing + some bows and arrows, and I don’t doubt that you will become as clever in + the use of them as the Australian hunters.” + </p> + <p> + “Bows and arrows!” said Pencroft scornfully. “That’s all very well for + children!” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t be proud, friend Pencroft,” replied the reporter. “Bows and arrows + were sufficient for centuries to stain the earth with blood. Powder is but + a thing of yesterday, and war is as old as the human race—unhappily.” + </p> + <p> + “Faith, that’s true, Mr. Spilett,” replied the sailor, “and I always speak + too quickly. You must excuse me!” + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, Herbert constant to his favorite science, Natural History, + reverted to the kangaroos, saying,— + </p> + <p> + “Besides, we had to deal just now with the species which is most difficult + to catch. They were giants with long gray fur; but if I am not mistaken, + there exist black and red kangaroos, rock kangaroos, and rat kangaroos, + which are more easy to get hold of. It is reckoned that there are about a + dozen species.” + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” replied the sailor sententiously, “there is only one species of + kangaroos to me, that is ‘kangaroo on the spit,’ and it’s just the one we + haven’t got this evening!” + </p> + <p> + They could not help laughing at Master Pencroft’s new classification. The + honest sailor did not hide his regret at being reduced for dinner to the + singing pheasants, but fortune once more showed itself obliging to him. + </p> + <p> + In fact, Top, who felt that his interest was concerned went and ferreted + everywhere with an instinct doubled by a ferocious appetite. It was even + probable that if some piece of game did fall into his clutches, none would + be left for the hunters, if Top was hunting on his own account; but Neb + watched him and he did well. + </p> + <p> + Towards three o’clock the dog disappeared in the brushwood and gruntings + showed that he was engaged in a struggle with some animal. Neb rushed + after him, and soon saw Top eagerly devouring a quadruped, which ten + seconds later would have been past recognizing in Top’s stomach. But + fortunately the dog had fallen upon a brood, and besides the victim he was + devouring, two other rodents—the animals in question belonged to + that order—lay strangled on the turf. + </p> + <p> + Neb reappeared triumphantly holding one of the rodents in each hand. Their + size exceeded that of a rabbit, their hair was yellow, mingled with green + spots, and they had the merest rudiments of tails. + </p> + <p> + The citizens of the Union were at no loss for the right name of these + rodents. They were maras, a sort of agouti, a little larger than their + congeners of tropical countries, regular American rabbits, with long ears, + jaws armed on each side with five molars, which distinguish the agouti. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” cried Pencroft, “the roast has arrived! and now we can go home.” + </p> + <p> + The walk, interrupted for an instant, was resumed. The limpid waters of + the Red Creek flowed under an arch of casuarinas, banksias, and gigantic + gum-trees. Superb lilacs rose to a height of twenty feet. Other + arborescent species, unknown to the young naturalist, bent over the + stream, which could be heard murmuring beneath the bowers of verdure. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile the stream grew much wider, and Cyrus Harding supposed that they + would soon reach its mouth. In fact, on emerging from beneath a thick + clump of beautiful trees, it suddenly appeared before their eyes. + </p> + <p> + The explorers had arrived on the western shore of Lake Grant. The place + was well worth looking at. This extent of water, of a circumference of + nearly seven miles and an area of two hundred and fifty acres, reposed in + a border of diversified trees. Towards the east, through a curtain of + verdure, picturesquely raised in some places, sparkled an horizon of sea. + The lake was curved at the north, which contrasted with the sharp outline + of its lower part. Numerous aquatic birds frequented the shores of this + little Ontario, in which the thousand isles of its American namesake were + represented by a rock which emerged from its surface, some hundred feet + from the southern shore. There lived in harmony several couples of + kingfishers perched on a stone, grave, motionless, watching for fish, then + darting down, they plunged in with a sharp cry, and reappeared with their + prey in their beaks. On the shores and on the islets, strutted wild ducks, + pelicans, water-hens, red-beaks, philedons, furnished with a tongue like a + brush, and one or two specimens of the splendid menura, the tail of which + expands gracefully like a lyre. + </p> + <p> + As to the water of the lake, it was sweet, limpid, rather dark, and from + certain bubblings, and the concentric circles which crossed each other on + the surface, it could not be doubted that it abounded in fish. + </p> + <p> + “This lake is really beautiful!” said Gideon Spilett. “We could live on + its borders!” + </p> + <p> + “We will live there!” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + The settlers, wishing to return to the Chimneys by the shortest way, + descended towards the angle formed on the south by the junction of the + lake’s bank. It was not without difficulty that they broke a path through + the thickets and brushwood which had never been put aside by the hand of + men, and they thus went towards the shore, so as to arrive at the north of + Prospect Heights. Two miles were cleared in this direction, and then, + after they had passed the last curtain of trees, appeared the plateau, + carpeted with thick turf, and beyond that the infinite sea. + </p> + <p> + To return to the Chimneys, it was enough to cross the plateau obliquely + for the space of a mile, and then to descend to the elbow formed by the + first detour of the Mercy. But the engineer desired to know how and where + the overplus of the water from the lake escaped, and the exploration was + prolonged under the trees for a mile and a half towards the north. It was + most probable that an overfall existed somewhere, and doubtless through a + cleft in the granite. This lake was only, in short, an immense center + basin, which was filled by degrees by the creek, and its waters must + necessarily pass to the sea by some fall. If it was so, the engineer + thought that it might perhaps be possible to utilize this fall and borrow + its power, actually lost without profit to any one. They continued then to + follow the shores of Lake Grant by climbing the plateau; but, after having + gone a mile in this direction, Cyrus Harding had not been able to discover + the overfall, which, however, must exist somewhere. + </p> + <p> + It was then half-past four. In order to prepare for dinner it was + necessary that the settlers should return to their dwelling. The little + band retraced their steps, therefore, and by the left bank of the Mercy, + Cyrus Harding and his companions arrived at the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + The fire was lighted, and Neb and Pencroft, on whom the functions of cooks + naturally devolved, to the one in his quality of Negro, to the other in + that of sailor, quickly prepared some broiled agouti, to which they did + great justice. + </p> + <p> + The repast at length terminated; at the moment when each one was about to + give himself up to sleep, Cyrus Harding drew from his pocket little + specimens of different sorts of minerals, and just said,— + </p> + <p> + “My friends, this is iron mineral, this a pyrite, this is clay, this is + lime, and this is coal. Nature gives us these things. It is our business + to make a right use of them. To-morrow we will commence operations.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 13 + </h2> + <p> + “Well, captain, where are we going to begin?” asked Pencroft next morning + of the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “At the beginning,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + And in fact, the settlers were compelled to begin “at the very beginning.” + They did not possess even the tools necessary for making tools, and they + were not even in the condition of nature, who, “having time, husbands her + strength.” They had no time, since they had to provide for the immediate + wants of their existence, and though, profiting by acquired experience, + they had nothing to invent, still they had everything to make; their iron + and their steel were as yet only in the state of minerals, their + earthenware in the state of clay, their linen and their clothes in the + state of textile material. + </p> + <p> + It must be said, however, that the settlers were “men” in the complete and + higher sense of the word. The engineer Harding could not have been + seconded by more intelligent companions, nor with more devotion and zeal. + He had tried them. He knew their abilities. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett, a talented reporter, having learned everything so as to be + able to speak of everything, would contribute largely with his head and + hands to the colonization of the island. He would not draw back from any + task: a determined sportsman, he would make a business of what till then + had only been a pleasure to him. + </p> + <p> + Herbert, a gallant boy, already remarkably well informed in the natural + sciences, would render greater service to the common cause. + </p> + <p> + Neb was devotion personified. Clever, intelligent, indefatigable, robust, + with iron health, he knew a little about the work of the forge, and could + not fail to be very useful in the colony. + </p> + <p> + As to Pencroft, he had sailed over every sea, a carpenter in the dockyards + in Brooklyn, assistant tailor in the vessels of the state, gardener, + cultivator, during his holidays, etc., and like all seamen, fit for + anything, he knew how to do everything. + </p> + <p> + It would have been difficult to unite five men, better fitted to struggle + against fate, more certain to triumph over it. + </p> + <p> + “At the beginning,” Cyrus Harding had said. Now this beginning of which + the engineer spoke was the construction of an apparatus which would serve + to transform the natural substances. The part which heat plays in these + transformations is known. Now fuel, wood or coal, was ready for immediate + use, an oven must be built to use it. + </p> + <p> + “What is this oven for?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “To make the pottery which we have need of,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + “And of what shall we make the oven?” + </p> + <p> + “With bricks.” + </p> + <p> + “And the bricks?” + </p> + <p> + “With clay. Let us start, my friends. To save trouble, we will establish + our manufactory at the place of production. Neb will bring provisions, and + there will be no lack of fire to cook the food.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the reporter; “but if there is a lack of food for want of + instruments for the chase?” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, if we only had a knife!” cried the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Well?” asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Well! I would soon make a bow and arrows, and then there could be plenty + of game in the larder!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a knife, a sharp blade.” said the engineer, as if he was speaking to + himself. + </p> + <p> + At this moment his eyes fell upon Top, who was running about on the shore. + Suddenly Harding’s face became animated. + </p> + <p> + “Top, here,” said he. + </p> + <p> + The dog came at his master’s call. The latter took Top’s head between his + hands, and unfastening the collar which the animal wore round his neck, he + broke it in two, saying,— + </p> + <p> + “There are two knives, Pencroft!” + </p> + <p> + Two hurrahs from the sailor was the reply. Top’s collar was made of a thin + piece of tempered steel. They had only to sharpen it on a piece of + sandstone, then to raise the edge on a finer stone. Now sandstone was + abundant on the beach, and two hours after the stock of tools in the + colony consisted of two sharp blades, which were easily fixed in solid + handles. + </p> + <p> + The production of these their first tools was hailed as a triumph. It was + indeed a valuable result of their labor, and a very opportune one. They + set out. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding proposed that they should return to the western shore of the + lake, where the day before he had noticed the clayey ground of which he + possessed a specimen. They therefore followed the bank of the Mercy, + traversed Prospect Heights, and after a walk of five miles or more they + reached a glade, situated two hundred feet from Lake Grant. + </p> + <p> + On the way Herbert had discovered a tree, the branches of which the + Indians of South America employ for making their bows. It was the + crejimba, of the palm family, which does not bear edible fruit. Long + straight branches were cut, the leaves stripped off; it was shaped, + stronger in the middle, more slender at the extremities, and nothing + remained to be done but to find a plant fit to make the bow-string. This + was the “hibiscus heterophyllus,” which furnishes fibers of such + remarkable tenacity that they have been compared to the tendons of + animals. Pencroft thus obtained bows of tolerable strength, for which he + only wanted arrows. These were easily made with straight stiff branches, + without knots, but the points with which they must be armed, that is to + say, a substance to serve in lieu of iron, could not be met with so + easily. But Pencroft said, that having done his part of the work, chance + would do the rest. + </p> + <p> + The settlers arrived on the ground which had been discovered the day + before. Being composed of the sort of clay which is used for making bricks + and tiles, it was very useful for the work in question. There was no great + difficulty in it. It was enough to scour the clay with sand, then to mold + the bricks and bake them by the heat of a wood fire. + </p> + <p> + Generally bricks are formed in molds, but the engineer contented himself + with making them by hand. All that day and the day following were employed + in this work. The clay, soaked in water, was mixed by the feet and hands + of the manipulators, and then divided into pieces of equal size. A + practiced workman can make, without a machine, about ten thousand bricks + in twelve hours; but in their two days work the five brickmakers on + Lincoln Island had not made more than three thousand, which were ranged + near each other, until the time when their complete desiccation would + permit them to be used in building the oven, that is to say, in three or + four days. + </p> + <p> + It was on the 2nd of April that Harding had employed himself in fixing the + orientation of the island, or, in other words, the precise spot where the + sun rose. The day before he had noted exactly the hour when the sun + disappeared beneath the horizon, making allowance for the refraction. This + morning he noted, no less exactly, the hour at which it reappeared. + Between this setting and rising twelve hours, twenty-four minutes passed. + Then, six hours, twelve minutes after its rising, the sun on this day + would exactly pass the meridian and the point of the sky which it occupied + at this moment would be the north. At the said hour, Cyrus marked this + point, and putting in a line with the sun two trees which would serve him + for marks, he thus obtained an invariable meridian for his ulterior + operations. + </p> + <p> + The settlers employed the two days before the oven was built in collecting + fuel. Branches were cut all round the glade, and they picked up all the + fallen wood under the trees. They were also able to hunt with greater + success, since Pencroft now possessed some dozen arrows armed with sharp + points. It was Top who had furnished these points, by bringing in a + porcupine, rather inferior eating, but of great value, thanks to the + quills with which it bristled. These quills were fixed firmly at the ends + of the arrows, the flight of which was made more certain by some + cockatoos’ feathers. The reporter and Herbert soon became very skilful + archers. Game of all sorts in consequence abounded at the Chimneys, + capybaras, pigeons, agouties, grouse, etc. The greater part of these + animals were killed in the part of the forest on the left bank of the + Mercy, to which they gave the name of Jacamar Wood, in remembrance of the + bird which Pencroft and Herbert had pursued when on their first + exploration. + </p> + <p> + This game was eaten fresh, but they preserved some capybara hams, by + smoking them above a fire of green wood, after having perfumed them with + sweet-smelling leaves. However, this food, although very strengthening, + was always roast upon roast, and the party would have been delighted to + hear some soup bubbling on the hearth, but they must wait till a pot could + be made, and, consequently, till the oven was built. + </p> + <p> + During these excursions, which were not extended far from the brick-field, + the hunters could discern the recent passage of animals of a large size, + armed with powerful claws, but they could not recognize the species. Cyrus + Harding advised them to be very careful, as the forest probably enclosed + many dangerous beasts. + </p> + <p> + And he did right. Indeed, Gideon Spilett and Herbert one day saw an animal + which resembled a jaguar. Happily the creature did not attack them, or + they might not have escaped without a severe wound. As soon as he could + get a regular weapon, that is to say, one of the guns which Pencroft + begged for, Gideon Spilett resolved to make desperate war against the + ferocious beasts, and exterminate them from the island. + </p> + <p> + The Chimneys during these few days was not made more comfortable, for the + engineer hoped to discover, or build if necessary, a more convenient + dwelling. They contented themselves with spreading moss and dry leaves on + the sand of the passages, and on these primitive couches the tired workers + slept soundly. + </p> + <p> + They also reckoned the days they had passed on Lincoln Island, and from + that time kept a regular account. The 5th of April, which was Wednesday, + was twelve days from the time when the wind threw the castaways on this + shore. + </p> + <p> + On the 6th of April, at daybreak, the engineer and his companions were + collected in the glade, at the place where they were going to perform the + operation of baking the bricks. Naturally this had to be in the open air, + and not in a kiln, or rather, the agglomeration of bricks made an enormous + kiln, which would bake itself. The fuel, made of well-prepared fagots, was + laid on the ground and surrounded with several rows of dried bricks, which + soon formed an enormous cube, to the exterior of which they contrived + air-holes. The work lasted all day, and it was not till the evening that + they set fire to the fagots. No one slept that night, all watching + carefully to keep up the fire. + </p> + <p> + The operation lasted forty-eight hours, and succeeded perfectly. It then + became necessary to leave the smoking mass to cool, and during this time + Neb and Pencroft, guided by Cyrus Harding, brought, on a hurdle made of + interlaced branches, loads of carbonate of lime and common stones, which + were very abundant, to the north of the lake. These stones, when + decomposed by heat, made a very strong quicklime, greatly increased by + slacking, at least as pure as if it had been produced by the calcination + of chalk or marble. Mixed with sand the lime made excellent mortar. + </p> + <p> + The result of these different works was, that, on the 9th of April, the + engineer had at his disposal a quantity of prepared lime and some + thousands of bricks. + </p> + <p> + Without losing an instant, therefore, they began the construction of a + kiln to bake the pottery, which was indispensable for their domestic use. + They succeeded without much difficulty. Five days after, the kiln was + supplied with coal, which the engineer had discovered lying open to the + sky towards the mouth of the Red Creek, and the first smoke escaped from a + chimney twenty feet high. The glade was transformed into a manufactory, + and Pencroft was not far wrong in believing that from this kiln would + issue all the products of modern industry. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime what the settlers first manufactured was a common pottery + in which to cook their food. The chief material was clay, to which Harding + added a little lime and quartz. This paste made regular “pipe-clay,” with + which they manufactured bowls, cups molded on stones of a proper size, + great jars and pots to hold water, etc. The shape of these objects was + clumsy and defective, but after they had been baked in a high temperature, + the kitchen of the Chimneys was provided with a number of utensils, as + precious to the settlers as the most beautifully enameled china. We must + mention here that Pencroft, desirous to know if the clay thus prepared was + worthy of its name of pipe-clay, made some large pipes, which he thought + charming, but for which, alas! he had no tobacco, and that was a great + privation to Pencroft. “But tobacco will come, like everything else!” he + repeated, in a burst of absolute confidence. + </p> + <p> + This work lasted till the 15th of April, and the time was well employed. + The settlers, having become potters, made nothing but pottery. When it + suited Cyrus Harding to change them into smiths, they would become smiths. + But the next day being Sunday, and also Easter Sunday, all agreed to + sanctify the day by rest. These Americans were religious men, scrupulous + observers of the precepts of the Bible, and their situation could not but + develop sentiments of confidence towards the Author of all things. + </p> + <p> + On the evening of the 15th of April they returned to the Chimneys, + carrying with them the pottery, the furnace being extinguished until they + could put it to a new use. Their return was marked by a fortunate + incident; the engineer discovered a substance which replaced tinder. It is + known that a spongy, velvety flesh is procured from a certain mushroom of + the genus polyporous. Properly prepared, it is extremely inflammable, + especially when it has been previously saturated with gunpowder, or boiled + in a solution of nitrate or chlorate of potash. But, till then, they had + not found any of these polypores or even any of the morels which could + replace them. On this day, the engineer, seeing a plant belonging to the + wormwood genus, the principal species of which are absinthe, balm-mint, + tarragon, etc., gathered several tufts, and, presenting them to the + sailor, said,— + </p> + <p> + “Here, Pencroft, this will please you.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft looked attentively at the plant, covered with long silky hair, + the leaves being clothed with soft down. + </p> + <p> + “What’s that, captain?” asked Pencroft. “Is it tobacco?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Harding, “it is wormwood; Chinese wormwood to the learned, + but to us it will be tinder.” + </p> + <p> + When the wormwood was properly dried it provided them with a very + inflammable substance, especially afterwards when the engineer had + impregnated it with nitrate of potash, of which the island possessed + several beds, and which is in truth saltpeter. + </p> + <p> + The colonists had a good supper that evening. Neb prepared some agouti + soup, a smoked capybara ham, to which was added the boiled tubercules of + the “caladium macrorhizum,” an herbaceous plant of the arum family. They + had an excellent taste, and were very nutritious, being something similar + to the substance which is sold in England under the name of “Portland + sago”; they were also a good substitute for bread, which the settlers in + Lincoln Island did not yet possess. + </p> + <p> + When supper was finished, before sleeping, Harding and his companions went + to take the air on the beach. It was eight o’clock in the evening; the + night was magnificent. The moon, which had been full five days before, had + not yet risen, but the horizon was already silvered by those soft, pale + shades which might be called the dawn of the moon. At the southern zenith + glittered the circumpolar constellations, and above all the Southern + Cross, which some days before the engineer had greeted on the summit of + Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding gazed for some time at this splendid constellation, which + has at its summit and at its base two stars of the first magnitude, at its + left arm a star of the second, and at its right arm a star of the third + magnitude. + </p> + <p> + Then, after some minutes thought— + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” he asked of the lad, “is not this the 15th of April?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Well, if I am not mistaken, to-morrow will be one of the four days in the + year in which the real time is identical with average time; that is to + say, my boy, that to-morrow, to within some seconds, the sun will pass the + meridian just at midday by the clocks. If the weather is fine I think that + I shall obtain the longitude of the island with an approximation of some + degrees.” + </p> + <p> + “Without instruments, without sextant?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the engineer. “Also, since the night is clear, I will try, + this very evening, to obtain our latitude by calculating the height of the + Southern Cross, that is, from the southern pole above the horizon. You + understand, my friends, that before undertaking the work of installation + in earnest it is not enough to have found out that this land is an island; + we must, as nearly as possible, know at what distance it is situated, + either from the American continent or Australia, or from the principal + archipelagoes of the Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + “In fact,” said the reporter, “instead of building a house it would be + more important to build a boat, if by chance we are not more than a + hundred miles from an inhabited coast.” + </p> + <p> + “That is why,” returned Harding, “I am going to try this evening to + calculate the latitude of Lincoln Island, and to-morrow, at midday, I will + try to calculate the longitude.” + </p> + <p> + If the engineer had possessed a sextant, an apparatus with which the + angular distance of objects can be measured with great precision, there + would have been no difficulty in the operation. This evening by the height + of the pole, the next day by the passing of the sun at the meridian, he + would obtain the position of the island. But as they had not one he would + have to supply the deficiency. + </p> + <p> + Harding then entered the Chimneys. By the light of the fire he cut two + little flat rulers, which he joined together at one end so as to form a + pair of compasses, whose legs could separate or come together. The + fastening was fixed with a strong acacia thorn which was found in the wood + pile. This instrument finished, the engineer returned to the beach, but as + it was necessary to take the height of the pole from above a clear + horizon, that is, a sea horizon, and as Claw Cape hid the southern + horizon, he was obliged to look for a more suitable station. The best + would evidently have been the shore exposed directly to the south; but the + Mercy would have to be crossed, and that was a difficulty. Harding + resolved, in consequence, to make his observation from Prospect Heights, + taking into consideration its height above the level of the sea—a + height which he intended to calculate next day by a simple process of + elementary geometry. + </p> + <p> + The settlers, therefore, went to the plateau, ascending the left bank of + the Mercy, and placed themselves on the edge which looked northwest and + southeast, that is, above the curiously-shaped rocks which bordered the + river. + </p> + <p> + This part of the plateau commanded the heights of the left bank, which + sloped away to the extremity of Claw Cape, and to the southern side of the + island. No obstacle intercepted their gaze, which swept the horizon in a + semi-circle from the cape to Reptile End. To the south the horizon, + lighted by the first rays of the moon, was very clearly defined against + the sky. + </p> + <p> + At this moment the Southern Cross presented itself to the observer in an + inverted position, the star Alpha marking its base, which is nearer to the + southern pole. + </p> + <p> + This constellation is not situated as near to the antarctic pole as the + Polar Star is to the arctic pole. The star Alpha is about twenty-seven + degrees from it, but Cyrus Harding knew this and made allowance for it in + his calculation. He took care also to observe the moment when it passed + the meridian below the pole, which would simplify the operation. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding pointed one leg of the compasses to the horizon, the other + to Alpha, and the space between the two legs gave him the angular distance + which separated Alpha from the horizon. In order to fix the angle + obtained, he fastened with thorns the two pieces of wood on a third placed + transversely, so that their separation should be properly maintained. + </p> + <p> + That done, there was only the angle to calculate by bringing back the + observation to the level of the sea, taking into consideration the + depression of the horizon, which would necessitate measuring the height of + the cliff. The value of this angle would give the height of Alpha, and + consequently that of the pole above the horizon, that is to say, the + latitude of the island, since the latitude of a point of the globe is + always equal to the height of the pole above the horizon of this point. + </p> + <p> + The calculations were left for the next day, and at ten o’clock every one + was sleeping soundly. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 14 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 16th of April, and Easter Sunday, the settlers issued + from the Chimneys at daybreak, and proceeded to wash their linen. The + engineer intended to manufacture soap as soon as he could procure the + necessary materials—soda or potash, fat or oil. The important + question of renewing their wardrobe would be treated of in the proper time + and place. At any rate their clothes would last at least six months + longer, for they were strong, and could resist the wear of manual labor. + But all would depend on the situation of the island with regard to + inhabited land. This would be settled to-day if the weather permitted. + </p> + <p> + The sun rising above a clear horizon, announced a magnificent day, one of + those beautiful autumn days which are like the last farewells of the warm + season. + </p> + <p> + It was now necessary to complete the observations of the evening before by + measuring the height of the cliff above the level of the sea. + </p> + <p> + “Shall you not need an instrument similar to the one which you used + yesterday?” said Herbert to the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “No, my boy,” replied the latter, “we are going to proceed differently, + but in as precise a way.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert, wishing to learn everything he could, followed the engineer to + the beach. Pencroft, Neb, and the reporter remained behind and occupied + themselves in different ways. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had provided himself with a straight stick, twelve feet + long, which he had measured as exactly as possible by comparing it with + his own height, which he knew to a hair. Herbert carried a plumb-line + which Harding had given him, that is to say, a simple stone fastened to + the end of a flexible fiber. Having reached a spot about twenty feet from + the edge of the beach, and nearly five hundred feet from the cliff, which + rose perpendicularly, Harding thrust the pole two feet into the sand, and + wedging it up carefully, he managed, by means of the plumb-line, to erect + it perpendicularly with the plane of the horizon. + </p> + <p> + That done, he retired the necessary distance, when, lying on the sand, his + eye glanced at the same time at the top of the pole and the crest of the + cliff. He carefully marked the place with a little stick. + </p> + <p> + Then addressing Herbert—“Do you know the first principles of + geometry?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Slightly, captain,” replied Herbert, who did not wish to put himself + forward. + </p> + <p> + “You remember what are the properties of two similar triangles?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Herbert; “their homologous sides are proportional.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy, I have just constructed two similar right-angled triangles; + the first, the smallest, has for its sides the perpendicular pole, the + distance which separates the little stick from the foot of the pole and my + visual ray for hypothenuse; the second has for its sides the perpendicular + cliff, the height of which we wish to measure, the distance which + separates the little stick from the bottom of the cliff, and my visual ray + also forms its hypothenuse, which proves to be prolongation of that of the + first triangle.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, captain, I understand!” cried Herbert. “As the distance from the + stick to the pole is to the distance from the stick to the base of the + cliff, so is the height of the pole to the height of the cliff.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so, Herbert,” replied the engineer; “and when we have measured the + two first distances, knowing the height of the pole, we shall only have a + sum in proportion to do, which will give us the height of the cliff, and + will save us the trouble of measuring it directly.” + </p> + <p> + The two horizontal distances were found out by means of the pole, whose + length above the sand was exactly ten feet. + </p> + <p> + The first distance was fifteen feet between the stick and the place where + the pole was thrust into the sand. + </p> + <p> + The second distance between the stick and the bottom of the cliff was five + hundred feet. + </p> + <p> + These measurements finished, Cyrus Harding and the lad returned to the + Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + The engineer then took a flat stone which he had brought back from one of + his previous excursions, a sort of slate, on which it was easy to trace + figures with a sharp shell. He then proved the following proportions:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + 15:500::10:x + + 500 x 10 = 5000 + + 5000 / 15 = 333.3 +</pre> + <p> + From which it was proved that the granite cliff measured 333 feet in + height. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding then took the instrument which he had made the evening + before, the space between its two legs giving the angular distance between + the star Alpha and the horizon. He measured, very exactly, the opening of + this angle on a circumference which he divided into 360 equal parts. Now, + this angle by adding to it the twenty-seven degrees which separated Alpha + from the antarctic pole, and by reducing to the level of the sea the + height of the cliff on which the observation had been made, was found to + be fifty-three degrees. These fifty-three degrees being subtracted from + ninety degrees—the distance from the pole to the equator—there + remained thirty-seven degrees. Cyrus Harding concluded, therefore, that + Lincoln Island was situated on the thirty-seventh degree of the southern + latitude, or taking into consideration through the imperfection of the + performance, an error of five degrees, that it must be situated between + the thirty-fifth and the fortieth parallel. + </p> + <p> + There was only the longitude to be obtained, and the position of the + island would be determined, The engineer hoped to attempt this the same + day, at twelve o’clock, at which moment the sun would pass the meridian. + </p> + <p> + It was decided that Sunday should be spent in a walk, or rather an + exploring expedition, to that side of the island between the north of the + lake and Shark Gulf, and if there was time they would push their + discoveries to the northern side of Cape South Mandible. They would + breakfast on the downs, and not return till evening. + </p> + <p> + At half-past eight the little band was following the edge of the channel. + On the other side, on Safety Islet, numerous birds were gravely strutting. + They were divers, easily recognized by their cry, which much resembles the + braying of a donkey. Pencroft only considered them in an eatable point of + view, and learnt with some satisfaction that their flesh, though blackish, + is not bad food. + </p> + <p> + Great amphibious creatures could also be seen crawling on the sand; seals, + doubtless, who appeared to have chosen the islet for a place of refuge. It + was impossible to think of those animals in an alimentary point of view, + for their oily flesh is detestable; however, Cyrus Harding observed them + attentively, and without making known his idea, he announced to his + companions that very soon they would pay a visit to the islet. The beach + was strewn with innumerable shells, some of which would have rejoiced the + heart of a conchologist; there were, among others, the phasianella, the + terebratual, etc. But what would be of more use, was the discovery, by + Neb, at low tide, of a large oysterbed among the rocks, nearly five miles + from the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + “Neb will not have lost his day,” cried Pencroft, looking at the spacious + oyster-bed. + </p> + <p> + “It is really a fortunate discovery,” said the reporter, “and as it is + said that each oyster produces yearly from fifty to sixty thousand eggs, + we shall have an inexhaustible supply there.” + </p> + <p> + “Only I believe that the oyster is not very nourishing,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Harding. “The oyster contains very little nitrogen, and if a + man lived exclusively on them, he would have to eat not less than fifteen + to sixteen dozen a day.” + </p> + <p> + “Capital!” replied Pencroft. “We might swallow dozens and dozens without + exhausting the bed. Shall we take some for breakfast?” + </p> + <p> + And without waiting for a reply to this proposal, knowing that it would be + approved of, the sailor and Neb detached a quantity of the molluscs. They + put them in a sort of net of hibiscus fiber, which Neb had manufactured, + and which already contained food; they then continued to climb the coast + between the downs and the sea. + </p> + <p> + From time to time Harding consulted his watch, so as to be prepared in + time for the solar observation, which had to be made exactly at midday. + </p> + <p> + All that part of the island was very barren as far as the point which + closed Union Bay, and which had received the name of Cape South Mandible. + Nothing could be seen there but sand and shells, mingled with debris of + lava. A few sea-birds frequented this desolate coast, gulls, great + albatrosses, as well as wild duck, for which Pencroft had a great fancy. + He tried to knock some over with an arrow, but without result, for they + seldom perched, and he could not hit them on the wing. + </p> + <p> + This led the sailor to repeat to the engineer,— + </p> + <p> + “You see, captain, so long as we have not one or two fowling-pieces, we + shall never get anything!” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless, Pencroft,” replied the reporter, “but it depends on you. + Procure us some iron for the barrels, steel for the hammers, saltpeter. + coal and sulphur for powder, mercury and nitric acid for the fulminate, + and lead for the shot, and the captain will make us first-rate guns.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” replied the engineer, “we might, no doubt, find all these substances + on the island, but a gun is a delicate instrument, and needs very + particular tools. However, we shall see later!” + </p> + <p> + “Why,” cried Pencroft, “were we obliged to throw overboard all the weapons + we had with us in the car, all our implements, even our pocket-knives?” + </p> + <p> + “But if we had not thrown them away, Pencroft, the balloon would have + thrown us to the bottom of the sea!” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “What you say is true, my boy,” replied the sailor. + </p> + <p> + Then passing to another idea,—“Think,” said he, “how astounded + Jonathan Forster and his companions must have been when, next morning, + they found the place empty, and the machine flown away!” + </p> + <p> + “I am utterly indifferent about knowing what they may have thought,” said + the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “It was all my idea, that!” said Pencroft, with a satisfied air. + </p> + <p> + “A splendid idea, Pencroft!” replied Gideon Spilett, laughing, “and which + has placed us where we are.” + </p> + <p> + “I would rather be here than in the hands of the Southerners,” cried the + sailor, “especially since the captain has been kind enough to come and + join us again.” + </p> + <p> + “So would I, truly!” replied the reporter. “Besides, what do we want? + Nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “If that is not—everything!” replied Pencroft, laughing and + shrugging his shoulders. “But, some day or other, we shall find means of + going away!” + </p> + <p> + “Sooner, perhaps, than you imagine, my friends,” remarked the engineer, + “if Lincoln Island is but a medium distance from an inhabited island, or + from a continent. We shall know in an hour. I have not a map of the + Pacific, but my memory has preserved a very clear recollection of its + southern part. The latitude which I obtained yesterday placed New Zealand + to the west of Lincoln Island, and the coast of Chile to the east. But + between these two countries, there is a distance of at least six thousand + miles. It has, therefore, to be determined what point in this great space + the island occupies, and this the longitude will give us presently, with a + sufficient approximation, I hope.” + </p> + <p> + “Is not the archipelago of the Pomoutous the nearest point to us in + latitude?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the engineer, “but the distance which separates us from it + is more than twelve hundred miles.” + </p> + <p> + “And that way?” asked Neb, who followed the conversation with extreme + interest, pointing to the south. + </p> + <p> + “That way, nothing,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing, indeed,” added the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Cyrus,” asked the reporter, “if Lincoln Island is not more than two + or three thousand miles from New Zealand or Chile?” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied the engineer, “instead of building a house we will build a + boat, and Master Pencroft shall be put in command—” + </p> + <p> + “Well then,” cried the sailor, “I am quite ready to be captain—as + soon as you can make a craft that’s able to keep at sea!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall do it, if it is necessary,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + But while these men, who really hesitated at nothing, were talking, the + hour approached at which the observation was to be made. What Cyrus + Harding was to do to ascertain the passage of the sun at the meridian of + the island, without an instrument of any sort, Herbert could not guess. + </p> + <p> + The observers were then about six miles from the Chimneys, not far from + that part of the downs in which the engineer had been found after his + enigmatical preservation. They halted at this place and prepared for + breakfast, for it was half-past eleven. Herbert went for some fresh water + from a stream which ran near, and brought it back in a jug, which Neb had + provided. + </p> + <p> + During these preparations Harding arranged everything for his astronomical + observation. He chose a clear place on the shore, which the ebbing tide + had left perfectly level. This bed of fine sand was as smooth as ice, not + a grain out of place. It was of little importance whether it was + horizontal or not, and it did not matter much whether the stick six feet + high, which was planted there, rose perpendicularly. On the contrary, the + engineer inclined it towards the south, that is to say, in the direction + of the coast opposite to the sun, for it must not be forgotten that the + settlers in Lincoln Island, as the island was situated in the Southern + Hemisphere, saw the radiant planet describe its diurnal arc above the + northern, and not above the southern horizon. + </p> + <p> + Herbert now understood how the engineer was going to proceed to ascertain + the culmination of the sun, that is to say its passing the meridian of the + island or, in other words, determine due south. It was by means of the + shadow cast on the sand by the stick, a way which, for want of an + instrument, would give him a suitable approach to the result which he + wished to obtain. + </p> + <p> + In fact, the moment when this shadow would reach its minimum of length + would be exactly twelve o’clock, and it would be enough to watch the + extremity of the shadow, so as to ascertain the instant when, after having + successively diminished, it began to lengthen. By inclining his stick to + the side opposite to the sun, Cyrus Harding made the shadow longer, and + consequently its modifications would be more easily ascertained. In fact, + the longer the needle of a dial is, the more easily can the movement of + its point be followed. The shadow of the stick was nothing but the needle + of a dial. The moment had come, and Cyrus Harding knelt on the sand, and + with little wooden pegs, which he stuck into the sand, he began to mark + the successive diminutions of the stick’s shadow. His companions, bending + over him, watched the operation with extreme interest. The reporter held + his chronometer in his hand, ready to tell the hour which it marked when + the shadow would be at its shortest. Moreover, as Cyrus Harding was + working on the 16th of April, the day on which the true and the average + time are identical, the hour given by Gideon Spilett would be the true + hour then at Washington, which would simplify the calculation. Meanwhile + as the sun slowly advanced, the shadow slowly diminished, and when it + appeared to Cyrus Harding that it was beginning to increase, he asked, + “What o’clock is it?” + </p> + <p> + “One minute past five,” replied Gideon Spilett directly. They had now only + to calculate the operation. Nothing could be easier. It could be seen that + there existed, in round numbers, a difference of five hours between the + meridian of Washington and that of Lincoln Island, that is to say, it was + midday in Lincoln Island when it was already five o’clock in the evening + in Washington. Now the sun, in its apparent movement round the earth, + traverses one degree in four minutes, or fifteen degrees an hour. Fifteen + degrees multiplied by five hours give seventy-five degrees. + </p> + <p> + Then, since Washington is 77deg 3’ 11” as much as to say seventy-seven + degrees counted from the meridian of Greenwich which the Americans take + for their starting-point for longitudes concurrently with the English—it + followed that the island must be situated seventy-seven and seventy-five + degrees west of the meridian of Greenwich, that is to say, on the hundred + and fifty-second degree of west longitude. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding announced this result to his companions, and taking into + consideration errors of observation, as he had done for the latitude, he + believed he could positively affirm that the position of Lincoln Island + was between the thirty-fifth and the thirty-seventh parallel, and between + the hundred and fiftieth and the hundred and fifty-fifth meridian to the + west of the meridian of Greenwich. + </p> + <p> + The possible fault which he attributed to errors in the observation was, + it may be seen, of five degrees on both sides, which, at sixty miles to a + degree, would give an error of three hundred miles in latitude and + longitude for the exact position. + </p> + <p> + But this error would not influence the determination which it was + necessary to take. It was very evident that Lincoln Island was at such a + distance from every country or island that it would be too hazardous to + attempt to reach one in a frail boat. + </p> + <p> + In fact, this calculation placed it at least twelve hundred miles from + Tahiti and the islands of the archipelago of the Pomoutous, more than + eighteen hundred miles from New Zealand, and more than four thousand five + hundred miles from the American coast! + </p> + <p> + And when Cyrus Harding consulted his memory, he could not remember in any + way that such an island occupied, in that part of the Pacific, the + situation assigned to Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 15 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 17th of April, the sailor’s first words were addressed + to Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Well, sir,” he asked, “what shall we do to-day?” + </p> + <p> + “What the captain pleases,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + Till then the engineer’s companions had been brickmakers and potters, now + they were to become metallurgists. + </p> + <p> + The day before, after breakfast, they had explored as far as the point of + Mandible Cape, seven miles distant from the Chimneys. There, the long + series of downs ended, and the soil had a volcanic appearance. There were + no longer high cliffs as at Prospect Heights, but a strange and capricious + border which surrounded the narrow gulf between the two capes, formed of + mineral matter, thrown up by the volcano. Arrived at this point the + settlers retraced their steps, and at nightfall entered the Chimneys; but + they did not sleep before the question of knowing whether they could think + of leaving Lincoln Island or not was definitely settled. + </p> + <p> + The twelve hundred miles which separated the island from the Pomoutous + Island was a considerable distance. A boat could not cross it, especially + at the approach of the bad season. Pencroft had expressly declared this. + Now, to construct a simple boat even with the necessary tools, was a + difficult work, and the colonists not having tools they must begin by + making hammers, axes, adzes, saws, augers, planes, etc., which would take + some time. It was decided, therefore, that they would winter at Lincoln + Island, and that they would look for a more comfortable dwelling than the + Chimneys, in which to pass the winter months. + </p> + <p> + Before anything else could be done it was necessary to make the iron ore, + of which the engineer had observed some traces in the northwest part of + the island, fit for use by converting it either into iron or into steel. + </p> + <p> + Metals are not generally found in the ground in a pure state. For the most + part they are combined with oxygen or sulphur. Such was the case with the + two specimens which Cyrus Harding had brought back, one of magnetic iron, + not carbonated, the other a pyrite, also called sulphuret of iron. It was, + therefore the first, the oxide of iron, which they must reduce with coal, + that is to say, get rid of the oxygen, to obtain it in a pure state. This + reduction is made by subjecting the ore with coal to a high temperature, + either by the rapid and easy Catalan method, which has the advantage of + transforming the ore into iron in a single operation, or by the blast + furnace, which first smelts the ore, then changes it into iron, by + carrying away the three to four per cent. of coal, which is combined with + it. + </p> + <p> + Now Cyrus Harding wanted iron, and he wished to obtain it as soon as + possible. The ore which he had picked up was in itself very pure and rich. + It was the oxydulous iron, which is found in confused masses of a deep + gray color; it gives a black dust, crystallized in the form of the regular + octahedron. Native lodestones consist of this ore, and iron of the first + quality is made in Europe from that with which Sweden and Norway are so + abundantly supplied. Not far from this vein was the vein of coal already + made use of by the settlers. The ingredients for the manufacture being + close together would greatly facilitate the treatment of the ore. This is + the cause of the wealth of the mines in Great Britain, where the coal aids + the manufacture of the metal extracted from the same soil at the same time + as itself. + </p> + <p> + “Then, captain,” said Pencroft, “we are going to work iron ore?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my friend,” replied the engineer, “and for that—something + which will please you—we must begin by having a seal hunt on the + islet.” + </p> + <p> + “A seal hunt!” cried the sailor, turning towards Gideon Spilett. “Are + seals needed to make iron?” + </p> + <p> + “Since Cyrus has said so!” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + But the engineer had already left the Chimneys, and Pencroft prepared for + the seal hunt, without having received any other explanation. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, Herbert, Gideon Spilett, Neb, and the sailor were soon + collected on the shore, at a place where the channel left a ford passable + at low tide. The hunters could therefore traverse it without getting wet + higher than the knee. + </p> + <p> + Harding then put his foot on the islet for the first, and his companions + for the second time. + </p> + <p> + On their landing some hundreds of penguins looked fearlessly at them. The + hunters, armed with sticks, could have killed them easily, but they were + not guilty of such useless massacre, as it was important not to frighten + the seals, who were lying on the sand several cable lengths off. They also + respected certain innocent-looking birds, whose wings were reduced to the + state of stumps, spread out like fins, ornamented with feathers of a scaly + appearance. The settlers, therefore, prudently advanced towards the north + point, walking over ground riddled with little holes, which formed nests + for the sea-birds. Towards the extremity of the islet appeared great black + heads floating just above the water, having exactly the appearance of + rocks in motion. + </p> + <p> + These were the seals which were to be captured. It was necessary, however, + first to allow them to land, for with their close, short hair, and their + fusiform conformation, being excellent swimmers, it is difficult to catch + them in the sea, while on land their short, webbed feet prevent their + having more than a slow, waddling movement. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft knew the habits of these creatures, and he advised waiting till + they were stretched on the sand, when the sun, before long, would send + them to sleep. They must then manage to cut off their retreat and knock + them on the head. + </p> + <p> + The hunters, having concealed themselves behind the rocks, waited + silently. + </p> + <p> + An hour passed before the seals came to play on the sand. They could count + half a dozen. Pencroft and Herbert then went round the point of the islet, + so as to take them in the rear, and cut off their retreat. During this + time Cyrus Harding, Spilett, and Neb, crawling behind the rocks, glided + towards the future scene of combat. + </p> + <p> + All at once the tall figure of the sailor appeared. Pencroft shouted. The + engineer and his two companions threw themselves between the sea and the + seals. Two of the animals soon lay dead on the sand, but the rest regained + the sea in safety. + </p> + <p> + “Here are the seals required, captain!” said the sailor, advancing towards + the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Capital,” replied Harding. “We will make bellows of them!” + </p> + <p> + “Bellows!” cried Pencroft. “Well! these are lucky seals!” + </p> + <p> + It was, in fact, a blowing-machine, necessary for the treatment of the ore + that the engineer wished to manufacture with the skins of the amphibious + creatures. They were of a medium size, for their length did not exceed six + feet. They resembled a dog about the head. + </p> + <p> + As it was useless to burden themselves with the weight of both the + animals, Neb and Pencroft resolved to skin them on the spot, while Cyrus + Harding and the reporter continued to explore the islet. + </p> + <p> + The sailor and the Negro cleverly performed the operation, and three hours + afterwards Cyrus Harding had at his disposal two seals’ skins, which he + intended to use in this state, without subjecting them to any tanning + process. + </p> + <p> + The settlers waited till the tide was again low, and crossing the channel + they entered the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + The skins had then to be stretched on a frame of wood and sewn by means of + fibers so as to preserve the air without allowing too much to escape. + Cyrus Harding had nothing but the two steel blades from Top’s collar, and + yet he was so clever, and his companions aided him with so much + intelligence, that three days afterwards the little colony’s stock of + tools was augmented by a blowing-machine, destined to inject the air into + the midst of the ore when it should be subjected to heat—an + indispensable condition to the success of the operation. + </p> + <p> + On the morning of the 20th of April began the “metallic period,” as the + reporter called it in his notes. The engineer had decided, as has been + said, to operate near the veins both of coal and ore. Now, according to + his observations, these veins were situated at the foot of the northeast + spurs of Mount Franklin, that is to say, a distance of six miles from + their home. It was impossible, therefore, to return every day to the + Chimneys, and it was agreed that the little colony should camp under a hut + of branches, so that the important operation could be followed night and + day. + </p> + <p> + This settled, they set out in the morning. Neb and Pencroft dragged the + bellows on a hurdle; also a quantity of vegetables and animals, which they + besides could renew on the way. + </p> + <p> + The road led through Jacamar Wood, which they traversed obliquely from + southeast to northwest, and in the thickest part. It was necessary to beat + a path, which would in the future form the most direct road to Prospect + Heights and Mount Franklin. The trees, belonging to the species already + discovered, were magnificent. Herbert found some new ones, among others + some which Pencroft called “sham leeks”; for, in spite of their size, they + were of the same liliaceous family as the onion, chive, shallot, or + asparagus. These trees produce ligneous roots which, when cooked, are + excellent; from them, by fermentation, a very agreeable liquor is made. + They therefore made a good store of the roots. + </p> + <p> + The journey through the wood was long; it lasted the whole day, and so + allowed plenty of time for examining the flora and fauna. Top, who took + special charge of the fauna, ran through the grass and brushwood, putting + up all sorts of game. Herbert and Gideon Spilett killed two kangaroos with + bows and arrows, and also an animal which strongly resembled both a + hedgehog and an ant-eater. It was like the first because it rolled itself + into a ball, and bristled with spines, and the second because it had sharp + claws, a long slender snout which terminated in a bird’s beak, and an + extendible tongue, covered with little thorns which served to hold the + insects. + </p> + <p> + “And when it is in the pot,” asked Pencroft naturally, “what will it be + like?” + </p> + <p> + “An excellent piece of beef,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “We will not ask more from it,” replied the sailor. + </p> + <p> + During this excursion they saw several wild boars, which however, did not + offer to attack the little band, and it appeared as if they would not meet + with any dangerous beasts; when, in a thick part of the wood, the reporter + thought he saw, some paces from him, among the lower branches of a tree, + an animal which he took for a bear, and which he very tranquilly began to + draw. Happily for Gideon Spilett, the animal in question did not belong to + the redoubtable family of the plantigrades. It was only a koala, better + known under the name of the sloth, being about the size of a large dog, + and having stiff hair of a dirty color, the paws armed with strong claws, + which enabled it to climb trees and feed on the leaves. Having identified + the animal, which they did not disturb, Gideon Spilett erased “bear” from + the title of his sketch, putting koala in its place, and the journey was + resumed. + </p> + <p> + At five o’clock in the evening, Cyrus Harding gave the signal to halt. + They were now outside the forest, at the beginning of the powerful spurs + which supported Mount Franklin towards the west. At a distance of some + hundred feet flowed the Red Creek, and consequently plenty of fresh water + was within their reach. + </p> + <p> + The camp was soon organized. In less than an hour, on the edge of the + forest, among the trees, a hut of branches interlaced with creepers, and + pasted over with clay, offered a tolerable shelter. Their geological + researches were put off till the next day. Supper was prepared, a good + fire blazed before the hut, the roast turned, and at eight o’clock, while + one of the settlers watched to keep up the fire, in case any wild beasts + should prowl in the neighborhood, the others slept soundly. + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 21st of April, Cyrus Harding accompanied by Herbert, + went to look for the soil of ancient formation, on which he had already + discovered a specimen of ore. They found the vein above ground, near the + source of the creek, at the foot of one of the northeastern spurs. This + ore, very rich in iron, enclosed in its fusible veinstone, was perfectly + suited to the mode of reduction which the engineer intended to employ; + that is, the Catalan method, but simplified, as it is used in Corsica. In + fact, the Catalan method, properly so called, requires the construction of + kilns and crucibles, in which the ore and the coal, placed in alternate + layers, are transformed and reduced, But Cyrus Harding intended to + economize these constructions, and wished simply to form, with the ore and + the coal, a cubic mass, to the center of which he would direct the wind + from his bellows. Doubtless, it was the proceeding employed by Tubalcain, + and the first metallurgists of the inhabited world. Now that which had + succeeded with the grandson of Adam, and which still yielded good results + in countries rich in ore and fuel, could not but succeed with the settlers + in Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + The coal, as well as the ore, was collected without trouble on the surface + of the ground. They first broke the ore into little pieces, and cleansed + them with the hand from the impurities which soiled their surface. Then + coal and ore were arranged in heaps and in successive layers, as the + charcoal-burner does with the wood which he wishes to carbonize. In this + way, under the influence of the air projected by the blowing-machine, the + coal would be transformed into carbonic acid, then into oxide of carbon, + its use being to reduce the oxide of iron, that is to say, to rid it of + the oxygen. + </p> + <p> + Thus the engineer proceeded. The bellows of sealskin, furnished at its + extremity with a nozzle of clay, which had been previously fabricated in + the pottery kiln, was established near the heap of ore. Using the + mechanism which consisted of a frame, cords of fiber and counterpoise, he + threw into the mass an abundance of air, which by raising the temperature + also concurred with the chemical transformation to produce in time pure + iron. + </p> + <p> + The operation was difficult. All the patience, all the ingenuity of the + settlers was needed; but at last it succeeded, and the result was a lump + of iron, reduced to a spongy state, which it was necessary to shingle and + fagot, that is to say, to forge so as to expel from it the liquefied + veinstone. These amateur smiths had, of course, no hammer; but they were + in no worse a situation than the first metallurgist, and therefore did + what, no doubt, he had to do. + </p> + <p> + A handle was fixed to the first lump, and was used as a hammer to forge + the second on a granite anvil, and thus they obtained a coarse but useful + metal. At length, after many trials and much fatigue, on the 25th of April + several bars of iron were forged, and transformed into tools, crowbars, + pincers, pickaxes, spades, etc., which Pencroft and Neb declared to be + real jewels. But the metal was not yet in its most serviceable state, that + is, of steel. Now steel is a combination of iron and coal, which is + extracted, either from the liquid ore, by taking from it the excess of + coal, or from the iron by adding to it the coal which was wanting. The + first, obtained by the decarburation of the metal, gives natural or + puddled steel; the second, produced by the carburation of the iron, gives + steel of cementation. + </p> + <p> + It was the last which Cyrus Harding intended to forge, as he possessed + iron in a pure state. He succeeded by heating the metal with powdered coal + in a crucible which had previously been manufactured from clay suitable + for the purpose. + </p> + <p> + He then worked this steel, which is malleable both when hot or cold, with + the hammer. Neb and Pencroft, cleverly directed, made hatchets, which, + heated red-hot, and plunged suddenly into cold water, acquired an + excellent temper. + </p> + <p> + Other instruments, of course roughly fashioned, were also manufactured; + blades for planes, axes, hatchets, pieces of steel to be transformed into + saws, chisels; then iron for spades, pickaxes, hammers, nails, etc. At + last, on the 5th of May, the metallic period ended, the smiths returned to + the Chimneys, and new work would soon authorize them to take a fresh + title. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 16 + </h2> + <p> + It was the 6th of May, a day which corresponds to the 6th of November in + the countries of the Northern Hemisphere. The sky had been obscured for + some days, and it was of importance to make preparations for the winter. + However, the temperature was not as yet much lower, and a centigrade + thermometer, transported to Lincoln Island, would still have marked an + average of ten to twelve degrees above zero. This was not surprising, + since Lincoln Island, probably situated between the thirty-fifth and + fortieth parallel, would be subject, in the Southern Hemisphere, to the + same climate as Sicily or Greece in the Northern Hemisphere. But as Greece + and Sicily have severe cold, producing snow and ice, so doubtless would + Lincoln Island in the severest part of the winter and it was advisable to + provide against it. + </p> + <p> + In any case if cold did not yet threaten them, the rainy season would + begin, and on this lonely island, exposed to all the fury of the elements, + in mid-ocean, bad weather would be frequent, and probably terrible. The + question of a more comfortable dwelling than the Chimneys must therefore + be seriously considered and promptly resolved on. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, naturally, had some predilection for the retreat which he had + discovered, but he well understood that another must be found. The + Chimneys had been already visited by the sea, under circumstances which + are known, and it would not do to be exposed again to a similar accident. + </p> + <p> + “Besides,” added Cyrus Harding, who this day was talking of these things + with his companions, “we have some precautions to take.” + </p> + <p> + “Why? The island is not inhabited,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “That is probable,” replied the engineer, “although we have not yet + explored the interior; but if no human beings are found, I fear that + dangerous animals may abound. It is necessary to guard against a possible + attack, so that we shall not be obliged to watch every night, or to keep + up a fire. And then, my friends, we must foresee everything. We are here + in a part of the Pacific often frequented by Malay pirates—” + </p> + <p> + “What!” said Herbert, “at such a distance from land?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my boy,” replied the engineer. “These pirates are bold sailors as + well as formidable enemies, and we must take measures accordingly.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied Pencroft, “we will fortify ourselves against savages with + two legs as well as against savages with four. But, captain, will it not + be best to explore every part of the island before undertaking anything + else?” + </p> + <p> + “That would be best,” added Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Who knows if we might not find on the opposite side one of the caverns + which we have searched for in vain here?” + </p> + <p> + “That is true,” replied the engineer, “but you forget, my friends, that it + will be necessary to establish ourselves in the neighborhood of a + watercourse, and that, from the summit of Mount Franklin, we could not see + towards the west, either stream or river. Here, on the contrary, we are + placed between the Mercy and Lake Grant, an advantage which must not be + neglected. And, besides, this side, looking towards the east, is not + exposed as the other is to the trade-winds, which in this hemisphere blow + from the northwest.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, captain,” replied the sailor, “let us build a house on the edge of + the lake. Neither bricks nor tools are wanting now. After having been + brickmakers, potters, smelters, and smiths, we shall surely know how to be + masons!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my friend; but before coming to any decision we must consider the + matter thoroughly. A natural dwelling would spare us much work, and would + be a surer retreat, for it would be as well defended against enemies from + the interior as those from outside.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true, Cyrus,” replied the reporter, “but we have already examined + all that mass of granite, and there is not a hole, not a cranny!” + </p> + <p> + “No, not one!” added Pencroft. “Ah, if we were able to dig out a dwelling + in that cliff, at a good height, so as to be out of the reach of harm, + that would be capital! I can see that on the front which looks seaward, + five or six rooms—” + </p> + <p> + “With windows to light them!” said Herbert, laughing. + </p> + <p> + “And a staircase to climb up to them!” added Neb. + </p> + <p> + “You are laughing,” cried the sailor, “and why? What is there impossible + in what I propose? Haven’t we got pickaxes and spades? Won’t Captain + Harding be able to make powder to blow up the mine? Isn’t it true, + captain, that you will make powder the very day we want it?” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding listened to the enthusiastic Pencroft developing his + fanciful projects. To attack this mass of granite, even by a mine, was + Herculean work, and it was really vexing that nature could not help them + at their need. But the engineer did not reply to the sailor except by + proposing to examine the cliff more attentively, from the mouth of the + river to the angle which terminated it on the north. + </p> + <p> + They went out, therefore, and the exploration was made with extreme care, + over an extent of nearly two miles. But in no place in the bare, straight + cliff, could any cavity be found. The nests of the rock pigeons which + fluttered at its summit were only, in reality, holes bored at the very + top, and on the irregular edge of the granite. + </p> + <p> + It was a provoking circumstance, and as to attacking this cliff, either + with pickaxe or with powder, so as to effect a sufficient excavation, it + was not to be thought of. It so happened that, on all this part of the + shore, Pencroft had discovered the only habitable shelter, that is to say, + the Chimneys, which now had to be abandoned. + </p> + <p> + The exploration ended, the colonists found themselves at the north angle + of the cliff, where it terminated in long slopes which died away on the + shore. From this place, to its extreme limit in the west, it only formed a + sort of declivity, a thick mass of stones, earth, and sand, bound together + by plants, bushes, and grass inclined at an angle of only forty-five + degrees. Clumps of trees grew on these slopes, which were also carpeted + with thick grass. But the vegetation did not extend far, and a long, sandy + plain, which began at the foot of these slopes, reached to the beach. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding thought, not without reason, that the overplus of the lake + must overflow on this side. The excess of water furnished by the Red Creek + must also escape by some channel or other. Now the engineer had not yet + found this channel on any part of the shore already explored, that is to + say, from the mouth of the stream on the west of Prospect Heights. + </p> + <p> + The engineer now proposed to his companions to climb the slope, and to + return to the Chimneys by the heights, while exploring the northern and + eastern shores of the lake. The proposal was accepted, and in a few + minutes Herbert and Neb were on the upper plateau. Cyrus Harding, Gideon + Spilett, and Pencroft followed with more sedate steps. + </p> + <p> + The beautiful sheet of water glittered through the trees under the rays of + the sun. In this direction the country was charming. The eye feasted on + the groups of trees. Some old trunks, bent with age, showed black against + the verdant grass which covered the ground. Crowds of brilliant cockatoos + screamed among the branches, moving prisms, hopping from one bough to + another. + </p> + <p> + The settlers instead of going directly to the north bank of the lake, made + a circuit round the edge of the plateau, so as to join the mouth of the + creek on its left bank. It was a detour of more than a mile and a half. + Walking was easy, for the trees widely spread, left a considerable space + between them. The fertile zone evidently stopped at this point, and + vegetation would be less vigorous in the part between the course of the + Creek and the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions walked over this new ground with great + care. Bows, arrows, and sticks with sharp iron points were their only + weapons. However, no wild beast showed itself, and it was probable that + these animals frequented rather the thick forests in the south; but the + settlers had the disagreeable surprise of seeing Top stop before a snake + of great size, measuring from fourteen to fifteen feet in length. Neb + killed it by a blow from his stick. Cyrus Harding examined the reptile, + and declared it not venomous, for it belonged to that species of diamond + serpents which the natives of New South Wales rear. But it was possible + that others existed whose bite was mortal such as the deaf vipers with + forked tails, which rise up under the feet, or those winged snakes, + furnished with two ears, which enable them to proceed with great rapidity. + Top, the first moment of surprise over, began a reptile chase with such + eagerness, that they feared for his safety. His master called him back + directly. + </p> + <p> + The mouth of the Red Creek, at the place where it entered into the lake, + was soon reached. The explorers recognized on the opposite shore the point + which they had visited on their descent from Mount Franklin. Cyrus Harding + ascertained that the flow of water into it from the creek was + considerable. Nature must therefore have provided some place for the + escape of the overplus. This doubtless formed a fall, which, if it could + be discovered, would be of great use. + </p> + <p> + The colonists, walking apart, but not straying far from each other, began + to skirt the edge of the lake, which was very steep. The water appeared to + be full of fish, and Pencroft resolved to make some fishing-rods, so as to + try and catch some. + </p> + <p> + The northeast point was first to be doubled. It might have been supposed + that the discharge of water was at this place, for the extremity of the + lake was almost on a level with the edge of the plateau. But no signs of + this were discovered, and the colonists continued to explore the bank, + which, after a slight bend, descended parallel to the shore. + </p> + <p> + On this side the banks were less woody, but clumps of trees, here and + there, added to the picturesqueness of the country. Lake Grant was viewed + from thence in all its extent, and no breath disturbed the surface of its + waters. Top, in beating the bushes, put up flocks of birds of different + kinds, which Gideon Spilett and Herbert saluted with arrows. One was hit + by the lad, and fell into some marshy grass. Top rushed forward, and + brought a beautiful swimming bird, of a slate color, short beak, very + developed frontal plate, and wings edged with white. It was a “coot,” the + size of a large partridge, belonging to the group of macrodactyls which + form the transition between the order of wading birds and that of + palmipeds. Sorry game, in truth, and its flavor is far from pleasant. But + Top was not so particular in these things as his masters, and it was + agreed that the coot should be for his supper. + </p> + <p> + The settlers were now following the eastern bank of the lake, and they + would not be long in reaching the part which they already knew. The + engineer was much surprised at not seeing any indication of the discharge + of water. The reporter and the sailor talked with him, and he could not + conceal his astonishment. + </p> + <p> + At this moment Top, who had been very quiet till then, gave signs of + agitation. The intelligent animal went backwards and forwards on the + shore, stopped suddenly, and looked at the water, one paw raised, as if he + was pointing at some invisible game; then he barked furiously, and was + suddenly silent. + </p> + <p> + Neither Cyrus Harding nor his companions had at first paid any attention + to Top’s behavior; but the dog’s barking soon became so frequent that the + engineer noticed it. + </p> + <p> + “What is there, Top?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + The dog bounded towards his master, seeming to be very uneasy, and then + rushed again towards the bank. Then, all at once, he plunged into the + lake. + </p> + <p> + “Here, Top!” cried Cyrus Harding, who did not like his dog to venture into + the treacherous water. + </p> + <p> + “What’s happening down there?” asked Pencroft, examining the surface of + the lake. + </p> + <p> + “Top smells some amphibious creature,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “An alligator, perhaps,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “I do not think so,” replied Harding. “Alligators are only met with in + regions less elevated in latitude.” + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Top had returned at his master’s call, and had regained the + shore: but he could not stay quiet; he plunged in among the tall grass, + and guided by instinct, he appeared to follow some invisible being which + was slipping along under the surface of the water. However the water was + calm; not a ripple disturbed its surface. Several times the settlers + stopped on the bank, and observed it attentively. Nothing appeared. There + was some mystery there. + </p> + <p> + The engineer was puzzled. + </p> + <p> + “Let us pursue this exploration to the end,” said he. + </p> + <p> + Half an hour after they had all arrived at the southeast angle of the + lake, on Prospect Heights. At this point the examination of the banks of + the lake was considered finished, and yet the engineer had not been able + to discover how and where the waters were discharged. “There is no doubt + this overflow exists,” he repeated, “and since it is not visible it must + go through the granite cliff at the west!” + </p> + <p> + “But what importance do you attach to knowing that, my dear Cyrus?” asked + Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Considerable importance,” replied the engineer; “for if it flows through + the cliff there is probably some cavity, which it would be easy to render + habitable after turning away the water.” + </p> + <p> + “But is it not possible, captain, that the water flows away at the bottom + of the lake,” said Herbert, “and that it reaches the sea by some + subterranean passage?” + </p> + <p> + “That might be,” replied the engineer, “and should it be so we shall be + obliged to build our house ourselves, since nature has not done it for + us.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists were about to begin to traverse the plateau to return to the + Chimneys, when Top gave new signs of agitation. He barked with fury, and + before his master could restrain him, he had plunged a second time into + the lake. + </p> + <p> + All ran towards the bank. The dog was already more than twenty feet off, + and Cyrus was calling him back, when an enormous head emerged from the + water, which did not appear to be deep in that place. + </p> + <p> + Herbert recognized directly the species of amphibian to which the tapering + head, with large eyes, and adorned with long silky mustaches, belonged. + </p> + <p> + “A lamantin!” he cried. + </p> + <p> + It was not a lamantin, but one of that species of the order of cetaceans, + which bear the name of the “dugong,” for its nostrils were open at the + upper part of its snout. The enormous animal rushed on the dog, who tried + to escape by returning towards the shore. His master could do nothing to + save him, and before Gideon Spilett or Herbert thought of bending their + bows, Top, seized by the dugong, had disappeared beneath the water. + </p> + <p> + Neb, his iron-tipped spear in his hand, wished to go to Top’s help, and + attack the dangerous animal in its own element. + </p> + <p> + “No, Neb,” said the engineer, restraining his courageous servant. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, a struggle was going on beneath the water, an inexplicable + struggle, for in his situation Top could not possibly resist; and judging + by the bubbling of the surface it must be also a terrible struggle, and + could not but terminate in the death of the dog! But suddenly, in the + middle of a foaming circle, Top reappeared. Thrown in the air by some + unknown power, he rose ten feet above the surface of the lake, fell again + into the midst of the agitated waters, and then soon gained the shore, + without any severe wounds, miraculously saved. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions could not understand it. What was not + less inexplicable was that the struggle still appeared to be going on. + Doubtless, the dugong, attacked by some powerful animal, after having + released the dog, was fighting on its own account. But it did not last + long. The water became red with blood, and the body of the dugong, + emerging from the sheet of scarlet which spread around, soon stranded on a + little beach at the south angle of the lake. The colonists ran towards it. + The dugong was dead. It was an enormous animal, fifteen or sixteen feet + long, and must have weighed from three to four thousand pounds. At its + neck was a wound, which appeared to have been produced by a sharp blade. + </p> + <p> + What could the amphibious creature have been, who, by this terrible blow + had destroyed the formidable dugong? No one could tell, and much + interested in this incident, Harding and his companions returned to the + Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 17 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 7th of May, Harding and Gideon Spilett, leaving Neb to + prepare breakfast, climbed Prospect Heights, while Herbert and Pencroft + ascended by the river, to renew their store of wood. + </p> + <p> + The engineer and the reporter soon reached the little beach on which the + dugong had been stranded. Already flocks of birds had attacked the mass of + flesh, and had to be driven away with stones, for Cyrus wished to keep the + fat for the use of the colony. As to the animal’s flesh it would furnish + excellent food, for in the islands of the Malay Archipelago and elsewhere, + it is especially reserved for the table of the native princes. But that + was Neb’s affair. + </p> + <p> + At this moment Cyrus Harding had other thoughts. He was much interested in + the incident of the day before. He wished to penetrate the mystery of that + submarine combat, and to ascertain what monster could have given the + dugong so strange a wound. He remained at the edge of the lake, looking, + observing; but nothing appeared under the tranquil waters, which sparkled + in the first rays of the rising sun. + </p> + <p> + At the beach, on which lay the body of the dugong, the water was tolerably + shallow, but from this point the bottom of the lake sloped gradually, and + it was probable that the depth was considerable in the center. The lake + might be considered as a large center basin, which was filled by the water + from the Red Creek. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Cyrus,” said the reporter, “there seems to be nothing suspicious in + this water.” + </p> + <p> + “No, my dear Spilett,” replied the engineer, “and I really do not know how + to account for the incident of yesterday.” + </p> + <p> + “I acknowledge,” returned Spilett, “that the wound given this creature is, + at least, very strange, and I cannot explain either how Top was so + vigorously cast up out of the water. One could have thought that a + powerful arm hurled him up, and that the same arm with a dagger killed the + dugong!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the engineer, who had become thoughtful; “there is + something there that I cannot understand. But do you better understand + either, my dear Spilett, in what way I was saved myself—how I was + drawn from the waves, and carried to the downs? No! Is it not true? Now, I + feel sure that there is some mystery there, which, doubtless, we shall + discover some day. Let us observe, but do not dwell on these singular + incidents before our companions. Let us keep our remarks to ourselves, and + continue our work.” + </p> + <p> + It will be remembered that the engineer had not as yet been able to + discover the place where the surplus water escaped, but he knew it must + exist somewhere. He was much surprised to see a strong current at this + place. By throwing in some bits of wood he found that it set towards the + southern angle. He followed the current, and arrived at the south point of + the lake. + </p> + <p> + There was there a sort of depression in the water, as if it was suddenly + lost in some fissure in the ground. + </p> + <p> + Harding listened; placing his ear to the level of the lake, he very + distinctly heard the noise of a subterranean fall. + </p> + <p> + “There,” said he, rising, “is the discharge of the water; there, + doubtless, by a passage in the granite cliff, it joins the sea, through + cavities which we can use to our profit. Well, I can find it!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer cut a long branch, stripped it of its leaves, and plunging it + into the angle between the two banks, he found that there was a large hole + one foot only beneath the surface of the water. This hole was the opening + so long looked for in vain, and the force of the current was such that the + branch was torn from the engineer’s hands and disappeared. + </p> + <p> + “There is no doubt about it now,” repeated Harding. “There is the outlet, + and I will lay it open to view!” + </p> + <p> + “How?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “By lowering the level of the water of the lake three feet.” + </p> + <p> + “And how will you lower the level?” + </p> + <p> + “By opening another outlet larger than this.” + </p> + <p> + “At what place, Cyrus?” + </p> + <p> + “At the part of the bank nearest the coast.” + </p> + <p> + “But it is a mass of granite!” observed Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied Cyrus Harding, “I will blow up the granite, and the water + escaping, will subside, so as to lay bare this opening—” + </p> + <p> + “And make a waterfall, by falling on to the beach,” added the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “A fall that we shall make use of!” replied Cyrus. “Come, come!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer hurried away his companion, whose confidence in Harding was + such that he did not doubt the enterprise would succeed. And yet, how was + this granite wall to be opened without powder, and with imperfect + instruments? Was not this work upon which the engineer was so bent above + their strength? + </p> + <p> + When Harding and the reporter entered the Chimneys, they found Herbert and + Pencroft unloading their raft of wood. + </p> + <p> + “The woodmen have just finished, captain.” said the sailor, laughing, “and + when you want masons—” + </p> + <p> + “Masons,—no, but chemists,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” added the reporter, “we are going to blow up the island—” + </p> + <p> + “Blow up the island?” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Part of it, at least,” replied Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Listen to me, my friends,” said the engineer. And he made known to them + the result of his observations. + </p> + <p> + According to him, a cavity, more or less considerable, must exist in the + mass of granite which supported Prospect Heights, and he intended to + penetrate into it. To do this, the opening through which the water rushed + must first be cleared, and the level lowered by making a larger outlet. + Therefore an explosive substance must be manufactured, which would make a + deep trench in some other part of the shore. This was what Harding was + going to attempt with the minerals which nature placed at his disposal. + </p> + <p> + It is useless to say with what enthusiasm all, especially Pencroft, + received this project. To employ great means, open the granite, create a + cascade, that suited the sailor. And he would just as soon be a chemist as + a mason or bootmaker, since the engineer wanted chemicals. He would be all + that they liked, “even a professor of dancing and deportment,” said he to + Neb, if that was ever necessary. + </p> + <p> + Neb and Pencroft were first of all told to extract the grease from the + dugong, and to keep the flesh, which was destined for food. Such perfect + confidence had they in the engineer, that they set out directly, without + even asking a question. A few minutes after them, Cyrus Harding, Herbert, + and Gideon Spilett, dragging the hurdle, went towards the vein of coals, + where those shistose pyrites abound which are met with in the most recent + transition soil, and of which Harding had already found a specimen. All + the day being employed in carrying a quantity of these stones to the + Chimneys, by evening they had several tons. + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 8th of May, the engineer began his manipulations. These + shistose pyrites being composed principally of coal, flint, alumina, and + sulphuret of iron—the latter in excess—it was necessary to + separate the sulphuret of iron, and transform it into sulphate as rapidly + as possible. The sulphate obtained, the sulphuric acid could then be + extracted. + </p> + <p> + This was the object to be attained. Sulphuric acid is one of the agents + the most frequently employed, and the manufacturing importance of a nation + can be measured by the consumption which is made of it. This acid would + later be of great use to the settlers, in the manufacturing of candles, + tanning skins, etc., but this time the engineer reserved it for another + use. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding chose, behind the Chimneys, a site where the ground was + perfectly level. On this ground he placed a layer of branches and chopped + wood, on which were piled some pieces of shistose pyrites, buttressed one + against the other, the whole being covered with a thin layer of pyrites, + previously reduced to the size of a nut. + </p> + <p> + This done, they set fire to the wood, the heat was communicated to the + shist, which soon kindled, since it contains coal and sulphur. Then new + layers of bruised pyrites were arranged so as to form an immense heap, the + exterior of which was covered with earth and grass, several air-holes + being left, as if it was a stack of wood which was to be carbonized to + make charcoal. + </p> + <p> + They then left the transformation to complete itself, and it would not + take less than ten or twelve days for the sulphuret of iron to be changed + to sulphate of iron and the alumina into sulphate of alumina, two equally + soluble substances, the others, flint, burnt coal, and cinders, not being + so. + </p> + <p> + While this chemical work was going on, Cyrus Harding proceeded with other + operations, which were pursued with more than zeal,—it was + eagerness. + </p> + <p> + Neb and Pencroft had taken away the fat from the dugong, and placed it in + large earthen pots. It was then necessary to separate the glycerine from + the fat by saponifying it. Now, to obtain this result, it had to be + treated either with soda or lime. In fact, one or other of these + substances, after having attacked the fat, would form a soap by separating + the glycerine, and it was just this glycerine which the engineer wished to + obtain. There was no want of lime, only treatment by lime would give + calcareous soap, insoluble, and consequently useless, while treatment by + soda would furnish, on the contrary, a soluble soap, which could be put to + domestic use. Now, a practical man, like Cyrus Harding, would rather try + to obtain soda. Was this difficult? No; for marine plants abounded on the + shore, glass-wort, ficoides, and all those fucaceae which form wrack. A + large quantity of these plants was collected, first dried, then burnt in + holes in the open air. The combustion of these plants was kept up for + several days, and the result was a compact gray mass, which has been long + known under the name of “natural soda.” + </p> + <p> + This obtained, the engineer treated the fat with soda, which gave both a + soluble soap and that neutral substance, glycerine. + </p> + <p> + But this was not all. Cyrus Harding still needed, in view of his future + preparation, another substance, nitrate of potash, which is better known + under the name of salt niter, or of saltpeter. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding could have manufactured this substance by treating the + carbonate of potash, which would be easily extracted from the cinders of + the vegetables, by azotic acid. But this acid was wanting, and he would + have been in some difficulty, if nature had not happily furnished the + saltpeter, without giving them any other trouble than that of picking it + up. Herbert found a vein of it at the foot of Mount Franklin, and they had + nothing to do but purify this salt. + </p> + <p> + These different works lasted a week. They were finished before the + transformation of the sulphuret into sulphate of iron had been + accomplished. During the following days the settlers had time to construct + a furnace of bricks of a particular arrangement, to serve for the + distillation of the sulphate or iron when it had been obtained. All this + was finished about the 18th of May, nearly at the time when the chemical + transformation terminated. Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft, + skillfully directed by the engineer, had become most clever workmen. + Before all masters, necessity is the one most listened to, and who teaches + the best. + </p> + <p> + When the heap of pyrites had been entirely reduced by fire, the result of + the operation, consisting of sulphate of iron, sulphate of alumina, flint, + remains of coal, and cinders was placed in a basinful of water. They + stirred this mixture, let it settle, then decanted it, and obtained a + clear liquid containing in solution sulphate of iron and sulphate of + alumina, the other matters remaining solid, since they are insoluble. + Lastly, this liquid being partly evaporated, crystals of sulphate of iron + were deposited, and the not evaporated liquid, which contained the + sulphate of alumina, was thrown away. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had now at his disposal a large quantity of these sulphate + of iron crystals, from which the sulphuric acid had to be extracted. The + making of sulphuric acid is a very expensive manufacture. Considerable + works are necessary—a special set of tools, an apparatus of platina, + leaden chambers, unassailable by the acid, and in which the transformation + is performed, etc. The engineer had none of these at his disposal, but he + knew that, in Bohemia especially, sulphuric acid is manufactured by very + simple means, which have also the advantage of producing it to a superior + degree of concentration. It is thus that the acid known under the name of + Nordhausen acid is made. + </p> + <p> + To obtain sulphuric acid, Cyrus Harding had only one operation to make, to + calcine the sulphate of iron crystals in a closed vase, so that the + sulphuric acid should distil in vapor, which vapor, by condensation, would + produce the acid. + </p> + <p> + The crystals were placed in pots, and the heat from the furnace would + distil the sulphuric acid. The operation was successfully completed, and + on the 20th of May, twelve days after commencing it, the engineer was the + possessor of the agent which later he hoped to use in so many different + ways. + </p> + <p> + Now, why did he wish for this agent? Simply to produce azotic acid; and + that was easy, since saltpeter, attacked by sulphuric acid, gives azotic, + or nitric, acid by distillation. + </p> + <p> + But, after all, how was he going to employ this azotic acid? His + companions were still ignorant of this, for he had not informed them of + the result at which he aimed. + </p> + <p> + However, the engineer had nearly accomplished his purpose, and by a last + operation he would procure the substance which had given so much trouble. + </p> + <p> + Taking some azotic acid, he mixed it with glycerine, which had been + previously concentrated by evaporation, subjected to the water-bath, and + he obtained, without even employing a refrigerant mixture, several pints + of an oily yellow mixture. + </p> + <p> + This last operation Cyrus Harding had made alone, in a retired place, at a + distance from the Chimneys, for he feared the danger of an explosion, and + when he showed a bottle of this liquid to his friends, he contented + himself with saying,— + </p> + <p> + “Here is nitro-glycerine!” + </p> + <p> + It was really this terrible production, of which the explosive power is + perhaps tenfold that of ordinary powder, and which has already caused so + many accidents. However, since a way has been found to transform it into + dynamite, that is to say, to mix with it some solid substance, clay or + sugar, porous enough to hold it, the dangerous liquid has been used with + some security. But dynamite was not yet known at the time when the + settlers worked on Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + “And is it that liquid that is going to blow up our rocks?” said Pencroft + incredulously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my friend,” replied the engineer, “and this nitro-glycerine will + produce so much the more effect, as the granite is extremely hard, and + will oppose a greater resistance to the explosion.” + </p> + <p> + “And when shall we see this, captain?” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow, as soon as we have dug a hole for the mine, replied the + engineer.” + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 21st of May, at daybreak, the miners went to the point + which formed the eastern shore of Lake Grant, and was only five hundred + feet from the coast. At this place, the plateau inclined downwards from + the waters, which were only restrained by their granite case. Therefore, + if this case was broken, the water would escape by the opening and form a + stream, which, flowing over the inclined surface of the plateau, would + rush on to the beach. Consequently, the level of the lake would be greatly + lowered, and the opening where the water escaped would be exposed, which + was their final aim. + </p> + <p> + Under the engineer’s directions, Pencroft, armed with a pickaxe, which he + handled skillfully and vigorously, attacked the granite. The hole was made + on the point of the shore, slanting, so that it should meet a much lower + level than that of the water of the lake. In this way the explosive force, + by scattering the rock, would open a large place for the water to rush + out. + </p> + <p> + The work took some time, for the engineer, wishing to produce a great + effect, intended to devote not less than seven quarts of nitro-glycerine + to the operation. But Pencroft, relieved by Neb, did so well, that towards + four o’clock in the evening, the mine was finished. + </p> + <p> + Now the question of setting fire to the explosive substance was raised. + Generally, nitro-glycerine is ignited by caps of fulminate, which in + bursting cause the explosion. A shock is therefore needed to produce the + explosion, for, simply lighted, this substance would burn without + exploding. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding could certainly have fabricated a percussion cap. In default + of fulminate, he could easily obtain a substance similar to guncotton, + since he had azotic acid at his disposal. This substance, pressed in a + cartridge, and introduced among the nitro-glycerine, would burst by means + of a fuse, and cause the explosion. + </p> + <p> + But Cyrus Harding knew that nitro-glycerine would explode by a shock. He + resolved to employ this means, and try another way, if this did not + succeed. + </p> + <p> + In fact, the blow of a hammer on a few drops of nitro-glycerine, spread + out on a hard surface, was enough to create an explosion. But the operator + could not be there to give the blow, without becoming a victim to the + operation. Harding, therefore, thought of suspending a mass of iron, + weighing several pounds, by means of a fiber, to an upright just above the + mine. Another long fiber, previously impregnated with sulphur, was + attached to the middle of the first, by one end, while the other lay on + the ground several feet distant from the mine. The second fiber being set + on fire, it would burn till it reached the first. This catching fire in + its turn, would break, and the mass of iron would fall on the + nitro-glycerine. This apparatus being then arranged, the engineer, after + having sent his companions to a distance, filled the hole, so that the + nitro-glycerine was on a level with the opening; then he threw a few drops + of it on the surface of the rock, above which the mass of iron was already + suspended. + </p> + <p> + This done, Harding lit the end of the sulphured fiber, and leaving the + place, he returned with his companions to the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + The fiber was intended to burn five and twenty minutes, and, in fact, five + and twenty minutes afterwards a most tremendous explosion was heard. The + island appeared to tremble to its very foundation. Stones were projected + in the air as if by the eruption of a volcano. The shock produced by the + displacing of the air was such, that the rocks of the Chimneys shook. The + settlers, although they were more than two miles from the mine, were + thrown on the ground. + </p> + <p> + They rose, climbed the plateau, and ran towards the place where the bank + of the lake must have been shattered by the explosion. + </p> + <p> + A cheer escaped them! A large rent was seen in the granite! A rapid stream + of water rushed foaming across the plateau and dashed down a height of + three hundred feet on to the beach! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 18 + </h2> + <p> + Cyrus Harding’s project had succeeded, but, according to his usual habit + he showed no satisfaction; with closed lips and a fixed look, he remained + motionless. Herbert was in ecstasies, Neb bounded with joy, Pencroft + nodded his great head, murmuring these words,— + </p> + <p> + “Come, our engineer gets on capitally!” + </p> + <p> + The nitro-glycerine had indeed acted powerfully. The opening which it had + made was so large that the volume of water which escaped through this new + outlet was at least treble that which before passed through the old one. + The result was, that a short time after the operation the level of the + lake would be lowered two feet, or more. + </p> + <p> + The settlers went to the Chimneys to take some pickaxes, iron-tipped + spears, string made of fibers, flint and steel; they then returned to the + plateau, Top accompanying them. + </p> + <p> + On the way the sailor could not help saying to the engineer,— + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you think, captain, that by means of that charming liquid you have + made, one could blow up the whole of our island?” + </p> + <p> + “Without any doubt, the island, continents, and the world itself,” replied + the engineer. “It is only a question of quantity.” + </p> + <p> + “Then could you not use this nitro-glycerine for loading firearms?” asked + the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft; for it is too explosive a substance. But it would be easy + to make some guncotton, or even ordinary powder, as we have azotic acid, + saltpeter, sulphur, and coal. Unhappily, it is the guns which we have not + got. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, captain,” replied the sailor, “with a little determination—” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft had erased the word “impossible” from the dictionary of Lincoln + Island. + </p> + <p> + The settlers, having arrived at Prospect Heights, went immediately towards + that point of the lake near which was the old opening now uncovered. This + outlet had now become practicable, since the water no longer rushed + through it, and it would doubtless be easy to explore the interior. + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes the settlers had reached the lower point of the lake, and + a glance showed them that the object had been attained. + </p> + <p> + In fact, in the side of the lake, and now above the surface of the water, + appeared the long-looked-for opening. A narrow ridge, left bare by the + retreat of the water, allowed them to approach it. This orifice was nearly + twenty feet in width, but scarcely two in height. It was like the mouth of + a drain at the edge of the pavement, and therefore did not offer an easy + passage to the settlers; but Neb and Pencroft, taking their pickaxes, soon + made it of a suitable height. + </p> + <p> + The engineer then approached, and found that the sides of the opening, in + its upper part at least, had not a slope of more than from thirty to + thirty-five degrees. It was therefore practicable, and, provided that the + declivity did not increase, it would be easy to descend even to the level + of the sea. If then, as was probable, some vast cavity existed in the + interior of the granite, it might, perhaps, be of great use. + </p> + <p> + “Well, captain, what are we stopping for?” asked the sailor, impatient to + enter the narrow passage. “You see Top has got before us!” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” replied the engineer. “But we must see our way. Neb, go and + cut some resinous branches.” + </p> + <p> + Neb and Herbert ran to the edge of the lake, shaded with pines and other + green trees, and soon returned with some branches, which they made into + torches. The torches were lighted with flint and steel, and Cyrus Harding + leading, the settlers ventured into the dark passage, which the overplus + of the lake had formerly filled. + </p> + <p> + Contrary to what might have been supposed, the diameter of the passage + increased as the explorers proceeded, so that they very soon were able to + stand upright. The granite, worn by the water for an infinite time, was + very slippery, and falls were to be dreaded. But the settlers were all + attached to each other by a cord, as is frequently done in ascending + mountains. Happily some projections of the granite, forming regular steps, + made the descent less perilous. Drops, still hanging from the rocks, shone + here and there under the light of the torches, and the explorers guessed + that the sides were clothed with innumerable stalactites. The engineer + examined this black granite. There was not a stratum, not a break in it. + The mass was compact, and of an extremely close grain. The passage dated, + then, from the very origin of the island. It was not the water which + little by little had hollowed it. Pluto and not Neptune had bored it with + his own hand, and on the wall traces of an eruptive work could be + distinguished, which all the washing of the water had not been able + totally to efface. + </p> + <p> + The settlers descended very slowly. They could not but feel a certain awe, + in this venturing into these unknown depths, for the first time visited by + human beings. They did not speak, but they thought; and the thought came + to more than one, that some polypus or other gigantic cephalopod might + inhabit the interior cavities, which were in communication with the sea. + However, Top kept at the head of the little band, and they could rely on + the sagacity of the dog, who would not fail to give the alarm if there was + any need for it. + </p> + <p> + After having descended about a hundred feet, following a winding road, + Harding who was walking on before, stopped, and his companions came up + with him. The place where they had halted was wider, so as to form a + cavern of moderate dimensions. Drops of water fell from the vault, but + that did not prove that they oozed through the rock. They were simply the + last traces left by the torrent which had so long thundered through this + cavity, and the air there was pure though slightly damp, but producing no + mephitic exhalation. + </p> + <p> + “Well, my dear Cyrus,” said Gideon Spilett, “here is a very secure + retreat, well hid in the depths of the rock, but it is, however, + uninhabitable.” + </p> + <p> + “Why uninhabitable?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Because it is too small and too dark.” + </p> + <p> + “Couldn’t we enlarge it, hollow it out, make openings to let in light and + air?” replied Pencroft, who now thought nothing impossible. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go on with our exploration,” said Cyrus Harding. “Perhaps lower + down, nature will have spared us this labor.” + </p> + <p> + “We have only gone a third of the way,” observed Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Nearly a third,” replied Harding, “for we have descended a hundred feet + from the opening, and it is not impossible that a hundred feet farther + down—” + </p> + <p> + “Where is Top?” asked Neb, interrupting his master. + </p> + <p> + They searched the cavern, but the dog was not there. + </p> + <p> + “Most likely he has gone on,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Let us join him,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + The descent was continued. The engineer carefully observed all the + deviations of the passage, and notwithstanding so many detours, he could + easily have given an account of its general direction, which went towards + the sea. + </p> + <p> + The settlers had gone some fifty feet farther, when their attention was + attracted by distant sounds which came up from the depths. They stopped + and listened. These sounds, carried through the passage as through an + acoustic tube, came clearly to the ear. + </p> + <p> + “That is Top barking!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Pencroft, “and our brave dog is barking furiously!” + </p> + <p> + “We have our iron-tipped spears,” said Cyrus Harding. “Keep on your guard, + and forward!” + </p> + <p> + “It is becoming more and more interesting,” murmured Gideon Spilett in the + sailor’s ear, who nodded. Harding and his companions rushed to the help of + their dog. Top’s barking became more and more perceptible, and it seemed + strangely fierce. Was he engaged in a struggle with some animal whose + retreat he had disturbed? Without thinking of the danger to which they + might be exposed, the explorers were now impelled by an irresistible + curiosity, and in a few minutes, sixteen feet lower they rejoined Top. + </p> + <p> + There the passage ended in a vast and magnificent cavern. + </p> + <p> + Top was running backwards and forwards, barking furiously. Pencroft and + Neb, waving their torches, threw the light into every crevice; and at the + same time, Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert, their spears raised, were + ready for any emergency which might arise. The enormous cavern was empty. + The settlers explored it in every direction. There was nothing there, not + an animal, not a human being; and yet Top continued to bark. Neither + caresses nor threats could make him be silent. + </p> + <p> + “There must be a place somewhere, by which the waters of the lake reached + the sea,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Of course,” replied Pencroft, “and we must take care not to tumble into a + hole.” + </p> + <p> + “Go, Top, go!” cried Harding. + </p> + <p> + The dog, excited by his master’s words, ran towards the extremity of the + cavern, and there redoubled his barking. + </p> + <p> + They followed him, and by the light of the torches, perceived the mouth of + a regular well in the granite. It was by this that the water escaped; and + this time it was not an oblique and practicable passage, but a + perpendicular well, into which it was impossible to venture. + </p> + <p> + The torches were held over the opening: nothing could be seen. Harding + took a lighted branch, and threw it into the abyss. The blazing resin, + whose illuminating power increased still more by the rapidity of its fall, + lighted up the interior of the well, but yet nothing appeared. The flame + then went out with a slight hiss, which showed that it had reached the + water, that is to say, the level of the sea. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, calculating the time employed in its fall, was able to + calculate the depth of the well, which was found to be about ninety feet. + </p> + <p> + The floor of the cavern must thus be situated ninety feet above the level + of the sea. + </p> + <p> + “Here is our dwelling,” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “But it was occupied by some creature,” replied Gideon Spilett, whose + curiosity was not yet satisfied. + </p> + <p> + “Well, the creature, amphibious or otherwise, has made off through this + opening,” replied the engineer, “and has left the place for us.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind,” added the sailor, “I should like very much to be Top just + for a quarter of an hour, for he doesn’t bark for nothing!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding looked at his dog, and those of his companions who were near + him might have heard him murmur these words,— + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I believe that Top knows more than we do about a great many things.” + </p> + <p> + However, the wishes of the settlers were for the most part satisfied. + Chance, aided by the marvelous sagacity of their leader, had done them + great service. They had now at their disposal a vast cavern, the size of + which could not be properly calculated by the feeble light of their + torches, but it would certainly be easy to divide it into rooms, by means + of brick partitions, or to use it, if not as a house, at least as a + spacious apartment. The water which had left it could not return. The + place was free. + </p> + <p> + Two difficulties remained; firstly, the possibility of lighting this + excavation in the midst of solid rock; secondly, the necessity of + rendering the means of access more easy. It was useless to think of + lighting it from above, because of the enormous thickness of the granite + which composed the ceiling; but perhaps the outer wall next the sea might + be pierced. Cyrus Harding, during the descent, had roughly calculated its + obliqueness, and consequently the length of the passage, and was therefore + led to believe that the outer wall could not be very thick. If light was + thus obtained, so would a means of access, for it would be as easy to + pierce a door as windows, and to establish an exterior ladder. + </p> + <p> + Harding made known his ideas to his companions. + </p> + <p> + “Then, captain, let us set to work!” replied Pencroft. “I have my pickaxe, + and I shall soon make my way through this wall. Where shall I strike?” + </p> + <p> + “Here,” replied the engineer, showing the sturdy sailor a considerable + recess in the side, which would much diminish the thickness. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft attacked the granite, and for half an hour, by the light of the + torches, he made the splinters fly around him. Neb relieved him, then + Spilett took Neb’s place. + </p> + <p> + This work had lasted two hours, and they began to fear that at this spot + the wall would not yield to the pickaxe, when at a last blow given by + Gideon Spilett, the instrument, passing through the rock, fell outside. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah! hurrah!” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + The wall only measured there three feet in thickness. + </p> + <p> + Harding applied his eye to the aperture, which overlooked the ground from + a height of eighty feet. Before him was extended the sea-coast, the islet, + and beyond the open sea. + </p> + <p> + Floods of light entered by this hole, inundating the splendid cavern and + producing a magic effect! On its left side it did not measure more than + thirty feet in height and breadth, but on the right it was enormous, and + its vaulted roof rose to a height of more than eighty feet. + </p> + <p> + In some places granite pillars, irregularly disposed, supported the + vaulted roof, as those in the nave of a cathedral, here forming lateral + piers, there elliptical arches, adorned with pointed moldings, losing + themselves in dark bays, amid the fantastic arches of which glimpses could + be caught in the shade, covered with a profusion of projections formed + like so many pendants. This cavern was a picturesque mixture of all the + styles of Byzantine, Roman, or Gothic architecture ever produced by the + hand of man. And yet this was only the work of nature. She alone had + hollowed this fairy Alhambra in a mass of granite. + </p> + <p> + The settlers were overwhelmed with admiration. Where they had only + expected to find a narrow cavity, they had found a sort of marvelous + palace, and Neb had taken off his hat, as if he had been transported into + a temple! + </p> + <p> + Cries of admiration issued from every mouth. Hurrahs resounded, and the + echo was repeated again and again till it died away in the dark naves. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, my friends!” exclaimed Cyrus Harding, “when we have lighted the + interior of this place, and have arranged our rooms and storehouses in the + left part, we shall still have this splendid cavern, which we will make + our study and our museum!” + </p> + <p> + “And we will call it?—” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Granite House,” replied Harding; a name which his companions again + saluted with a cheer. + </p> + <p> + The torches were now almost consumed, and as they were obliged to return + by the passage to reach the summit of the plateau, it was decided to put + off the work necessary for the arrangement of their new dwelling till the + next day. + </p> + <p> + Before departing, Cyrus Harding leaned once more over the dark well, which + descended perpendicularly to the level of the sea. He listened + attentively. No noise was heard, not even that of the water, which the + undulations of the surge must sometimes agitate in its depths. A flaming + branch was again thrown in. The sides of the well were lighted up for an + instant, but as at the first time, nothing suspicious was seen. + </p> + <p> + If some marine monster had been surprised unawares by the retreat of the + water, he would by this time have regained the sea by the subterranean + passage, before the new opening had been offered to him. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the engineer was standing motionless, his eyes fixed on the + gulf, without uttering a word. + </p> + <p> + The sailor approached him, and touching his arm, “Captain!” said he. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want, my friend?” asked the engineer, as if he had returned + from the land of dreams. + </p> + <p> + “The torches will soon go out.” + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + The little band left the cavern and began to ascend through the dark + passage. Top closed the rear, still growling every now and then. The + ascent was painful enough. The settlers rested a few minutes in the upper + grotto, which made a sort of landing-place halfway up the long granite + staircase. Then they began to climb again. + </p> + <p> + Soon fresher air was felt. The drops of water, dried by evaporation, no + longer sparkled on the walls. The flaring torches began to grow dim. The + one which Neb carried went out, and if they did not wish to find their way + in the dark, they must hasten. + </p> + <p> + This was done, and a little before four o’clock, at the moment when the + sailor’s torch went out in its turn, Cyrus Harding and his companions + passed out of the passage. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 19 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 22nd of May, the arrangement of their new dwelling was + commenced. In fact, the settlers longed to exchange the insufficient + shelter of the Chimneys for this large and healthy retreat, in the midst + of solid rock, and sheltered from the water both of the sea and sky. Their + former dwelling was not, however, to be entirely abandoned, for the + engineer intended to make a manufactory of it for important works. Cyrus + Harding’s first care was to find out the position of the front of Granite + House from the outside. He went to the beach, and as the pickaxe when it + escaped from the hands of the reporter must have fallen perpendicularly to + the foot of the cliff, the finding it would be sufficient to show the + place where the hole had been pierced in the granite. + </p> + <p> + The pickaxe was easily found, and the hole could be seen in a + perpendicular line above the spot where it was stuck in the sand. Some + rock pigeons were already flying in and out of the narrow opening; they + evidently thought that Granite House had been discovered on purpose for + them. It was the engineer’s intention to divide the right portion of the + cavern into several rooms, preceded by an entrance passage, and to light + it by means of five windows and a door, pierced in the front. Pencroft was + much pleased with the five windows, but he could not understand the use of + the door, since the passage offered a natural staircase, through which it + would always be easy to enter Granite House. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” replied Harding, “if it is easy for us to reach our dwelling + by this passage, it will be equally easy for others besides us. I mean, on + the contrary, to block up that opening, to seal it hermetically, and, if + it is necessary, to completely hide the entrance by making a dam, and thus + causing the water of the lake to rise.” + </p> + <p> + “And how shall we get in?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “By an outside ladder,” replied Cyrus Harding, “a rope ladder, which, once + drawn up, will render access to our dwelling impossible.” + </p> + <p> + “But why so many precautions?” asked Pencroft. “As yet we have seen no + dangerous animals. As to our island being inhabited by natives, I don’t + believe it!” + </p> + <p> + “Are you quite sure of that, Pencroft?” asked the engineer, looking at the + sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Of course we shall not be quite sure, till we have explored it in every + direction,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Harding, “for we know only a small portion of it as yet. But + at any rate, if we have no enemies in the interior, they may come from the + exterior, for parts of the Pacific are very dangerous. We must be provided + against every contingency.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding spoke wisely; and without making any further objection, + Pencroft prepared to execute his orders. + </p> + <p> + The front of Granite House was then to be lighted by five windows and a + door, besides a large bay window and some smaller oval ones, which would + admit plenty of light to enter into the marvelous nave which was to be + their chief room. This facade, situated at a height of eighty feet above + the ground, was exposed to the east, and the rising sun saluted it with + its first rays. It was found to be just at that part of the cliff which + was between the projection at the mouth of the Mercy and a perpendicular + line traced above the heap of rocks which formed the Chimneys. Thus the + winds from the northeast would only strike it obliquely, for it was + protected by the projection. Besides, until the window-frames were made, + the engineer meant to close the openings with thick shutters, which would + prevent either wind or rain from entering, and which could be concealed in + need. + </p> + <p> + The first work was to make the openings. This would have taken too long + with the pickaxe alone, and it is known that Harding was an ingenious man. + He had still a quantity of nitro-glycerine at his disposal, and he + employed it usefully. By means of this explosive substance the rock was + broken open at the very places chosen by the engineer. Then, with the + pickaxe and spade, the windows and doors were properly shaped, the jagged + edges were smoothed off, and a few days after the beginning of the work, + Granite House was abundantly lighted by the rising sun, whose rays + penetrated into its most secret recesses. Following the plan proposed by + Cyrus Harding, the space was to be divided into five compartments looking + out on the sea; to the right, an entry with a door, which would meet the + ladder; then a kitchen, thirty feet long; a dining-room, measuring forty + feet; a sleeping-room, of equal size; and lastly, a “Visitor’s room,” + petitioned for by Pencroft, and which was next to the great hall. These + rooms, or rather this suite of rooms, would not occupy all the depth of + the cave. There would be also a corridor and a storehouse, in which their + tools, provisions, and stores would be kept. All the productions of the + island, the flora as well as the fauna, were to be there in the best + possible state of preservation, and completely sheltered from the damp. + There was no want of space, so that each object could be methodically + arranged. Besides, the colonists had still at their disposal the little + grotto above the great cavern, which was like the garret of the new + dwelling. + </p> + <p> + This plan settled, it had only to be put into execution. The miners became + brickmakers again, then the bricks were brought to the foot of Granite + House. Till then, Harding and his companions had only entered the cavern + by the long passage. This mode of communication obliged them first to + climb Prospect Heights, making a detour by the river’s bank, and then to + descend two hundred feet through the passage, having to climb as far when + they wished to return to the plateau. This was a great loss of time, and + was also very fatiguing. Cyrus Harding, therefore, resolved to proceed + without any further delay to the fabrication of a strong rope ladder, + which, once raised, would render Granite House completely inaccessible. + </p> + <p> + This ladder was manufactured with extreme care, and its uprights, formed + of the twisted fibers of a species of cane, had the strength of a thick + cable. As to the rounds, they were made of a sort of red cedar, with + light, strong branches; and this apparatus was wrought by the masterly + hand of Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + Other ropes were made with vegetable fibers, and a sort of crane with a + tackle was fixed at the door. In this way bricks could easily be raised + into Granite House. The transport of the materials being thus simplified, + the arrangement of the interior could begin immediately. There was no want + of lime, and some thousands of bricks were there ready to be used. The + framework of the partitions was soon raised, very roughly at first, and in + a short time, the cave was divided into rooms and storehouses, according + to the plan agreed upon. + </p> + <p> + These different works progressed rapidly under the direction of the + engineer, who himself handled the hammer and the trowel. No labor came + amiss to Cyrus Harding, who thus set an example to his intelligent and + zealous companions. They worked with confidence, even gaily, Pencroft + always having some joke to crack, sometimes carpenter, sometimes + rope-maker, sometimes mason, while he communicated his good humor to all + the members of their little world. His faith in the engineer was complete; + nothing could disturb it. He believed him capable of undertaking anything + and succeeding in everything. The question of boots and clothes—assuredly + a serious question,—that of light during the winter months, + utilizing the fertile parts of the island, transforming the wild flora + into cultivated flora, it all appeared easy to him; Cyrus Harding helping, + everything would be done in time. He dreamed of canals facilitating the + transport of the riches of the ground; workings of quarries and mines; + machines for every industrial manufacture; railroads; yes, railroads! of + which a network would certainly one day cover Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + The engineer let Pencroft talk. He did not put down the aspirations of + this brave heart. He knew how communicable confidence is; he even smiled + to hear him speak, and said nothing of the uneasiness for the future which + he felt. In fact, in that part of the Pacific, out of the course of + vessels, it was to be feared that no help would ever come to them. It was + on themselves, on themselves alone, that the settlers must depend, for the + distance of Lincoln Island from all other land was such, that to hazard + themselves in a boat, of a necessarily inferior construction, would be a + serious and perilous thing. + </p> + <p> + “But,” as the sailor said, “they quite took the wind out of the sails of + the Robinsons, for whom everything was done by a miracle.” + </p> + <p> + In fact, they were energetic; an energetic man will succeed where an + indolent one would vegetate and inevitably perish. + </p> + <p> + Herbert distinguished himself in these works. He was intelligent and + active; understanding quickly, he performed well; and Cyrus Harding became + more and more attached to the boy. Herbert had a lively and reverent love + for the engineer. Pencroft saw the close sympathy which existed between + the two, but he was not in the least jealous. Neb was Neb: he was what he + would be always, courage, zeal, devotion, self-denial personified. He had + the same faith in his master that Pencroft had, but he showed it less + vehemently. When the sailor was enthusiastic, Neb always looked as if he + would say, “Nothing could be more natural.” Pencroft and he were great + friends. + </p> + <p> + As to Gideon Spilett, he took part in the common work, and was not less + skilful in it than his companions, which always rather astonished the + sailor. A “journalist,” clever, not only in understanding, but in + performing everything. + </p> + <p> + The ladder was finally fixed on the 28th of May. There were not less than + a hundred rounds in this perpendicular height of eighty feet. Harding had + been able, fortunately, to divide it in two parts, profiting by an + overhanging of the cliff which made a projection forty feet above the + ground. This projection, carefully leveled by the pickaxe, made a sort of + platform, to which they fixed the first ladder, of which the oscillation + was thus diminished one-half, and a rope permitted it to be raised to the + level of Granite House. As to the second ladder, it was secured both at + its lower part, which rested on the projection, and at its upper end, + which was fastened to the door. In short the ascent had been made much + easier. Besides, Cyrus Harding hoped later to establish an hydraulic + apparatus, which would avoid all fatigue and loss of time, for the + inhabitants of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The settlers soon became habituated to the use of this ladder. They were + light and active, and Pencroft, as a sailor, accustomed to run up the + masts and shrouds, was able to give them lessons. But it was also + necessary to give them to Top. The poor dog, with his four paws, was not + formed for this sort of exercise. But Pencroft was such a zealous master, + that Top ended by properly performing his ascents, and soon mounted the + ladder as readily as his brethren in the circus. It need not be said that + the sailor was proud of his pupil. However, more than once Pencroft + hoisted him on his back, which Top never complained of. + </p> + <p> + It must be mentioned here, that during these works, which were actively + conducted, for the bad season was approaching, the alimentary question was + not neglected. Every day, the reporter and Herbert, who had been voted + purveyors to the colony, devoted some hours to the chase. As yet, they + only hunted in Jacamar Wood, on the left of the river, because, for want + of a bridge or boat, the Mercy had not yet been crossed. All the immense + woods, to which the name of the Forests of the Far West had been given, + were not explored. They reserved this important excursion for the first + fine days of the next spring. But Jacamar Wood was full of game; kangaroos + and boars abounded, and the hunters’ iron-tipped spears and bows and arrows + did wonders. Besides, Herbert discovered towards the southwest point of + the lagoon a natural warren, a slightly damp meadow, covered with willows + and aromatic herbs which scented the air, such as thyme, basil, savory, + all the sweet-scented species of the labiated plants, which the rabbits + appeared to be particularly fond of. + </p> + <p> + On the reporter observing that since the table was spread for the rabbits, + it was strange that the rabbits themselves should be wanting, the two + sportsmen carefully explored the warren. At any rate, it produced an + abundance of useful plants, and a naturalist would have had a good + opportunity of studying many specimens of the vegetable kingdom. Herbert + gathered several shoots of the basil, rosemary, balm, betony, etc., which + possess different medicinal properties, some pectoral, astringent, + febrifuge, others anti-spasmodic, or anti-rheumatic. When, afterwards, + Pencroft asked the use of this collection of herbs,— + </p> + <p> + “For medicine,” replied the lad, “to treat us when we are ill.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should we be ill, since there are no doctors in the island?” asked + Pencroft quite seriously. + </p> + <p> + There was no reply to be made to that, but the lad went on with his + collection all the same, and it was well received at Granite House. + Besides these medicinal herbs, he added a plant known in North America as + “Oswego tea,” which made an excellent beverage. + </p> + <p> + At last, by searching thoroughly, the hunters arrived at the real site of + the warren. There the ground was perforated like a sieve. + </p> + <p> + “Here are the burrows!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the reporter, “so I see.” + </p> + <p> + “But are they inhabited?” + </p> + <p> + “That is the question.” + </p> + <p> + This was soon answered. Almost immediately, hundreds of little animals, + similar to rabbits, fled in every direction, with such rapidity that even + Top could not overtake them. Hunters and dog ran in vain; these rodents + escaped them easily. But the reporter resolved not to leave the place, + until he had captured at least half-a-dozen of the quadrupeds. He wished + to stock their larder first, and domesticate those which they might take + later. It would not have been difficult to do this, with a few snares + stretched at the openings of the burrows. But at this moment they had + neither snares, nor anything to make them of. They must, therefore, be + satisfied with visiting each hole, and rummaging in it with a stick, + hoping by dint of patience to do what could not be done in any other way. + </p> + <p> + At last, after half an hour, four rodents were taken in their holes. They + were similar to their European brethren, and are commonly known by the + name of American rabbits. + </p> + <p> + This produce of the chase was brought back to Granite House, and figured + at the evening repast. The tenants of the warren were not at all to be + despised, for they were delicious. It was a valuable resource of the + colony, and it appeared to be inexhaustible. + </p> + <p> + On the 31st of May the partitions were finished. The rooms had now only to + be furnished, and this would be work for the long winter days. A chimney + was established in the first room, which served as a kitchen. The pipe + destined to conduct the smoke outside gave some trouble to these amateur + bricklayers. It appeared simplest to Harding to make it of brick clay; as + creating an outlet for it to the upper plateau was not to be thought of, a + hole was pierced in the granite above the window of the kitchen, and the + pipe met it like that of an iron stove. Perhaps the winds which blew + directly against the facade would make the chimney smoke, but these winds + were rare, and besides, Master Neb, the cook, was not so very particular + about that. + </p> + <p> + When these interior arrangements were finished, the engineer occupied + himself in blocking up the outlet by the lake, so as to prevent any access + by that way. Masses of rock were rolled to the entrance and strongly + cemented together. Cyrus Harding did not yet realize his plan of drowning + this opening under the waters of the lake, by restoring them to their + former level by means of a dam. He contented himself with hiding the + obstruction with grass and shrubs, which were planted in the interstices + of the rocks, and which next spring would sprout thickly. However, he used + the waterfall so as to lead a small stream of fresh water to the new + dwelling. A little trench, made below their level, produced this result; + and this derivation from a pure and inexhaustible source yielded + twenty-five or thirty gallons a day. There would never be any want of + water at Granite House. At last all was finished, and it was time, for the + bad season was near. Thick shutters closed the windows of the facade, + until the engineer had time to make glass. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett had very artistically arranged on the rocky projections + around the windows plants of different kinds, as well as long streaming + grass, so that the openings were picturesquely framed in green, which had + a pleasing effect. + </p> + <p> + The inhabitants of this solid, healthy, and secure dwelling, could not but + be charmed with their work. The view from the windows extended over a + boundless horizon, which was closed by the two Mandible Capes on the + north, and Claw Cape on the south. All Union Bay was spread before them. + Yes, our brave settlers had reason to be satisfied, and Pencroft was + lavish in his praise of what he humorously called, “his apartments on the + fifth floor above the ground!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 20 + </h2> + <p> + The winter season set in with the month of June, which corresponds with + the month of December in the Northern Hemisphere. It began with showers + and squalls, which succeeded each other without intermission. The tenants + of Granite House could appreciate the advantages of a dwelling which + sheltered them from the inclement weather. The Chimneys would have been + quite insufficient to protect them against the rigor of winter, and it was + to be feared that the high tides would make another irruption. Cyrus + Harding had taken precautions against this contingency, so as to preserve + as much as possible the forge and furnace which were established there. + </p> + <p> + During the whole of the month of June the time was employed in different + occupations, which excluded neither hunting nor fishing, the larder being, + therefore, abundantly supplied. Pencroft, so soon as he had leisure, + proposed to set some traps, from which he expected great results. He soon + made some snares with creepers, by the aid of which the warren henceforth + every day furnished its quota of rodents. Neb employed nearly all his time + in salting or smoking meat, which insured their always having plenty of + provisions. The question of clothes was now seriously discussed, the + settlers having no other garments than those they wore when the balloon + threw them on the island. These clothes were warm and good; they had taken + great care of them as well as of their linen, and they were perfectly + whole, but they would soon need to be replaced. Moreover, if the winter + was severe, the settlers would suffer greatly from cold. + </p> + <p> + On this subject the ingenuity of Harding was at fault. They must provide + for their most pressing wants, settle their dwelling, and lay in a store + of food; thus the cold might come upon them before the question of clothes + had been settled. They must therefore make up their minds to pass this + first winter without additional clothing. When the fine season came round + again, they would regularly hunt those musmons which had been seen on the + expedition to Mount Franklin, and the wool once collected, the engineer + would know how to make it into strong warm stuff.... How? He would + consider. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we are free to roast ourselves at Granite House!” said Pencroft. + “There are heaps of fuel, and no reason for sparing it.” + </p> + <p> + “Besides,” added Gideon Spilett, “Lincoln Island is not situated under a + very high latitude, and probably the winters here are not severe. Did you + not say, Cyrus, that this thirty-fifth parallel corresponded to that of + Spain in the other hemisphere?” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless,” replied the engineer, “but some winters in Spain are very + cold! No want of snow and ice; and perhaps Lincoln Island is just as + rigorously tried. However, it is an island, and as such, I hope that the + temperature will be more moderate.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, captain?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Because the sea, my boy, may be considered as an immense reservoir, in + which is stored the heat of the summer. When winter comes, it restores + this heat, which insures for the regions near the ocean a medium + temperature, less high in summer, but less low in winter.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall prove that,” replied Pencroft. “But I don’t want to bother + myself about whether it will be cold or not. One thing is certain, that is + that the days are already short, and the evenings long. Suppose we talk + about the question of light.” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing is easier,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + “To talk about?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “To settle.” + </p> + <p> + “And when shall we begin?” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow, by having a seal hunt.” + </p> + <p> + “To make candles?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + Such was the engineer’s project; and it was quite feasible, since he had + lime and sulphuric acid, while the amphibians of the islet would furnish + the fat necessary for the manufacture. + </p> + <p> + They were now at the 4th of June. It was Whit Sunday and they agreed to + observe this feast. All work was suspended, and prayers were offered to + Heaven. But these prayers were now thanksgivings. The settlers in Lincoln + Island were no longer the miserable castaways thrown on the islet. They + asked for nothing more—they gave thanks. The next day, the 5th of + June, in rather uncertain weather, they set out for the islet. They had to + profit by the low tide to cross the Channel, and it was agreed that they + would construct, for this purpose, as well as they could, a boat which + would render communication so much easier, and would also permit them to + ascend the Mercy, at the time of their grand exploration of the southwest + of the island, which was put off till the first fine days. + </p> + <p> + The seals were numerous, and the hunters, armed with their iron-tipped + spears, easily killed half-a-dozen. Neb and Pencroft skinned them, and + only brought back to Granite House their fat and skin, this skin being + intended for the manufacture of boots. + </p> + <p> + The result of the hunt was this: nearly three hundred pounds of fat, all + to be employed in the fabrication of candles. + </p> + <p> + The operation was extremely simple, and if it did not yield absolutely + perfect results, they were at least very useful. Cyrus Harding would only + have had at his disposal sulphuric acid, but by heating this acid with the + neutral fatty bodies he could separate the glycerine; then from this new + combination, he easily separated the olein, the margarin, and the stearin, + by employing boiling water. But to simplify the operation, he preferred to + saponify the fat by means of lime. By this he obtained a calcareous soap, + easy to decompose by sulphuric acid, which precipitated the lime into the + state of sulphate, and liberated the fatty acids. + </p> + <p> + From these three acids-oleic, margaric, and stearic-the first, being + liquid, was driven out by a sufficient pressure. As to the two others, + they formed the very substance of which the candles were to be molded. + </p> + <p> + This operation did not last more than four and twenty hours. The wicks, + after several trials, were made of vegetable fibers, and dipped in the + liquefied substance, they formed regular stearic candles, molded by the + hand, which only wanted whiteness and polish. They would not doubtless + have the advantages of the wicks which are impregnated with boracic acid, + and which vitrify as they burn and are entirely consumed, but Cyrus + Harding having manufactured a beautiful pair of snuffers, these candles + would be greatly appreciated during the long evenings in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + During this month there was no want of work in the interior of their new + dwelling. The joiners had plenty to do. They improved their tools, which + were very rough, and added others also. + </p> + <p> + Scissors were made among other things, and the settlers were at last able + to cut their hair, and also to shave, or at least trim their beards. + Herbert had none, Neb but little, but their companions were bristling in a + way which justified the making of the said scissors. + </p> + <p> + The manufacture of a hand-saw cost infinite trouble, but at last an + instrument was obtained which, when vigorously handled, could divide the + ligneous fibers of the wood. They then made tables, seats, cupboards, to + furnish the principal rooms, and bedsteads, of which all the bedding + consisted of grass mattresses. The kitchen, with its shelves, on which + rested the cooking utensils, its brick stove, looked very well, and Neb + worked away there as earnestly as if he was in a chemist’s laboratory. + </p> + <p> + But the joiners had soon to be replaced by carpenters. In fact, the + waterfall created by the explosion rendered the construction of two + bridges necessary, one on Prospect Heights, the other on the shore. Now + the plateau and the shore were transversely divided by a watercourse, + which had to be crossed to reach the northern part of the island. To avoid + it the colonists had been obliged to make a considerable detour, by + climbing up to the source of the Red Creek. The simplest thing was to + establish on the plateau, and on the shore, two bridges from twenty to + five and twenty feet in length. All the carpenter’s work that was needed + was to clear some trees of their branches: this was a business of some + days. Directly the bridges were established, Neb and Pencroft profited by + them to go to the oyster-bed which had been discovered near the downs. + They dragged with them a sort of rough cart, which replaced the former + inconvenient hurdle, and brought back some thousands of oysters, which + soon increased among the rocks and formed a bed at the mouth of the Mercy. + These molluscs were of excellent quality, and the colonists consumed some + daily. + </p> + <p> + It has been seen that Lincoln Island, although its inhabitants had as yet + only explored a small portion of it, already contributed to almost all + their wants. It was probable that if they hunted into its most secret + recesses, in all the wooded part between the Mercy and Reptile Point, they + would find new treasures. + </p> + <p> + The settlers in Lincoln Island had still one privation. There was no want + of meat, nor of vegetable products; those ligneous roots which they had + found, when subjected to fermentation, gave them an acid drink, which was + preferable to cold water; they also made sugar, without canes or + beet-roots, by collecting the liquor which distils from the “acer + saceharinum,” a sort of maple-tree, which flourishes in all the temperate + zones, and of which the island possessed a great number; they made a very + agreeable tea by employing the herbs brought from the warren; lastly, they + had an abundance of salt, the only mineral which is used in food... but + bread was wanting. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps in time the settlers could replace this want by some equivalent, + it was possible that they might find the sago or the breadfruit tree among + the forests of the south, but they had not as yet met with these precious + trees. However, Providence came directly to their aid, in an infinitesimal + proportion it is true, but Cyrus Harding, with all his intelligence, all + his ingenuity, would never have been able to produce that which, by the + greatest chance, Herbert one day found in the lining of his waistcoat, + which he was occupied in setting to rights. + </p> + <p> + On this day, as it was raining in torrents, the settlers were assembled in + the great hall in Granite House, when the lad cried out all at once,— + </p> + <p> + “Look here, captain—A grain of corn!” + </p> + <p> + And he showed his companions a grain—a single grain—which from + a hole in his pocket had got into the lining of his waistcoat. + </p> + <p> + The presence of this grain was explained by the fact that Herbert, when at + Richmond, used to feed some pigeons, of which Pencroft had made him a + present. + </p> + <p> + “A grain of corn?” said the engineer quickly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain; but one, only one!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy,” said Pencroft, laughing, “we’re getting on capitally, upon + my word! What shall we make with one grain of corn?” + </p> + <p> + “We will make bread of it,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Bread, cakes, tarts!” replied the sailor. “Come, the bread that this + grain of corn will make won’t choke us very soon!” + </p> + <p> + Herbert, not attaching much importance to his discovery, was going to + throw away the grain in question; but Harding took it, examined it, found + that it was in good condition, and looking the sailor full in the face—“Pencroft,” + he asked quietly, “do you know how many ears one grain of corn can + produce?” + </p> + <p> + “One, I suppose!” replied the sailor, surprised at the question. + </p> + <p> + “Ten, Pencroft! And do you know how many grains one ear bears?” + </p> + <p> + “No, upon my word.” + </p> + <p> + “About eighty!” said Cyrus Harding. “Then, if we plant this grain, at the + first crop we shall reap eight hundred grains which at the second will + produce six hundred and forty thousand; at the third, five hundred and + twelve millions; at the fourth, more than four hundred thousands of + millions! There is the proportion.” + </p> + <p> + Harding’s companions listened without answering. These numbers astonished + them. They were exact, however. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my friends,” continued the engineer, “such are the arithmetical + progressions of prolific nature; and yet what is this multiplication of + the grain of corn, of which the ear only bears eight hundred grains, + compared to the poppy-plant, which bears thirty-two thousand seeds; to the + tobacco-plant, which produces three hundred and sixty thousand? In a few + years, without the numerous causes of destruction, which arrests their + fecundity, these plants would overrun the earth.” + </p> + <p> + But the engineer had not finished his lecture. + </p> + <p> + “And now, Pencroft,” he continued, “do you know how many bushels four + hundred thousand millions of grains would make?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the sailor; “but what I do know is, that I am nothing better + than a fool!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, they would make more than three millions, at a hundred and thirty + thousand a bushel, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “Three millions!” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Three millions.” + </p> + <p> + “In four years?” + </p> + <p> + “In four years,” replied Cyrus Harding, “and even in two years, if, as I + hope, in this latitude we can obtain two crops a year.” + </p> + <p> + At that, according to his usual custom, Pencroft could not reply otherwise + than by a tremendous hurrah. + </p> + <p> + “So, Herbert,” added the engineer, “you have made a discovery of great + importance to us. Everything, my friends, everything can serve us in the + condition in which we are. Do not forget that, I beg of you.” + </p> + <p> + “No, captain, no, we shan’t forget it,” replied Pencroft; “and if ever I + find one of those tobacco-seeds, which multiply by three hundred and sixty + thousand, I assure you I won’t throw it away! And now, what must we do?” + </p> + <p> + “We must plant this grain,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” added Gideon Spilett, “and with every possible care, for it bears + in itself our future harvests.” + </p> + <p> + “Provided it grows!” cried the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “It will grow,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + This was the 20th of June. The time was then propitious for sowing this + single precious grain of corn. It was first proposed to plant it in a pot, + but upon reflection it was decided to leave it to nature, and confide it + to the earth. This was done that very day, and it is needless to add, that + every precaution was taken that the experiment might succeed. + </p> + <p> + The weather having cleared, the settlers climbed the height above Granite + House. There, on the plateau, they chose a spot, well sheltered from the + wind, and exposed to all the heat of the midday sun. The place was + cleared, carefully weeded, and searched for insects and worms; then a bed + of good earth, improved with a little lime, was made; it was surrounded by + a railing; and the grain was buried in the damp earth. + </p> + <p> + Did it not seem as if the settlers were laying the first stone of some + edifice? It recalled to Pencroft the day on which he lighted his only + match, and all the anxiety of the operation. But this time the thing was + more serious. In fact, the castaways would have been always able to + procure fire, in some mode or other, but no human power could supply + another grain of corn, if unfortunately this should be lost! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 21 + </h2> + <p> + From this time Pencroft did not let a single day pass without going to + visit what he gravely called his “corn-field.” And woe to the insects + which dared to venture there! No mercy was shown them. + </p> + <p> + Towards the end of the month of June, after incessant rain, the weather + became decidedly colder, and on the 29th a Fahrenheit thermometer would + certainly have announced only twenty degrees above zero, that is + considerably below the freezing-point. The next day, the 30th of June, the + day which corresponds to the 31st of December in the northern year, was a + Friday. Neb remarked that the year finished on a bad day, but Pencroft + replied that naturally the next would begin on a good one, which was + better. + </p> + <p> + At any rate it commenced by very severe cold. Ice accumulated at the mouth + of the Mercy, and it was not long before the whole expanse of the lake was + frozen. + </p> + <p> + The settlers had frequently been obliged to renew their store of wood. + Pencroft also had wisely not waited till the river was frozen, but had + brought enormous rafts of wood to their destination. The current was an + indefatigable moving power, and it was employed in conveying the floating + wood to the moment when the frost enchained it. To the fuel which was so + abundantly supplied by the forest, they added several cartloads of coal, + which had to be brought from the foot of the spurs of Mount Franklin. The + powerful heat of the coal was greatly appreciated in the low temperature, + which on the 4th of July fell to eight degrees of Fahrenheit, that is, + thirteen degrees below zero. A second fireplace had been established in + the dining-room, where they all worked together at their different + avocations. During this period of cold, Cyrus Harding had great cause to + congratulate himself on having brought to Granite House the little stream + of water from Lake Grant. Taken below the frozen surface, and conducted + through the passage, it preserved its fluidity, and arrived at an interior + reservoir which had been hollowed out at the back part of the storeroom, + while the overflow ran through the well to the sea. + </p> + <p> + About this time, the weather being extremely dry, the colonists, clothed + as warmly as possible, resolved to devote a day to the exploration of that + part of the island between the Mercy and Claw Cape. It was a wide extent + of marshy land, and they would probably find good sport, for water-birds + ought to swarm there. + </p> + <p> + They reckoned that it would be about eight or nine miles to go there, and + as much to return, so that the whole of the day would be occupied. As an + unknown part of the island was about to be explored, the whole colony took + part in the expedition. Accordingly, on the 5th of July, at six o’clock in + the morning, when day had scarcely broken, Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, + Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft, armed with spears, snares, bows and arrows, + and provided with provisions, left Granite House, preceded by Top, who + bounded before them. + </p> + <p> + Their shortest way was to cross the Mercy on the ice, which then covered + it. + </p> + <p> + “But,” as the engineer justly observed, “that could not take the place of + a regular bridge!” So, the construction of a regular bridge was noted in + the list of future works. + </p> + <p> + It was the first time that the settlers had set foot on the right bank of + the Mercy, and ventured into the midst of those gigantic and superb + coniferae now sprinkled over with snow. + </p> + <p> + But they had not gone half a mile when from a thicket a whole family of + quadrupeds, who had made a home there, disturbed by Top, rushed forth into + the open country. + </p> + <p> + “Ah! I should say those are foxes!” cried Herbert, when he saw the troop + rapidly decamping. + </p> + <p> + They were foxes, but of a very large size, who uttered a sort of barking, + at which Top seemed to be very much astonished, for he stopped short in + the chase, and gave the swift animals time to disappear. + </p> + <p> + The dog had reason to be surprised, as he did not know Natural History. + But, by their barking, these foxes, with reddish-gray hair, black tails + terminating in a white tuft, had betrayed their origin. So Herbert was + able, without hesitating, to give them their real name of “Arctic foxes.” + They are frequently met with in Chile, in the Falkland Islands, and in all + parts of America traversed by the thirtieth and fortieth parallels. + Herbert much regretted that Top had not been able to catch one of these + carnivora. + </p> + <p> + “Are they good to eat?” asked Pencroft, who only regarded the + representatives of the fauna in the island from one special point of view. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Herbert; “but zoologists have not yet found out if the eye + of these foxes is diurnal or nocturnal, or whether it is correct to class + them in the genus dog, properly so called.” + </p> + <p> + Harding could not help smiling on hearing the lad’s reflection, which + showed a thoughtful mind. As to the sailor, from the moment when he found + that the foxes were not classed in the genus eatable, they were nothing to + him. However, when a poultry-yard was established at Granite House, he + observed that it would be best to take some precautions against a probable + visit from these four-legged plunderers, and no one disputed this. + </p> + <p> + After having turned the point, the settlers saw a long beach washed by the + open sea. It was then eight o’clock in the morning. The sky was very + clear, as it often is after prolonged cold; but warmed by their walk, + neither Harding nor his companions felt the sharpness of the atmosphere + too severely. Besides there was no wind, which made it much more bearable. + A brilliant sun, but without any calorific action, was just issuing from + the ocean. The sea was as tranquil and blue as that of a Mediterranean + gulf, when the sky is clear. Claw Cape, bent in the form of a yataghan, + tapered away nearly four miles to the southeast. To the left the edge of + the marsh was abruptly ended by a little point. Certainly, in this part of + Union Bay, which nothing sheltered from the open sea, not even a sandbank, + ships beaten by the east winds would have found no shelter. They perceived + by the tranquillity of the sea, in which no shallows troubled the waters, + by its uniform color, which was stained by no yellow shades, by the + absence of even a reef, that the coast was steep and that the ocean there + covered a deep abyss. Behind in the west, but at a distance of four miles, + rose the first trees of the forests of the Far West. They might have + believed themselves to be on the desolate coast of some island in the + Antarctic regions which the ice had invaded. The colonists halted at this + place for breakfast. A fire of brushwood and dried seaweed was lighted, + and Neb prepared the breakfast of cold meat, to which he added some cups + of Oswego tea. + </p> + <p> + While eating they looked around them. This part of Lincoln Island was very + sterile, and contrasted with all the western part. The reporter was thus + led to observe that if chance had thrown them at first on the shore, they + would have had but a deplorable idea of their future domain. + </p> + <p> + “I believe that we should not have been able to reach it,” replied the + engineer, “for the sea is deep, and there is not a rock on which we could + have taken refuge. Before Granite House, at least, there were sandbanks, + an islet, which multiplied our chances of safety. Here, nothing but the + depths!” + </p> + <p> + “It is singular enough,” remarked Spilett, “that this comparatively small + island should present such varied ground. This diversity of aspect, + logically only belongs to continents of a certain extent. One would really + say, that the western part of Lincoln Island, so rich and so fertile, is + washed by the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico, and that its shores to + the north and the southeast extend over a sort of Arctic sea.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, my dear Spilett,” replied Cyrus Harding, “I have also + observed this. I think the form and also the nature of this island + strange. It is a summary of all the aspects which a continent presents, + and I should not be surprised if it was a continent formerly.” + </p> + <p> + “What! a continent in the middle of the Pacific?” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” replied Cyrus Harding. “Why should not Australia, New Ireland, + Australasia, united to the archipelagoes of the Pacific, have once formed + a sixth part of the world, as important as Europe or Asia, as Africa or + the two Americas? To my mind, it is quite possible that all these islands, + emerging from this vast ocean, are but the summits of a continent, now + submerged, but which was above the waters at a prehistoric period.” + </p> + <p> + “As the Atlantis was formerly,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my boy... if, however, it existed.” + </p> + <p> + “And would Lincoln Island have been a part of that continent?” asked + Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “It is probable,” replied Cyrus Harding, “and that would sufficiently, + explain the variety of productions which are seen on its surface.” + </p> + <p> + “And the great number of animals which still inhabit it,” added Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my boy,” replied the engineer, “and you furnish me with an argument + to support my theory. It is certain, after what we have seen, that animals + are numerous in this island, and what is more strange, that the species + are extremely varied. There is a reason for that, and to me it is that + Lincoln Island may have formerly been a part of some vast continent which + had gradually sunk below the Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, some fine day,” said Pencroft, who did not appear to be entirely + convinced, “the rest of this ancient continent may disappear in its turn, + and there will be nothing between America and Asia.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Harding, “there will be new continents which millions and + millions of animalculae are building at this moment.” + </p> + <p> + “And what are these masons?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Coral insects,” replied Cyrus Harding. “By constant work they made the + island of Clermont-Tonnerre, and numerous other coral islands in the + Pacific Ocean. Forty-seven millions of these insects are needed to weigh a + grain, and yet, with the sea-salt they absorb, the solid elements of water + which they assimilate, these animalculae produce limestone, and this + limestone forms enormous submarine erections, of which the hardness and + solidity equal granite. Formerly, at the first periods of creation, nature + employing fire, heaved up the land, but now she entrusts to these + microscopic creatures the task of replacing this agent, of which the + dynamic power in the interior of the globe has evidently diminished—which + is proved by the number of volcanoes on the surface of the earth, now + actually extinct. And I believe that centuries succeeding to centuries, + and insects to insects, this Pacific may one day be changed into a vast + continent, which new generations will inhabit and civilize in their turn.” + </p> + <p> + “That will take a long time,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Nature has time for it,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “But what would be the use of new continents?” asked Herbert. “It appears + to me that the present extent of habitable countries is sufficient for + humanity. Yet nature does nothing uselessly.” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing uselessly, certainly,” replied the engineer, “but this is how the + necessity of new continents for the future, and exactly on the tropical + zone occupied by the coral islands, may be explained. At least to me this + explanation appears plausible.” + </p> + <p> + “We are listening, captain,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “This is my idea: philosophers generally admit that some day our globe + will end, or rather that animal and vegetable life will no longer be + possible, because of the intense cold to which it will be subjected. What + they are not agreed upon, is the cause of this cold. Some think that it + will arise from the falling of the temperature, which the sun will + experience after millions of years; others, from the gradual extinction of + the fires in the interior of our globe, which have a greater influence on + it than is generally supposed. I hold to this last hypothesis, grounding + it on the fact that the moon is really a cold star, which is no longer + habitable, although the sun continues to throw on its surface the same + amount of heat. If, then, the moon has become cold, it is because the + interior fires to which, as do all the stars of the stellar world, it owes + its origin, are completely extinct. Lastly, whatever may be the cause, our + globe will become cold some day, but this cold will only operate + gradually. What will happen, then? The temperate zones, at a more or less + distant period, will not be more habitable than the polar regions now are. + Then the population of men, as well as the animals, will flow towards the + latitudes which are more directly under the solar influence. An immense + emigration will take place. Europe, Central Asia, North America, will + gradually be abandoned, as well as Australasia and the lower parts of + South America. The vegetation will follow the human emigration. The flora + will retreat towards the Equator at the same time as the fauna. The + central parts of South America and Africa will be the continents chiefly + inhabited. The Laplanders and the Samoides will find the climate of the + polar regions on the shores of the Mediterranean. Who can say, that at + this period, the equatorial regions will not be too small, to contain and + nourish terrestrial humanity? Now, may not provident nature, so as to give + refuge to all the vegetable and animal emigration, be at present laying + the foundation of a new continent under the Equator, and may she not have + entrusted these insects with the construction of it? I have often thought + of all these things, my friends, and I seriously believe that the aspect + of our globe will some day be completely changed; that by the raising of + new continents the sea will cover the old, and that, in future ages, a + Columbus will go to discover the islands of Chimborazo, of the Himalayas, + or of Mont Blanc, remains of a submerged America, Asia, and Europe. Then + these new continents will become, in their turn, uninhabitable; heat will + die away, as does the heat from a body when the soul has left it; and life + will disappear from the globe, if not for ever, at least for a period. + Perhaps then, our spheroid will rest—will be left to death—to + revive some day under superior conditions! But all that, my friends, is + the secret of the Author of all things; and beginning by the work of the + insects, I have perhaps let myself be carried too far, in investigating + the secrets of the future. + </p> + <p> + “My dear Cyrus,” replied Spilett, “these theories are prophecies to me, + and they will be accomplished some day.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the secret of God,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “All that is well and good,” then said Pencroft, who had listened with all + his might, “but will you tell me, captain, if Lincoln Island has been made + by your insects?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Harding; “it is of a purely volcanic origin.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it will disappear some day?” + </p> + <p> + “That is probable.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope we won’t be here then.” + </p> + <p> + “No, don’t be uneasy, Pencroft; we shall not be here then, as we have no + wish to die here, and hope to get away some time.” + </p> + <p> + “In the meantime,” replied Gideon Spilett, “let us establish ourselves + here as if forever. There is no use in doing things by halves.” + </p> + <p> + This ended the conversation. Breakfast was finished, the exploration was + continued, and the settlers arrived at the border of the marshy region. It + was a marsh of which the extent, to the rounded coast which terminated the + island at the southeast, was about twenty square miles. The soil was + formed of clayey flint-earth, mingled with vegetable matter, such as the + remains of rushes, reeds, grass, etc. Here and there beds of grass, thick + as a carpet, covered it. In many places icy pools sparkled in the sun. + Neither rain nor any river, increased by a sudden swelling, could supply + these ponds. They therefore naturally concluded that the marsh was fed by + the infiltrations of the soil and it was really so. It was also to be + feared that during the heat miasmas would arise, which might produce + fevers. + </p> + <p> + Above the aquatic plants, on the surface of the stagnant water, fluttered + numbers of birds. Wild duck, teal, snipe lived there in flocks, and those + fearless birds allowed themselves to be easily approached. + </p> + <p> + One shot from a gun would certainly have brought down some dozen of the + birds, they were so close together. The explorers were, however, obliged + to content themselves with bows and arrows. The result was less, but the + silent arrow had the advantage of not frightening the birds, while the + noise of firearms would have dispersed them to all parts of the marsh. The + hunters were satisfied, for this time, with a dozen ducks, which had white + bodies with a band of cinnamon, a green head, wings black, white, and red, + and flattened beak. Herbert called them tadorns. Top helped in the capture + of these birds, whose name was given to this marshy part of the island. + The settlers had here an abundant reserve of aquatic game. At some future + time they meant to explore it more carefully, and it was probable that + some of the birds there might be domesticated, or at least brought to the + shores of the lake, so that they would be more within their reach. + </p> + <p> + About five o’clock in the evening Cyrus Harding and his companions + retraced their steps to their dwelling by traversing Tadorn’s Fens, and + crossed the Mercy on the ice-bridge. + </p> + <p> + At eight in the evening they all entered Granite House. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 22 + </h2> + <p> + This intense cold lasted till the 15th of August, without, however, + passing the degree of Fahrenheit already mentioned. When the atmosphere + was calm, the low temperature was easily borne, but when the wind blew, + the poor settlers, insufficiently clothed, felt it severely. Pencroft + regretted that Lincoln Island was not the home of a few families of bears + rather than of so many foxes and seals. + </p> + <p> + “Bears,” said he, “are generally very well dressed, and I ask no more than + to borrow for the winter the warm cloaks which they have on their backs.” + </p> + <p> + “But,” replied Neb, laughing, “perhaps the bears would not consent to give + you their cloaks, Pencroft. These beasts are not St. Martins.” + </p> + <p> + “We would make them do it, Neb, we would make them,” replied Pencroft, in + quite an authoritative tone. + </p> + <p> + But these formidable carnivora did not exist in the island, or at any rate + they had not yet shown themselves. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, Herbert, Pencroft, and the reporter occupied themselves + with making traps on Prospect Heights and at the border of the forest. + </p> + <p> + According to the sailor, any animal, whatever it was, would be a lawful + prize, and the rodents or carnivora which might get into the new snares + would be well received at Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The traps were besides extremely simple; being pits dug in the ground, a + platform of branches and grass above, which concealed the opening, and at + the bottom some bait, the scent of which would attract animals. It must be + mentioned also, that they had not been dug at random, but at certain + places where numerous footprints showed that quadrupeds frequented the + ground. They were visited every day, and at three different times, during + the first days, specimens of those Antarctic foxes which they had already + seen on the right bank of the Mercy were found in them. + </p> + <p> + “Why, there are nothing but foxes in this country!” cried Pencroft, when + for the third time he drew one of the animals out of the pit. Looking at + it in great disgust, he added, “beasts which are good for nothing!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Gideon Spilett, “they are good for something!” + </p> + <p> + “And what is that?” + </p> + <p> + “To make bait to attract other creatures!” + </p> + <p> + The reporter was right, and the traps were henceforward baited with the + foxes carcasses. + </p> + <p> + The sailor had also made snares from the long tough fibers of a certain + plant, and they were even more successful than the traps. Rarely a day + passed without some rabbits from the warren being caught. It was always + rabbit, but Neb knew how to vary his sauces and the settlers did not think + of complaining. + </p> + <p> + However, once or twice in the second week of August, the traps supplied + the hunters with other animals more useful than foxes, namely, several of + those small wild boars which had already been seen to the north of the + lake. Pencroft had no need to ask if these beasts were eatable. He could + see that by their resemblance to the pig of America and Europe. + </p> + <p> + “But these are not pigs,” said Herbert to him, “I warn you of that, + Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “My boy,” replied the sailor, bending over the trap and drawing out one of + these representatives of the family of sus by the little appendage which + served it as a tail. “Let me believe that these are pigs.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” + </p> + <p> + “Because that pleases me!” + </p> + <p> + “Are you very fond of pig then, Pencroft?” + </p> + <p> + “I am very fond of pig,” replied the sailor, “particularly of its feet, + and if it had eight instead of four, I should like it twice as much!” + </p> + <p> + As to the animals in question, they were peccaries belonging to one of the + four species which are included in the family, and they were also of the + species of Tajacu, recognizable by their deep color and the absence of + those long teeth with which the mouths of their congeners are armed. These + peccaries generally live in herds, and it was probable that they abounded + in the woody parts of the island. + </p> + <p> + At any rate, they were eatable from head to foot, and Pencroft did not ask + more from them. + </p> + <p> + Towards the 15th of August, the state of the atmosphere was suddenly + moderated by the wind shifting to the northwest. The temperature rose some + degrees, and the accumulated vapor in the air was not long in resolving + into snow. All the island was covered with a sheet of white, and showed + itself to its inhabitants under a new aspect. The snow fell abundantly for + several days, and it soon reached a thickness of two feet. + </p> + <p> + The wind also blew with great violence, and at the height of Granite House + the sea could be heard thundering against the reefs. In some places, the + wind, eddying round the corners, formed the snow into tall whirling + columns, resembling those waterspouts which turn round on their base, and + which vessels attack with a shot from a gun. However, the storm, coming + from the northwest, blew across the island, and the position of Granite + House preserved it from a direct attack. + </p> + <p> + But in the midst of this snow-storm, as terrible as if it had been + produced in some polar country, neither Cyrus Harding nor his companions + could, notwithstanding their wish for it, venture forth, and they remained + shut up for five days, from the 20th to the 25th of August. They could + hear the tempest raging in Jacamar Wood, which would surely suffer from + it. Many of the trees would no doubt be torn up by the roots, but Pencroft + consoled himself by thinking that he would not have the trouble of cutting + them down. + </p> + <p> + “The wind is turning woodman, let it alone,” he repeated. + </p> + <p> + Besides, there was no way of stopping it, if they had wished to do so. + </p> + <p> + How grateful the inhabitants of Granite House then were to Heaven for + having prepared for them this solid and immovable retreat! Cyrus Harding + had also his legitimate share of thanks, but after all, it was Nature who + had hollowed out this vast cavern, and he had only discovered it. There + all were in safety, and the tempest could not reach them. If they had + constructed a house of bricks and wood on Prospect Heights, it certainly + would not have resisted the fury of this storm. As to the Chimneys, it + must have been absolutely uninhabitable, for the sea, passing over the + islet, would beat furiously against it. But here, in Granite House, in the + middle of a solid mass, over which neither the sea nor air had any + influence, there was nothing to fear. + </p> + <p> + During these days of seclusion the settlers did not remain inactive. + </p> + <p> + There was no want of wood, cut up into planks, in the storeroom, and + little by little they completed their furnishing; constructing the most + solid of tables and chairs, for material was not spared. Neb and Pencroft + were very proud of this rather heavy furniture, which they would not have + changed on any account. + </p> + <p> + Then the carpenters became basket-makers, and they did not succeed badly + in this new manufacture. At the point of the lake which projected to the + north, they had discovered an osier-bed in which grew a large number of + purple osiers. Before the rainy season, Pencroft and Herbert had cut down + these useful shrubs, and their branches, well prepared, could now be + effectively employed. The first attempts were somewhat crude, but in + consequence of the cleverness and intelligence of the workmen, by + consulting, and recalling the models which they had seen, and by emulating + each other, the possessions of the colony were soon increased by several + baskets of different sizes. The storeroom was provided with them, and in + special baskets Neb placed his collection of rhizomes, stone-pine almonds, + etc. + </p> + <p> + During the last week of the month of August the weather moderated again. + The temperature fell a little, and the tempest abated. The colonists + sallied out directly. There was certainly two feet of snow on the shore, + but they were able to walk without much difficulty on the hardened + surface. Cyrus Harding and his companions climbed Prospect Heights. + </p> + <p> + What a change! The woods, which they had left green, especially in the + part at which the firs predominated, had disappeared under a uniform + color. All was white, from the summit of Mount Franklin to the shore, the + forests, the plains, the lake, the river. The waters of the Mercy flowed + under a roof of ice, which, at each rising and ebbing of the tide, broke + up with loud crashes. Numerous birds fluttered over the frozen surface of + the lake. Ducks and snipe, teal and guillemots were assembled in + thousands. The rocks among which the cascade flowed were bristling with + icicles. One might have said that the water escaped by a monstrous + gargoyle, shaped with all the imagination of an artist of the Renaissance. + As to the damage caused by the storm in the forest, that could not as yet + be ascertained; they would have to wait till the snowy covering was + dissipated. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett, Pencroft, and Herbert did not miss this opportunity of + going to visit their traps. They did not find them easily, under the snow + with which they were covered. They had also to be careful not to fall into + one or other of them, which would have been both dangerous and + humiliating; to be taken in their own snares! But happily they avoided + this unpleasantness, and found their traps perfectly intact. No animal had + fallen into them, and yet the footprints in the neighborhood were very + numerous, among others, certain very clear marks of claws. Herbert did not + hesitate to affirm that some animal of the feline species had passed + there, which justified the engineer’s opinion that dangerous beasts + existed in Lincoln Island. These animals doubtless generally lived in the + forests of the Far West, but pressed by hunger, they had ventured as far + as Prospect Heights. Perhaps they had smelled out the inhabitants of + Granite House. “Now, what are these feline creatures?” asked Pencroft. + “They are tigers,” replied Herbert. “I thought those beasts were only + found in hot countries?” + </p> + <p> + “On the new continent,” replied the lad, “they are found from Mexico to + the Pampas of Buenos Aires. Now, as Lincoln Island is nearly under the + same latitude as the provinces of La Plata, it is not surprising that + tigers are to be met with in it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we must look out for them,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + However, the snow soon disappeared, quickly dissolving under the influence + of the rising temperature. Rain fell, and the sheet of white soon + vanished. Notwithstanding the bad weather, the settlers renewed their + stores of different things, stone-pine almonds, rhizomes, syrup from the + maple-tree, for the vegetable part; rabbits from the warren, agouties, and + kangaroos for the animal part. This necessitated several excursions into + the forest, and they found that a great number of trees had been blown + down by the last hurricane. Pencroft and Neb also pushed with the cart as + far as the vein of coal, and brought back several tons of fuel. They saw + in passing that the pottery kiln had been severely damaged by the wind, at + least six feet of it having been blown off. + </p> + <p> + At the same time as the coal, the store of wood was renewed at Granite + House, and they profited by the current of the Mercy having again become + free, to float down several rafts. They could see that the cold period was + not ended. + </p> + <p> + A visit was also paid to the Chimneys, and the settlers could not but + congratulate themselves on not having been living there during the + hurricane. The sea had left unquestionable traces of its ravages. Sweeping + over the islet, it had furiously assailed the passages, half filling them + with sand, while thick beds of seaweed covered the rocks. While Neb, + Herbert, and Pencroft hunted or collected wood, Cyrus Harding and Gideon + Spilett busied themselves in putting the Chimneys to rights, and they + found the forge and the bellows almost unhurt, protected as they had been + from the first by the heaps of sand. + </p> + <p> + The store of fuel had not been made uselessly. The settlers had not done + with the rigorous cold. It is known that, in the Northern Hemisphere, the + month of February is principally distinguished by rapid fallings of the + temperature. It is the same in the Southern Hemisphere, and the end of the + month of August, which is the February of North America, does not escape + this climatic law. + </p> + <p> + About the 25th, after another change from snow to rain, the wind shifted + to the southeast, and the cold became, suddenly, very severe. According to + the engineer’s calculation, the mercurial column of a Fahrenheit + thermometer would not have marked less than eight degrees below zero, and + this intense cold, rendered still more painful by a sharp gale, lasted for + several days. The colonists were again shut up in Granite House, and as it + was necessary to hermetically seal all the openings of the facade, only + leaving a narrow passage for renewing the air, the consumption of candles + was considerable. To economize them, the cavern was often only lighted by + the blazing hearths, on which fuel was not spared. Several times, one or + other of the settlers descended to the beach in the midst of ice which the + waves heaped up at each tide, but they soon climbed up again to Granite + House, and it was not without pain and difficulty that their hands could + hold to the rounds of the ladder. In consequence of the intense cold, + their fingers felt as if burned when they touched the rounds. To occupy + the leisure hours, which the tenants of Granite House now had at their + disposal, Cyrus Harding undertook an operation which could be performed + indoors. + </p> + <p> + We know that the settlers had no other sugar at their disposal than the + liquid substance which they drew from the maple, by making deep incisions + in the tree. They contented themselves with collecting this liquor in jars + and employing it in this state for different culinary purposes, and the + more so, as on growing old, this liquid began to become white and to be of + a syrupy consistence. + </p> + <p> + But there was something better to be made of it, and one day Cyrus Harding + announced that they were going to turn into refiners. + </p> + <p> + “Refiners!” replied Pencroft. “That is rather a warm trade, I think.” + </p> + <p> + “Very warm,” answered the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Then it will be seasonable!” said the sailor. + </p> + <p> + This word refining need not awake in the mind thoughts of an elaborate + manufactory with apparatus and numerous workmen. No! to crystallize this + liquor, only an extremely easy operation is required. Placed on the fire + in large earthen pots, it was simply subjected to evaporation, and soon a + scum arose to its surface. As soon as this began to thicken, Neb carefully + removed it with a wooden spatula; this accelerated the evaporation, and at + the same time prevented it from contracting an empyreumatic flavor. + </p> + <p> + After boiling for several hours on a hot fire, which did as much good to + the operators as the substance operated upon, the latter was transformed + into a thick syrup. This syrup was poured into clay molds, previously + fabricated in the kitchen stove, and to which they had given various + shapes. The next day this syrup had become cold, and formed cakes and + tablets. This was sugar of rather a reddish color, but nearly transparent + and of a delicious taste. + </p> + <p> + The cold continued to the middle of September, and the prisoners in + Granite House began to find their captivity rather tedious. Nearly every + day they attempted sorties which they could not prolong. They constantly + worked at the improvement of their dwelling. They talked while working. + Harding instructed his companions in many things, principally explaining + to them the practical applications of science. The colonists had no + library at their disposal; but the engineer was a book which was always at + hand, always open at the page which one wanted, a book which answered all + their questions, and which they often consulted. The time thus passed away + pleasantly, these brave men not appearing to have any fears for the + future. + </p> + <p> + However, all were anxious to see, if not the fine season, at least the + cessation of the insupportable cold. If only they had been clothed in a + way to meet it, how many excursions they would have attempted, either to + the downs or to Tadorn’s Fens! Game would have been easily approached, and + the chase would certainly have been most productive. But Cyrus Harding + considered it of importance that no one should injure his health, for he + had need of all his hands, and his advice was followed. + </p> + <p> + But it must be said, that the one who was most impatient of this + imprisonment, after Pencroft perhaps, was Top. The faithful dog found + Granite House very narrow. He ran backwards and forwards from one room to + another, showing in his way how weary he was of being shut up. Harding + often remarked that when he approached the dark well which communicated + with the sea, and of which the orifice opened at the back of the + storeroom, Top uttered singular growlings. He ran round and round this + hole, which had been covered with a wooden lid. Sometimes even he tried to + put his paws under the lid, as if he wished to raise it. He then yelped in + a peculiar way, which showed at once anger and uneasiness. + </p> + <p> + The engineer observed this maneuver several times. + </p> + <p> + What could there be in this abyss to make such an impression on the + intelligent animal? The well led to the sea, that was certain. Could + narrow passages spread from it through the foundations of the island? Did + some marine monster come from time to time, to breathe at the bottom of + this well? The engineer did not know what to think, and could not refrain + from dreaming of many strange improbabilities. Accustomed to go far into + the regions of scientific reality, he would not allow himself to be drawn + into the regions of the strange and almost of the supernatural; but yet + how to explain why Top, one of those sensible dogs who never waste their + time in barking at the moon, should persist in trying with scent and + hearing to fathom this abyss, if there was nothing there to cause his + uneasiness? Top’s conduct puzzled Cyrus Harding even more than he cared to + acknowledge to himself. + </p> + <p> + At all events, the engineer only communicated his impressions to Gideon + Spilett, for he thought it useless to explain to his companions the + suspicions which arose from what perhaps was only Top’s fancy. + </p> + <p> + At last the cold ceased. There had been rain, squalls mingled with snow, + hailstorms, gusts of wind, but these inclemencies did not last. The ice + melted, the snow disappeared; the shore, the plateau, the banks of the + Mercy, the forest, again became practicable. This return of spring + delighted the tenants of Granite House, and they soon only passed in it + the hours necessary for eating and sleeping. + </p> + <p> + They hunted much in the second part of September, which led Pencroft to + again entreat for the firearms, which he asserted had been promised by + Cyrus Harding. The latter, knowing well that without special tools it + would be nearly impossible for him to manufacture a gun which would be of + any use, still drew back and put off the operation to some future time, + observing in his usual dry way, that Herbert and Spilett had become very + skilful archers, so that many sorts of excellent animals, agouties, + kangaroos, capybaras, pigeons, bustards, wild ducks, snipes, in short, + game both with fur and feathers, fell victims to their arrows, and that, + consequently, they could wait. But the obstinate sailor would listen to + nothing of this, and he would give the engineer no peace till he promised + to satisfy his desire. Gideon Spilett, however, supported Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “If, which may be doubted,” said he, “the island is inhabited by wild + beasts, we must think how to fight with and exterminate them. A time may + come when this will be our first duty.” + </p> + <p> + But at this period, it was not the question of firearms which occupied + Harding, but that of clothes. Those which the settlers wore had passed + this winter, but they would not last until next winter. Skins of carnivora + or the wool of ruminants must be procured at any price, and since there + were plenty of musmons, it was agreed to consult on the means of forming a + flock which might be brought up for the use of the colony. An enclosure + for the domestic animals, a poultry-yard for the birds, in a word to + establish a sort of farm in the island, such were the two important + projects for the fine season. + </p> + <p> + In consequence and in view of these future establishments, it became of + much importance that they should penetrate into all the yet unknown parts + of Lincoln Island, that is to say, through that thick forest which + extended on the right bank of the Mercy, from its mouth to the extremity + of the Serpentine Peninsula, as well as on the whole of its western side. + But this needed settled weather, and a month must pass before this + exploration could be profitably undertaken. + </p> + <p> + They therefore waited with some impatience, when an incident occurred + which increased the desire the settlers had to visit the whole of their + domain. + </p> + <p> + It was the 24th of October. On this day, Pencroft had gone to visit his + traps, which he always kept properly baited. In one of them he found three + animals which would be very welcome for the larder. They were a female + peccary and her two young ones. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft then returned to Granite House, enchanted with his capture, and, + as usual, he made a great show of his game. + </p> + <p> + “Come, we shall have a grand feast, captain!” he exclaimed. “And you too, + Mr. Spilett, you will eat some!” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be very happy,” replied the reporter; “but what is it that I am + going to eat?” + </p> + <p> + “Suckling-pig.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, indeed, suckling-pig, Pencroft? To hear you, I thought that you were + bringing back a young partridge stuffed with truffles!” + </p> + <p> + “What?” cried Pencroft. “Do you mean to say that you turn up your nose at + suckling-pig?’ + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Gideon Spilett, without showing any enthusiasm; “provided + one doesn’t eat too much.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s right, that’s right,” returned the sailor, who was not pleased + whenever he heard his chase made light of. “You like to make objections. + Seven months ago, when we landed on the island, you would have been only + too glad to have met with such game!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, well,” replied the reporter, “man is never perfect, nor contented.” + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said Pencroft, “I hope that Neb will distinguish himself. Look + here! These two little peccaries are not more than three months old! They + will be as tender as quails! Come along, Neb, come! I will look after the + cooking myself.” + </p> + <p> + And the sailor, followed by Neb, entered the kitchen, where they were soon + absorbed in their culinary labors. + </p> + <p> + They were allowed to do it in their own way. Neb, therefore, prepared a + magnificent repast—the two little peccaries, kangaroo soup, a smoked + ham, stone-pine almonds, Oswego tea; in fact, all the best that they had, + but among all the dishes figured in the first rank the savory peccaries. + </p> + <p> + At five o’clock dinner was served in the dining-room of Granite House. The + kangaroo soup was smoking on the table. They found it excellent. + </p> + <p> + To the soup succeeded the peccaries, which Pencroft insisted on carving + himself, and of which he served out monstrous portions to each of the + guests. + </p> + <p> + These suckling-pigs were really delicious, and Pencroft was devouring his + share with great gusto, when all at once a cry and an oath escaped him. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter?” asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “The matter? the matter is that I have just broken a tooth!” replied the + sailor. + </p> + <p> + “What, are there pebbles in your peccaries?” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “I suppose so,” replied Pencroft, drawing from his lips the object which + had cost him a grinder—! + </p> + <p> + It was not a pebble—it was a leaden bullet. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_PART2" id="link2H_PART2"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PART 2. ABANDONED + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 1 + </h2> + <p> + It was now exactly seven months since the balloon voyagers had been thrown + on Lincoln Island. During that time, notwithstanding the researches they + had made, no human being had been discovered. No smoke even had betrayed + the presence of man on the surface of the island. No vestiges of his + handiwork showed that either at an early or at a late period had man lived + there. Not only did it now appear to be uninhabited by any but themselves, + but the colonists were compelled to believe that it never had been + inhabited. And now, all this scaffolding of reasonings fell before a + simple ball of metal, found in the body of an inoffensive rodent! In fact, + this bullet must have issued from a firearm, and who but a human being + could have used such a weapon? + </p> + <p> + When Pencroft had placed the bullet on the table, his companions looked at + it with intense astonishment. All the consequences likely to result from + this incident, notwithstanding its apparent insignificance, immediately + took possession of their minds. The sudden apparition of a supernatural + being could not have startled them more completely. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding did not hesitate to give utterance to the suggestions which + this fact, at once surprising and unexpected, could not fail to raise in + his mind. He took the bullet, turned it over and over, rolled it between + his finger and thumb; then, turning to Pencroft, he asked,— + </p> + <p> + “Are you sure that the peccary wounded by this bullet was not more than + three months old?” + </p> + <p> + “Not more, captain,” replied Pencroft. “It was still sucking its mother + when I found it in the trap.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said the engineer, “that proves that within three months a + gun-shot was fired in Lincoln Island.” + </p> + <p> + “And that a bullet,” added Gideon Spilett, “wounded, though not mortally, + this little animal.” + </p> + <p> + “That is unquestionable,” said Cyrus Harding, “and these are the + deductions which must be drawn from this incident: that the island was + inhabited before our arrival, or that men have landed here within three + months. Did these men arrive here voluntarily or involuntarily, by + disembarking on the shore or by being wrecked? This point can only be + cleared up later. As to what they were, Europeans or Malays, enemies or + friends of our race, we cannot possibly guess; and if they still inhabit + the island, or if they have left it, we know not. But these questions are + of too much importance to be allowed to remain long unsettled.” + </p> + <p> + “No! a hundred times no! a thousand times no!” cried the sailor, springing + up from the table. “There are no other men than ourselves on Lincoln + Island! By my faith! The island isn’t large and if it had been inhabited, + we should have seen some of the inhabitants long before this!” + </p> + <p> + “In fact, the contrary would be very astonishing,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “But it would be much more astonishing, I should think,” observed the + reporter, “if this peccary had been born with a bullet in its inside!” + </p> + <p> + “At least,” said Neb seriously, “if Pencroft has not had—” + </p> + <p> + “Look here, Neb,” burst out Pencroft. “Do you think I could have a bullet + in my jaw for five or six months without finding it out? Where could it be + hidden?” he asked, opening his mouth to show the two-and-thirty teeth with + which it was furnished. “Look well, Neb, and if you find one hollow tooth + in this set, I will let you pull out half a dozen!” + </p> + <p> + “Neb’s supposition is certainly inadmissible,” replied Harding, who, + notwithstanding the gravity of his thoughts, could not restrain a smile. + “It is certain that a gun has been fired in the island, within three + months at most. But I am inclined to think that the people who landed on + this coast were only here a very short time ago, or that they just touched + here; for if, when we surveyed the island from the summit of Mount + Franklin, it had been inhabited, we should have seen them or we should + have been seen ourselves. It is therefore, probable that within only a few + weeks castaways have been thrown by a storm on some part of the coast. + However that may be, it is of consequence to us to have this point + settled.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that we should act with caution,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Such is my advice,” replied Cyrus Harding, “for it is to be feared that + Malay pirates have landed on the island!” + </p> + <p> + “Captain,” asked the sailor, “would it not be a good plan, before setting + out, to build a canoe in which we could either ascend the river, or, if we + liked, coast round the inland? It will not do to be unprovided.” + </p> + <p> + “Your idea is good, Pencroft,” replied the engineer, “but we cannot wait + for that. It would take at least a month to build a boat.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a real boat,” replied the sailor; “but we do not want one for a sea + voyage, and in five days at the most, I will undertake to construct a + canoe fit to navigate the Mercy.” + </p> + <p> + “Five days,” cried Neb, “to build a boat?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Neb; a boat in the Indian fashion.” + </p> + <p> + “Of wood?” asked the Negro, looking still unconvinced. + </p> + <p> + “Of wood,” replied Pencroft, “or rather of bark. I repeat, captain, that + in five days the work will be finished!” + </p> + <p> + “In five days, then, be it,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “But till that time we must be very watchful,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Very watchful indeed, my friends,” replied Harding; “and I beg you to + confine your hunting excursions to the neighborhood of Granite House.” + </p> + <p> + The dinner ended less gaily than Pencroft had hoped. + </p> + <p> + So, then, the island was, or had been, inhabited by others than the + settlers. Proved as it was by the incident of the bullet, it was hereafter + an unquestionable fact, and such a discovery could not but cause great + uneasiness among the colonists. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett, before sleeping, conversed long about + the matter. They asked themselves if by chance this incident might not + have some connection with the inexplicable way in which the engineer had + been saved, and the other peculiar circumstances which had struck them at + different times. However, Cyrus Harding, after having discussed the pros + and cons of the question, ended by saying,— + </p> + <p> + “In short, would you like to know my opinion, my dear Spilett?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Cyrus.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, then, it is this: however minutely we explore the island, we shall + find nothing.” + </p> + <p> + The next day Pencroft set to work. He did not mean to build a boat with + boards and planking, but simply a flat-bottomed canoe, which would be well + suited for navigating the Mercy—above all, for approaching its + source, where the water would naturally be shallow. Pieces of bark, + fastened one to the other, would form a light boat; and in case of natural + obstacles, which would render a portage necessary, it would be easily + carried. Pencroft intended to secure the pieces of bark by means of nails, + to insure the canoe being water-tight. + </p> + <p> + It was first necessary to select the trees which would afford a strong and + supple bark for the work. Now the last storm had brought down a number of + large birch-trees, the bark of which would be perfectly suited for their + purpose. Some of these trees lay on the ground, and they had only to be + barked, which was the most difficult thing of all, owing to the imperfect + tools which the settlers possessed. However, they overcame all + difficulties. + </p> + <p> + While the sailor, seconded by the engineer, thus occupied himself without + losing an hour, Gideon Spilett and Herbert were not idle. + </p> + <p> + They were made purveyors to the colony. The reporter could not but admire + the boy, who had acquired great skill in handling the bow and spear. + Herbert also showed great courage and much of that presence of mind which + may justly be called “the reasoning of bravery.” These two companions of + the chase, remembering Cyrus Harding’s recommendations, did not go beyond + a radius of two miles round Granite House; but the borders of the forest + furnished a sufficient tribute of agoutis, capybaras, kangaroos, + peccaries, etc.; and if the result from the traps was less than during the + cold, still the warren yielded its accustomed quota, which might have fed + all the colony in Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + Often during these excursions, Herbert talked with Gideon Spilett on the + incident of the bullet, and the deductions which the engineer drew from + it, and one day—it was the 26th of October—he said—“But, + Mr. Spilett, do you not think it very extraordinary that, if any castaways + have landed on the island, they have not yet shown themselves near Granite + House?” + </p> + <p> + “Very astonishing if they are still here,” replied the reporter, “but not + astonishing at all if they are here no longer!” + </p> + <p> + “So you think that these people have already quitted the island?” returned + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “It is more than probable, my boy; for if their stay was prolonged, and + above all, if they were still here, some accident would have at last + betrayed their presence.” + </p> + <p> + “But if they were able to go away,” observed the lad, “they could not have + been castaways.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Herbert; or, at least, they were what might be called provisional + castaways. It is very possible that a storm may have driven them to the + island without destroying their vessel, and that, the storm over, they + went away again.” + </p> + <p> + “I must acknowledge one thing,” said Herbert, “it is that Captain Harding + appears rather to fear than desire the presence of human beings on our + island.” + </p> + <p> + “In short,” responded the reporter, “there are only Malays who frequent + these seas, and those fellows are ruffians which it is best to avoid.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not impossible, Mr. Spilett,” said Herbert, “that some day or other + we may find traces of their landing.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not say no, my boy. A deserted camp, the ashes of a fire, would put + us on the track, and this is what we will look for in our next + expedition.” + </p> + <p> + The day on which the hunters spoke thus, they were in a part of the forest + near the Mercy, remarkable for its beautiful trees. There, among others, + rose, to a height of nearly 200 feet above the ground, some of those + superb coniferae, to which, in New Zealand, the natives give the name of + Kauris. + </p> + <p> + “I have an idea, Mr. Spilett,” said Herbert. “If I were to climb to the + top of one of these kauris, I could survey the country for an immense + distance round.” + </p> + <p> + “The idea is good,” replied the reporter; “but could you climb to the top + of those giants?” + </p> + <p> + “I can at least try,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + The light and active boy then sprang on the first branches, the + arrangement of which made the ascent of the kauri easy, and in a few + minutes he arrived at the summit, which emerged from the immense plain of + verdure. + </p> + <p> + From this elevated situation his gaze extended over all the southern + portion of the island, from Claw Cape on the southeast, to Reptile End on + the southwest. To the northwest rose Mount Franklin, which concealed a + great part of the horizon. + </p> + <p> + But Herbert, from the height of his observatory, could examine all the yet + unknown portion of the island, which might have given shelter to the + strangers whose presence they suspected. + </p> + <p> + The lad looked attentively. There was nothing in sight on the sea, not a + sail, neither on the horizon nor near the island. However, as the bank of + trees hid the shore, it was possible that a vessel, especially if deprived + of her masts, might lie close to the land and thus be invisible to + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + Neither in the forests of the Far West was anything to be seen. The wood + formed an impenetrable screen, measuring several square miles, without a + break or an opening. It was impossible even to follow the course of the + Mercy, or to ascertain in what part of the mountain it took its source. + Perhaps other creeks also ran towards the west, but they could not be + seen. + </p> + <p> + But at last, if all indication of an encampment escaped Herbert’s sight + could he not even catch a glimpse of smoke, the faintest trace of which + would be easily discernible in the pure atmosphere? + </p> + <p> + For an instant Herbert thought he could perceive a slight smoke in the + west, but a more attentive examination showed that he was mistaken. He + strained his eyes in every direction, and his sight was excellent. No, + decidedly there was nothing there. + </p> + <p> + Herbert descended to the foot of the kauri, and the two sportsmen returned + to Granite House. There Cyrus Harding listened to the lad’s account, shook + his head and said nothing. It was very evident that no decided opinion + could be pronounced on this question until after a complete exploration of + the island. + </p> + <p> + Two days after—the 28th of October—another incident occurred, + for which an explanation was again required. + </p> + <p> + While strolling along the shore about two miles from Granite House, + Herbert and Neb were fortunate enough to capture a magnificent specimen of + the order of chelonia. It was a turtle of the species Midas, the edible + green turtle, so called from the color both of its shell and fat. + </p> + <p> + Herbert caught sight of this turtle as it was crawling among the rocks to + reach the sea. + </p> + <p> + “Help, Neb, help!” he cried. + </p> + <p> + Neb ran up. + </p> + <p> + “What a fine animal!” said Neb; “but how are we to catch it?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing is easier, Neb,” replied Herbert. “We have only to turn the + turtle on its back, and it cannot possibly get away. Take your spear and + do as I do.” + </p> + <p> + The reptile, aware of danger, had retired between its carapace and + plastron. They no longer saw its head or feet, and it was motionless as a + rock. + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Neb then drove their sticks underneath the animal, and by + their united efforts managed without difficulty to turn it on its back. + The turtle, which was three feet in length, would have weighed at least + four hundred pounds. + </p> + <p> + “Capital!” cried Neb; “this is something which will rejoice friend + Pencroft’s heart.” + </p> + <p> + In fact, the heart of friend Pencroft could not fail to be rejoiced, for + the flesh of the turtle, which feeds on wrack-grass, is extremely savory. + At this moment the creature’s head could be seen, which was small, flat, + but widened behind by the large temporal fossae hidden under the long + roof. + </p> + <p> + “And now, what shall we do with our prize?” said Neb. “We can’t drag it to + Granite House!” + </p> + <p> + “Leave it here, since it cannot turn over,” replied Herbert, “and we will + come back with the cart to fetch it.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the best plan.” + </p> + <p> + However, for greater precaution, Herbert took the trouble, which Neb + deemed superfluous, to wedge up the animal with great stones; after which + the two hunters returned to Granite House, following the beach, which the + tide had left uncovered. Herbert, wishing to surprise Pencroft, said + nothing about the “superb specimen of a chelonian” which they had turned + over on the sand; but, two hours later, he and Neb returned with the cart + to the place where they had left it. The “superb specimen of a chelonian” + was no longer there! + </p> + <p> + Neb and Herbert stared at each other first; then they stared about them. + It was just at this spot that the turtle had been left. The lad even found + the stones which he had used, and therefore he was certain of not being + mistaken. + </p> + <p> + “Well!” said Neb, “these beasts can turn themselves over, then?’’ + </p> + <p> + “It appears so,” replied Herbert, who could not understand it at all, and + was gazing at the stones scattered on the sand. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Pencroft will be disgusted!” + </p> + <p> + “And Captain Harding will perhaps be very perplexed how to explain this + disappearance,” thought Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Look here,” said Neb, who wished to hide his ill-luck, “we won’t speak + about it.” + </p> + <p> + “On the contrary, Neb, we must speak about it,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + And the two, taking the cart, which there was now no use for, returned to + Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the dockyard, where the engineer and the sailor were working + together, Herbert recounted what had happened. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! the stupids!” cried the sailor, “to have let at least fifty meals + escape!” + </p> + <p> + “But, Pencroft,” replied Neb, “it wasn’t our fault that the beast got + away; as I tell you, we had turned it over on its back!” + </p> + <p> + “Then you didn’t turn it over enough!” returned the obstinate sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Not enough!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + And he told how he had taken care to wedge up the turtle with stones. + </p> + <p> + “It is a miracle, then!” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “I thought, captain,” said Herbert, “that turtles, once placed on their + backs, could not regain their feet, especially when they are of a large + size?’ + </p> + <p> + “That is true, my boy,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Then how did it manage?” + </p> + <p> + “At what distance from the sea did you leave this turtle?” asked the + engineer, who, having suspended his work, was reflecting on this incident. + </p> + <p> + “Fifteen feet at the most,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “And the tide was low at the time?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied the engineer, “what the turtle could not do on the sand it + might have been able to do in the water. It turned over when the tide + overtook it, and then quietly returned to the deep sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! what stupids we were!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + “That is precisely what I had the honor of telling you before!” returned + the sailor. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had given this explanation, which, no doubt, was admissible. + But was he himself convinced of the accuracy of this explanation? It + cannot be said that he was. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 2 + </h2> + <p> + On the 9th of October the bark canoe was entirely finished. Pencroft had + kept his promise, and a light boat, the shell of which was joined together + by the flexible twigs of the crejimba, had been constructed in five days. + A seat in the stern, a second seat in the middle to preserve the + equilibrium, a third seat in the bows, rowlocks for the two oars, a scull + to steer with, completed the little craft, which was twelve feet long, and + did not weigh more than two hundred pounds. The operation of launching it + was extremely simple. The canoe was carried to the beach and laid on the + sand before Granite House, and the rising tide floated it. Pencroft, who + leaped in directly, maneuvered it with the scull and declared it to be + just the thing for the purpose to which they wished to put it. + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” cried the sailor, who did not disdain to celebrate thus his own + triumph. “With this we could go round—” + </p> + <p> + “The world?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “No, the island. Some stones for ballast, a mast and a sail, which the + captain will make for us some day, and we shall go splendidly! Well, + captain—and you, Mr. Spilett; and you, Herbert; and you, Neb—aren’t + you coming to try our new vessel? Come along! we must see if it will carry + all five of us!” + </p> + <p> + This was certainly a trial which ought to be made. Pencroft soon brought + the canoe to the shore by a narrow passage among the rocks, and it was + agreed that they should make a trial of the boat that day by following the + shore as far as the first point at which the rocks of the south ended. + </p> + <p> + As they embarked, Neb cried,— + </p> + <p> + “But your boat leaks rather, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s nothing, Neb,” replied the sailor; “the wood will get seasoned. In + two days there won’t be a single leak, and our boat will have no more + water in her than there is in the stomach of a drunkard. Jump in!” + </p> + <p> + They were soon all seated, and Pencroft shoved off. The weather was + magnificent, the sea as calm as if its waters were contained within the + narrow limits of a lake. Thus the boat could proceed with as much security + as if it was ascending the tranquil current of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + Neb took one of the oars, Herbert the other, and Pencroft remained in the + stern in order to use the scull. + </p> + <p> + The sailor first crossed the channel, and steered close to the southern + point of the islet. A light breeze blew from the south. No roughness was + found either in the channel or the green sea. A long swell, which the + canoe scarcely felt, as it was heavily laden, rolled regularly over the + surface of the water. They pulled out about half a mile distant from the + shore, that they might have a good view of Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft afterwards returned towards the mouth of the river. The boat then + skirted the shore, which, extending to the extreme point, hid all Tadorn’s + Fens. + </p> + <p> + This point, of which the distance was increased by the irregularity of the + coast, was nearly three miles from the Mercy. The settlers resolved to go + to its extremity, and only go beyond it as much as was necessary to take a + rapid survey of the coast as far as Claw Cape. + </p> + <p> + The canoe followed the windings of the shore, avoiding the rocks which + fringed it, and which the rising tide began to cover. The cliff gradually + sloped away from the mouth of the river to the point. This was formed of + granite rocks, capriciously distributed, very different from the cliff at + Prospect Heights, and of an extremely wild aspect. It might have been said + that an immense cartload of rocks had been emptied out there. There was no + vegetation on this sharp promontory, which projected two miles from the + forest, and it thus represented a giant’s arm stretched out from a leafy + sleeve. + </p> + <p> + The canoe, impelled by the two oars, advanced without difficulty. Gideon + Spilett, pencil in one hand and notebook in the other, sketched the coast + in bold strokes. Neb, Herbert, and Pencroft chatted, while examining this + part of their domain, which was new to them, and, in proportion as the + canoe proceeded towards the south, the two Mandible Capes appeared to + move, and surround Union Bay more closely. + </p> + <p> + As to Cyrus Harding, he did not speak; he simply gazed, and by the + mistrust which his look expressed, it appeared that he was examining some + strange country. + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, after a voyage of three-quarters of an hour, the canoe + reached the extremity of the point, and Pencroft was preparing to return, + when Herbert, rising, pointed to a black object, saying,— + </p> + <p> + “What do I see down there on the beach?” + </p> + <p> + All eyes turned towards the point indicated. + </p> + <p> + “Why,” said the reporter, “there is something. It looks like part of a + wreck half buried in the sand.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” cried Pencroft, “I see what it is!” + </p> + <p> + “What?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Barrels, barrels, which perhaps are full,” replied the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Pull to the shore, Pencroft!” said Cyrus. + </p> + <p> + A few strokes of the oar brought the canoe into a little creek, and its + passengers leaped on shore. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft was not mistaken. Two barrels were there, half buried in the + sand, but still firmly attached to a large chest, which, sustained by + them, had floated to the moment when it stranded on the beach. + </p> + <p> + “There has been a wreck, then, in some part of the island,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Evidently,” replied Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “But what’s in this chest?” cried Pencroft, with very natural impatience. + “What’s in this chest? It is shut up, and nothing to open it with! Well, + perhaps a stone—” + </p> + <p> + And the sailor, raising a heavy block, was about to break in one of the + sides of the chest, when the engineer arrested his hand. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” said he, “can you restrain your impatience for one hour only?” + </p> + <p> + “But, captain, just think! Perhaps there is everything we want in there!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall find that out, Pencroft,” replied the engineer; “but trust to + me, and do not break the chest, which may be useful to us. We must convey + it to Granite House, where we can open it easily, and without breaking it. + It is quite prepared for a voyage; and since it has floated here, it may + just as well float to the mouth of the river.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, captain, and I was wrong, as usual,” replied the sailor. + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s advice was good. In fact, the canoe probably would not have + been able to contain the articles possibly enclosed in the chest, which + doubtless was heavy, since two empty barrels were required to buoy it up. + It was, therefore, much better to tow it to the beach at Granite House. + </p> + <p> + And now, whence had this chest come? That was the important question. + Cyrus Harding and his companions looked attentively around them, and + examined the shore for several hundred steps. No other articles or pieces + of wreck could be found. Herbert and Neb climbed a high rock to survey the + sea, but there was nothing in sight—neither a dismasted vessel nor a + ship under sail. + </p> + <p> + However, there was no doubt that there had been a wreck. Perhaps this + incident was connected with that of the bullet? Perhaps strangers had + landed on another part of the island? Perhaps they were still there? But + the thought which came naturally to the settlers was, that these strangers + could not be Malay pirates, for the chest was evidently of American or + European make. + </p> + <p> + All the party returned to the chest, which was of an unusually large size. + It was made of oak wood, very carefully closed and covered with a thick + hide, which was secured by copper nails. The two great barrels, + hermetically sealed, but which sounded hollow and empty, were fastened to + its sides by strong ropes, knotted with a skill which Pencroft directly + pronounced sailors alone could exhibit. It appeared to be in a perfect + state of preservation, which was explained by the fact that it had + stranded on a sandy beach, and not among rocks. They had no doubt + whatever, on examining it carefully, that it had not been long in the + water, and that its arrival on this coast was recent. The water did not + appear to have penetrated to the inside, and the articles which it + contained were no doubt uninjured. + </p> + <p> + It was evident that this chest had been thrown overboard from some + dismasted vessel driven towards the island, and that, in the hope that it + would reach the land, where they might afterwards find it, the passengers + had taken the precaution to buoy it up by means of this floating + apparatus. + </p> + <p> + “We will tow this chest to Granite House,” said the engineer, “where we + can make an inventory of its contents; then, if we discover any of the + survivors from the supposed wreck, we can return it to those to whom it + belongs. If we find no one—” + </p> + <p> + “We will keep it for ourselves!” cried Pencroft. “But what in the world + can there be in it?” + </p> + <p> + The sea was already approaching the chest, and the high tide would + evidently float it. One of the ropes which fastened the barrels was partly + unlashed and used as a cable to unite the floating apparatus with the + canoe. Pencroft and Neb then dug away the sand with their oars, so as to + facilitate the moving of the chest, towing which the boat soon began to + double the point, to which the name of Flotsam Point was given. + </p> + <p> + The chest was heavy, and the barrels were scarcely sufficient to keep it + above water. The sailor also feared every instant that it would get loose + and sink to the bottom of the sea. But happily his fears were not + realized, and an hour and a half after they set out—all that time + had been taken up in going a distance of three miles—the boat + touched the beach below Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Canoe and chest were then hauled up on the sands; and as the tide was then + going out, they were soon left high and dry. Neb, hurrying home, brought + back some tools with which to open the chest in such a way that it might + be injured as little as possible, and they proceeded to its inventory. + Pencroft did not try to hide that he was greatly excited. + </p> + <p> + The sailor began by detaching the two barrels, which, being in good + condition, would of course be of use. Then the locks were forced with a + cold chisel and hammer, and the lid thrown back. A second casing of zinc + lined the interior of the chest, which had been evidently arranged that + the articles which it enclosed might under any circumstances be sheltered + from damp. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” cried Neb, “suppose it’s jam! + </p> + <p> + “I hope not,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “If only there was—” said the sailor in a low voice. + </p> + <p> + “What?” asked Neb, who overheard him. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing!” + </p> + <p> + The covering of zinc was torn off and thrown back over the sides of the + chest, and by degrees numerous articles of very varied character were + produced and strewn about on the sand. At each new object Pencroft uttered + fresh hurrahs, Herbert clapped his hands, and Neb danced up and down. + There were books which made Herbert wild with joy, and cooking utensils + which Neb covered with kisses! + </p> + <p> + In short, the colonists had reason to be extremely satisfied, for this + chest contained tools, weapons, instruments, clothes, books; and this is + the exact list of them as stated in Gideon Spilett’s note-book: —Tools:—3 + knives with several blades, 2 woodmen’s axes, 2 carpenter’s hatchets, 3 + planes, 2 adzes, 1 twibil or mattock, 6 chisels, 2 files, 3 hammers, 3 + gimlets, 2 augers, 10 bags of nails and screws, 3 saws of different sizes, + 2 boxes of needles. + </p> + <p> + Weapons:—2 flint-lock guns, 2 for percussion caps, 2 breach-loader + carbines, 5 boarding cutlasses, 4 sabers, 2 barrels of powder, each + containing twenty-five pounds; 12 boxes of percussion caps. + </p> + <p> + Instruments:—1 sextant, 1 double opera-glass, 1 telescope, 1 box of + mathematical instruments, 1 mariner’s compass, 1 Fahrenheit thermometer, 1 + aneroid barometer, 1 box containing a photographic apparatus, + object-glass, plates, chemicals, etc. + </p> + <p> + Clothes:—2 dozen shirts of a peculiar material resembling wool, but + evidently of a vegetable origin; 3 dozen stockings of the same material. + </p> + <p> + Utensils:—1 iron pot, 6 copper saucepans, 3 iron dishes, 10 metal + plates, 2 kettles, 1 portable stove, 6 table-knives. + </p> + <p> + Books:—1 Bible, 1 atlas, 1 dictionary of the different Polynesian + idioms, 1 dictionary of natural science, in six volumes; 3 reams of white + paper, 2 books with blank pages. + </p> + <p> + “It must be allowed,” said the reporter, after the inventory had been + made, “that the owner of this chest was a practical man! Tools, weapons, + instruments, clothes, utensils, books—nothing is wanting! It might + really be said that he expected to be wrecked, and had prepared for it + beforehand.” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing is wanting, indeed,” murmured Cyrus Harding thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “And for a certainty,” added Herbert, “the vessel which carried this chest + and its owner was not a Malay pirate!” + </p> + <p> + “Unless,” said Pencroft, “the owner had been taken prisoner by pirates—” + </p> + <p> + “That is not admissible,” replied the reporter. “It is more probable that + an American or European vessel has been driven into this quarter, and that + her passengers, wishing to save necessaries at least, prepared this chest + and threw it overboard.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that your opinion, captain?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my boy,” replied the engineer, “that may have been the case. It is + possible that at the moment, or in expectation of a wreck, they collected + into this chest different articles of the greatest use in hopes of finding + it again on the coast—” + </p> + <p> + “Even the photographic box!” exclaimed the sailor incredulously. + </p> + <p> + “As to that apparatus,” replied Harding, “I do not quite see the use of + it; and a more complete supply of clothes or more abundant ammunition + would have been more valuable to us as well as to any other castaways!” + </p> + <p> + “But isn’t there any mark or direction on these instruments, tools, or + books, which would tell us something about them?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + That might be ascertained. Each article was carefully examined, especially + the books, instruments and weapons. Neither the weapons nor the + instruments, contrary to the usual custom, bore the name of the maker; + they were, besides, in a perfect state, and did not appear to have been + used. The same peculiarity marked the tools and utensils; all were new, + which proved that the articles had not been taken by chance and thrown + into the chest, but, on the contrary, that the choice of things had been + well considered and arranged with care. This was also indicated by the + second case of metal which had preserved them from damp, and which could + not have been soldered in a moment of haste. + </p> + <p> + As to the dictionaries of natural science and Polynesian idioms, both were + English; but they neither bore the name of the publisher nor the date of + publication. + </p> + <p> + The same with the Bible printed in English, in quarto, remarkable from a + typographic point of view, and which appeared to have been often used. + </p> + <p> + The atlas was a magnificent work, comprising maps of every country in the + world, and several planispheres arranged upon Mercator’s projection, and + of which the nomenclature was in French—but which also bore neither + date nor name of publisher. + </p> + <p> + There was nothing, therefore, on these different articles by which they + could be traced, and nothing consequently of a nature to show the + nationality of the vessel which must have recently passed these shores. + </p> + <p> + But, wherever the chest might have come from, it was a treasure to the + settlers on Lincoln Island. Till then, by making use of the productions of + nature, they had created everything for themselves, and, thanks to their + intelligence, they had managed without difficulty. But did it not appear + as if Providence had wished to reward them by sending them these + productions of human industry? Their thanks rose unanimously to Heaven. + </p> + <p> + However, one of them was not quite satisfied: it was Pencroft. It appeared + that the chest did not contain something which he evidently held in great + esteem, for in proportion as they approached the bottom of the box, his + hurrahs diminished in heartiness, and, the inventory finished, he was + heard to mutter these words:—“That’s all very fine, but you can see + that there is nothing for me in that box!” + </p> + <p> + This led Neb to say,— + </p> + <p> + “Why, friend Pencroft, what more do you expect?” + </p> + <p> + “Half a pound of tobacco,” replied Pencroft seriously, “and nothing would + have been wanting to complete my happiness!” + </p> + <p> + No one could help laughing at this speech of the sailor’s. + </p> + <p> + But the result of this discovery of the chest was, that it was now more + than ever necessary to explore the island thoroughly. It was therefore + agreed that the next morning at break of day, they should set out, by + ascending the Mercy so as to reach the western shore. If any castaways had + landed on the coast, it was to be feared they were without resources, and + it was therefore the more necessary to carry help to them without delay. + </p> + <p> + During the day the different articles were carried to Granite House, where + they were methodically arranged in the great hall. This day—the 29th + of October—happened to be a Sunday, and, before going to bed, + Herbert asked the engineer if he would not read them something from the + Gospel. + </p> + <p> + “Willingly,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + He took the sacred volume, and was about to open it, when Pencroft stopped + him, saying,—“Captain, I am superstitious. Open at random and read + the first verse which, your eye falls upon. We will see if it applies to + our situation.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding smiled at the sailor’s idea, and, yielding to his wish, he + opened exactly at a place where the leaves were separated by a marker. + </p> + <p> + Immediately his eyes were attracted by a cross which, made with a pencil, + was placed against the eighth verse of the seventh chapter of the Gospel + of St. Matthew. He read the verse, which was this:— + </p> + <p> + “For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 3 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 30th of October, all was ready for the proposed + exploring expedition, which recent events had rendered so necessary. In + fact, things had so come about that the settlers in Lincoln Island no + longer needed help for themselves, but were even able to carry it to + others. + </p> + <p> + It was therefore agreed that they should ascend the Mercy as far as the + river was navigable. A great part of the distance would thus be traversed + without fatigue, and the explorers could transport their provisions and + arms to an advanced point in the west of the island. + </p> + <p> + It was necessary to think not only of the things which they should take + with them, but also of those which they might have by chance to bring back + to Granite House. If there had been a wreck on the coast, as was supposed, + there would be many things cast up, which would be lawfully their prizes. + In the event of this, the cart would have been of more use than the light + canoe, but it was heavy and clumsy to drag, and therefore more difficult + to use; this led Pencroft to express his regret that the chest had not + contained, besides “his halfpound of tobacco,” a pair of strong New Jersey + horses, which would have been very useful to the colony! + </p> + <p> + The provisions, which Neb had already packed up, consisted of a store of + meat and of several gallons of beer, that is to say enough to sustain them + for three days, the time which Harding assigned for the expedition. They + hoped besides to supply themselves on the road, and Neb took care not to + forget the portable stove. + </p> + <p> + The only tools the settlers took were the two woodmen’s axes, which they + could use to cut a path through the thick forests, as also the + instruments, the telescope and pocket-compass. + </p> + <p> + For weapons they selected the two flint-lock guns, which were likely to be + more useful to them than the percussion fowling-pieces, the first only + requiring flints which could be easily replaced, and the latter needing + fulminating caps, a frequent use of which would soon exhaust their limited + stock. However, they took also one of the carbines and some cartridges. As + to the powder, of which there was about fifty pounds in the barrel, a + small supply of it had to be taken, but the engineer hoped to manufacture + an explosive substance which would allow them to husband it. To the + firearms were added the five cutlasses well sheathed in leather, and, thus + supplied, the settlers could venture into the vast forest with some chance + of success. + </p> + <p> + It is useless to add that Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb, thus armed, were at + the summit of their happiness, although Cyrus Harding made them promise + not to fire a shot unless it was necessary. + </p> + <p> + At six in the morning the canoe put off from the shore; all had embarked, + including Top, and they proceeded to the mouth of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + The tide had begun to come up half an hour before. For several hours, + therefore, there would be a current, which it was well to profit by, for + later the ebb would make it difficult to ascend the river. The tide was + already strong, for in three days the moon would be full, and it was + enough to keep the boat in the center of the current, where it floated + swiftly along between the high banks without its being necessary to + increase its speed by the aid of the oars. In a few minutes the explorers + arrived at the angle formed by the Mercy and exactly at the place where, + seven months before, Pencroft had made his first raft of wood. + </p> + <p> + After this sudden angle the river widened and flowed under the shade of + great evergreen firs. + </p> + <p> + The aspect of the banks was magnificent. Cyrus Harding and his companions + could not but admire the lovely effects so easily produced by nature with + water and trees. As they advanced the forest element diminished. On the + right bank of the river grew magnificent specimens of the ulmaceae tribe, + the precious elm, so valuable to builders, and which withstands well the + action of water. Then there were numerous groups belonging to the same + family, among others one in particular, the fruit of which produces a very + useful oil. Further on, Herbert remarked the lardizabala, a twining shrub + which, when bruised in water, furnishes excellent cordage; and two or + three ebony trees of a beautiful black, crossed with capricious veins. + </p> + <p> + From time to time, in certain places where the landing was easy, the canoe + was stopped, when Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Pencroft, their guns in + their hands, and preceded by Top, jumped on shore. Without expecting game, + some useful plant might be met with, and the young naturalist was + delighted with discovering a sort of wild spinach, belonging to the order + of chenopodiaceae, and numerous specimens of cruciferae, belonging to the + cabbage tribe, which it would certainly be possible to cultivate by + transplanting. There were cresses, horseradish, turnips, and lastly, + little branching hairy stalks, scarcely more than three feet high, which + produced brownish grains. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know what this plant is?” asked Herbert of the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Tobacco!” cried Pencroft, who evidently had never seen his favorite plant + except in the bowl of his pipe. + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft,” replied Herbert; “this is not tobacco, it is mustard.” + </p> + <p> + “Mustard be hanged!” returned the sailor; “but if by chance you happen to + come across a tobacco-plant, my boy, pray don’t scorn that!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall find it some day!” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Well!” exclaimed Pencroft, “when that day comes, I do not know what more + will be wanting in our island!” + </p> + <p> + These different plants, which had been carefully rooted up, were carried + to the canoe, where Cyrus Harding had remained buried in thought. + </p> + <p> + The reporter, Herbert, and Pencroft in this manner frequently disembarked, + sometimes on the right bank, sometimes on the left bank of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + The latter was less abrupt, but the former more wooded. The engineer + ascertained by consulting his pocket-compass that the direction of the + river from the first turn was obviously southwest and northeast, and + nearly straight for a length of about three miles. But it was to be + supposed that this direction changed beyond that point, and that the Mercy + continued to the north-west, towards the spurs of Mount Franklin, among + which the river rose. + </p> + <p> + During one of these excursions, Gideon Spilett managed to get hold of two + couples of living gallinaceae. They were birds with long, thin beaks, + lengthened necks, short wings, and without any appearance of a tail. + Herbert rightly gave them the name of tinamous, and it was resolved that + they should be the first tenants of their future poultry-yard. + </p> + <p> + But till then the guns had not spoken, and the first report which awoke + the echoes of the forest of the Far West was provoked by the appearance of + a beautiful bird, resembling the kingfisher. + </p> + <p> + “I recognize him!” cried Pencroft, and it seemed as if his gun went off by + itself. + </p> + <p> + “What do you recognize?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “The bird which escaped us on our first excursion, and from which we gave + the name to that part of the forest.” + </p> + <p> + “A jacamar!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + It was indeed a jacamar, of which the plumage shines with a metallic + luster. A shot brought it to the ground, and Top carried it to the canoe. + At the same time half a dozen lories were brought down. The lory is of the + size of a pigeon, the plumage dashed with green, part of the wings + crimson, and its crest bordered with white. To the young boy belonged the + honor of this shot, and he was proud enough of it. Lories are better food + than the jacamar, the flesh of which is rather tough, but it was difficult + to persuade Pencroft that he had not killed the king of eatable birds. It + was ten o’clock in the morning when the canoe reached a second angle of + the Mercy, nearly five miles from its mouth. Here a halt was made for + breakfast under the shade of some splendid trees. The river still measured + from sixty to seventy feet in breadth, and its bed from five to six feet + in depth. The engineer had observed that it was increased by numerous + affluents, but they were unnavigable, being simply little streams. As to + the forest, including Jacamar Wood, as well as the forests of the Far + West, it extended as far as the eye could reach. In no place, either in + the depths of the forests or under the trees on the banks of the Mercy, + was the presence of man revealed. The explorers could not discover one + suspicious trace. It was evident that the woodman’s axe had never touched + these trees, that the pioneer’s knife had never severed the creepers + hanging from one trunk to another in the midst of tangled brushwood and + long grass. If castaways had landed on the island, they could not have yet + quitted the shore, and it was not in the woods that the survivors of the + supposed shipwreck should be sought. + </p> + <p> + The engineer therefore manifested some impatience to reach the western + coast of Lincoln Island, which was at least five miles distant according + to his estimation. + </p> + <p> + The voyage was continued, and as the Mercy appeared to flow not towards + the shore, but rather towards Mount Franklin, it was decided that they + should use the boat as long as there was enough water under its keel to + float it. It was both fatigue spared and time gained, for they would have + been obliged to cut a path through the thick wood with their axes. But + soon the flow completely failed them, either the tide was going down, and + it was about the hour, or it could no longer be felt at this distance from + the mouth of the Mercy. They had therefore to make use of the oars. + Herbert and Neb each took one, and Pencroft took the scull. The forest + soon became less dense, the trees grew further apart and often quite + isolated. But the further they were from each other the more magnificent + they appeared, profiting, as they did, by the free, pure air which + circulated around them. + </p> + <p> + What splendid specimens of the flora of this latitude! Certainly their + presence would have been enough for a botanist to name without hesitation + the parallel which traversed Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + “Eucalypti!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + They were, in fact, those splendid trees, the giants of the extratropical + zone, the congeners of the Australian and New Zealand eucalyptus, both + situated under the same latitude as Lincoln Island. Some rose to a height + of two hundred feet. Their trunks at the base measured twenty feet in + circumference, and their bark was covered by a network of farrows + containing a red, sweet-smelling gum. Nothing is more wonderful or more + singular than those enormous specimens of the order of the myrtaceae, with + their leaves placed vertically and not horizontally, so that an edge and + not a surface looks upwards, the effect being that the sun’s rays + penetrate more freely among the trees. + </p> + <p> + The ground at the foot of the eucalypti was carpeted with grass, and from + the bushes escaped flights of little birds, which glittered in the + sunlight like winged rubies. + </p> + <p> + “These are something like trees!” cried Neb; “but are they good for + anything?” + </p> + <p> + “Pooh!” replied Pencroft. “Of course there are vegetable giants as well as + human giants, and they are no good, except to show themselves at fairs!” + </p> + <p> + “I think that you are mistaken, Pencroft,” replied Gideon Spilett, “and + that the wood of the eucalyptus has begun to be very advantageously + employed in cabinet-making.” + </p> + <p> + “And I may add,” said Herbert, “that the eucalyptus belongs to a family + which comprises many useful members; the guava-tree, from whose fruit + guava jelly is made; the clove-tree, which produces the spice; the + pomegranate-tree, which bears pomegranates; the Eugeacia Cauliflora, the + fruit of which is used in making a tolerable wine; the Ugui myrtle, which + contains an excellent alcoholic liquor; the Caryophyllus myrtle, of which + the bark forms an esteemed cinnamon; the Eugenia Pimenta, from whence + comes Jamaica pepper; the common myrtle, from whose buds and berries spice + is sometimes made; the Eucalyptus manifera, which yields a sweet sort of + manna; the Guinea Eucalyptus, the sap of which is transformed into beer by + fermentation; in short, all those trees known under the name of gum-trees + or iron-bark trees in Australia, belong to this family of the myrtaceae, + which contains forty-six genera and thirteen hundred species!” + </p> + <p> + The lad was allowed to run on, and he delivered his little botanical + lecture with great animation. Cyrus Harding listened smiling, and Pencroft + with an indescribable feeling of pride. + </p> + <p> + “Very good, Herbert,” replied Pencroft, “but I could swear that all those + useful specimens you have just told us about are none of them giants like + these!” + </p> + <p> + “That is true, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “That supports what I said,” returned the sailor, “namely, that these + giants are good for nothing!” + </p> + <p> + “There you are wrong, Pencroft,” said the engineer; “these gigantic + eucalypti, which shelter us, are good for something.” + </p> + <p> + “And what is that?” + </p> + <p> + “To render the countries which they inhabit healthy. Do you know what they + are called in Australia and New Zealand?” + </p> + <p> + “No, captain.” + </p> + <p> + “They are called ‘fever trees.’” + </p> + <p> + “Because they give fevers?” + </p> + <p> + “No, because they prevent them!” + </p> + <p> + “Good. I must note that,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Note it then, my dear Spilett; for it appears proved that the presence of + the eucalyptus is enough to neutralize miasmas. This natural antidote has + been tried in certain countries in the middle of Europe and the north of + Africa where the soil was absolutely unhealthy, and the sanitary condition + of the inhabitants has been gradually ameliorated. No more intermittent + fevers prevail in the regions now covered with forests of the myrtaceae. + This fact is now beyond doubt, and it is a happy circumstance for us + settlers in Lincoln Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! what an island! What a blessed island!” cried Pencroft. “I tell you, + it wants nothing—unless it is—” + </p> + <p> + “That will come, Pencroft, that will be found,” replied the engineer; “but + now we must continue our voyage and push on as far as the river will carry + our boat!” + </p> + <p> + The exploration was therefore continued for another two miles in the midst + of country covered with eucalypti, which predominated in the woods of this + portion of the island. The space which they occupied extended as far as + the eye could reach on each side of the Mercy, which wound along between + high green banks. The bed was often obstructed by long weeds, and even by + pointed rocks, which rendered the navigation very difficult. The action of + the oars was prevented, and Pencroft was obliged to push with a pole. They + found also that the water was becoming shallower and shallower, and that + the canoe must soon stop. The sun was already sinking towards the horizon, + and the trees threw long shadows on the ground. Cyrus Harding, seeing that + he could not hope to reach the western coast of the island in one journey, + resolved to camp at the place where any further navigation was prevented + by want of water. He calculated that they were still five or six miles + from the coast, and this distance was too great for them to attempt during + the night in the midst of unknown woods. + </p> + <p> + The boat was pushed on through the forest, which gradually became thicker + again, and appeared also to have more inhabitants; for if the eyes of the + sailor did not deceive him, he thought he saw bands of monkeys springing + among the trees. Sometimes even two or three of these animals stopped at a + little distance from the canoe and gazed at the settlers without + manifesting any terror, as if, seeing men for the first time, they had not + yet learned to fear them. It would have been easy to bring down one of + these quadramani with a gunshot, and Pencroft was greatly tempted to fire, + but Harding opposed so useless a massacre. This was prudent, for the + monkeys, or apes rather, appearing to be very powerful and extremely + active, it was useless to provoke an unnecessary aggression, and the + creatures might, ignorant of the power of the explorers’ firearms, have + attacked them. It is true that the sailor considered the monkeys from a + purely alimentary point of view, for those animals which are herbivorous + make very excellent game; but since they had an abundant supply of + provisions, it was a pity to waste their ammunition. + </p> + <p> + Towards four o’clock, the navigation of the Mercy became exceedingly + difficult, for its course was obstructed by aquatic plants and rocks. The + banks rose higher and higher, and already they were approaching the spurs + of Mount Franklin. The source could not be far off, since it was fed by + the water from the southern slopes of the mountain. + </p> + <p> + “In a quarter of an hour,” said the sailor, “we shall be obliged to stop, + captain.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, we will stop, Pencroft, and we will make our encampment for + the night.” + </p> + <p> + “At what distance are we from Granite House?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “About seven miles,” replied the engineer, “taking into calculation, + however, the detours of the river, which has carried us to the northwest.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we go on?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, as long as we can,” replied Cyrus Harding. “To-morrow, at break of + day, we will leave the canoe, and in two hours I hope we shall cross the + distance which separates us from the coast, and then we shall have the + whole day in which to explore the shore.” + </p> + <p> + “Go ahead!” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + But soon the boat grated on the stony bottom of the river, which was now + not more than twenty feet in breadth. The trees met like a bower overhead, + and caused a half-darkness. They also heard the noise of a waterfall, + which showed that a few hundred feet up the river there was a natural + barrier. + </p> + <p> + Presently, after a sudden turn of the river, a cascade appeared through + the trees. The canoe again touched the bottom, and in a few minutes it was + moored to a trunk near the right bank. + </p> + <p> + It was nearly five o’clock. The last rays of the sun gleamed through the + thick foliage and glanced on the little waterfall, making the spray + sparkle with all the colors of the rainbow. Beyond that, the Mercy was + lost in the bushwood, where it was fed from some hidden source. The + different streams which flowed into it increased it to a regular river + further down, but here it was simply a shallow, limpid brook. + </p> + <p> + It was agreed to camp here, as the place was charming. The colonists + disembarked, and a fire was soon lighted under a clump of trees, among the + branches of which Cyrus Harding and his companions could, if it was + necessary, take refuge for the night. + </p> + <p> + Supper was quickly devoured, for they were very hungry, and then there was + only sleeping to think of. But, as roarings of rather a suspicious nature + had been heard during the evening, a good fire was made up for the night, + so as to protect the sleepers with its crackling flames. Neb and Pencroft + also watched by turns, and did not spare fuel. They thought they saw the + dark forms of some wild animals prowling round the camp among the bushes, + but the night passed without incident, and the next day, the 31st of + October, at five o’clock in the morning, all were on foot, ready for a + start. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 4 + </h2> + <p> + It was six o’ clock in the morning when the settlers, after a hasty + breakfast, set out to reach by the shortest way, the western coast of the + island. And how long would it take to do this? Cyrus Harding had said two + hours, but of course that depended on the nature of the obstacles they + might meet with. As it was probable that they would have to cut a path + through the grass, shrubs, and creepers, they marched axe in hand, and + with guns also ready, wisely taking warning from the cries of the wild + beasts heard in the night. + </p> + <p> + The exact position of the encampment could be determined by the bearing of + Mount Franklin, and as the volcano arose in the north at a distance of + less than three miles, they had only to go straight towards the southwest + to reach the western coast. They set out, having first carefully secured + the canoe. Pencroft and Neb carried sufficient provision for the little + band for at least two days. It would not thus be necessary to hunt. The + engineer advised his companions to refrain from firing, that their + presence might not be betrayed to any one near the shore. The first + hatchet blows were given among the brushwood in the midst of some + mastic-trees, a little above the cascade; and his compass in his hand, + Cyrus Harding led the way. + </p> + <p> + The forest here was composed for the most part of trees which had already + been met with near the lake and on Prospect Heights. There were deodars, + Douglas firs, casuarinas, gum trees, eucalypti, hibiscus, cedars, and + other trees, generally of a moderate size, for their number prevented + their growth. + </p> + <p> + Since their departure, the settlers had descended the slopes which + constituted the mountain system of the island, on to a dry soil, but the + luxuriant vegetation of which indicated it to be watered either by some + subterranean marsh or by some stream. However, Cyrus Harding did not + remember having seen, at the time of his excursion to the crater, any + other watercourses but the Red Creek and the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + During the first part of their excursion, they saw numerous troops of + monkeys who exhibited great astonishment at the sight of men, whose + appearance was so new to them. Gideon Spilett jokingly asked whether these + active and merry quadrupeds did not consider him and his companions as + degenerate brothers. + </p> + <p> + And certainly, pedestrians, hindered at each step by bushes, caught by + creepers, barred by trunks of trees, did not shine beside those supple + animals, who, bounding from branch to branch, were hindered by nothing on + their course. The monkeys were numerous, but happily they did not manifest + any hostile disposition. + </p> + <p> + Several pigs, agoutis, kangaroos, and other rodents were seen, also two or + three koalas, at which Pencroft longed to have a shot. + </p> + <p> + “But,” said he, “you may jump and play just now; we shall have one or two + words to say to you on our way back!” + </p> + <p> + At half-past nine the way was suddenly found to be barred by an unknown + stream, from thirty to forty feet broad, whose rapid current dashed + foaming over the numerous rocks which interrupted its course. This creek + was deep and clear, but it was absolutely unnavigable. + </p> + <p> + “We are cut off!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Herbert, “it is only a stream, and we can easily swim over.” + </p> + <p> + “What would be the use of that?” returned Harding. “This creek evidently + runs to the sea. Let us remain on this side and follow the bank, and I + shall be much astonished if it does not lead us very quickly to the coast. + Forward!” + </p> + <p> + “One minute,” said the reporter. “The name of this creek, my friends? Do + not let us leave our geography incomplete.” + </p> + <p> + “All right!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Name it, my boy,” said the engineer, addressing the lad. + </p> + <p> + “Will it not be better to wait until we have explored it to its mouth?” + answered Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” replied Cyrus Harding. “Let us follow it as fast as we can + without stopping.” + </p> + <p> + “Still another minute!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Though hunting is forbidden, fishing is allowed, I suppose,” said the + sailor. + </p> + <p> + “We have no time to lose,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! five minutes!” replied Pencroft, “I only ask for five minutes to use + in the interest of our breakfast!” + </p> + <p> + And Pencroft, lying down on the bank, plunged his arm into the water, and + soon pulled up several dozen of fine crayfish from among the stones. + </p> + <p> + “These will be good!” cried Neb, going to the sailor’s aid. + </p> + <p> + “As I said, there is everything in this island, except tobacco!” muttered + Pencroft with a sigh. + </p> + <p> + The fishing did not take five minutes, for the crayfish were swarming in + the creek. A bag was filled with the crustaceae, whose shells were of a + cobalt blue. The settlers then pushed on. + </p> + <p> + They advanced more rapidly and easily along the bank of the river than in + the forest. From time to time they came upon the traces of animals of a + large size who had come to quench their thirst at the stream, but none + were actually seen, and it was evidently not in this part of the forest + that the peccary had received the bullet which had cost Pencroft a + grinder. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, considering the rapid current, Harding was led to + suppose that he and his companions were much farther from the western + coast than they had at first supposed. In fact, at this hour, the rising + tide would have turned back the current of the creek, if its mouth had + only been a few miles distant. Now, this effect was not produced, and the + water pursued its natural course. The engineer was much astonished at + this, and frequently consulted his compass, to assure himself that some + turn of the river was not leading them again into the Far West. + </p> + <p> + However, the creek gradually widened and its waters became less + tumultuous. The trees on the right bank were as close together as on the + left bank, and it was impossible to distinguish anything beyond them; but + these masses of wood were evidently uninhabited, for Top did not bark, and + the intelligent animal would not have failed to signal the presence of any + stranger in the neighborhood. + </p> + <p> + At half-past ten, to the great surprise of Cyrus Harding, Herbert, who was + a little in front, suddenly stopped and exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “The sea!” + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes more, the whole western shore of the island lay extended + before the eyes of the settlers. + </p> + <p> + But what a contrast between this and the eastern coast, upon which chance + had first thrown them. No granite cliff, no rocks, not even a sandy beach. + The forest reached the shore, and the tall trees bending over the water + were beaten by the waves. It was not such a shore as is usually formed by + nature, either by extending a vast carpet of sand, or by grouping masses + of rock, but a beautiful border consisting of the most splendid trees. The + bank was raised a little above the level of the sea, and on this luxuriant + soil, supported by a granite base, the fine forest trees seemed to be as + firmly planted as in the interior of the island. + </p> + <p> + The colonists were then on the shore of an unimportant little harbor, + which would scarcely have contained even two or three fishing-boats. It + served as a neck to the new creek, of which the curious thing was that its + waters, instead of joining the sea by a gentle slope, fell from a height + of more than forty feet, which explained why the rising tide was not felt + up the stream. In fact, the tides of the Pacific, even at their maximum + elevation, could never reach the level of the river, and, doubtless, + millions of years would pass before the water would have worn away the + granite and hollowed a practicable mouth. + </p> + <p> + It was settled that the name of Falls River should be given to this + stream. Beyond, towards the north, the forest border was prolonged for a + space of nearly two miles; then the trees became scarcer, and beyond that + again the picturesque heights described a nearly straight line, which ran + north and south. On the contrary, all the part of the shore between Falls + River and Reptile End was a mass of wood, magnificent trees, some + straight, others bent, so that the long sea-swell bathed their roots. Now, + it was this coast, that is, all the Serpentine Peninsula, that was to be + explored, for this part of the shore offered a refuge to castaways, which + the other wild and barren side must have refused. + </p> + <p> + The weather was fine and clear, and from a height of a hillock on which + Neb and Pencroft had arranged breakfast, a wide view was obtained. There + was, however, not a sail in sight; nothing could be seen along the shore + as far as the eye could reach. But the engineer would take nothing for + granted until he had explored the coast to the very extremity of the + Serpentine Peninsula. + </p> + <p> + Breakfast was soon despatched, and at half-past eleven the captain gave + the signal for departure. Instead of proceeding over the summit of a cliff + or along a sandy beach, the settlers were obliged to remain under cover of + the trees so that they might continue on the shore. + </p> + <p> + The distance which separated Falls River from Reptile End was about twelve + miles. It would have taken the settlers four hours to do this, on a clear + ground and without hurrying themselves; but as it was they needed double + the time, for what with trees to go round, bushes to cut down, and + creepers to chop away, they were impeded at every step, these obstacles + greatly lengthening their journey. + </p> + <p> + There was, however, nothing to show that a shipwreck had taken place + recently. It is true that, as Gideon Spilett observed, any remains of it + might have drifted out to sea, and they must not take it for granted that + because they could find no traces of it, a ship had not been castaway on + the coast. + </p> + <p> + The reporter’s argument was just, and besides, the incident of the bullet + proved that a shot must have been fired in Lincoln Island within three + months. + </p> + <p> + It was already five o’clock, and there were still two miles between the + settlers and the extremity of the Serpentine Peninsula. It was evident + that after having reached Reptile End, Harding and his companions would + not have time to return before dark to their encampment near the source of + the Mercy. It would therefore be necessary to pass the night on the + promontory. But they had no lack of provisions, which was lucky, for there + were no animals on the shore, though birds, on the contrary, abound—jacamars, + couroucous, tragopans, grouse, lories, parrots, cockatoos, pheasants, + pigeons, and a hundred others. There was not a tree without a nest, and + not a nest which was not full of flapping wings. + </p> + <p> + Towards seven o’clock the weary explorers arrived at Reptile End. Here the + seaside forest ended, and the shore resumed the customary appearance of a + coast, with rocks, reefs, and sands. It was possible that something might + be found here, but darkness came on, and the further exploration had to be + put off to the next day. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Herbert hastened on to find a suitable place for their camp. + Among the last trees of the forest of the Far West, the boy found several + thick clumps of bamboos. + </p> + <p> + “Good,” said he; “this is a valuable discovery.” + </p> + <p> + “Valuable?” returned Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” replied Herbert. “I may say, Pencroft, that the bark of the + bamboo, cut into flexible laths, is used for making baskets; that this + bark, mashed into a paste, is used for the manufacture of Chinese paper; + that the stalks furnish, according to their size, canes and pipes and are + used for conducting water; that large bamboos make excellent material for + building, being light and strong, and being never attacked by insects. I + will add that by sawing the bamboo in two at the joint, keeping for the + bottom the part of the transverse film which forms the joint, useful cups + are obtained, which are much in use among the Chinese. No! you don’t care + for that. But—” + </p> + <p> + “But what?” + </p> + <p> + “But I can tell you, if you are ignorant of it, that in India these + bamboos are eaten like asparagus.” + </p> + <p> + “Asparagus thirty feet high!” exclaimed the sailor. “And are they good?” + </p> + <p> + “Excellent,” replied Herbert. “Only it is not the stems of thirty feet + high which are eaten, but the young shoots.” + </p> + <p> + “Perfect, my boy, perfect!” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “I will also add that the pith of the young stalks, preserved in vinegar, + makes a good pickle.” + </p> + <p> + “Better and better, Herbert!” + </p> + <p> + “And lastly, that the bamboos exude a sweet liquor which can be made into + a very agreeable drink.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that all?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “That is all!” + </p> + <p> + “And they don’t happen to do for smoking?” + </p> + <p> + “No, my poor Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert and the sailor had not to look long for a place in which to pass + the night. The rocks, which must have been violently beaten by the sea + under the influence of the winds of the southwest, presented many cavities + in which shelter could be found against the night air. But just as they + were about to enter one of these caves a loud roaring arrested them. + </p> + <p> + “Back!” cried Pencroft. “Our guns are only loaded with small shot, and + beasts which can roar as loud as that would care no more for it than for + grains of salt!” And the sailor, seizing Herbert by the arm, dragged him + behind a rock, just as a magnificent animal showed itself at the entrance + of the cavern. + </p> + <p> + It was a jaguar of a size at least equal to its Asiatic congeners, that is + to say, it measured five feet from the extremity of its head to the + beginning of its tail. The yellow color of its hair was relieved by + streaks and regular oblong spots of black, which contrasted with the white + of its chest. Herbert recognized it as the ferocious rival of the tiger, + as formidable as the puma, which is the rival of the largest wolf! + </p> + <p> + The jaguar advanced and gazed around him with blazing eyes, his hair + bristling as if this was not the first time he had scented men. + </p> + <p> + At this moment the reporter appeared round a rock, and Herbert, thinking + that he had not seen the jaguar, was about to rush towards him, when + Gideon Spilett signed to him to remain where he was. This was not his + first tiger, and advancing to within ten feet of the animal he remained + motionless, his gun to his shoulder, without moving a muscle. The jaguar + collected itself for a spring, but at that moment a shot struck it in the + eyes, and it fell dead. + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Pencroft rushed towards the jaguar. Neb and Harding also ran + up, and they remained for some instants contemplating the animal as it lay + stretched on the ground, thinking that its magnificent skin would be a + great ornament to the hall at Granite House. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Mr. Spilett, how I admire and envy you!” cried Herbert, in a fit of + very natural enthusiasm. + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy,” replied the reporter, “you could have done the same.” + </p> + <p> + “I! with such coolness!—” + </p> + <p> + “Imagine to yourself, Herbert, that the jaguar is only a hare, and you + would fire as quietly as possible.” + </p> + <p> + “That is,” rejoined Pencroft, “that it is not more dangerous than a hare!” + </p> + <p> + “And now,” said Gideon Spilett, “since the jaguar has left its abode, I do + not see, my friends, why we should not take possession of it for the + night.” + </p> + <p> + “But others may come,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “It will be enough to light a fire at the entrance of the cavern,” said + the reporter, “and no wild beasts will dare to cross the threshold.” + </p> + <p> + “Into the jaguar’s house, then!” replied the sailor, dragging after him + the body of the animal. + </p> + <p> + While Neb skinned the jaguar, his companions collected an abundant supply + of dry wood from the forest, which they heaped up at the cave. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, seeing the clump of bamboos, cut a quantity, which he + mingled with the other fuel. + </p> + <p> + This done, they entered the grotto, of which the floor was strewn with + bones, the guns were carefully loaded, in case of a sudden attack, they + had supper, and then just before they lay down to rest, the heap of wood + piled at the entrance was set fire to. Immediately, a regular explosion, + or rather a series of reports, broke the silence! The noise was caused by + the bamboos, which, as the flames reached them, exploded like fireworks. + The noise was enough to terrify even the boldest of wild beasts. + </p> + <p> + It was not the engineer who had invented this way of causing loud + explosions, for, according to Marco Polo, the Tartars have employed it for + many centuries to drive away from their encampments the formidable wild + beasts of Central Asia. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 5 + </h2> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions slept like innocent marmots in the cave + which the jaguar had so politely left at their disposal. + </p> + <p> + At sunrise all were on the shore at the extremity of the promontory, and + their gaze was directed towards the horizon, of which two-thirds of the + circumference were visible. For the last time the engineer could ascertain + that not a sail nor the wreck of a ship was on the sea, and even with the + telescope nothing suspicious could be discovered. + </p> + <p> + There was nothing either on the shore, at least, in the straight line of + three miles which formed the south side of the promontory, for beyond + that, rising ground had the rest of the coast, and even from the extremity + of the Serpentine Peninsula Claw Cape could not be seen. + </p> + <p> + The southern coast of the island still remained to be explored. Now should + they undertake it immediately, and devote this day to it? + </p> + <p> + This was not included in their first plan. In fact, when the boat was + abandoned at the sources of the Mercy, it had been agreed that after + having surveyed the west coast, they should go back to it, and return to + Granite House by the Mercy. Harding then thought that the western coast + would have offered refuge, either to a ship in distress, or to a vessel in + her regular course; but now, as he saw that this coast presented no good + anchorage, he wished to seek on the south what they had not been able to + find on the west. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett proposed to continue the exploration, that the question of + the supposed wreck might be completely settled, and he asked at what + distance Claw Cape might be from the extremity of the peninsula. + </p> + <p> + “About thirty miles,” replied the engineer, “if we take into consideration + the curvings of the coast.” + </p> + <p> + “Thirty miles!” returned Spilett. “That would be a long day’s march. + Nevertheless, I think that we should return to Granite House by the south + coast.” + </p> + <p> + “But,” observed Herbert, “from Claw Cape to Granite House there must be at + least another ten miles. + </p> + <p> + “Make it forty miles in all,” replied the engineer, “and do not hesitate + to do it. At least we should survey the unknown shore, and then we shall + not have to begin the exploration again.” + </p> + <p> + “Very good,” said Pencroft. “But the boat?” + </p> + <p> + “The boat has remained by itself for one day at the sources of the Mercy,” + replied Gideon Spilett; “it may just as well stay there two days! As yet, + we have had no reason to think that the island is infested by thieves!” + </p> + <p> + “Yet,” said the sailor, “when I remember the history of the turtle, I am + far from confident of that.” + </p> + <p> + “The turtle! the turtle!” replied the reporter. “Don’t you know that the + sea turned it over?” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows?” murmured the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “But,—” said Neb. + </p> + <p> + Neb had evidently something to say, for he opened his mouth to speak and + yet said nothing. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want to say, Neb?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “If we return by the shore to Claw Cape,” replied Neb, “after having + doubled the Cape, we shall be stopped—” + </p> + <p> + “By the Mercy! of course,” replied Herbert, “and we shall have neither + bridge nor boat by which to cross.” + </p> + <p> + “But, captain,” added Pencroft, “with a few floating trunks we shall have + no difficulty in crossing the river.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind,” said Spilett, “it will be useful to construct a bridge if we + wish to have an easy access to the Far West!” + </p> + <p> + “A bridge!” cried Pencroft. “Well, is not the captain the best engineer in + his profession? He will make us a bridge when we want one. As to + transporting you this evening to the other side of the Mercy, and that + without wetting one thread of your clothes, I will take care of that. We + have provisions for another day, and besides we can get plenty of game. + Forward!” + </p> + <p> + The reporter’s proposal, so strongly seconded by the sailor, received + general approbation, for each wished to have their doubts set at rest, and + by returning by Claw Cape the exploration would be ended. But there was + not an hour to lose, for forty miles was a long march, and they could not + hope to reach Granite House before night. + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock in the morning the little band set out. As a precaution the + guns were loaded with ball, and Top, who led the van, received orders to + beat about the edge of the forest. + </p> + <p> + From the extremity of the promontory which formed the tail of the + peninsula the coast was rounded for a distance of five miles, which was + rapidly passed over, without even the most minute investigations bringing + to light the least trace of any old or recent landings; no debris, no mark + of an encampment, no cinders of a fire, nor even a footprint! + </p> + <p> + From the point of the peninsula on which the settlers now were their gaze + could extend along the southwest. Twenty-five miles off the coast + terminated in the Claw Cape, which loomed dimly through the morning mists, + and which, by the phenomenon of the mirage, appeared as if suspended + between land and water. + </p> + <p> + Between the place occupied by the colonists and the other side of the + immense bay, the shore was composed, first, of a tract of low land, + bordered in the background by trees; then the shore became more irregular, + projecting sharp points into the sea, and finally ended in the black rocks + which, accumulated in picturesque disorder, formed Claw Cape. + </p> + <p> + Such was the development of this part of the island, which the settlers + took in at a glance, while stopping for an instant. + </p> + <p> + “If a vessel ran in here,” said Pencroft, “she would certainly be lost. + Sandbanks and reefs everywhere! Bad quarters!” + </p> + <p> + “But at least something would be left of the ship,” observed the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “There might be pieces of wood on the rocks, but nothing on the sands,” + replied the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Why?” + </p> + <p> + “Because the sands are still more dangerous than the rocks, for they + swallow up everything that is thrown on them. In a few days the hull of a + ship of several hundred tons would disappear entirely in there!” + </p> + <p> + “So, Pencroft,” asked the engineer, “if a ship has been wrecked on these + banks, is it not astonishing that there is now no trace of her remaining?” + </p> + <p> + “No, captain, with the aid of time and tempest. However, it would be + surprising, even in this case, that some of the masts or spars should not + have been thrown on the beach, out of reach of the waves.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us go on with our search, then,” returned Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + At one o’clock the colonists arrived at the other side of Washington Bay, + they having now gone a distance of twenty miles. + </p> + <p> + They then halted for breakfast. + </p> + <p> + Here began the irregular coast, covered with lines of rocks and sandbanks. + The long sea-swell could be seen breaking over the rocks in the bay, + forming a foamy fringe. From this point to Claw Cape the beach was very + narrow between the edge of the forest and the reefs. + </p> + <p> + Walking was now more difficult, on account of the numerous rocks which + encumbered the beach. The granite cliff also gradually increased in + height, and only the green tops of the trees which crowned it could be + seen. + </p> + <p> + After half an hour’s rest, the settlers resumed their journey, and not a + spot among the rocks was left unexamined. Pencroft and Neb even rushed + into the surf whenever any object attracted their attention. But they + found nothing, some curious formations of the rocks having deceived them. + They ascertained, however, that eatable shellfish abounded there, but + these could not be of any great advantage to them until some easy means of + communication had been established between the two banks of the Mercy, and + until the means of transport had been perfected. + </p> + <p> + Nothing therefore which threw any light on the supposed wreck could be + found on this shore, yet an object of any importance, such as the hull of + a ship, would have been seen directly, or any of her masts and spars would + have been washed on shore, just as the chest had been, which was found + twenty miles from here. But there was nothing. + </p> + <p> + Towards three o’clock Harding and his companions arrived at a snug little + creek. It formed quite a natural harbor, invisible from the sea, and was + entered by a narrow channel. + </p> + <p> + At the back of this creek some violent convulsion had torn up the rocky + border, and a cutting, by a gentle slope, gave access to an upper plateau, + which might be situated at least ten miles from Claw Cape, and + consequently four miles in a straight line from Prospect Heights. Gideon + Spilett proposed to his companions that they should make a halt here. They + agreed readily, for their walk had sharpened their appetites; and although + it was not their usual dinner-hour, no one refused to strengthen himself + with a piece of venison. This luncheon would sustain them until their + supper, which they intended to take at Granite House. In a few minutes the + settlers, seated under a clump of fine sea-pines, were devouring the + provisions which Neb produced from his bag. + </p> + <p> + This spot was raised from fifty to sixty feet above the level of the sea. + The view was very extensive, but beyond the cape it ended in Union Bay. + Neither the islet nor Prospect Heights was visible, and could not be from + thence, for the rising ground and the curtain of trees closed the northern + horizon. + </p> + <p> + It is useless to add that notwithstanding the wide extent of sea which the + explorers could survey, and though the engineer swept the horizon with his + glass, no vessel could be found. + </p> + <p> + The shore was of course examined with the same care from the edge of the + water to the cliff, and nothing could be discovered even with the aid of + the instrument. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Gideon Spilett, “it seems we must make up our minds to + console ourselves with thinking that no one will come to dispute with us + the possession of Lincoln Island!” + </p> + <p> + “But the bullet,” cried Herbert. “That was not imaginary, I suppose!” + </p> + <p> + “Hang it, no!” exclaimed Pencroft, thinking of his absent tooth. + </p> + <p> + “Then what conclusion may be drawn?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “This,” replied the engineer, “that three months or more ago, a vessel, + either voluntarily or not, came here.” + </p> + <p> + “What! then you admit, Cyrus, that she was swallowed up without leaving + any trace?” cried the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “No, my dear Spilett; but you see that if it is certain that a human being + set foot on the island, it appears no less certain that he has now left + it.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, if I understand you right, captain,” said Herbert, “the vessel has + left again?” + </p> + <p> + “Evidently.” + </p> + <p> + “And we have lost an opportunity to get back to our country?” said Neb. + </p> + <p> + “I fear so.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, since the opportunity is lost, let us go on; it can’t be + helped,” said Pencroft, who felt home-sickness for Granite House. + </p> + <p> + But just as they were rising, Top was heard loudly barking; and the dog + issued from the wood, holding in his mouth a rag soiled with mud. + </p> + <p> + Neb seized it. It was a piece of strong cloth! + </p> + <p> + Top still barked, and by his going and coming, seemed to invite his master + to follow him into the forest. + </p> + <p> + “Now there’s something to explain the bullet!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “A castaway!” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Wounded, perhaps!” said Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Or dead!” added the reporter. + </p> + <p> + All ran after the dog, among the tall pines on the border of the forest. + Harding and his companions made ready their firearms, in case of an + emergency. + </p> + <p> + They advanced some way into the wood, but to their great disappointment, + they as yet saw no signs of any human being having passed that way. Shrubs + and creepers were uninjured, and they had even to cut them away with the + axe, as they had done in the deepest recesses of the forest. It was + difficult to fancy that any human creature had ever passed there, but yet + Top went backward and forward, not like a dog who searches at random, but + like a dog being endowed with a mind, who is following up an idea. + </p> + <p> + In about seven or eight minutes Top stopped in a glade surrounded with + tall trees. The settlers gazed around them, but saw nothing, neither under + the bushes nor among the trees. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter, Top?” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + Top barked louder, bounding about at the foot of a gigantic pine. All at + once Pencroft shouted,—“Ho, splendid! capital!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “We have been looking for a wreck at sea or on land!” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” + </p> + <p> + “Well; and here we’ve found one in the air!” + </p> + <p> + And the sailor pointed to a great white rag, caught in the top of the + pine, a fallen scrap of which the dog had brought to them. + </p> + <p> + “But that is not a wreck!” cried Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “I beg your pardon!” returned Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Why? is it—?” + </p> + <p> + “It is all that remains of our airy boat, of our balloon, which has been + caught up aloft there, at the top of that tree!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft was not mistaken, and he gave vent to his feelings in a + tremendous hurrah, adding,— + </p> + <p> + “There is good cloth! There is what will furnish us with linen for years. + There is what will make us handkerchiefs and shirts! Ha, ha, Mr. Spilett, + what do you say to an island where shirts grow on the trees?” + </p> + <p> + It was certainly a lucky circumstance for the settlers in Lincoln Island + that the balloon, after having made its last bound into the air, had + fallen on the island and thus given them the opportunity of finding it + again, whether they kept the case under its present form, or whether they + wished to attempt another escape by it, or whether they usefully employed + the several hundred yards of cotton, which was of fine quality. Pencroft’s + joy was therefore shared by all. + </p> + <p> + But it was necessary to bring down the remains of the balloon from the + tree, to place it in security, and this was no slight task. Neb, Herbert, + and the sailor, climbing to the summit of the tree, used all their skill + to disengage the now reduced balloon. + </p> + <p> + The operation lasted two hours, and then not only the case, with its + valve, its springs, its brasswork, lay on the ground, but the net, that is + to say a considerable quantity of ropes and cordage, and the circle and + the anchor. The case, except for the fracture, was in good condition, only + the lower portion being torn. + </p> + <p> + It was a fortune which had fallen from the sky. + </p> + <p> + “All the same, captain,” said the sailor, “if we ever decide to leave the + island, it won’t be in a balloon, will it? These airboats won’t go where + we want them to go, and we have had some experience in that way! Look + here, we will build a craft of some twenty tons, and then we can make a + main-sail, a foresail, and a jib out of that cloth. As to the rest of it, + that will help to dress us.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall see, Pencroft,” replied Cyrus Harding; “we shall see.” + </p> + <p> + “In the meantime, we must put it in a safe place,” said Neb. + </p> + <p> + They certainly could not think of carrying this load of cloth, ropes, and + cordage, to Granite House, for the weight of it was very considerable, and + while waiting for a suitable vehicle in which to convey it, it was of + importance that this treasure should not be left longer exposed to the + mercies of the first storm. The settlers, uniting their efforts, managed + to drag it as far as the shore, where they discovered a large rocky + cavity, which owing to its position could not be visited either by the + wind or rain. + </p> + <p> + “We needed a locker, and now we have one,” said Pencroft; “but as we + cannot lock it up, it will be prudent to hide the opening. I don’t mean + from two-legged thieves, but from those with four paws!” + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock, all was stowed away, and after having given the creek the + very suitable name of “Port Balloon,” the settlers pursued their way along + Claw Cape. Pencroft and the engineer talked of the different projects + which it was agreed to put into execution with the briefest possible + delay. It was necessary first of all to throw a bridge over the Mercy, so + as to establish an easy communication with the south of the island; then + the cart must be taken to bring back the balloon, for the canoe alone + could not carry it, then they would build a decked boat, and Pencroft + would rig it as a cutter, and they would be able to undertake voyages of + circumnavigation round the island, etc. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile night came on, and it was already dark when the settlers + reached Flotsam Point, where they had found the precious chest. + </p> + <p> + The distance between Flotsam Point and Granite House was another four + miles, and it was midnight when, after having followed the shore to the + mouth of the Mercy, the settlers arrived at the first angle formed by the + Mercy. + </p> + <p> + There the river was eighty feet in breadth, which was awkward to cross, + but as Pencroft had taken upon himself to conquer this difficulty, he was + compelled to do it. The settlers certainly had reason to be pretty tired. + The journey had been long, and the task of getting down the balloon had + not rested either their arms or legs. They were anxious to reach Granite + House to eat and sleep, and if the bridge had been constructed, in a + quarter of an hour they would have been at home. + </p> + <p> + The night was very dark. Pencroft prepared to keep his promise by + constructing a sort of raft, on which to make the passage of the Mercy. He + and Neb, armed with axes, chose two trees near the water, and began to + attack them at the base. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Spilett, seated on the bank, waited till their + companions were ready for their help, while Herbert roamed about, though + without going to any distance. All at once, the lad, who had strolled by + the river, came running back, and, pointing up the Mercy, exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “What is floating there?” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft stopped working, and seeing an indistinct object moving through + the gloom,— + </p> + <p> + “A canoe!” cried he. + </p> + <p> + All approached, and saw to their extreme surprise, a boat floating down + the current. + </p> + <p> + “Boat ahoy!” shouted the sailor, without thinking that perhaps it would be + best to keep silence. + </p> + <p> + No reply. The boat still drifted onward, and it was not more than twelve + feet off, when the sailor exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “But it is our own boat! she has broken her moorings, and floated down the + current. I must say she has arrived very opportunely.” + </p> + <p> + “Our boat?” murmured the engineer. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft was right. It was indeed the canoe, of which the rope had + undoubtedly broken, and which had come alone from the sources of the + Mercy. It was very important to seize it before the rapid current should + have swept it away out of the mouth of the river, but Neb and Pencroft + cleverly managed this by means of a long pole. + </p> + <p> + The canoe touched the shore. The engineer leaped in first, and found, on + examining the rope, that it had been really worn through by rubbing + against the rocks. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said the reporter to him, in a low voice, “this is a strange + thing.” + </p> + <p> + “Strange indeed!” returned Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + Strange or not, it was very fortunate. Herbert, the reporter, Neb, and + Pencroft, embarked in turn. There was no doubt about the rope having been + worn through, but the astonishing part of the affair was, that the boat + should arrive just at the moment when the settlers were there to seize it + on its way, for a quarter of an hour earlier or later it would have been + lost in the sea. + </p> + <p> + If they had been living in the time of genii, this incident would have + given them the right to think that the island was haunted by some + supernatural being, who used his power in the service of the castaways! + </p> + <p> + A few strokes of the oar brought the settlers to the mouth of the Mercy. + The canoe was hauled up on the beach near the Chimneys, and all proceeded + towards the ladder of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + But at that moment, Top barked angrily, and Neb, who was looking for the + first steps, uttered a cry. + </p> + <p> + There was no longer a ladder! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 6 + </h2> + <p> + Cyrus Harding stood still, without saying a word. His companions searched + in the darkness on the wall, in case the wind should have moved the + ladder, and on the ground, thinking that it might have fallen down.... But + the ladder had quite disappeared. As to ascertaining if a squall had blown + it on the landing-place, half way up, that was impossible in the dark. + </p> + <p> + “If it is a joke,” cried Pencroft, “it is a very stupid one! To come home + and find no staircase to go up to your room by—that’s nothing for + weary men to laugh at.” + </p> + <p> + Neb could do nothing but cry out “Oh! oh! oh!” + </p> + <p> + “I begin to think that very curious things happen in Lincoln Island!” said + Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Curious?” replied Gideon Spilett, “not at all, Pencroft, nothing can be + more natural. Some one has come during our absence, taken possession of + our dwelling and drawn up the ladder.” + </p> + <p> + “Some one,” cried the sailor. “But who?” + </p> + <p> + “Who but the hunter who fired the bullet?” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Well, if there is any one up there,” replied Pencroft, who began to lose + patience, “I will give them a hail, and they must answer.” + </p> + <p> + And in a stentorian voice the sailor gave a prolonged “Halloo!” which was + echoed again and again from the cliff and rocks. + </p> + <p> + The settlers listened and they thought they heard a sort of chuckling + laugh, of which they could not guess the origin. But no voice replied to + Pencroft, who in vain repeated his vigorous shouts. + </p> + <p> + There was something indeed in this to astonish the most apathetic of men, + and the settlers were not men of that description. In their situation + every incident had its importance, and, certainly, during the seven months + which they had spent on the island, they had not before met with anything + of so surprising a character. + </p> + <p> + Be that as it may, forgetting their fatigue in the singularity of the + event, they remained below Granite House, not knowing what to think, not + knowing what to do, questioning each other without any hope of a + satisfactory reply, every one starting some supposition each more unlikely + than the last. Neb bewailed himself, much disappointed at not being able + to get into his kitchen, for the provisions which they had had on their + expedition were exhausted, and they had no means of renewing them. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” at last said Cyrus Harding, “there is only one thing to be + done at present; wait for day, and then act according to circumstances. + But let us go to the Chimneys. There we shall be under shelter, and if we + cannot eat, we can at least sleep.” + </p> + <p> + “But who is it that has played us this cool trick?” again asked Pencroft, + unable to make up his mind to retire from the spot. + </p> + <p> + Whoever it was, the only thing practicable was to do as the engineer + proposed, to go to the Chimneys and there wait for day. In the meanwhile + Top was ordered to mount guard below the windows of Granite House, and + when Top received an order he obeyed it without any questioning. The brave + dog therefore remained at the foot of the cliff while his master with his + companions sought a refuge among the rocks. + </p> + <p> + To say that the settlers, notwithstanding their fatigue, slept well on the + sandy floor of the Chimneys would not be true. It was not only that they + were extremely anxious to find out the cause of what had happened, whether + it was the result of an accident which would be discovered at the return + of day, or whether on the contrary it was the work of a human being; but + they also had very uncomfortable beds. That could not be helped, however, + for in some way or other at that moment their dwelling was occupied, and + they could not possibly enter it. + </p> + <p> + Now Granite House was more than their dwelling, it was their warehouse. + There were all the stores belonging to the colony, weapons, instruments, + tools, ammunition, provisions, etc. To think that all that might be + pillaged and that the settlers would have all their work to do over again, + fresh weapons and tools to make, was a serious matter. Their uneasiness + led one or other of them also to go out every few minutes to see if Top + was keeping good watch. Cyrus Harding alone waited with his habitual + patience, although his strong mind was exasperated at being confronted + with such an inexplicable fact, and he was provoked at himself for + allowing a feeling to which he could not give a name, to gain an influence + over him. Gideon Spilett shared his feelings in this respect, and the two + conversed together in whispers of the inexplicable circumstance which + baffled even their intelligence and experience. + </p> + <p> + “It is a joke,” said Pencroft; “it is a trick some one has played us. + Well, I don’t like such jokes, and the joker had better look out for + himself, if he falls into my hands, I can tell him.” + </p> + <p> + As soon as the first gleam of light appeared in the east, the colonists, + suitably armed, repaired to the beach under Granite House. The rising sun + now shone on the cliff and they could see the windows, the shutters of + which were closed, through the curtains of foliage. + </p> + <p> + All here was in order; but a cry escaped the colonists when they saw that + the door, which they had closed on their departure, was now wide open. + </p> + <p> + Some one had entered Granite House—there could be no more doubt + about that. + </p> + <p> + The upper ladder, which generally hung from the door to the landing, was + in its place, but the lower ladder was drawn up and raised to the + threshold. It was evident that the intruders had wished to guard + themselves against a surprise. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft hailed again. + </p> + <p> + No reply. + </p> + <p> + “The beggars,” exclaimed the sailor. “There they are sleeping quietly as + if they were in their own house. Hallo there, you pirates, brigands, + robbers, sons of John Bull!” + </p> + <p> + When Pencroft, being a Yankee, treated any one to the epithet of “son of + John Bull,” he considered he had reached the last limits of insult. + </p> + <p> + The sun had now completely risen, and the whole facade of Granite House + became illuminated by its rays; but in the interior as well as on the + exterior all was quiet and calm. + </p> + <p> + The settlers asked if Granite House was inhabited or not, and yet the + position of the ladder was sufficient to show that it was; it was also + certain that the inhabitants, whoever they might be, had not been able to + escape. But how were they to be got at? + </p> + <p> + Herbert then thought of fastening a cord to an arrow, and shooting the + arrow so that it should pass between the first rounds of the ladder which + hung from the threshold. By means of the cord they would then be able to + draw down the ladder to the ground, and so re-establish the communication + between the beach and Granite House. There was evidently nothing else to + be done, and, with a little skill, this method might succeed. Very + fortunately bows and arrows had been left at the Chimneys, where they also + found a quantity of light hibiscus cord. Pencroft fastened this to a + well-feathered arrow. Then Herbert fixing it to his bow, took a careful + aim for the lower part of the ladder. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Pencroft, and Neb drew back, so as to see + if anything appeared at the windows. The reporter lifted his gun to his + shoulder and covered the door. + </p> + <p> + The bow was bent, the arrow flew, taking the cord with it, and passed + between the two last rounds. + </p> + <p> + The operation had succeeded. + </p> + <p> + Herbert immediately seized the end of the cord, but, at that moment when + he gave it a pull to bring down the ladder, an arm, thrust suddenly out + between the wall and the door, grasped it and dragged it inside Granite + House. + </p> + <p> + “The rascals!” shouted the sailor. “If a ball can do anything for you, you + shall not have long to wait for it. + </p> + <p> + “But who was it?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Who was it? Didn’t you see?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “It was a monkey, a sapajou, an orangoutang, a baboon, a gorilla, a + sagoin. Our dwelling has been invaded by monkeys, who climbed up the + ladder during our absence.” + </p> + <p> + And, at this moment, as if to bear witness to the truth of the sailor’s + words, two or three quadrumana showed themselves at the windows, from + which they had pushed back the shutters, and saluted the real proprietors + of the place with a thousand hideous grimaces. + </p> + <p> + “I knew that it was only a joke,” cried Pencroft; “but one of the jokers + shall pay the penalty for the rest.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, the sailor, raising his piece, took a rapid aim at one of the + monkeys and fired. All disappeared, except one who fell mortally wounded + on the beach. This monkey, which was of a large size, evidently belonged + to the first order of the quadrumana. Whether this was a chimpanzee, an + orangoutang, or a gorilla, he took rank among the anthropoid apes, who are + so called from their resemblance to the human race. However, Herbert + declared it to be an orangoutang. + </p> + <p> + “What a magnificent beast!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Magnificent, if you like,” replied Pencroft; “but still I do not see how + we are to get into our house.” + </p> + <p> + “Herbert is a good marksman,” said the reporter, “and his bow is here. He + can try again.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, these apes are so cunning,” returned Pencroft; “they won’t show + themselves again at the windows and so we can’t kill them; and when I + think of the mischief they may do in the rooms and storehouse—” + </p> + <p> + “Have patience,” replied Harding; “these creatures cannot keep us long at + bay.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall not be sure of that till I see them down here,” replied the + sailor. “And now, captain, do you know how many dozens of these fellows + are up there?” + </p> + <p> + It was difficult to reply to Pencroft, and as for the young boy making + another attempt, that was not easy; for the lower part of the ladder had + been drawn again into the door, and when another pull was given, the line + broke and the ladder remained firm. The case was really perplexing. + Pencroft stormed. There was a comic side to the situation, but he did not + think it funny at all. It was certain that the settlers would end by + reinstating themselves in their domicile and driving out the intruders, + but when and how? this is what they were not able to say. + </p> + <p> + Two hours passed, during which the apes took care not to show themselves, + but they were still there, and three or four times a nose or a paw was + poked out at the door or windows, and was immediately saluted by a + gun-shot. + </p> + <p> + “Let us hide ourselves,” at last said the engineer. “Perhaps the apes will + think we have gone quite away and will show themselves again. Let Spilett + and Herbert conceal themselves behind those rocks and fire on all that may + appear.” + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s orders were obeyed, and while the reporter and the lad, the + best marksmen in the colony, posted themselves in a good position, but out + of the monkeys’ sight, Neb, Pencroft, and Cyrus climbed the plateau and + entered the forest in order to kill some game, for it was now time for + breakfast and they had no provisions remaining. + </p> + <p> + In half an hour the hunters returned with a few rock pigeons, which they + roasted as well as they could. Not an ape had appeared. Gideon Spilett and + Herbert went to take their share of the breakfast, leaving Top to watch + under the windows. They then, having eaten, returned to their post. + </p> + <p> + Two hours later, their situation was in no degree improved. The quadrumana + gave no sign of existence, and it might have been supposed that they had + disappeared; but what seemed more probable was that, terrified by the + death of one of their companions, and frightened by the noise of the + firearms, they had retreated to the back part of the house or probably + even into the store-room. And when they thought of the valuables which + this storeroom contained, the patience so much recommended by the + engineer, fast changed into great irritation, and there certainly was room + for it. + </p> + <p> + “Decidedly it is too bad,” said the reporter; “and the worst of it is, + there is no way of putting an end to it.” + </p> + <p> + “But we must drive these vagabonds out somehow,” cried the sailor. “We + could soon get the better of them, even if there are twenty of the + rascals; but for that, we must meet them hand to hand. Come now, is there + no way of getting at them?” + </p> + <p> + “Let us try to enter Granite House by the old opening at the lake,” + replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” shouted the sailor, “and I never thought of that.” + </p> + <p> + This was in reality the only way by which to penetrate into Granite House + so as to fight with and drive out the intruders. The opening was, it is + true, closed up with a wall of cemented stones, which it would be + necessary to sacrifice, but that could easily be rebuilt. Fortunately, + Cyrus Harding had not as yet effected his project of hiding this opening + by raising the waters of the lake, for the operation would then have taken + some time. + </p> + <p> + It was already past twelve o’clock, when the colonists, well armed and + provided with picks and spades, left the Chimneys, passed beneath the + windows of Granite House, after telling Top to remain at his post, and + began to ascend the left bank of the Mercy, so as to reach Prospect + Heights. + </p> + <p> + But they had not made fifty steps in this direction, when they heard the + dog barking furiously. + </p> + <p> + And all rushed down the bank again. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the turning, they saw that the situation had changed. + </p> + <p> + In fact, the apes, seized with a sudden panic, from some unknown cause, + were trying to escape. Two or three ran and clambered from one window to + another with the agility of acrobats. They were not even trying to replace + the ladder, by which it would have been easy to descend; perhaps in their + terror they had forgotten this way of escape. The colonists, now being + able to take aim without difficulty, fired. Some, wounded or killed, fell + back into the rooms, uttering piercing cries. The rest, throwing + themselves out, were dashed to pieces in their fall, and in a few minutes, + so far as they knew, there was not a living quadrumana in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + At this moment the ladder was seen to slip over the threshold, then unroll + and fall to the ground. + </p> + <p> + “Hullo!” cried the sailor, “this is queer!” + </p> + <p> + “Very strange!” murmured the engineer, leaping first up the ladder. + </p> + <p> + “Take care, captain!” cried Pencroft, “perhaps there are still some of + these rascals. + </p> + <p> + “We shall soon see,” replied the engineer, without stopping however. + </p> + <p> + All his companions followed him, and in a minute they had arrived at the + threshold. They searched everywhere. There was no one in the rooms nor in + the storehouse, which had been respected by the band of quadrumana. + </p> + <p> + “Well now, and the ladder,” cried the sailor; “who can the gentleman have + been who sent us that down?” + </p> + <p> + But at that moment a cry was heard, and a great orang, who had hidden + himself in the passage, rushed into the room, pursued by Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, the robber!” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + And hatchet in hand, he was about to cleave the head of the animal, when + Cyrus Harding seized his arm, saying,— + </p> + <p> + “Spare him, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon this rascal?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! it was he who threw us the ladder!” + </p> + <p> + And the engineer said this in such a peculiar voice that it was difficult + to know whether he spoke seriously or not. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, they threw themselves on the orang, who defended himself + gallantly, but was soon overpowered and bound. + </p> + <p> + “There!” said Pencroft. “And what shall we make of him, now we’ve got + him?” + </p> + <p> + “A servant!” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + The lad was not joking in saying this, for he knew how this intelligent + race could be turned to account. + </p> + <p> + The settlers then approached the ape and gazed at it attentively. He + belonged to the family of anthropoid apes, of which the facial angle is + not much inferior to that of the Australians and Hottentots. It was an + orangoutang, and as such, had neither the ferocity of the gorilla, nor the + stupidity of the baboon. It is to this family of the anthropoid apes that + so many characteristics belong which prove them to be possessed of an + almost human intelligence. Employed in houses, they can wait at table, + sweep rooms, brush clothes, clean boots, handle a knife, fork, and spoon + properly, and even drink wine... doing everything as well as the best + servant that ever walked upon two legs. Buffon possessed one of these + apes, who served him for a long time as a faithful and zealous servant. + </p> + <p> + The one which had been seized in the hall of Granite House was a great + fellow, six feet high, with an admirably poportioned frame, a broad chest, + head of a moderate size, the facial angle reaching sixty-five degrees, + round skull, projecting nose, skin covered with soft glossy hair, in + short, a fine specimen of the anthropoids. His eyes, rather smaller than + human eyes, sparkled with intelligence; his white teeth glittered under + his mustache, and he wore a little curly brown beard. + </p> + <p> + “A handsome fellow!” said Pencroft; “if we only knew his language, we + could talk to him.” + </p> + <p> + “But, master,” said Neb, “are you serious? Are we going to take him as a + servant?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Neb,” replied the engineer, smiling. “But you must not be jealous.” + </p> + <p> + “And I hope he will make an excellent servant,” added Herbert. “He appears + young, and will be easy to educate, and we shall not be obliged to use + force to subdue him, nor draw his teeth, as is sometimes done. He will + soon grow fond of his masters if they are kind to him.” + </p> + <p> + “And they will be,” replied Pencroft, who had forgotten all his rancor + against “the jokers.” + </p> + <p> + Then, approaching the orang,— + </p> + <p> + “Well, old boy!” he asked, “how are you?” + </p> + <p> + The orang replied by a little grunt which did not show any anger. + </p> + <p> + “You wish to join the colony?” again asked the sailor. “You are going to + enter the service of Captain Cyrus Harding?” + </p> + <p> + Another respondent grunt was uttered by the ape. + </p> + <p> + “And you will be satisfied with no other wages than your food?” + </p> + <p> + Third affirmative grunt. + </p> + <p> + “This conversation is slightly monotonous,” observed Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “So much the better,” replied Pencroft; “the best servants are those who + talk the least. And then, no wages, do you hear, my boy? We will give you + no wages at first, but we will double them afterwards if we are pleased + with you.” + </p> + <p> + Thus the colony was increased by a new member. As to his name the sailor + begged that in memory of another ape which he had known, he might be + called Jupiter, and Jup for short. + </p> + <p> + And so, without more ceremony, Master Jup was installed in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 7 + </h2> + <p> + The settlers in Lincoln Island had now regained their dwelling, without + having been obliged to reach it by the old opening, and were therefore + spared the trouble of mason’s work. It was certainly lucky, that at the + moment they were about to set out to do so, the apes had been seized with + that terror, no less sudden than inexplicable, which had driven them out + of Granite House. Had the animals discovered that they were about to be + attacked from another direction? This was the only explanation of their + sudden retreat. + </p> + <p> + During the day the bodies of the apes were carried into the wood, where + they were buried; then the settlers busied themselves in repairing the + disorder caused by the intruders, disorder but not damage, for although + they had turned everything in the rooms topsy-turvy, yet they had broken + nothing. Neb relighted his stove, and the stores in the larder furnished a + substantial repast, to which all did ample justice. + </p> + <p> + Jup was not forgotten, and he ate with relish some stonepine almonds and + rhizome roots, with which he was abundantly supplied. Pencroft had + unfastened his arms, but judged it best to have his legs tied until they + were more sure of his submission. + </p> + <p> + Then, before retiring to rest, Harding and his companions seated round + their table, discussed those plans, the execution of which was most + pressing. The most important and most urgent was the establishment of a + bridge over the Mercy, so as to form a communication with the southern + part of the island and Granite House; then the making of an enclosure for + the musmons or other woolly animals which they wished to capture. + </p> + <p> + These two projects would help to solve the difficulty as to their + clothing, which was now serious. The bridge would render easy the + transport of the balloon case, which would furnish them with linen, and + the inhabitants of the enclosure would yield wool which would supply them + with winter clothes. + </p> + <p> + As to the enclosure, it was Cyrus Harding’s intention to establish it at + the sources of the Red Creek, where the ruminants would find fresh and + abundant pasture. The road between Prospect Heights and the sources of the + stream was already partly beaten, and with a better cart than the first, + the material could be easily conveyed to the spot, especially if they + could manage to capture some animals to draw it. + </p> + <p> + But though there might be no inconvenience in the enclosure being so far + from Granite House, it would not be the same with the poultry-yard, to + which Neb called the attention of the colonists. It was indeed necessary + that the birds should be close within reach of the cook, and no place + appeared more favorable for the establishment of the said poultry-yard + than that portion of the banks of the lake which was close to the old + opening. + </p> + <p> + Water-birds would prosper there as well as others, and the couple of + tinamous taken in their last excursion would be the first to be + domesticated. + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 3rd of November, the new works were begun by the + construction of the bridge, and all hands were required for this important + task. Saws, hatchets, and hammers were shouldered by the settlers, who, + now transformed into carpenters, descended to the shore. + </p> + <p> + There Pencroft observed,— + </p> + <p> + “Suppose, that during our absence, Master Jup takes it into his head to + draw up the ladder which he so politely returned to us yesterday?” + </p> + <p> + “Let us tie its lower end down firmly,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + This was done by means of two stakes securely fixed in the sand. Then the + settlers, ascending the left bank of the Mercy, soon arrived at the angle + formed by the river. + </p> + <p> + There they halted, in order to ascertain if the bridge could be thrown + across. The place appeared suitable. + </p> + <p> + In fact, from this spot, to Port Balloon, discovered the day before on the + southern coast, there was only a distance of three miles and a half, and + from the bridge to the Port, it would be easy to make a good cart-road + which would render the communication between Granite House and the south + of the island extremely easy. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding now imparted to his companions a scheme for completely + isolating Prospect Heights so as to shelter it from the attacks both of + quadrupeds and quadrumana. In this way, Granite House, the Chimneys, the + poultry-yard, and all the upper part of the plateau which was to be used + for cultivation, would be protected against the depredations of animals. + Nothing could be easier than to execute this project, and this is how the + engineer intended to set to work. + </p> + <p> + The plateau was already defended on three sides by water-courses, either + artificial or natural. On the northwest, by the shores of Lake Grant, from + the entrance of the passage to the breach made in the banks of the lake + for the escape of the water. + </p> + <p> + On the north, from this breach to the sea, by the new water-course which + had hollowed out a bed for itself across the plateau and shore, above and + below the fall, and it would be enough to dig the bed of this creek a + little deeper to make it impracticable for animals, on all the eastern + border by the sea itself, from the mouth of the aforesaid creek to the + mouth of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + Lastly, on the south, from the mouth to the turn of the Mercy where the + bridge was to be established. + </p> + <p> + The western border of the plateau now remained between the turn of the + river and the southern angle of the lake, a distance of about a mile, + which was open to all comers. But nothing could be easier than to dig a + broad deep ditch, which could be filled from the lake, and the overflow of + which would throw itself by a rapid fall into the bed of the Mercy. The + level of the lake would, no doubt, be somewhat lowered by this fresh + discharge of its waters, but Cyrus Harding had ascertained that the volume + of water in the Red Creek was considerable enough to allow of the + execution of this project. + </p> + <p> + “So then,” added the engineer, “Prospect Heights will become a regular + island, being surrounded with water on all sides, and only communicating + with the rest of our domain by the bridge which we are about to throw + across the Mercy, the two little bridges already established above and + below the fall; and, lastly, two other little bridges which must be + constructed, one over the canal which I propose to dig, the other across + to the left bank of the Mercy. Now, if these bridges can be raised at + will, Prospect Heights will be guarded from any surprise.” + </p> + <p> + The bridge was the most urgent work. Trees were selected, cut down, + stripped of their branches, and cut into beams, joists, and planks. The + end of the bridge which rested on the right bank of the Mercy was to be + firm, but the other end on the left bank was to be movable, so that it + might be raised by means of a counterpoise, as some canal bridges are + managed. + </p> + <p> + This was certainly a considerable work, and though it was skillfully + conducted, it took some time, for the Mercy at this place was eighty feet + wide. It was therefore necessary to fix piles in the bed of the river so + as to sustain the floor of the bridge and establish a pile-driver to act + on the tops of these piles, which would thus form two arches and allow the + bridge to support heavy loads. + </p> + <p> + Happily there was no want of tools with which to shape the wood, nor of + iron-work to make it firm, nor of the ingenuity of a man who had a + marvelous knowledge of the work, nor lastly, the zeal of his companions, + who in seven months had necessarily acquired great skill in the use of + their tools; and it must be said that not the least skilful was Gideon + Spilett, who in dexterity almost equaled the sailor himself. “Who would + ever have expected so much from a newspaper man!” thought Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + The construction of the Mercy bridge lasted three weeks of regular hard + work. They even breakfasted on the scene of their labors, and the weather + being magnificent, they only returned to Granite House to sleep. + </p> + <p> + During this period it may be stated that Master Jup grew more accustomed + to his new masters, whose movements he always watched with very + inquisitive eyes. However, as a precautionary measure, Pencroft did not as + yet allow him complete liberty, rightly wishing to wait until the limits + of the plateau should be settled by the projected works. Top and Jup were + good friends and played willingly together, but Jup did everything + solemnly. + </p> + <p> + On the 20th of November the bridge was finished. The movable part, + balanced by the counterpoise, swung easily, and only a slight effort was + needed to raise it; between its hinge and the last cross-bar on which it + rested when closed, there existed a space of twenty feet, which was + sufficiently wide to prevent any animals from crossing. + </p> + <p> + The settlers now began to talk of fetching the balloon-case, which they + were anxious to place in perfect security; but to bring it, it would be + necessary to take a cart to Port Balloon, and consequently, necessary to + beat a road through the dense forests of the Far West. This would take + some time. Also, Neb and Pencroft having gone to examine into the state of + things at Port Balloon, and reported that the stock of cloth would suffer + no damage in the grotto where it was stored, it was decided that the work + at Prospect Heights should not be discontinued. + </p> + <p> + “That,” observed Pencroft, “will enable us to establish our poultry-yard + under better conditions, since we need have no fear of visits from foxes + nor the attacks of other beasts.” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” added Neb, “we can clear the plateau, and transplant wild plants + to it.” + </p> + <p> + “And prepare our second corn-field!” cried the sailor with a triumphant + air. + </p> + <p> + In fact, the first corn-field sown with a single grain had prospered + admirably, thanks to Pencroft’s care. It had produced the ten ears + foretold by the engineer, and each ear containing eighty grains, the + colony found itself in possession of eight hundred grains, in six months, + which promised a double harvest each year. + </p> + <p> + These eight hundred grains, except fifty, which were prudently reserved, + were to be sown in a new field, but with no less care than was bestowed on + the single grain. + </p> + <p> + The field was prepared, then surrounded with a strong palisade, high and + pointed, which quadrupeds would have found difficulty in leaping. As to + birds, some scarecrows, due to Pencroft’s ingenious brain, were enough to + frighten them. The seven hundred and fifty grains deposited in very + regular furrows were then left for nature to do the rest. + </p> + <p> + On the 21st of November, Cyrus Harding began to plan the canal which was + to close the plateau on the west, from the south angle of Lake Grant to + the angle of the Mercy. There was there two or three feet of vegetable + earth, and below that granite. It was therefore necessary to manufacture + some more nitro-glycerine, and the nitro-glycerine did its accustomed + work. In less than a fortnight a ditch, twelve feet wide and six deep, was + dug out in the hard ground of the plateau. A new trench was made by the + same means in the rocky border of the lake, forming a small stream, to + which they gave the name of Creek Glycerine, and which was thus an + affluent of the Mercy. As the engineer had predicted, the level of the + lake was lowered, though very slightly. To complete the enclosure the bed + of the stream on the beach was considerably enlarged, and the sand + supported by means of stakes. + </p> + <p> + By the end of the first fortnight of December these works were finished, + and Prospect Heights—that is to say, a sort of irregular pentagon, + having a perimeter of nearly four miles, surrounded by a liquid belt—was + completely protected from depredators of every description. + </p> + <p> + During the month of December, the heat was very great. In spite of it, + however, the settlers continued their work, and as they were anxious to + possess a poultry-yard they forthwith commenced it. + </p> + <p> + It is useless to say that since the enclosing of the plateau had been + completed, Master Jup had been set at liberty. He did not leave his + masters, and evinced no wish to escape. He was a gentle animal, though + very powerful and wonderfully active. He was already taught to make + himself useful by drawing loads of wood and carting away the stones which + were extracted from the bed of Creek Glycerine. + </p> + <p> + The poultry-yard occupied an area of two hundred square yards, on the + southeastern bank of the lake. It was surrounded by a palisade, and in it + were constructed various shelters for the birds which were to populate it. + These were simply built of branches and divided into compartments, made + ready for the expected guests. + </p> + <p> + The first were the two tinamous, which were not long in having a number of + young ones; they had for companions half a dozen ducks, accustomed to the + borders of the lake. Some belonged to the Chinese species, of which the + wings open like a fan, and which by the brilliancy of their plumage rival + the golden pheasants. A few days afterwards, Herbert snared a couple of + gallinaceae, with spreading tails composed of long feathers, magnificent + alectors, which soon became tame. As to pelicans, kingfishers, water-hens, + they came of themselves to the shores of the poultry-yard, and this little + community, after some disputes, cooing, screaming, clucking, ended by + settling down peacefully, and increased in encouraging proportion for the + future use of the colony. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, wishing to complete his performance, established a + pigeon-house in a corner of the poultry-yard. There he lodged a dozen of + those pigeons which frequented the rocks of the plateau. These birds soon + became accustomed to returning every evening to their new dwelling, and + showed more disposition to domesticate themselves than their congeners, + the wood-pigeons. + </p> + <p> + Lastly, the time had come for turning the balloon-case to use, by cutting + it up to make shirts and other articles; for as to keeping it in its + present form, and risking themselves in a balloon filled with gas, above a + sea of the limits of which they had no idea, it was not to be thought of. + </p> + <p> + It was necessary to bring the case to Granite House, and the colonists + employed themselves in rendering their heavy cart lighter and more + manageable. But though they had a vehicle, the moving power was yet to be + found. + </p> + <p> + But did there not exist in the island some animal which might supply the + place of the horse, ass, or ox? That was the question. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” said Pencroft, “a beast of burden would be very useful to us + until the captain has made a steam cart, or even an engine, for some day + we shall have a railroad from Granite House to Port Balloon, with a branch + line to Mount Franklin!” + </p> + <p> + One day, the 23rd of December, Neb and Top were heard shouting and + barking, each apparently trying to see who could make the most noise. The + settlers, who were busy at the Chimneys, ran, fearing some vexatious + incident. + </p> + <p> + What did they see? Two fine animals of a large size that had imprudently + ventured on the plateau, when the bridges were open. One would have said + they were horses, or at least donkeys, male and female, of a fine shape, + dove-colored, the legs and tail white, striped with black on the head and + neck. They advanced quietly without showing any uneasiness, and gazed at + the men, in whom they could not as yet recognize their future masters. + </p> + <p> + “These are onagers!” cried Herbert, “animals something between the zebra + and the quagga!” + </p> + <p> + “Why not donkeys?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Because they have not long ears, and their shape is more graceful!” + </p> + <p> + “Donkeys or horses,” interrupted Pencroft, “they are ‘moving powers,’ as + the captain would say, and as such must be captured!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor, without frightening the animals, crept through the grass to + the bridge over Creek Glycerine, lowered it, and the onagers were + prisoners. + </p> + <p> + Now, should they seize them with violence and master them by force? No. It + was decided that for a few days they should be allowed to roam freely + about the plateau, where there was an abundance of grass, and the engineer + immediately began to prepare a stable near the poultry-yard, in which the + onagers might find food, with a good litter, and shelter during the night. + </p> + <p> + This done, the movements of the two magnificent creatures were left + entirely free, and the settlers avoided even approaching them so as to + terrify them. Several times, however, the onagers appeared to wish to + leave the plateau, too confined for animals accustomed to the plains and + forests. They were then seen following the water-barrier which everywhere + presented itself before them, uttering short neighs, then galloping + through the grass, and becoming calmer, they would remain entire hours + gazing at the woods, from which they were cut off for ever! + </p> + <p> + In the meantime harness of vegetable fiber had been manufactured, and some + days after the capture of the onagers, not only the cart was ready, but a + straight road, or rather a cutting, had been made through the forests of + the Far West, from the angle of the Mercy to Port Balloon. The cart might + then be driven there, and towards the end of December they tried the + onagers for the first time. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft had already coaxed the animals to come and eat out of his hand, + and they allowed him to approach without making any difficulty, but once + harnessed they reared and could with difficulty be held in. However, it + was not long before they submitted to this new service, for the onager, + being less refractory than the zebra, is frequently put in harness in the + mountainous regions of Southern Africa, and it has even been acclimatized + in Europe, under zones of a relative coolness. + </p> + <p> + On this day all the colony, except Pencroft who walked at the animals’ + heads, mounted the cart, and set out on the road to Port Balloon. + </p> + <p> + Of course they were jolted over the somewhat rough road, but the vehicle + arrived without any accident, and was soon loaded with the case and + rigging of the balloon. + </p> + <p> + At eight o’clock that evening the cart, after passing over the Mercy + bridge, descended the left bank of the river, and stopped on the beach. + The onagers being unharnessed, were thence led to their stable, and + Pencroft before going to sleep gave vent to his feelings in a deep sigh of + satisfaction that awoke all the echoes of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 8 + </h2> + <p> + The first week of January was devoted to the manufacture of the linen + garments required by the colony. The needles found in the box were used by + sturdy if not delicate fingers, and we may be sure that what was sewn was + sewn firmly. + </p> + <p> + There was no lack of thread, thanks to Cyrus Harding’s idea of + re-employing that which had been already used in the covering of the + balloon. This with admirable patience was all unpicked by Gideon Spilett + and Herbert, for Pencroft had been obliged to give this work up, as it + irritated him beyond measure; but he had no equal in the sewing part of + the business. Indeed, everybody knows that sailors have a remarkable + aptitude for tailoring. + </p> + <p> + The cloth of which the balloon-case was made was then cleaned by means of + soda and potash, obtained by the incineration of plants, in such a way + that the cotton, having got rid of the varnish, resumed its natural + softness and elasticity; then, exposed to the action of the atmosphere, it + soon became perfectly white. Some dozen shirts and sock—the latter + not knitted, of course, but made of cotton—were thus manufactured. + What a comfort it was to the settlers to clothe themselves again in clean + linen, which was doubtless rather rough, but they were not troubled about + that! and then to go to sleep between sheets, which made the couches at + Granite House into quite comfortable beds! + </p> + <p> + It was about this time also that they made boots of seal-leather, which + were greatly needed to replace the shoes and boots brought from America. + We may be sure that these new shoes were large enough and never pinched + the feet of the wearers. + </p> + <p> + With the beginning of the year 1866 the heat was very great, but the + hunting in the forests did not stand still. Agouties, peccaries, + capybaras, kangaroos, game of all sorts, actually swarmed there, and + Spilett and Herbert were too good marksmen ever to throw away their shot + uselessly. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding still recommended them to husband the ammunition, and he + took measures to replace the powder and shot which had been found in the + box, and which he wished to reserve for the future. How did he know where + chance might one day cast his companions and himself in the event of their + leaving their domain? They should, then, prepare for the unknown future by + husbanding their ammunition and by substituting for it some easily + renewable substance. + </p> + <p> + To replace lead, of which Harding had found no traces in the island, he + employed granulated iron, which was easy to manufacture. These bullets, + not having the weight of leaden bullets, were made larger, and each charge + contained less, but the skill of the sportsmen made up this deficiency. As + to powder, Cyrus Harding would have been able to make that also, for he + had at his disposal saltpeter, sulphur, and coal; but this preparation + requires extreme care, and without special tools it is difficult to + produce it of a good quality. Harding preferred, therefore, to manufacture + pyroxyle, that is to say gun-cotton, a substance in which cotton is not + indispensable, as the elementary tissue of vegetables may be used, and + this is found in an almost pure state, not only in cotton, but in the + textile fiber of hemp and flax, in paper, the pith of the elder, etc. Now, + the elder abounded in the island towards the mouth of Red Creek, and the + colonists had already made coffee of the berries of these shrubs, which + belong to the family of the caprifoliaceae. + </p> + <p> + The only thing to be collected, therefore, was elder-pith, for as to the + other substance necessary for the manufacture of pyroxyle, it was only + fuming azotic acid. Now, Harding having sulphuric acid at his disposal, + had already been easily able to produce azotic acid by attacking the + saltpeter with which nature supplied him. He accordingly resolved to + manufacture and employ pyroxyle, although it has some inconveniences, that + is to say, a great inequality of effect, an excessive inflammability, + since it takes fire at one hundred and seventy degrees instead of two + hundred and forty, and lastly, an instantaneous deflagration which might + damage the firearms. On the other hand, the advantages of pyroxyle consist + in this, that it is not injured by damp, that it does not make the + gun-barrels dirty, and that its force is four times that of ordinary + powder. + </p> + <p> + To make pyroxyle, the cotton must be immersed in the fuming azotic acid + for a quarter of an hour, then washed in cold water and dried. Nothing + could be more simple. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had only at his disposal the ordinary azotic acid and not + the fuming or monohydrate azotic acid, that is to say, acid which emits + white vapors when it comes in contact with damp air; but by substituting + for the latter ordinary azotic acid, mixed, in the proportion of from + three to five volumes of concentrated sulphuric acid, the engineer + obtained the same result. The sportsmen of the island therefore soon had a + perfectly prepared substance, which, employed discreetly, produced + admirable results. + </p> + <p> + About this time the settlers cleared three acres of the plateau, and the + rest was preserved in a wild state, for the benefit of the onagers. + Several excursions were made into the Jacamar Wood and the forests of the + Far West, and they brought back from thence a large collection of wild + vegetables, spinach, cress, radishes, and turnips, which careful culture + would soon improve, and which would temper the regimen on which the + settlers had till then subsisted. Supplies of wood and coal were also + carted. Each excursion was at the same time a means of improving the + roads, which gradually became smoother under the wheels of the cart. + </p> + <p> + The rabbit-warren still continued to supply the larder of Granite House. + As fortunately it was situated on the other side of Creek Glycerine, its + inhabitants could not reach the plateau nor ravage the newly-made + plantation. The oyster-bed among the rocks was frequently renewed and + furnished excellent molluscs. Besides that, the fishing, either in the + lake or the Mercy, was very profitable, for Pencroft had made some lines, + armed with iron hooks, with which they frequently caught fine trout, and a + species of fish whose silvery sides were speckled with yellow, and which + were also extremely savory. Master Neb, who was skilled in the culinary + art, knew how to vary agreeably the bill of fare. Bread alone was wanting + at the table of the settlers, and as has been said, they felt this + privation greatly. + </p> + <p> + The settlers hunted too the turtles which frequented the shores of Cape + Mandible. At this place the beach was covered with little mounds, + concealing perfectly spherical turtles’ eggs, with white hard shells, the + albumen of which does not coagulate as that of birds’ eggs. They were + hatched by the sun, and their number was naturally considerable, as each + turtle can lay annually two hundred and fifty. + </p> + <p> + “A regular egg-field,” observed Gideon Spilett, “and we have nothing to do + but to pick them up.” + </p> + <p> + But not being contented with simply the produce, they made chase after the + producers, the result of which was that they were able to bring back to + Granite House a dozen of these chelonians, which were really valuable from + an alimentary point of view. The turtle soup, flavored with aromatic + herbs, often gained well-merited praises for its preparer, Neb. + </p> + <p> + We must here mention another fortunate circumstance by which new stores + for the winter were laid in. Shoals of salmon entered the Mercy, and + ascended the country for several miles. It was the time at which the + females, going to find suitable places in which to spawn, precede the + males and make a great noise through the fresh water. A thousand of these + fish, which measured about two feet and a half in length, came up the + river, and a large quantity were retained by fixing dams across the + stream. More than a hundred were thus taken, which were salted and stored + for the time when winter, freezing up the streams, would render fishing + impracticable. By this time the intelligent Jup was raised to the duty of + valet. He had been dressed in a jacket, white linen breeches, and an + apron, the pockets of which were his delight. The clever orang had been + marvelously trained by Neb, and any one would have said that the Negro and + the ape understood each other when they talked together. Jup had besides a + real affection for Neb, and Neb returned it. When his services were not + required, either for carrying wood or for climbing to the top of some + tree, Jup passed the greatest part of his time in the kitchen, where he + endeavored to imitate Neb in all that he saw him do. The black showed the + greatest patience and even extreme zeal in instructing his pupil, and the + pupil exhibited remarkable intelligence in profiting by the lessons he + received from his master. + </p> + <p> + Judge then of the pleasure Master Jup gave to the inhabitants of Granite + House when, without their having had any idea of it, he appeared one day, + napkin on his arm, ready to wait at table. Quick, attentive, he acquitted + himself perfectly, changing the plates, bringing dishes, pouring out + water, all with a gravity which gave intense amusement to the settlers, + and which enraptured Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Jup, some soup!” + </p> + <p> + “Jup, a little agouti!” + </p> + <p> + “Jup, a plate!” + </p> + <p> + “Jup! Good Jup! Honest Jup!” + </p> + <p> + Nothing was heard but that, and Jup without ever being disconcerted, + replied to every one, watched for everything, and he shook his head in a + knowing way when Pencroft, referring to his joke of the first day, said to + him,— + </p> + <p> + “Decidedly, Jup, your wages must be doubled.” + </p> + <p> + It is useless to say that the orang was now thoroughly domesticated at + Granite House, and that he often accompanied his masters to the forest + without showing any wish to leave them. It was most amusing to see him + walking with a stick which Pencroft had given him, and which he carried on + his shoulder like a gun. If they wished to gather some fruit from the + summit of a tree, how quickly he climbed for it. If the wheel of the cart + stuck in the mud, with what energy did Jup with a single heave of his + shoulder put it right again. + </p> + <p> + “What a jolly fellow he is!” cried Pencroft often. “If he was as + mischievous as he is good, there would be no doing anything with him!” + </p> + <p> + It was towards the end of January the colonists began their labors in the + center of the island. It had been decided that a corral should be + established near the sources of the Red Creek, at the foot of Mount + Franklin, destined to contain the ruminants, whose presence would have + been troublesome at Granite House, and especially for the musmons, who + were to supply the wool for the settlers’ winter garments. + </p> + <p> + Each morning, the colony, sometimes entire, but more often represented + only by Harding, Herbert, and Pencroft, proceeded to the sources of the + Creek, a distance of not more than five miles, by the newly beaten road to + which the name of Corral Road had been given. + </p> + <p> + There a site was chosen, at the back of the southern ridge of the + mountain. It was a meadow land, dotted here and there with clumps of + trees, and watered by a little stream, which sprung from the slopes which + closed it in on one side. The grass was fresh, and it was not too much + shaded by the trees which grew about it. This meadow was to be surrounded + by a palisade, high enough to prevent even the most agile animals from + leaping over. This enclosure would be large enough to contain a hundred + musmons and wild goats, with all the young ones they might produce. + </p> + <p> + The perimeter of the corral was then traced by the engineer, and they + would then have proceeded to fell the trees necessary for the construction + of the palisade, but as the opening up of the road had already + necessitated the sacrifice of a considerable number, those were brought + and supplied a hundred stakes, which were firmly fixed in the ground. + </p> + <p> + The construction of this corral did not take less than three weeks, for + besides the palisade, Cyrus Harding built large sheds, in which the + animals could take shelter. These buildings had also to be made very + strong, for musmons are powerful animals, and their first fury was to be + feared. The stakes, sharpened at their upper end and hardened by fire, had + been fixed by means of cross-bars, and at regular distances props assured + the solidity of the whole. + </p> + <p> + The corral finished, a raid had to be made on the pastures frequented by + the ruminants. This was done on the 7th of February, on a beautiful + summer’s day, and every one took part in it. The onagers, already well + trained, were ridden by Spilett and Herbert, and were of great use. + </p> + <p> + The maneuver consisted simply in surrounding the musmons and goats, and + gradually narrowing the circle around them. Cyrus Harding, Pencroft, Neb, + and Jup, posted themselves in different parts of the wood, while the two + cavaliers and Top galloped in a radius of half a mile round the corral. + </p> + <p> + The musmons were very numerous in this part of the island. These fine + animals were as large as deer; their horns were stronger than those of the + ram, and their gray-colored fleece was mixed with long hair. + </p> + <p> + This hunting day was very fatiguing. Such going and coming, and running + and riding and shouting! Of a hundred musmons which had been surrounded, + more than two-thirds escaped, but at last, thirty of these animals and ten + wild goats were gradually driven back towards the corral, the open door of + which appearing to offer a means of escape, they rushed in and were + prisoners. + </p> + <p> + In short, the result was satisfactory, and the settlers had no reason to + complain. There was no doubt that the flock would prosper, and that at no + distant time not only wool but hides would be abundant. + </p> + <p> + That evening the hunters returned to Granite House quite exhausted. + However, notwithstanding their fatigue, they returned the next day to + visit the corral. The prisoners had been trying to overthrow the palisade, + but of course had not succeeded, and were not long in becoming more + tranquil. + </p> + <p> + During the month of February, no event of any importance occurred. The + daily labors were pursued methodically, and, as well as improving the + roads to the corral and to Port Balloon, a third was commenced, which, + starting from the enclosure, proceeded towards the western coast. The yet + unknown portion of Lincoln Island was that of the wood-covered Serpentine + Peninsula, which sheltered the wild beasts, from which Gideon Spilett was + so anxious to clear their domain. + </p> + <p> + Before the cold season should appear the most assiduous care was given to + the cultivation of the wild plants which had been transplanted from the + forest to Prospect Heights. Herbert never returned from an excursion + without bringing home some useful vegetable. One day, it was some + specimens of the chicory tribe, the seeds of which by pressure yield an + excellent oil; another, it was some common sorrel, whose antiscorbutic + qualities were not to be despised; then, some of those precious tubers, + which have at all times been cultivated in South America, potatoes, of + which more than two hundred species are now known. The kitchen garden, now + well stocked and carefully defended from the birds, was divided into small + beds, where grew lettuces, kidney potatoes, sorrel, turnips, radishes, and + other coneiferae. The soil on the plateau was particularly fertile, and it + was hoped that the harvests would be abundant. + </p> + <p> + They had also a variety of different beverages, and so long as they did + not demand wine, the most hard to please would have had no reason to + complain. To the Oswego tea, and the fermented liquor extracted from the + roots of the dragonnier, Harding had added a regular beer, made from the + young shoots of the spruce-fir, which, after having been boiled and + fermented, made that agreeable drink called by the Anglo-Americans + spring-beer. + </p> + <p> + Towards the end of the summer, the poultry-yard was possessed of a couple + of fine bustards, which belonged to the houbara species, characterized by + a sort of feathery mantle; a dozen shovelers, whose upper mandible was + prolonged on each side by a membraneous appendage; and also some + magnificent cocks, similar to the Mozambique cocks, the comb, caruncle, + and epidermis being black. So far, everything had succeeded, thanks to the + activity of these courageous and intelligent men. Nature did much for + them, doubtless; but faithful to the great precept, they made a right use + of what a bountiful Providence gave them. + </p> + <p> + After the heat of these warm summer days, in the evening when their work + was finished and the sea-breeze began to blow, they liked to sit on the + edge of Prospect Heights, in a sort of veranda, covered with creepers, + which Neb had made with his own hands. There they talked, they instructed + each other, they made plans, and the rough good-humor of the sailor always + amused this little world, in which the most perfect harmony had never + ceased to reign. + </p> + <p> + They often spoke of their country, of their dear and great America. What + was the result of the War of Secession? It could not have been greatly + prolonged. Richmond had doubtless soon fallen into the hands of General + Grant. The taking of the capital of the Confederates must have been the + last action of this terrible struggle. Now the North had triumphed in the + good cause, how welcome would have been a newspaper to the exiles in + Lincoln Island! For eleven months all communication between them and the + rest of their fellow-creatures had been interrupted, and in a short time + the 24th of March would arrive, the anniversary of the day on which the + balloon had thrown them on this unknown coast. They were then mere + castaways, not even knowing how they should preserve their miserable lives + from the fury of the elements! And now, thanks to the knowledge of their + captain, and their own intelligence, they were regular colonists, + furnished with arms, tools, and instruments; they had been able to turn to + their profit the animals, plants, and minerals of the island, that is to + say, the three kingdoms of Nature. + </p> + <p> + Yes; they often talked of all these things and formed still more plans. + </p> + <p> + As to Cyrus Harding he was for the most part silent, and listened to his + companions more often than he spoke to them. Sometimes he smiled at + Herbert’s ideas or Pencroft’s nonsense, but always and everywhere he + pondered over those inexplicable facts, that strange enigma, of which the + secret still escaped him! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 9 + </h2> + <p> + The weather changed during the first week of March. There had been a full + moon at the commencement of the month, and the heat was excessive. The + atmosphere was felt to be full of electricity, and a period of some length + of tempestuous weather was to be feared. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, on the 2nd, peals of thunder were heard, the wind blew from the + east, and hail rattled against the facade of Granite House like volleys of + grape-shot. The door and windows were immediately closed, or everything in + the rooms would have been drenched. On seeing these hailstones, some of + which were the size of a pigeon’s egg, Pencroft’s first thought was that + his cornfield was in serious danger. + </p> + <p> + He directly rushed to his field, where little green heads were already + appearing, and by means of a great cloth, he managed to protect his crop. + </p> + <p> + This bad weather lasted a week, during which time the thunder rolled + without cessation in the depths of the sky. + </p> + <p> + The colonists, not having any pressing work out of doors, profited by the + bad weather to work at the interior of Granite House, the arrangement of + which was becoming more complete from day to day. The engineer made a + turning-lathe, with which he turned several articles both for the toilet + and the kitchen, particularly buttons, the want of which was greatly felt. + A gunrack had been made for the firearms, which were kept with extreme + care, and neither tables nor cupboards were left incomplete. They sawed, + they planed, they filed, they turned; and during the whole of this bad + season, nothing was heard but the grinding of tools or the humming of the + turning-lathe which responded to the growling of the thunder. + </p> + <p> + Master Jup had not been forgotten, and he occupied a room at the back, + near the storeroom, a sort of cabin with a cot always full of good litter, + which perfectly suited his taste. + </p> + <p> + “With good old Jup there is never any quarreling,” often repeated + Pencroft, “never any improper reply. What a servant, Neb, what a servant!” + </p> + <p> + Of course Jup was now well used to service. He brushed their clothes, he + turned the spit, he waited at table, he swept the rooms, he gathered wood, + and he performed another admirable piece of service which delighted + Pencroft—he never went to sleep without first coming to tuck up the + worthy sailor in his bed. + </p> + <p> + As to the health of the members of the colony, bipeds or bimana, + quadrumana or quadrupeds, it left nothing to be desired. With their life + in the open air, on this salubrious soil, under that temperate zone, + working both with head and hands, they could not suppose that illness + would ever attack them. + </p> + <p> + All were indeed wonderfully well. Herbert had already grown two inches in + the year. His figure was forming and becoming more manly, and he promised + to be an accomplished man, physically as well as morally. Besides he + improved himself during the leisure hours which manual occupations left to + him; he read the books found in the case; and after the practical lessons + which were taught by the very necessity of their position, he found in the + engineer for science, and the reporter for languages, masters who were + delighted to complete his education. + </p> + <p> + The tempest ended about the 9th of March, but the sky remained covered + with clouds during the whole of this last summer month. The atmosphere, + violently agitated by the electric commotions, could not recover its + former purity, and there was almost invariably rain and fog, except for + three or four fine days on which several excursions were made. About this + time the female onager gave birth to a young one which belonged to the + same sex as its mother, and which throve capitally. In the corral, the + flock of musmons had also increased, and several lambs already bleated in + the sheds, to the great delight of Neb and Herbert, who had each their + favorite among these newcomers. An attempt was also made for the + domestication of the peccaries, which succeeded well. A sty was + constructed under the poultry-yard, and soon contained several young ones + in the way to become civilized, that is to say, to become fat under Neb’s + care. Master Jup, entrusted with carrying them their daily nourishment, + leavings from the kitchen, etc., acquitted himself conscientiously of his + task. He sometimes amused himself at the expense of his little pensioners + by tweaking their tails; but this was mischief, and not wickedness, for + these little twisted tails amused him like a plaything, and his instinct + was that of a child. One day in this month of March, Pencroft, talking to + the engineer, reminded Cyrus Harding of a promise which the latter had not + as yet had time to fulfil. + </p> + <p> + “You once spoke of an apparatus which would take the place of the long + ladders at Granite House, captain,” said he; “won’t you make it some day?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing will be easier; but is this a really useful thing?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, captain. After we have given ourselves necessaries, let us + think a little of luxury. For us it may be luxury, if you like, but for + things it is necessary. It isn’t very convenient to climb up a long ladder + when one is heavily loaded.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Pencroft, we will try to please you,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “But you have no machine at your disposal.” + </p> + <p> + “We will make one.” + </p> + <p> + “A steam machine?” + </p> + <p> + “No, a water machine.” + </p> + <p> + And, indeed, to work his apparatus there was already a natural force at + the disposal of the engineer which could be used without great difficulty. + For this, it was enough to augment the flow of the little stream which + supplied the interior of Granite House with water. The opening among the + stones and grass was then increased, thus producing a strong fall at the + bottom of the passage, the overflow from which escaped by the inner well. + Below this fall the engineer fixed a cylinder with paddles, which was + joined on the exterior with a strong cable rolled on a wheel, supporting a + basket. In this way, by means of a long rope reaching to the ground, which + enabled them to regulate the motive power, they could rise in the basket + to the door of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + It was on the 17th of March that the lift acted for the first time, and + gave universal satisfaction. Henceforward all the loads, wood, coal, + provisions, and even the settlers themselves, were hoisted by this simple + system, which replaced the primitive ladder, and, as may be supposed, no + one thought of regretting the change. Top particularly was enchanted with + this improvement, for he had not, and never could have possessed Master + Jup’s skill in climbing ladders, and often it was on Neb’s back, or even + on that of the orang that he had been obliged to make the ascent to + Granite House. About this time, too, Cyrus Harding attempted to + manufacture glass, and he at first put the old pottery-kiln to this new + use. There were some difficulties to be encountered; but, after several + fruitless attempts, he succeeded in setting up a glass manufactory, which + Gideon Spilett and Herbert, his usual assistants, did not leave for + several days. As to the substances used in the composition of glass, they + are simply sand, chalk, and soda, either carbonate or sulphate. Now the + beach supplied sand, lime supplied chalk, sea-weeds supplied soda, pyrites + supplied sulphuric acid, and the ground supplied coal to heat the kiln to + the wished-for temperature. Cyrus Harding thus soon had everything ready + for setting to work. + </p> + <p> + The tool, the manufacture of which presented the most difficulty, was the + pipe of the glass-maker, an iron tube, five or six feet long, which + collects on one end the material in a state of fusion. But by means of a + long, thin piece of iron rolled up like the barrel of a gun, Pencroft + succeeded in making a tube soon ready for use. + </p> + <p> + On the 28th of March the tube was heated. A hundred parts of sand, + thirty-five of chalk, forty of sulphate of soda, mixed with two or three + parts of powdered coal, composed the substance, which was placed in + crucibles. When the high temperature of the oven had reduced it to a + liquid, or rather a pasty state, Cyrus Harding collected with the tube a + quantity of the paste: he turned it about on a metal plate, previously + arranged, so as to give it a form suitable for blowing, then he passed the + tube to Herbert, telling him to blow at the other extremity. + </p> + <p> + And Herbert, swelling out his cheeks, blew so much and so well into the + tube-taking care to twirl it round at the same time—that his breath + dilated the glassy mass. Other quantities of the substance in a state of + fusion were added to the first, and in a short time the result was a + bubble which measured a foot in diameter. Harding then took the tube out + of Herbert’s hands, and, giving it a pendulous motion, he ended by + lengthening the malleable bubble so as to give it a cylindroconic shape. + </p> + <p> + The blowing operation had given a cylinder of glass terminated by two + hemispheric caps, which were easily detached by means of a sharp iron + dipped in cold water; then, by the same proceeding, this cylinder was cut + lengthways, and after having been rendered malleable by a second heating, + it was extended on a plate and spread out with a wooden roller. + </p> + <p> + The first pane was thus manufactured, and they had only to perform this + operation fifty times to have fifty panes. The windows at Granite House + were soon furnished with panes; not very white, perhaps, but still + sufficiently transparent. + </p> + <p> + As to bottles and tumblers, that was only play. They were satisfied with + them, besides, just as they came from the end of the tube. Pencroft had + asked to be allowed to “blow” in his turn, and it was great fun for him; + but he blew so hard that his productions took the most ridiculous shapes, + which he admired immensely. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Herbert, while hunting one day, had entered the forest + of the Far West, on the left bank of the Mercy, and, as usual, the lad was + asking a thousand questions of the engineer, who answered them heartily. + Now, as Harding was not a sportsman, and as, on the other side, Herbert + was talking chemistry and natural philosophy, numbers of kangaroos, + capybaras, and agouties came within range, which, however, escaped the + lad’s gun; the consequence was that the day was already advanced, and the + two hunters were in danger of having made a useless excursion, when + Herbert, stopping, and uttering a cry of joy, exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Captain Harding, do you see that tree?” and he pointed to a shrub, + rather than a tree, for it was composed of a single stem, covered with a + scaly bark, which bore leaves streaked with little parallel veins. + </p> + <p> + “And what is this tree which resembles a little palm?” asked Harding. + </p> + <p> + “It is a ‘cycas revoluta,’ of which I have a picture in our dictionary of + Natural History!” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “But I can’t see any fruit on this shrub!” observed his companion. + </p> + <p> + “No, captain,” replied Herbert; “but its stem contains a flour with which + nature has provided us all ready ground.” + </p> + <p> + “It is, then, the bread-tree?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the bread-tree.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy,” replied the engineer, “this is a valuable discovery, since + our wheat harvest is not yet ripe; I hope that you are not mistaken!” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was not mistaken: he broke the stem of a cycas, which was composed + of a glandulous tissue, containing a quantity of floury pith, traversed + with woody fiber, separated by rings of the same substance, arranged + concentrically. With this fecula was mingled a mucilaginous juice of + disagreeable flavor, but which it would be easy to get rid of by pressure. + This cellular substance was regular flour of a superior quality, extremely + nourishing; its exportation was formerly forbidden by the Japanese laws. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Herbert, after having examined that part of the Far West + where the cycas grew, took their bearings, and returned to Granite House, + where they made known their discovery. + </p> + <p> + The next day the settlers went to collect some, and returned to Granite + House with an ample supply of cycas stems. The engineer constructed a + press, with which to extract the mucilaginous juice mingled with the + fecula, and he obtained a large quantity of flour, which Neb soon + transformed into cakes and puddings. This was not quite real wheaten + bread, but it was very like it. + </p> + <p> + Now, too, the onager, the goats, and the sheep in the corral furnished + daily the milk necessary to the colony. The cart, or rather a sort of + light carriole which had replaced it, made frequent journeys to the + corral, and when it was Pencroft’s turn to go he took Jup, and let him + drive, and Jup, cracking his whip, acquitted himself with his customary + intelligence. + </p> + <p> + Everything prospered, as well in the corral as in Granite House, and + certainly the settlers, if it had not been that they were so far from + their native land, had no reason to complain. They were so well suited to + this life, and were, besides, so accustomed to the island, that they could + not have left its hospitable soil without regret! + </p> + <p> + And yet so deeply is the love of his country implanted in the heart of + man, that if a ship had unexpectedly come in sight of the island, the + colonists would have made signals, would have attracted her attention, and + would have departed! + </p> + <p> + It was the 1st of April, a Sunday, Easter Day, which Harding and his + companions sanctified by rest and prayer. The day was fine, such as an + October day in the Northern Hemisphere might be. + </p> + <p> + All, towards the evening after dinner, were seated under the veranda on + the edge of Prospect Heights, and they were watching the darkness creeping + up from the horizon. Some cups of the infusion of elder-berries, which + took the place of coffee, had been served by Neb. They were speaking of + the island and of its isolated situation in the Pacific, which led Gideon + Spilett to say,— + </p> + <p> + “My dear Cyrus, have you ever, since you possessed the sextant found in + the case, again taken the position of our island?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “But it would perhaps be a good thing to do it with this instrument, which + is more perfect than that which you before used.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the good?” said Pencroft. “The island is quite comfortable where + it is!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, who knows,” returned the reporter, “who knows but that we may be + much nearer inhabited land than we think?” + </p> + <p> + “We shall know to-morrow,” replied Cyrus Harding, “and if it had not been + for the occupations which left me no leisure, we should have known it + already.” + </p> + <p> + “Good!” said Pencroft. “The captain is too good an observer to be + mistaken, and, if it has not moved from its place, the island is just + where he put it.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall see.” + </p> + <p> + On the next day, therefore, by means of the sextant, the engineer made the + necessary observations to verify the position which he had already + obtained, and this was the result of his operation. His first observation + had given him the situation of Lincoln Island,— + </p> + <p> + In west longitude: from 150 to 155; + </p> + <p> + In south latitude: from 30 to 35 + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + The second gave exactly: +</pre> + <p> + In longitude: 150 30’ + </p> + <p> + In south latitude: 34 57’ + </p> + <p> + So then, notwithstanding the imperfection of his apparatus, Cyrus Harding + had operated with so much skill that his error did not exceed five + degrees. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said Gideon Spilett, “since we possess an atlas as well as a + sextant, let us see, my dear Cyrus, the exact position which Lincoln + Island occupies in the Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert fetched the atlas, and the map of the Pacific was opened, and the + engineer, compass in hand, prepared to determine their position. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly the compasses stopped, and he exclaimed, + </p> + <p> + “But an island exists in this part of the Pacific already!” + </p> + <p> + “An island?” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “An important island?” + </p> + <p> + “No, an islet lost in the Pacific, and which perhaps has never been + visited.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we will visit it,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “We?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain. We will build a decked boat, and I will undertake to steer + her. At what distance are we from this Tabor Island?” + </p> + <p> + “About a hundred and fifty miles to the northeast,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + “A hundred and fifty miles! And what’s that?” returned Pencroft. “In + forty-eight hours, with a good wind, we should sight it!” + </p> + <p> + And, on this reply, it was decided that a vessel should be constructed in + time to be launched towards the month of next October, on the return of + the fine season. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 10 + </h2> + <p> + When Pencroft had once got a plan in his head, he had no peace till it was + executed. Now he wished to visit Tabor Island, and as a boat of a certain + size was necessary for this voyage, he determined to build one. + </p> + <p> + What wood should he employ? Elm or fir, both of which abounded in the + island? They decided for the fir, as being easy to work, but which stands + water as well as the elm. + </p> + <p> + These details settled, it was agreed that since the fine season would not + return before six months, Cyrus Harding and Pencroft should work alone at + the boat. Gideon Spilett and Herbert were to continue to hunt, and neither + Neb nor Master Jup, his assistant, were to leave the domestic duties which + had devolved upon them. + </p> + <p> + Directly the trees were chosen, they were felled, stripped of their + branches, and sawn into planks as well as sawyers would have been able to + do it. A week after, in the recess between the Chimneys and the cliff, a + dockyard was prepared, and a keel five-and-thirty feet long, furnished + with a stern-post at the stern and a stem at the bows, lay along the sand. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding was not working in the dark at this new trade. He knew as + much about ship-building as about nearly everything else, and he had at + first drawn the model of his ship on paper. Besides, he was ably seconded + by Pencroft, who, having worked for several years in a dockyard in + Brooklyn, knew the practical part of the trade. It was not until after + careful calculation and deep thought that the timbers were laid on the + keel. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, as may be believed, was all eagerness to carry out his new + enterprise, and would not leave his work for an instant. + </p> + <p> + A single thing had the honor of drawing him, but for one day only, from + his dockyard. This was the second wheat-harvest, which was gathered in on + the 15th of April. It was as much a success as the first, and yielded the + number of grains which had been predicted. + </p> + <p> + “Five bushels, captain,” said Pencroft, after having scrupulously measured + his treasure. + </p> + <p> + “Five bushels,” replied the engineer; “and a hundred and thirty thousand + grains a bushel will make six hundred and fifty thousand grains.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, we will sow them all this time,” said the sailor, “except a little + in reserve.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Pencroft, and if the next crop gives a proportionate yield, we shall + have four thousand bushels.” + </p> + <p> + “And shall we eat bread?” + </p> + <p> + “We shall eat bread.” + </p> + <p> + “But we must have a mill. + </p> + <p> + “We will make one.” + </p> + <p> + The third corn-field was very much larger than the two first, and the + soil, prepared with extreme care, received the precious seed. That done, + Pencroft returned to his work. + </p> + <p> + During this time Spilett and Herbert hunted in the neighborhood, and they + ventured deep into the still unknown parts of the Far West, their guns + loaded with ball, ready for any dangerous emergency. It was a vast thicket + of magnificent trees, crowded together as if pressed for room. The + exploration of these dense masses of wood was difficult in the extreme, + and the reporter never ventured there without the pocket-compass, for the + sun scarcely pierced through the thick foliage and it would have been very + difficult for them to retrace their way. It naturally happened that game + was more rare in those situations where there was hardly sufficient room + to move; two or three large herbivorous animals were however killed during + the last fortnight of April. These were koalas, specimens of which the + settlers had already seen to the north of the lake, and which stupidly + allowed themselves to be killed among the thick branches of the trees in + which they took refuge. Their skins were brought back to Granite House, + and there, by the help of sulphuric acid, they were subjected to a sort of + tanning process which rendered them capable of being used. + </p> + <p> + On the 30th of April, the two sportsmen were in the depth of the Far West, + when the reporter, preceding Herbert a few paces, arrived in a sort of + clearing, into which the trees more sparsely scattered had permitted a few + rays to penetrate. Gideon Spilett was at first surprised at the odor which + exhaled from certain plants with straight stalks, round and branchy, + bearing grape-like clusters of flowers and very small berries. The + reporter broke off one or two of these stalks and returned to the lad, to + whom he said,— + </p> + <p> + “What can this be, Herbert?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Mr. Spilett,” said Herbert, “this is a treasure which will secure + you Pencroft’s gratitude forever.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it tobacco?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and though it may not be of the first quality, it is none the less + tobacco!” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, good old Pencroft! Won’t he be pleased! But we must not let him smoke + it all, he must give us our share.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! an idea occurs to me, Mr. Spilett,” replied Herbert. “Don’t let us + say anything to Pencroft yet; we will prepare these leaves, and one fine + day we will present him with a pipe already filled!” + </p> + <p> + “All right, Herbert, and on that day our worthy companion will have + nothing left to wish for in this world.” + </p> + <p> + The reporter and the lad secured a good store of the precious plant, and + then returned to Granite House, where they smuggled it in with as much + precaution as if Pencroft had been the most vigilant and severe of + custom-house officers. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Neb were taken into confidence, and the sailor suspected + nothing during the whole time, necessarily somewhat long, which was + required in order to dry the small leaves, chop them up, and subject them + to a certain torrefaction on hot stones. This took two months; but all + these manipulations were successfully carried on unknown to Pencroft, for, + occupied with the construction of his boat, he only returned to Granite + House at the hour of rest. + </p> + <p> + For some days they had observed an enormous animal two or three miles out + in the open sea swimming around Lincoln Island. This was a whale of the + largest size, which apparently belonged to the southern species, called + the “Cape Whale.” + </p> + <p> + “What a lucky chance it would be if we could capture it!” cried the + sailor. “Ah! if we only had a proper boat and a good harpoon, I would say + ‘After the beast,’ for he would be well worth the trouble of catching!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Pencroft,” observed Harding, “I should much like to watch you + handling a harpoon. It would be very interesting.” + </p> + <p> + “I am astonished,” said the reporter, “to see a whale in this + comparatively high latitude.” + </p> + <p> + “Why so, Mr. Spilett?” replied Herbert. “We are exactly in that part of + the Pacific which English and American whalemen call the whale field, and + it is here, between New Zealand and South America, that the whales of the + Southern Hemisphere are met with in the greatest numbers.” + </p> + <p> + And Pencroft returned to his work, not without uttering a sigh of regret, + for every sailor is a born fisherman, and if the pleasure of fishing is in + exact proportion to the size of the animal, one can judge how a whaler + feels in sight of a whale. And if this had only been for pleasure! But + they could not help feeling how valuable such a prize would have been to + the colony, for the oil, fat, and bones would have been put to many uses. + </p> + <p> + Now it happened that this whale appeared to have no wish to leave the + waters of the island. Therefore, whether from the windows of Granite + House, or from Prospect Heights, Herbert and Gideon Spilett, when they + were not hunting, or Neb, unless presiding over his fires, never left the + telescope, but watched all the animal’s movements. The cetacean, having + entered far into Union Bay, made rapid furrows across it from Mandible + Cape to Claw Cape, propelled by its enormously powerful flukes, on which + it supported itself, and making its way through the water at the rate + little short of twelve knots. Sometimes also it approached so near + to the island that it could be clearly distinguished. It was the southern + whale, which is completely black, the head being more depressed than that + of the northern whale. + </p> + <p> + They could also see it throwing up from its air-holes to a great height a + cloud of vapor, or of water, for, strange as it may appear, naturalists + and whalers are not agreed on this subject. Is it air or is it water which + is thus driven out? It is generally admitted to be vapor, which, + condensing suddenly by contact with the cold air, falls again as rain. + </p> + <p> + However, the presence of this mammifer preoccupied the colonists. It + irritated Pencroft especially, as he could think of nothing else while at + work. He ended by longing for it, like a child for a thing which it has + been denied. At night he talked about it in his sleep, and certainly if he + had had the means of attacking it, if the sloop had been in a fit state to + put to sea, he would not have hesitated to set out in pursuit. + </p> + <p> + But what the colonists could not do for themselves chance did for them, + and on the 3rd of May shouts from Neb, who had stationed himself at the + kitchen window, announced that the whale was stranded on the beach of the + island. + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Gideon Spilett, who were just about to set out hunting, left + their guns, Pencroft threw down his ax, and Harding and Neb joining their + companions, all rushed towards the scene of action. + </p> + <p> + The stranding had taken place on the beach of Flotsam Point, three miles + from Granite House, and at high tide. It was therefore probable that the + cetacean would not be able to extricate itself easily; at any rate it was + best to hasten, so as to cut off its retreat if necessary. They ran with + pick-axes and iron-tipped poles in their hands, passed over the Mercy + bridge, descended the right bank of the river, along the beach, and in + less than twenty minutes the settlers were close to the enormous animal, + above which flocks of birds already hovered. + </p> + <p> + “What a monster!” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + And the exclamation was natural, for it was a southern whale, eighty feet + long, a giant of the species, probably not weighing less than a hundred + and fifty thousand pounds! + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, the monster thus stranded did not move, nor attempt by + struggling to regain the water while the tide was still high. + </p> + <p> + It was dead, and a harpoon was sticking out of its left side. + </p> + <p> + “There are whalers in these quarters, then?” said Gideon Spilett directly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Mr. Spilett, that doesn’t prove anything!” replied Pencroft. “Whales + have been known to go thousands of miles with a harpoon in the side, and + this one might even have been struck in the north of the Atlantic and come + to die in the south of the Pacific, and it would be nothing astonishing.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, having torn the harpoon from the animal’s side, read this + inscription on it: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + MARIA STELLA, VINEYARD +</pre> + <p> + “A vessel from the Vineyard! A ship from my country!” he cried. “The + ‘Maria Stella!’ A fine whaler, ‘pon my word; I know her well! Oh, my + friends, a vessel from the Vineyard!—a whaler from the Vineyard!” + </p> + <p> + And the sailor brandishing the harpoon, repeated, not without emotion, the + name which he loved so well—the name of his birthplace. + </p> + <p> + But as it could not be expected that the “Maria Stella” would come to + reclaim the animal harpooned by her, they resolved to begin cutting it up + before decomposition should commence. The birds, who had watched this rich + prey for several days, had determined to take possession of it without + further delay, and it was necessary to drive them off by firing at them + repeatedly. + </p> + <p> + The whale was a female, and a large quantity of milk was taken from it, + which, according to the opinion of the naturalist Duffenbach, might pass + for cow’s milk, and, indeed, it differs from it neither in taste, color, + nor density. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft had formerly served on board a whaling-ship, and he could + methodically direct the operation of cutting up, a sufficiently + disagreeable operation lasting three days, but from which the settlers did + not flinch, not even Gideon Spilett, who, as the sailor said, would end by + making a “real good castaway.” + </p> + <p> + The blubber, cut in parallel slices of two feet and a half in thickness, + then divided into pieces which might weigh about a thousand pounds each, + was melted down in large earthen pots brought to the spot, for they did + not wish to taint the environs of Granite House, and in this fusion it + lost nearly a third of its weight. + </p> + <p> + But there was an immense quantity of it; the tongue alone yielded six + thousand pounds of oil, and the lower lip four thousand. Then, besides the + fat, which would insure for a long time a store of stearine and glycerine, + there were still the bones, for which a use could doubtless be found, + although there were neither umbrellas nor stays used at Granite House. The + upper part of the mouth of the cetacean was, indeed, provided on both + sides with eight hundred horny blades, very elastic, of a fibrous texture, + and fringed at the edge like great combs, at which the teeth, six feet + long, served to retain the thousands of animalculae, little fish, and + molluscs, on which the whale fed. + </p> + <p> + The operation finished, to the great satisfaction of the operators, the + remains of the animal were left to the birds, who would soon make every + vestige of it disappear, and their usual daily occupations were resumed by + the inmates of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + However, before returning to the dockyard, Cyrus Harding conceived the + idea of fabricating certain machines, which greatly excited the curiosity + of his companions. He took a dozen of the whale’s bones, cut them into six + equal parts, and sharpened their ends. + </p> + <p> + “This machine is not my own invention, and it is frequently employed by + the Aleutian hunters in Russian America. You see these bones, my friends; + well, when it freezes, I will bend them, and then wet them with water till + they are entirely covered with ice, which will keep them bent, and I will + strew them on the snow, having previously covered them with fat. Now, what + will happen if a hungry animal swallows one of these baits? Why, the heat + of his stomach will melt the ice, and the bone, springing straight, will + pierce him with its sharp points.” + </p> + <p> + “Well! I do call that ingenious!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “And it will spare the powder and shot,” rejoined Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “That will be better than traps!” added Neb. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile the boat-building progressed, and towards the end of the + month half the planking was completed. It could already be seen that her + shape was excellent, and that she would sail well. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft worked with unparalleled ardor, and only a sturdy frame could + have borne such fatigue; but his companions were preparing in secret a + reward for his labors, and on the 31st of May he was to meet with one of + the greatest joys of his life. + </p> + <p> + On that day, after dinner, just as he was about to leave the table, + Pencroft felt a hand on his shoulder. + </p> + <p> + It was the hand of Gideon Spilett, who said,— + </p> + <p> + “One moment, Master Pencroft, you mustn’t sneak off like that! You’ve + forgotten your dessert.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, Mr. Spilett,” replied the sailor, “I am going back to my + work.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, a cup of coffee, my friend?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing more.” + </p> + <p> + “A pipe, then?” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft jumped up, and his great good-natured face grew pale when he saw + the reporter presenting him with a ready-filled pipe, and Herbert with a + glowing coal. + </p> + <p> + The sailor endeavored to speak, but could not get out a word; so, seizing + the pipe, he carried it to his lips, then applying the coal, he drew five + or six great whiffs. A fragrant blue cloud soon arose, and from its depths + a voice was heard repeating excitedly,— + </p> + <p> + “Tobacco! real tobacco!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Pencroft,” returned Cyrus Harding, “and very good tobacco too!” + </p> + <p> + “O, divine Providence; sacred Author of all things!” cried the sailor. + “Nothing more is now wanting to our island.” + </p> + <p> + And Pencroft smoked, and smoked, and smoked. + </p> + <p> + “And who made this discovery?” he asked at length. “You, Herbert, no + doubt?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft, it was Mr. Spilett.” + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Spilett!” exclaimed the sailor, seizing the reporter, and clasping + him to his breast with such a squeeze that he had never felt anything like + it before. + </p> + <p> + “Oh Pencroft,” said Spilett, recovering his breath at last, “a truce for + one moment. You must share your gratitude with Herbert, who recognized the + plant, with Cyrus, who prepared it, and with Neb, who took a great deal of + trouble to keep our secret.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my friends, I will repay you some day,” replied the sailor. “Now we + are friends for life.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0033" id="link2HCH0033"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 11 + </h2> + <p> + Winter arrived with the month of June, which is the December of the + northern zones, and the great business was the making of warm and solid + clothing. + </p> + <p> + The musmons in the corral had been stripped of their wool, and this + precious textile material was now to be transformed into stuff. + </p> + <p> + Of course Cyrus Harding, having at his disposal neither carders, combers, + polishers, stretchers, twisters, mule-jenny, nor self-acting machine to + spin the wool, nor loom to weave it, was obliged to proceed in a simpler + way, so as to do without spinning and weaving. And indeed he proposed to + make use of the property which the filaments of wool possess when + subjected to a powerful pressure of mixing together, and of manufacturing + by this simple process the material called felt. This felt could then be + obtained by a simple operation which, if it diminished the flexibility of + the stuff, increased its power of retaining heat in proportion. Now the + wool furnished by the musmons was composed of very short hairs, and was in + a good condition to be felted. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, aided by his companions, including Pencroft, who was once + more obliged to leave his boat, commenced the preliminary operations, the + subject of which was to rid the wool of that fat and oily substance with + which it is impregnated, and which is called grease. This cleaning was + done in vats filled with water, which was maintained at the temperature of + seventy degrees, and in which the wool was soaked for four-and-twenty + hours; it was then thoroughly washed in baths of soda, and, when + sufficiently dried by pressure, it was in a state to be compressed, that + is to say, to produce a solid material, rough, no doubt, and such as would + have no value in a manufacturing center of Europe or America, but which + would be highly esteemed in the Lincoln Island markets. + </p> + <p> + This sort of material must have been known from the most ancient times, + and, in fact, the first woolen stuffs were manufactured by the process + which Harding was now about to employ. Where Harding’s engineering + qualifications now came into play was in the construction of the machine + for pressing the wool; for he knew how to turn ingeniously to profit the + mechanical force, hitherto unused, which the waterfall on the beach + possessed to move a fulling-mill. + </p> + <p> + Nothing could be more rudimentary. The wool was placed in troughs, and + upon it fell in turns heavy wooden mallets; such was the machine in + question, and such it had been for centuries until the time when the + mallets were replaced by cylinders of compression, and the material was no + longer subjected to beating, but to regular rolling. + </p> + <p> + The operation, ably directed by Cyrus Harding, was a complete success. The + wool, previously impregnated with a solution of soap, intended on the one + hand to facilitate the interlacing, the compression, and the softening of + the wool, and on the other to prevent its diminution by the beating, + issued from the mill in the shape of thick felt cloth. The roughnesses + with which the staple of wool is naturally filled were so thoroughly + entangled and interlaced together that a material was formed equally + suitable either for garments or bedclothes. It was certainly neither + merino, muslin, cashmere, rep, satin, alpaca, cloth, nor flannel. It was + “Lincolnian felt,” and Lincoln Island possessed yet another manufacture. + The colonists had now warm garments and thick bedclothes, and they could + without fear await the approach of the winter of 1866-67. + </p> + <p> + The severe cold began to be felt about the 20th of June, and, to his great + regret, Pencroft was obliged to suspend his boat-building, which he hoped + to finish in time for next spring. + </p> + <p> + The sailor’s great idea was to make a voyage of discovery to Tabor Island, + although Harding could not approve of a voyage simply for curiosity’s + sake, for there was evidently nothing to be found on this desert and + almost arid rock. A voyage of a hundred and fifty miles in a comparatively + small vessel, over unknown seas, could not but cause him some anxiety. + Suppose that their vessel, once out at sea, should be unable to reach + Tabor Island, and could not return to Lincoln Island, what would become of + her in the midst of the Pacific, so fruitful of disasters? + </p> + <p> + Harding often talked over this project with Pencroft, and he found him + strangely bent upon undertaking this voyage, for which determination he + himself could give no sufficient reason. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said the engineer one day to him, “I must observe, my friend, that + after having said so much, in praise of Lincoln Island, after having + spoken so often of the sorrow you would feel if you were obliged to + forsake it, you are the first to wish to leave it.” + </p> + <p> + “Only to leave it for a few days,” replied Pencroft, “only for a few days, + captain. Time to go and come back, and see what that islet is like!” + </p> + <p> + “But it is not nearly as good as Lincoln Island.” + </p> + <p> + “I know that beforehand.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why venture there?” + </p> + <p> + “To know what is going on in Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “But nothing is going on there; nothing could happen there.” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows?” + </p> + <p> + “And if you are caught in a hurricane?” + </p> + <p> + “There is no fear of that in the fine season,” replied Pencroft. “But, + captain, as we must provide against everything, I shall ask your + permission to take Herbert only with me on this voyage.” + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” replied the engineer, placing his hand on the sailor’s + shoulder, “if any misfortune happens to you, or to this lad, whom chance + has made our child, do you think we could ever cease to blame ourselves?” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” replied Pencroft, with unshaken confidence, “we shall + not cause you that sorrow. Besides, we will speak further of this voyage, + when the time comes to make it. And I fancy, when you have seen our + tight-rigged little craft, when you have observed how she behaves at sea, + when we sail round our island, for we will do so together—I fancy, I + say, that you will no longer hesitate to let me go. I don’t conceal from + you that your boat will be a masterpiece.” + </p> + <p> + “Say ‘our’ boat, at least, Pencroft,” replied the engineer, disarmed for + the moment. The conversation ended thus, to be resumed later on, without + convincing either the sailor or the engineer. + </p> + <p> + The first snow fell towards the end of the month of June. The corral had + previously been largely supplied with stores, so that daily visits to it + were not requisite; but it was decided that more than a week should never + be allowed to pass without someone going to it. + </p> + <p> + Traps were again set, and the machines manufactured by Harding were tried. + The bent whalebones, imprisoned in a case of ice, and covered with a thick + outer layer of fat, were placed on the border of the forest at a spot + where animals usually passed on their way to the lake. + </p> + <p> + To the engineer’s great satisfaction, this invention, copied from the + Aleutian fishermen, succeeded perfectly. A dozen foxes, a few wild boars, + and even a jaguar, were taken in this way, the animals being found dead, + their stomachs pierced by the unbent bones. + </p> + <p> + An incident must here be related, not only as interesting in itself, but + because it was the first attempt made by the colonists to communicate with + the rest of mankind. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett had already several times pondered whether to throw into + the sea a letter enclosed in a bottle, which currents might perhaps carry + to an inhabited coast, or to confide it to pigeons. + </p> + <p> + But how could it be seriously hoped that either pigeons or bottles could + cross the distance of twelve hundred miles which separated the island from + any inhabited land? It would have been pure folly. + </p> + <p> + But on the 30th of June the capture was effected, not without difficulty, + of an albatross, which a shot from Herbert’s gun had slightly wounded in + the foot. It was a magnificent bird, measuring ten feet from wing to wing, + and which could traverse seas as wide as the Pacific. + </p> + <p> + Herbert would have liked to keep this superb bird, as its wound would soon + heal, and he thought he could tame it; but Spilett explained to him that + they should not neglect this opportunity of attempting to communicate by + this messenger with the lands of the Pacific; for if the albatross had + come from some inhabited region, there was no doubt but that it would + return there so soon as it was set free. + </p> + <p> + Perhaps in his heart Gideon Spilett, in whom the journalist sometimes came + to the surface, was not sorry to have the opportunity of sending forth to + take its chance an exciting article relating the adventures of the + settlers in Lincoln Island. What a success for the authorized reporter of + the New York Herald, and for the number which should contain the article, + if it should ever reach the address of its editor, the Honorable James + Bennett! + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett then wrote out a concise account, which was placed in a + strong waterproof bag, with an earnest request to whoever might find it to + forward it to the office of the New York Herald. This little bag was + fastened to the neck of the albatross, and not to its foot, for these + birds are in the habit of resting on the surface of the sea; then liberty + was given to this swift courier of the air, and it was not without some + emotion that the colonists watched it disappear in the misty west. + </p> + <p> + “Where is he going to?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Towards New Zealand,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “A good voyage to you,” shouted the sailor, who himself did not expect any + great result from this mode of correspondence. + </p> + <p> + With the winter, work had been resumed in the interior of Granite House, + mending clothes and different occupations, among others making the sails + for their vessel, which were cut from the inexhaustible balloon-case. + </p> + <p> + During the month of July the cold was intense, but there was no lack of + either wood or coal. Cyrus Harding had established a second fireplace in + the dining-room, and there the long winter evenings were spent. Talking + while they worked, reading when the hands remained idle, the time passed + with profit to all. + </p> + <p> + It was real enjoyment to the settlers when in their room, well lighted + with candles, well warmed with coal, after a good dinner, elderberry + coffee smoking in the cups, the pipes giving forth an odoriferous smoke, + they could hear the storm howling without. Their comfort would have been + complete, if complete comfort could ever exist for those who are far from + their fellow-creatures, and without any means of communication with them. + They often talked of their country, of the friends whom they had left, of + the grandeur of the American Republic, whose influence could not but + increase; and Cyrus Harding, who had been much mixed up with the affairs + of the Union, greatly interested his auditors by his recitals, his views, + and his prognostics. + </p> + <p> + It chanced one day that Spilett was led to say— + </p> + <p> + “But now, my dear Cyrus, all this industrial and commercial movement to + which you predict a continual advance, does it not run the danger of being + sooner or later completely stopped?” + </p> + <p> + “Stopped! And by what?” + </p> + <p> + “By the want of coal, which may justly be called the most precious of + minerals.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the most precious indeed,” replied the engineer; “and it would seem + that nature wished to prove that it was so by making the diamond, which is + simply pure carbon crystallized.” + </p> + <p> + “You don’t mean to say, captain,” interrupted Pencroft, “that we burn + diamonds in our stoves in the shape of coal?” + </p> + <p> + “No, my friend,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + “However,” resumed Gideon Spilett, “you do not deny that some day the coal + will be entirely consumed?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! the veins of coal are still considerable, and the hundred thousand + miners who annually extract from them a hundred millions of hundredweights + have not nearly exhausted them.” + </p> + <p> + “With the increasing consumption of coal,” replied Gideon Spilett, “it can + be foreseen that the hundred thousand workmen will soon become two hundred + thousand, and that the rate of extraction will be doubled.” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless; but after the European mines, which will be soon worked more + thoroughly with new machines, the American and Australian mines will for a + long time yet provide for the consumption in trade.” + </p> + <p> + “For how long a time?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “For at least two hundred and fifty or three hundred years.” + </p> + <p> + “That is reassuring for us, but a bad look-out for our + great-grandchildren!” observed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “They will discover something else,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “It is to be hoped so,” answered Spilett, “for without coal there would be + no machinery, and without machinery there would be no railways, no + steamers, no manufactories, nothing of that which is indispensable to + modern civilization!” + </p> + <p> + “But what will they find?” asked Pencroft. “Can you guess, captain?” + </p> + <p> + “Nearly, my friend.” + </p> + <p> + “And what will they burn instead of coal?” + </p> + <p> + “Water,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Water!” cried Pencroft, “water as fuel for steamers and engines! water to + heat water!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but water decomposed into its primitive elements,” replied Cyrus + Harding, “and decomposed doubtless, by electricity, which will then have + become a powerful and manageable force, for all great discoveries, by some + inexplicable laws, appear to agree and become complete at the same time. + Yes, my friends, I believe that water will one day be employed as fuel, + that hydrogen and oxygen which constitute it, used singly or together, + will furnish an inexhaustible source of heat and light, of an intensity of + which coal is not capable. Some day the coalrooms of steamers and the + tenders of locomotives will, instead of coal, be stored with these two + condensed gases, which will burn in the furnaces with enormous calorific + power. There is, therefore, nothing to fear. As long as the earth is + inhabited it will supply the wants of its inhabitants, and there will be + no want of either light or heat as long as the productions of the + vegetable, mineral or animal kingdoms do not fail us. I believe, then, + that when the deposits of coal are exhausted we shall heat and warm + ourselves with water. Water will be the coal of the future.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to see that,” observed the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “You were born too soon, Pencroft,” returned Neb, who only took part in + the discussion by these words. + </p> + <p> + However, it was not Neb’s speech which interrupted the conversation, but + Top’s barking, which broke out again with that strange intonation which + had before perplexed the engineer. At the same time Top began to run round + the mouth of the well, which opened at the extremity of the interior + passage. + </p> + <p> + “What can Top be barking in that way for?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “And Jup be growling like that?” added Herbert. + </p> + <p> + In fact the orang, joining the dog, gave unequivocal signs of agitation, + and, singular to say, the two animals appeared more uneasy than angry. + </p> + <p> + “It is evident,” said Gideon Spilett, “that this well is in direct + communication with the sea, and that some marine animal comes from time to + time to breathe at the bottom.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s evident,” replied the sailor, “and there can be no other + explanation to give. Quiet there, Top!” added Pencroft, turning to the + dog, “and you, Jup, be off to your room!” + </p> + <p> + The ape and the dog were silent. Jup went off to bed, but Top remained in + the room, and continued to utter low growls at intervals during the rest + of the evening. There was no further talk on the subject, but the + incident, however, clouded the brow of the engineer. + </p> + <p> + During the remainder of the month of July there was alternate rain and + frost. The temperature was not so low as during the preceding winter, and + its maximum did not exceed eight degrees Fahrenheit. But although this + winter was less cold, it was more troubled by storms and squalls; the sea + besides often endangered the safety of the Chimneys. At times it almost + seemed as if an under-current raised these monstrous billows which + thundered against the wall of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + When the settlers, leaning from their windows, gazed on the huge watery + masses breaking beneath their eyes, they could not but admire the + magnificent spectacle of the ocean in its impotent fury. The waves + rebounded in dazzling foam, the beach entirely disapppearing under the + raging flood, and the cliff appearing to emerge from the sea itself, the + spray rising to a height of more than a hundred feet. + </p> + <p> + During these storms it was difficult and even dangerous to venture out, + owing to the frequently falling trees; however, the colonists never + allowed a week to pass without having paid a visit to the corral. Happily, + this enclosure, sheltered by the southeastern spur of Mount Franklin, did + not greatly suffer from the violence of the hurricanes, which spared its + trees, sheds, and palisades; but the poultry-yard on Prospect Heights, + being directly exposed to the gusts of wind from the east, suffered + considerable damage. The pigeon-house was twice unroofed and the paling + blown down. All this required to be remade more solidly than before, for, + as may be clearly seen, Lincoln Island was situated in one of the most + dangerous parts of the Pacific. It really appeared as if it formed the + central point of vast cyclones, which beat it perpetually as the whip does + the top, only here it was the top which was motionless and the whip which + moved. During the first week of the month of August the weather became + more moderate, and the atmosphere recovered the calm which it appeared to + have lost forever. With the calm the cold again became intense, and the + thermometer fell to eight degrees Fahrenheit, below zero. + </p> + <p> + On the 3rd of August an excursion which had been talked of for several + days was made into the southeastern part of the island, towards Tadorn + Marsh. The hunters were tempted by the aquatic game which took up their + winter quarters there. Wild duck, snipe, teal and grebe abounded there, + and it was agreed that a day should be devoted to an expedition against + these birds. + </p> + <p> + Not only Gideon Spilett and Herbert, but Pencroft and Neb also took part + in this excursion. Cyrus Harding alone, alleging some work as an excuse, + did not join them, but remained at Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The hunters proceeded in the direction of Port Balloon, in order to reach + the marsh, after having promised to be back by the evening. Top and Jup + accompanied them. As soon as they had passed over the Mercy Bridge, the + engineer raised it and returned, intending to put into execution a project + for the performance of which he wished to be alone. + </p> + <p> + Now this project was to minutely explore the interior well, the mouth of + which was on a level with the passage of Granite House, and which + communicated with the sea, since it formerly supplied a way to the waters + of the lake. + </p> + <p> + Why did Top so often run round this opening? Why did he utter such strange + barks when a sort of uneasiness seemed to draw him towards this well? Why + did Jup join Top in a sort of common anxiety? Had this well branches + besides the communication with the sea? Did it spread towards other parts + of the island? This is what Cyrus Harding wished to know. He had resolved, + therefore, to attempt the exploration of the well during the absence of + his companions, and an opportunity for doing so had now presented itself. + </p> + <p> + It was easy to descend to the bottom of the well by employing the rope + ladder which had not been used since the establishment of the lift. The + engineer drew the ladder to the hole, the diameter of which measured + nearly six feet, and allowed it to unroll itself after having securely + fastened its upper extremity. Then, having lighted a lantern, taken a + revolver, and placed a cutlass in his belt, he began the descent. + </p> + <p> + The sides were everywhere entire; but points of rock jutted out here and + there, and by means of these points it would have been quite possible for + an active creature to climb to the mouth of the well. + </p> + <p> + The engineer remarked this; but although he carefully examined these + points by the light of his lantern, he could find no impression, no + fracture which could give any reason to suppose that they had either + recently or at any former time been used as a staircase. Cyrus Harding + descended deeper, throwing the light of his lantern on all sides. + </p> + <p> + He saw nothing suspicious. + </p> + <p> + When the engineer had reached the last rounds he came upon the water, + which was then perfectly calm. Neither at its level nor in any other part + of the well, did any passage open, which could lead to the interior of the + cliff. The wall which Harding struck with the hilt of his cutlass sounded + solid. It was compact granite, through which no living being could force a + way. To arrive at the bottom of the well and then climb up to its mouth it + was necessary to pass through the channel under the rocky subsoil of the + beach, which placed it in communication with the sea, and this was only + possible for marine animals. As to the question of knowing where this + channel ended, at what point of the shore, and at what depth beneath the + water, it could not be answered. + </p> + <p> + Then Cyrus Harding, having ended his survey, re-ascended, drew up the + ladder, covered the mouth of the well, and returned thoughtfully to the + diningroom, saying to himself,— + </p> + <p> + “I have seen nothing, and yet there is something there!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0034" id="link2HCH0034"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 12 + </h2> + <p> + In the evening the hunters returned, having enjoyed good sport, and being + literally loaded with game; indeed, they had as much as four men could + possibly carry. Top wore a necklace of teal and Jup wreaths of snipe round + his body. + </p> + <p> + “Here, master,” cried Neb; “here’s something to employ our time! Preserved + and made into pies we shall have a welcome store! But I must have some one + to help me. I count on you, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Neb,” replied the sailor; “I have the rigging of the vessel to finish + and to look after, and you will have to do without me.” + </p> + <p> + “And you, Mr. Herbert?” + </p> + <p> + “I must go to the corral to-morrow, Neb,” replied the lad. + </p> + <p> + “It will be you then, Mr. Spilett, who will help me?” + </p> + <p> + “To oblige you, Neb, I will,” replied the reporter; “but I warn you that + if you disclose your recipes to me, I shall publish them.” + </p> + <p> + “Whenever you like, Mr. Spilett,” replied Neb; “whenever you like.” + </p> + <p> + And so the next day Gideon Spilett became Neb’s assistant and was + installed in his culinary laboratory. The engineer had previously made + known to him the result of the exploration which he had made the day + before, and on this point the reporter shared Harding’s opinion, that + although he had found nothing, a secret still remained to be discovered! + </p> + <p> + The frost continued for another week, and the settlers did not leave + Granite House unless to look after the poultry-yard. The dwelling was + filled with appetizing odors, which were emitted from the learned + manipulation of Neb and the reporter. But all the results of the chase + were not made into preserved provisions; and as the game kept perfectly in + the intense cold, wild duck and other fowl were eaten fresh, and declared + superior to all other aquatic birds in the known world. + </p> + <p> + During this week, Pencroft, aided by Herbert, who handled the sailmaker’s + needle with much skill, worked with such energy that the sails of the + vessel were finished. There was no want of cordage. Thanks to the rigging + which had been discovered with the case of the balloon, the ropes and + cables from the net were all of good quality, and the sailor turned them + all to account. To the sails were attached strong bolt ropes, and there + still remained enough from which to make the halyards, shrouds, and + sheets, etc. The blocks were manufactured by Cyrus Harding under + Pencroft’s directions by means of the turning lathe. It therefore happened + that the rigging was entirely prepared before the vessel was finished. + Pencroft also manufactured a flag, that flag so dear to every true + American, containing the stars and stripes of their glorious Union. The + colors for it were supplied from certain plants used in dyeing, and which + were very abundant in the island; only to the thirty-seven stars, + representing the thirty-seven States of the Union, which shine on the + American flag, the sailor added a thirty-eighth, the star of “the State of + Lincoln,” for he considered his island as already united to the great + republic. “And,” said he, “it is so already in heart, if not in deed!” + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, the flag was hoisted at the central window of Granite + House, and the settlers saluted it with three cheers. + </p> + <p> + The cold season was now almost at an end, and it appeared as if this + second winter was to pass without any unusual occurrence, when on the + night of the 11th of August, the plateau of Prospect Heights was menaced + with complete destruction. + </p> + <p> + After a busy day the colonists were sleeping soundly, when towards four + o’clock in the morning they were suddenly awakened by Top’s barking. + </p> + <p> + The dog was not this time barking near the mouth of the well, but at the + threshold of the door, at which he was scratching as if he wished to burst + it open. Jup was also uttering piercing cries. + </p> + <p> + “Hello, Top!” cried Neb, who was the first awake. But the dog continued to + bark more furiously than ever. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter now?” asked Harding. + </p> + <p> + And all dressing in haste rushed to the windows, which they opened. + </p> + <p> + Beneath their eyes was spread a sheet of snow which looked gray in the dim + light. The settlers could see nothing, but they heard a singular yelping + noise away in the darkness. It was evident that the beach had been invaded + by a number of animals which could not be seen. + </p> + <p> + “What are they?” cried Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Wolves, jaguars, or apes?” replied Neb. + </p> + <p> + “They have nearly reached the plateau,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “And our poultry-yard,” exclaimed Herbert, “and our garden!” + </p> + <p> + “Where can they have crossed?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “They must have crossed the bridge on the shore,” replied the engineer, + “which one of us must have forgotten to close.” + </p> + <p> + “True,” said Spilett, “I remember having left it open.” + </p> + <p> + “A fine job you have made of it, Mr. Spilett,” cried the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “What is done cannot be undone,” replied Cyrus Harding. “We must consult + what it will now be best to do.” + </p> + <p> + Such were the questions and answers which were rapidly exchanged between + Harding and his companions. It was certain that the bridge had been + crossed, that the shore had been invaded by animals, and that whatever + they might be they could by ascending the left bank of the Mercy reach + Prospect Heights. They must therefore be advanced against quickly and + fought with if necessary. + </p> + <p> + “But what are these beasts?” was asked a second time, as the yelpings were + again heard more loudly than before. These yelps made Herbert start, and + he remembered having heard them before during his first visit to the + sources of the Red Creek. + </p> + <p> + “They are colpeo foxes!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” shouted the sailor. + </p> + <p> + And all arming themselves with hatchets, carbines, and revolvers, threw + themselves into the lift and soon set foot on the shore. + </p> + <p> + Colpeos are dangerous animals when in great numbers and irritated by + hunger, nevertheless the colonists did not hesitate to throw themselves + into the midst of the troop, and their first shots vividly lighting up the + darkness made their assailants draw back. + </p> + <p> + The chief thing was to hinder these plunderers from reaching the plateau, + for the garden and the poultry-yard would then have been at their mercy, + and immense, perhaps irreparable mischief, would inevitably be the result, + especially with regard to the corn-field. But as the invasion of the + plateau could only be made by the left bank of the Mercy, it was + sufficient to oppose the colpeos on the narrow bank between the river and + the cliff of granite. + </p> + <p> + This was plain to all, and, by Cyrus Harding’s orders, they reached the + spot indicated by him, while the colpeos rushed fiercely through the + gloom. Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Pencroft and Neb posted + themselves in impregnable line. Top, his formidable jaws open, preceded + the colonists, and he was followed by Jup, armed with a knotty cudgel, which + he brandished like a club. + </p> + <p> + The night was extremely dark, it was only by the flashes from the + revolvers as each person fired that they could see their assailants, who + were at least a hundred in number, and whose eyes were glowing like hot + coals. + </p> + <p> + “They must not pass!” shouted Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “They shall not pass!” returned the engineer. + </p> + <p> + But if they did not pass it was not for want of having attempted it. Those + in the rear pushed on the foremost assailants, and it was an incessant + struggle with revolvers and hatchets. Several colpeos already lay dead on + the ground, but their number did not appear to diminish, and it might have + been supposed that reinforcements were continually arriving over the + bridge. + </p> + <p> + The colonists were soon obliged to fight at close quarters, not without + receiving some wounds, though happily very slight ones. Herbert had, with + a shot from his revolver, rescued Neb, on whose back a colpeo had sprung + like a tiger cat. Top fought with actual fury, flying at the throats of + the foxes and strangling them instantaneously. Jup wielded his weapon + valiantly, and it was in vain that they endeavored to keep him in the + rear. Endowed doubtless with sight which enabled him to pierce the + obscurity, he was always in the thick of the fight uttering from time to + time—a sharp hissing sound, which was with him the sign of great + rejoicing. + </p> + <p> + At one moment he advanced so far, that by the light from a revolver he was + seen surrounded by five or six large colpeos, with whom he was coping with + great coolness. + </p> + <p> + However, the struggle was ended at last, and victory was on the side of + the settlers, but not until they had fought for two long hours! The first + signs of the approach of day doubtless determined the retreat of their + assailants, who scampered away towards the North, passing over the bridge, + which Neb ran immediately to raise. When day had sufficiently lighted up + the field of battle, the settlers counted as many as fifty dead bodies + scattered about on the shore. + </p> + <p> + “And Jup!” cried Pencroft; “where is Jup?” Jup had disappeared. His friend + Neb called him, and for the first time Jup did not reply to his friend’s + call. + </p> + <p> + Everyone set out in search of Jup, trembling lest he should be found among + the slain; they cleared the place of the bodies which stained the snow + with their blood. Jup was found in the midst of a heap of colpeos whose + broken jaws and crushed bodies showed that they had to do with the + terrible club of the intrepid animal. + </p> + <p> + Poor Jup still held in his hand the stump of his broken cudgel, but + deprived of his weapon he had been overpowered by numbers, and his chest + was covered with severe wounds. + </p> + <p> + “He is living,” cried Neb, who was bending over him. + </p> + <p> + “And we will save him,” replied the sailor. “We will nurse him as if he + was one of ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + It appeared as if Jup understood, for he leaned his head on Pencroft’s + shoulder as if to thank him. The sailor was wounded himself, but his wound + was insignificant, as were those of his companions; for thanks to their + firearms they had been almost always able to keep their assailants at a + distance. It was therefore only the orang whose condition was serious. + </p> + <p> + Jup, carried by Neb and Pencroft, was placed in the lift, and only a + slight moan now and then escaped his lips. He was gently drawn up to + Granite House. There he was laid on a mattress taken from one of the beds, + and his wounds were bathed with the greatest care. It did not appear that + any vital part had been reached, but Jup was very weak from loss of blood, + and a high fever soon set in after his wounds had been dressed. He was + laid down, strict diet was imposed, “just like a real person,” as Neb + said, and they made him swallow several cups of a cooling drink, for which + the ingredients were supplied from the vegetable medicine chest of Granite + House. Jup was at first restless, but his breathing gradually became more + regular, and he was left sleeping quietly. From time to time Top, walking + on tip-toe, as one might say, came to visit his friend, and seemed to + approve of all the care that had been taken of him. One of Jup’s hands + hung over the side of his bed, and Top licked it with a sympathizing air. + </p> + <p> + They employed the day in interring the dead, who were dragged to the + forest of the Far West, and there buried deep. + </p> + <p> + This attack, which might have had such serious consequences, was a lesson + to the settlers, who from this time never went to bed until one of their + number had made sure that all the bridges were raised, and that no + invasion was possible. + </p> + <p> + However, Jup, after having given them serious anxiety for several days, + began to recover. His constitution brought him through, the fever + gradually subsided, and Gideon Spilett, who was a bit of a doctor, + pronounced him quite out of danger. On the 16th of August, Jup began to + eat. Neb made him nice little sweet dishes, which the invalid devoured + with great relish, for if he had a pet failing it was that of being + somewhat of a gourmand, and Neb had never done anything to cure him of + this fault. + </p> + <p> + “What would you have?” said he to Gideon Spilett, who sometimes + expostulated with him for spoiling the ape. “Poor Jup has no other + pleasure than that of the palate, and I am only too glad to be able to + reward his services in this way!” + </p> + <p> + Ten days after taking to his bed, on the 21st of August, Master Jup arose. + His wounds were healed, and it was evident that he would not be long in + regaining his usual strength and agility. Like all convalescents, he was + tremendously hungry, and the reporter allowed him to eat as much as he + liked, for he trusted to that instinct, which is too often wanting in + reasoning beings, to keep the orang from any excess. Neb was delighted to + see his pupil’s appetite returning. + </p> + <p> + “Eat away, my Jup,” said he, “and don’t spare anything; you have shed your + blood for us, and it is the least I can do to make you strong again!” + </p> + <p> + On the 25th of August Neb’s voice was heard calling to his companions. + </p> + <p> + “Captain, Mr. Spilett, Mr. Herbert, Pencroft, come! come!” + </p> + <p> + The colonists, who were together in the dining-room, rose at Neb’s call, + who was then in Jup’s room. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Look,” replied Neb, with a shout of laughter. And what did they see? + Master Jup smoking calmly and seriously, sitting crosslegged like a Turk + at the entrance to Granite House! + </p> + <p> + “My pipe,” cried Pencroft. “He has taken my pipe! Hello, my honest Jup, I + make you a present of it! Smoke away, old boy, smoke away!” + </p> + <p> + And Jup gravely puffed out clouds of smoke which seemed to give him great + satisfaction. Harding did not appear to be much astonished at this + incident, and he cited several examples of tame apes, to whom the use of + tobacco had become quite familiar. + </p> + <p> + But from this day Master Jup had a pipe of his own, the sailor’s ex-pipe, + which was hung in his room near his store of tobacco. He filled it + himself, lighted it with a glowing coal, and appeared to be the happiest + of quadrumana. It may readily be understood that this similarity of tastes + of Jup and Pencroft served to tighten the bonds of friendship which + already existed between the honest ape and the worthy sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps he is really a man,” said Pencroft sometimes to Neb. “Should you + be surprised to hear him beginning to speak to us some day?” + </p> + <p> + “My word, no,” replied Neb. “What astonishes me is that he hasn’t spoken + to us before, for now he wants nothing but speech!” + </p> + <p> + “It would amuse me all the same,” resumed the sailor, “if some fine day he + said to me, ‘Suppose we change pipes, Pencroft.’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Neb, “what a pity he was born dumb!” + </p> + <p> + With the month of September the winter ended, and the works were again + eagerly commenced. The building of the vessel advanced rapidly, she was + already completely decked over, and all the inside parts of the hull were + firmly united with ribs bent by means of steam, which answered all the + purposes of a mold. + </p> + <p> + As there was no want of wood, Pencroft proposed to the engineer to give a + double lining to the hull, to insure the strength of the vessel. + </p> + <p> + Harding, not knowing what the future might have in store for them, + approved the sailor’s idea of making the craft as strong as possible. The + interior and deck of the vessel was entirely finished towards the 15th of + September. For calking the seams they made oakum of dry seaweed, which was + hammered in between the planks; then these seams were covered with boiling + tar, which was obtained in great abundance from the pines in the forest. + </p> + <p> + The management of the vessel was very simple. She had from the first been + ballasted with heavy blocks of granite walled up, in a bed of lime, twelve + thousand pounds of which they stowed away. + </p> + <p> + A deck was placed over this ballast, and the interior was divided into two + cabins; two benches extended along them and served also as lockers. The + foot of the mast supported the partition which separated the two cabins, + which were reached by two hatchways let into the deck. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft had no trouble in finding a tree suitable for the mast. He chose + a straight young fir, with no knots, and which he had only to square at + the step, and round off at the top. The ironwork of the mast, the rudder + and the hull had been roughly but strongly forged at the Chimneys. Lastly, + yards, masts, boom, spars, oars, etc., were all furnished by the first + week in October, and it was agreed that a trial trip should be taken round + the island, so as to ascertain how the vessel would behave at sea, and how + far they might depend upon her. + </p> + <p> + During all this time the necessary works had not been neglected. The + corral was enlarged, for the flock of musmons and goats had been increased + by a number of young ones, who had to be housed and fed. The colonists had + paid visits also to the oyster bed, the warren, the coal and iron mines, + and to the till then unexplored districts of the Far West forest, which + abounded in game. Certain indigenous plants were discovered, and those fit + for immediate use contributed to vary the vegetable stores of Granite + House. + </p> + <p> + They were a species of ficoide, some similar to those of the Cape, with + eatable fleshy leaves, others bearing seeds containing a sort of flour. + </p> + <p> + On the 10th of October the vessel was launched. Pencroft was radiant with + joy, the operation was perfectly successful; the boat completely rigged, + having been pushed on rollers to the water’s edge, was floated by the + rising tide, amid the cheers of the colonists, particularly of Pencroft, + who showed no modesty on this occasion. Besides his importance was to last + beyond the finishing of the vessel, since, after having built her, he was + to command her. The grade of captain was bestowed upon him with the + approbation of all. To satisfy Captain Pencroft, it was now necessary to + give a name to the vessel, and, after many propositions had been + discussed, the votes were all in favor of the “Bonadventure.” As soon as + the “Bonadventure” had been lifted by the rising tide, it was seen that + she lay evenly in the water, and would be easily navigated. However, the + trial trip was to be made that very day, by an excursion off the coast. + The weather was fine, the breeze fresh, and the sea smooth, especially + towards the south coast, for the wind was blowing from the northwest. + </p> + <p> + “All hands on board,” shouted Pencroft; but breakfast was first necessary, + and it was thought best to take provisions on board, in the event of their + excursion being prolonged until the evening. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding was equally anxious to try the vessel, the model of which + had originated with him, although on the sailor’s advice he had altered + some parts of it, but he did not share Pencroft’s confidence in her, and + as the latter had not again spoken of the voyage to Tabor Island, Harding + hoped he had given it up. He would have indeed great reluctance in letting + two or three of his companions venture so far in so small a boat, which + was not of more than fifteen tons’ burden. + </p> + <p> + At half-past ten everybody was on board, even Top and Jup, and Herbert + weighed the anchor, which was fast in the sand near the mouth of the + Mercy. The sail was hoisted, the Lincolnian flag floated from the + masthead, and the “Bonadventure,” steered by Pencroft, stood out to sea. + </p> + <p> + The wind blowing out of Union Bay she ran before it, and thus showed her + owners, much to their satisfaction, that she possessed a remarkably fast + pair of heels, according to Pencroft’s mode of speaking. After having + doubled Flotsam Point and Claw Cape, the captain kept her close hauled, so + as to sail along the southern coast of the island, when it was found she + sailed admirably within five points of the wind. All hands were enchanted, + they had a good vessel, which, in case of need, would be of great service + to them, and with fine weather and a fresh breeze the voyage promised to + be charming. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft now stood off the shore, three or four miles across from Port + Balloon. The island then appeared in all its extent and under a new + aspect, with the varied panorama of its shore from Claw Cape to Reptile + End, the forests in which dark firs contrasted with the young foliage of + other trees and overlooked the whole, and Mount Franklin whose lofty head + was still whitened with snow. + </p> + <p> + “How beautiful it is!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, our island is beautiful and good,” replied Pencroft. “I love it as I + loved my poor mother. It received us poor and destitute, and now what is + wanting to us five fellows who fell on it from the sky?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing,” replied Neb; “nothing, captain.” + </p> + <p> + And the two brave men gave three tremendous cheers in honor of their + island! + </p> + <p> + During all this time Gideon Spilett, leaning against the mast, sketched + the panorama which was developed before his eyes. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding gazed on it in silence. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Captain Harding,” asked Pencroft, “what do you think of our + vessel?” + </p> + <p> + “She appears to behave well,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Good! And do you think now that she could undertake a voyage of some + extent?” + </p> + <p> + “What voyage, Pencroft?” + </p> + <p> + “One to Tabor Island, for instance.” + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” replied Harding, “I think that in any pressing emergency we + need not hesitate to trust ourselves to the ‘Bonadventure’ even for a + longer voyage; but you know I should see you set off to Tabor Island with + great uneasiness, since nothing obliges you to go there.” + </p> + <p> + “One likes to know one’s neighbors,” returned the sailor, who was + obstinate in his idea. “Tabor Island is our neighbor, and the only one! + Politeness requires us to go at least to pay a visit.” + </p> + <p> + “By Jove,” said Spilett, “our friend Pencroft has become very particular + about the proprieties all at once!” + </p> + <p> + “I am not particular about anything at all,” retorted the sailor, who was + rather vexed by the engineer’s opposition, but who did not wish to cause + him anxiety. + </p> + <p> + “Consider, Pencroft,” resumed Harding, “you cannot go alone to Tabor + Island.” + </p> + <p> + “One companion will be enough for me.” + </p> + <p> + “Even so,” replied the engineer, “you will risk depriving the colony of + Lincoln Island of two settlers out of five.” + </p> + <p> + “Out of six,” answered Pencroft; “you forget Jup.” + </p> + <p> + “Out of seven,” added Neb; “Top is quite worth another.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no risk at all in it, captain,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “That is possible, Pencroft; but I repeat it is to expose ourselves + uselessly.” + </p> + <p> + The obstinate sailor did not reply, and let the conversation drop, quite + determined to resume it again. But he did not suspect that an incident + would come to his aid and change into an act of humanity that which was at + first only a doubtful whim. + </p> + <p> + After standing off the shore the “Bonadventure” again approached it in the + direction of Port Balloon. It was important to ascertain the channels + between the sandbanks and reefs, that buoys might be laid down since this + little creek was to be the harbor. + </p> + <p> + They were not more than half a mile from the coast, and it was necessary + to tack to beat against the wind. The “Bonadventure” was then going at a + very moderate rate, as the breeze, partly intercepted by the high land, + scarcely swelled her sails, and the sea, smooth as glass, was only rippled + now and then by passing gusts. + </p> + <p> + Herbert had stationed himself in the bows that he might indicate the + course to be followed among the channels, when all at once he shouted,— + </p> + <p> + “Luff, Pencroft, luff!” + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter,” replied the sailor; “a rock?” + </p> + <p> + “No—wait,” said Herbert; “I don’t quite see. Luff again—right—now.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, Herbert, leaning over the side, plunged his arm into the water, + and pulled it out, exclaiming,— + </p> + <p> + “A bottle!” + </p> + <p> + He held in his hand a corked bottle which he had just seized a few cables’ + length from the shore. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding took the bottle. Without uttering a single word he drew the + cork, and took from it a damp paper, on which were written these words:— + </p> + <p> + “Castaway.... Tabor island: 153deg W. long., 37deg 11’ S. lat.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0035" id="link2HCH0035"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 13 + </h2> + <p> + “A castaway!” exclaimed Pencroft; “left on this Tabor Island not two + hundred miles from us! Ah, Captain Harding, you won’t now oppose my + going.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft,” replied Cyrus Harding; “and you shall set out as soon as + possible.” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer still held in his hand the paper which he had taken from the + bottle. He contemplated it for some instants, then resumed, + </p> + <p> + “From this document, my friends, from the way in which it is worded, we + may conclude this: first, that the castaway on Tabor Island is a man + possessing a considerable knowledge of navigation, since he gives the + latitude and longitude of the island exactly as we ourselves found it, and + to a second of approximation; secondly, that he is either English or + American, as the document is written in the English language.” + </p> + <p> + “That is perfectly logical,” answered Spilett; “and the presence of this + castaway explains the arrival of the case on the shores of our island. + There must have been a wreck, since there is a castaway. As to the latter, + whoever he may be, it is lucky for him that Pencroft thought of building + this boat and of trying her this very day, for a day later and this bottle + might have been broken on the rocks.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said Herbert, “it is a fortunate chance that the ‘Bonadventure’ + passed exactly where the bottle was still floating!” + </p> + <p> + “Does not this appear strange to you?” asked Harding of Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “It appears fortunate, that’s all,” answered the sailor. “Do you see + anything extraordinary in it, captain? The bottle must go somewhere, and + why not here as well as anywhere else?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps you are right, Pencroft,” replied the engineer; “and yet—” + </p> + <p> + “But,” observed Herbert, “there’s nothing to prove that this bottle has + been floating long in the sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing,” replied Gideon Spilett, “and the document appears even to have + been recently written. What do you think about it, Cyrus?” + </p> + <p> + During this conversation Pencroft had not remained inactive. He had put + the vessel about, and the “Bonadventure,” all sails set, was running + rapidly towards Claw Cape. + </p> + <p> + Every one was thinking of the castaway on Tabor Island. Should they be in + time to save him? This was a great event in the life of the colonists! + They themselves were but castaways, but it was to be feared that another + might not have been so fortunate, and their duty was to go to his succor. + </p> + <p> + Claw Cape was doubled, and about four o’clock the “Bonadventure” dropped + her anchor at the mouth of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + That same evening the arrangements for the new expedition were made. It + appeared best that Pencroft and Herbert, who knew how to work the vessel, + should undertake the voyage alone. By setting out the next day, the 10th + of October, they would arrive on the 13th, for with the present wind it + would not take more than forty-eight hours to make this passage of a + hundred and fifty miles. One day in the island, three or four to return, + they might hope therefore that on the 17th they would again reach Lincoln + Island. The weather was fine, the barometer was rising, the wind appeared + settled, everything then was in favor of these brave men whom an act of + humanity was taking far from their island. + </p> + <p> + Thus it had been agreed that Cyrus Harding, Neb, and Gideon Spilett should + remain at Granite House, but an objection was raised, and Spilett, who had + not forgotten his business as reporter to the New York Herald, having + declared that he would go by swimming rather than lose such an + opportunity, he was admitted to take a part in the voyage. + </p> + <p> + The evening was occupied in transporting on board the “Bonadventure,” + articles of bedding, utensils, arms, ammunition, a compass, provisions for + a week; this being rapidly done, the colonists ascended to Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The next day, at five o’clock in the morning, the farewells were said, not + without some emotion on both sides, and Pencroft setting sail made towards + Claw Cape, which had to be doubled in order to proceed to the southwest. + </p> + <p> + The “Bonadventure” was already a quarter of a mile from the coast when the + passengers perceived on the heights of Granite House two men waving their + farewells; they were Cyrus Harding and Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Our friends,” exclaimed Spilett, “this is our first separation in fifteen + months.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, the reporter and Herbert waved in return, and Granite House soon + disappeared behind the high rocks of the Cape. + </p> + <p> + During the first part of the day the “Bonadventure” was still in sight of + the southern coast of Lincoln Island, which soon appeared just like a + green basket, with Mount Franklin rising from the center. The heights, + diminished by distance, did not present an appearance likely to tempt + vessels to touch there. Reptile End was passed in about an hour, though at + a distance of about ten miles. + </p> + <p> + At this distance it was no longer possible to distinguish anything of the + Western Coast, which stretched away to the ridges of Mount Franklin, and + three hours after the last of Lincoln Island sank below the horizon. + </p> + <p> + The “Bonadventure” behaved capitally. Bounding over the waves she + proceeded rapidly on her course. Pencroft had hoisted the foresail, and + steering by the compass followed a rectilinear direction. From time to + time Herbert relieved him at the helm, and the lad’s hand was so firm that + the sailor had not a point to find fault with. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett chatted sometimes with one, sometimes with the other, if + wanted he lent a hand with the ropes, and Captain Pencroft was perfectly + satisfied with his crew. + </p> + <p> + In the evening the crescent moon, which would not be in its first quarter + until the 16th, appeared in the twilight and soon set again. The night was + dark but starry, and the next day again promised to be fine. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft prudently lowered the foresail, not wishing to be caught by a + sudden gust while carrying too much canvas; it was perhaps an unnecessary + precaution on such a calm night, but Pencroft was a prudent sailor and + cannot be blamed for it. + </p> + <p> + The reporter slept part of the night. Pencroft and Herbert took turns for + a spell of two hours each at the helm. The sailor trusted Herbert as he + would himself, and his confidence was justified by the coolness and + judgment of the lad. Pencroft gave him his directions as a commander to + his steersman, and Herbert never allowed the “Bonadventure” to swerve even + a point. The night passed quickly, as did the day of the 12th of October. + A south-easterly direction was strictly maintained. Unless the + “Bonadventure” fell in with some unknown current she would come exactly + within sight of Tabor Island. + </p> + <p> + As to the sea over which the vessel was then sailing, it was absolutely + deserted. Now and then a great albatross or frigate bird passed within + gunshot, and Gideon Spilett wondered if it was to one of them that he had + confided his last letter addressed to the New York Herald. These birds + were the only beings that appeared to frequent this part of the ocean + between Tabor and Lincoln Islands. + </p> + <p> + “And yet,” observed Herbert, “this is the time that whalers usually + proceed towards the southern part of the Pacific. Indeed I do not think + there could be a more deserted sea than this.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not quite so deserted as all that,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “We are on it. Do you take our vessel for a wreck and us for porpoises?” + </p> + <p> + And Pencroft laughed at his joke. + </p> + <p> + By the evening, according to calculation, it was thought that the + “Bonadventure” had accomplished a distance of a hundred and twenty miles + since her departure from Lincoln Island, that is to say in thirty-six + hours, which would give her a speed of between three and four knots. + The breeze was very slight and might soon drop altogether. However, + it was hoped that the next morning by break of day, if the calculation had + been correct and the course true, they would sight Tabor Island. + </p> + <p> + Neither Gideon Spilett, Herbert, nor Pencroft slept that night. In the + expectation of the next day they could not but feel some emotion. There + was so much uncertainty in their enterprise! Were they near Tabor Island? + Was the island still inhabited by the castaway to whose succor they had + come? Who was this man? Would not his presence disturb the little colony + till then so united? Besides, would he be content to exchange his prison + for another? All these questions, which would no doubt be answered the + next day, kept them in suspense, and at the dawn of day they all fixed + their gaze on the western horizon. + </p> + <p> + “Land!” shouted Pencroft at about six o’clock in the morning. + </p> + <p> + And it was impossible that Pencroft should be mistaken, it was evident + that land was there. Imagine the joy of the little crew of the + “Bonadventure.” In a few hours they would land on the beach of the island! + </p> + <p> + The low coast of Tabor Island, scarcely emerging from the sea, was not + more than fifteen miles distant. + </p> + <p> + The head of the “Bonadventure,” which was a little to the south of the + island, was set directly towards it, and as the sun mounted in the east, + its rays fell upon one or two headlands. + </p> + <p> + “This is a much less important isle than Lincoln Island,” observed + Herbert, “and is probably due like ours to some submarine convulsion.” + </p> + <p> + At eleven o’clock the “Bonadventure” was not more than two miles off, and + Pencroft, while looking for a suitable place at which to land, proceeded + very cautiously through the unknown waters. The whole of the island could + now be surveyed, and on it could be seen groups of gum and other large + trees, of the same species as those growing on Lincoln Island. But the + astonishing thing was that no smoke arose to show that the island was + inhabited, no signal whatever appeared on the shore! + </p> + <p> + And yet the document was clear enough; there was a castaway, and this + castaway should have been on the watch. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile the “Bonadventure” entered the winding channels among the + reefs, and Pencroft observed every turn with extreme care. He had put + Herbert at the helm, posting himself in the bows, inspecting the water, + while he held the halliard in his hand, ready to lower the sail at a + moment’s notice. Gideon Spilett with his glass eagerly scanned the shore, + though without perceiving anything. + </p> + <p> + However, at about twelve o’clock the keel of the “Bonadventure” grated on + the bottom. The anchor was let go, the sails furled, and the crew of the + little vessel landed. + </p> + <p> + And there was no reason to doubt that this was Tabor Island, since + according to the most recent charts there was no island in this part of + the Pacific between New Zealand and the American Coast. + </p> + <p> + The vessel was securely moored, so that there should be no danger of her + being carried away by the receding tide; then Pencroft and his companions, + well armed, ascended the shore, so as to gain an elevation of about two + hundred and fifty or three hundred feet which rose at a distance of half a + mile. + </p> + <p> + “From the summit of that hill,” said Spilett, “we can no doubt obtain a + complete view of the island, which will greatly facilitate our search.” + </p> + <p> + “So as to do here,” replied Herbert, “that which Captain Harding did the + very first thing on Lincoln Island, by climbing Mount Franklin.” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly so,” answered the reporter, “and it is the best plan.” + </p> + <p> + While thus talking the explorers had advanced along a clearing which + terminated at the foot of the hill. Flocks of rock-pigeons and + sea-swallows, similar to those of Lincoln Island, fluttered around them. + Under the woods which skirted the glade on the left they could hear the + bushes rustling and see the grass waving, which indicated the presence of + timid animals, but still nothing to show that the island was inhabited. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the foot of the hill, Pencroft, Spilett, and Herbert climbed it + in a few minutes, and gazed anxiously round the horizon. + </p> + <p> + They were on an islet, which did not measure more than six miles in + circumference, its shape not much bordered by capes or promontories, bays + or creeks, being a lengthened oval. All around, the lonely sea extended to + the limits of the horizon. No land nor even a sail was in sight. + </p> + <p> + This woody islet did not offer the varied aspects of Lincoln Island, arid + and wild in one part, but fertile and rich in the other. On the contrary + this was a uniform mass of verdure, out of which rose two or three hills + of no great height. Obliquely to the oval of the island ran a stream + through a wide meadow falling into the sea on the west by a narrow mouth. + </p> + <p> + “The domain is limited,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” rejoined Pencroft: “It would have been too small for us.” + </p> + <p> + “And moreover,” said the reporter, “it appears to be uninhabited.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” answered Herbert, “nothing here betrays the presence of man.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us go down,” said Pencroft, “and search.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor and his two companions returned to the shore, to the place + where they had left the “Bonadventure.” + </p> + <p> + They had decided to make the tour of the island on foot, before exploring + the interior; so that not a spot should escape their investigations. The + beach was easy to follow, and only in some places was their way barred by + large rocks, which, however, they easily passed round. The explorers + proceeded towards the south, disturbing numerous flocks of sea-birds and + herds of seals, which threw themselves into the sea as soon as they saw + the strangers at a distance. + </p> + <p> + “Those beasts yonder,” observed the reporter, “do not see men for the + first time. They fear them, therefore they must know them.” + </p> + <p> + An hour after their departure they arrived on the southern point of the + islet, terminated by a sharp cape, and proceeded towards the north along + the western coast, equally formed by sand and rocks, the background + bordered with thick woods. + </p> + <p> + There was not a trace of a habitation in any part, not the print of a + human foot on the shore of the island, which after four hours’ walking had + been gone completely round. + </p> + <p> + It was to say the least very extraordinary, and they were compelled to + believe that Tabor Island was not or was no longer inhabited. Perhaps, + after all the document was already several months or several years old, + and it was possible in this case, either that the castaway had been + enabled to return to his country, or that he had died of misery. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, Spilett, and Herbert, forming more or less probable conjectures, + dined rapidly on board the “Bonadventure” so as to be able to continue + their excursion until nightfall. This was done at five o’clock in the + evening, at which hour they entered the wood. + </p> + <p> + Numerous animals fled at their approach, being principally, one might say, + only goats and pigs, which were obviously European species. + </p> + <p> + Doubtless some whaler had landed them on the island, where they had + rapidly increased. Herbert resolved to catch one or two living, and take + them back to Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + It was no longer doubtful that men at some period or other had visited + this islet, and this became still more evident when paths appeared trodden + through the forest, felled trees, and everywhere traces of the hand of + man; but the trees were becoming rotten, and had been felled many years + ago; the marks of the axe were velveted with moss, and the grass grew long + and thick on the paths, so that it was difficult to find them. + </p> + <p> + “But,” observed Gideon Spilett, “this not only proves that men have landed + on the island, but also that they lived on it for some time. Now, who were + these men? How many of them remain?” + </p> + <p> + “The document,” said Herbert, “only spoke of one castaway.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, if he is still on the island,” replied Pencroft, “it is impossible + but that we shall find him.” + </p> + <p> + The exploration was continued. The sailor and his companions naturally + followed the route which cut diagonally across the island, and they were + thus obliged to follow the stream which flowed towards the sea. + </p> + <p> + If the animals of European origin, if works due to a human hand, showed + incontestably that men had already visited the island, several specimens + of the vegetable kingdom did not prove it less. In some places, in the + midst of clearings, it was evident that the soil had been planted with + culinary plants, at probably the same distant period. + </p> + <p> + What, then, was Herbert’s joy, when he recognized potatoes, chicory, + sorrel, carrots, cabbages, and turnips, of which it was sufficient to + collect the seed to enrich the soil of Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + “Capital, jolly!” exclaimed Pencroft. “That will suit Neb as well as us. + Even if we do not find the castaway, at least our voyage will not have + been useless, and God will have rewarded us.” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless,” replied Gideon Spilett, “but to see the state in which we + find these plantations, it is to be feared that the island has not been + inhabited for some time.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” answered Herbert, “an inhabitant, whoever he was, could not have + neglected such an important culture!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Pencroft, “the castaway has gone.” + </p> + <p> + “We must suppose so.” + </p> + <p> + “It must then be admitted that the document has already a distant date?” + </p> + <p> + “Evidently.” + </p> + <p> + “And that the bottle only arrived at Lincoln Island after having floated + in the sea a long time.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” returned Pencroft. “But night is coming on,” added he, “and I + think that it will be best to give up the search for the present.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us go on board, and to-morrow we will begin again,” said the + reporter. + </p> + <p> + This was the wisest course, and it was about to be followed when Herbert, + pointing to a confused mass among the trees, exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “A hut!” + </p> + <p> + All three immediately ran towards the dwelling. In the twilight it was + just possible to see that it was built of planks and covered with a thick + tarpaulin. + </p> + <p> + The half-closed door was pushed open by Pencroft, who entered with a rapid + step. + </p> + <p> + The hut was empty! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0036" id="link2HCH0036"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 14 + </h2> + <p> + Pencroft, Herbert, and Gideon Spilett remained silent in the midst of the + darkness. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft shouted loudly. + </p> + <p> + No reply was made. + </p> + <p> + The sailor then struck a light and set fire to a twig. This lighted for a + minute a small room, which appeared perfectly empty. At the back was a + rude fireplace, with a few cold cinders, supporting an armful of dry wood. + Pencroft threw the blazing twig on it, the wood crackled and gave forth a + bright light. + </p> + <p> + The sailor and his two companions then perceived a disordered bed, of + which the damp and yellow coverlets proved that it had not been used for a + long time. In the corner of the fireplace were two kettles, covered with + rust, and an overthrown pot. A cupboard, with a few moldy sailor’s + clothes; on the table a tin plate and a Bible, eaten away by damp; in a + corner a few tools, a spade, pickaxe, two fowling-pieces, one of which was + broken; on a plank, forming a shelf, stood a barrel of powder, still + untouched, a barrel of shot, and several boxes of caps, all thickly + covered with dust, accumulated, perhaps, by many long years. + </p> + <p> + “There is no one here,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “No one,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “It is a long time since this room has been inhabited,” observed Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a very long time!” answered the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Spilett,” then said Pencroft, “instead of returning on board, I think + that it would be well to pass the night in this hut.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, Pencroft,” answered Gideon Spilett, “and if its owner + returns, well! perhaps he will not be sorry to find the place taken + possession of.” + </p> + <p> + “He will not return,” said the sailor, shaking his head. + </p> + <p> + “You think that he has quitted the island?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “If he had quitted the island he would have taken away his weapons and his + tools,” replied Pencroft. “You know the value which castaways set on such + articles as these the last remains of a wreck. No! no!” repeated the + sailor, in a tone of conviction; “no, he has not left the island! If he + had escaped in a boat made by himself, he would still less have left these + indispensable and necessary articles. No! he is on the island!” + </p> + <p> + “Living?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Living or dead. But if he is dead, I suppose he has not buried himself, + and so we shall at least find his remains!” + </p> + <p> + It was then agreed that the night should be passed in the deserted + dwelling, and a store of wood found in a corner was sufficient to warm it. + The door closed, Pencroft, Herbert and Spilett remained there, seated on a + bench, talking little but wondering much. They were in a frame of mind to + imagine anything or expect anything. They listened eagerly for sounds + outside. The door might have opened suddenly, and a man presented himself + to them without their being in the least surprised, notwithstanding all + that the hut revealed of abandonment, and they had their hands ready to + press the hands of this man, this castaway, this unknown friend, for whom + friends were waiting. + </p> + <p> + But no voice was heard, the door did not open. The hours thus passed away. + </p> + <p> + How long the night appeared to the sailor and his companions! Herbert + alone slept for two hours, for at his age sleep is a necessity. They were + all three anxious to continue their exploration of the day before, and to + search the most secret recesses of the islet! The inferences deduced by + Pencroft were perfectly reasonable, and it was nearly certain that, as the + hut was deserted, and the tools, utensils, and weapons were still there, + the owner had succumbed. It was agreed, therefore, that they should search + for his remains, and give them at least Christian burial. + </p> + <p> + Day dawned; Pencroft and his companions immediately proceeded to survey + the dwelling. It had certainly been built in a favorable situation, at the + back of a little hill, sheltered by five or six magnificent gum-trees. + Before its front and through the trees the axe had prepared a wide + clearing, which allowed the view to extend to the sea. Beyond a lawn, + surrounded by a wooden fence falling to pieces, was the shore, on the left + of which was the mouth of the stream. + </p> + <p> + The hut had been built of planks, and it was easy to see that these planks + had been obtained from the hull or deck of a ship. It was probable that a + disabled vessel had been cast on the coast of the island, that one at + least of the crew had been saved, and that by means of the wreck this man, + having tools at his disposal, had built the dwelling. + </p> + <p> + And this became still more evident when Gideon Spilett, after having + walked around the hut, saw on a plank, probably one of those which had + formed the armor of the wrecked vessel, these letters already half + effaced: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + BR—TAN—A +</pre> + <p> + “Britannia,” exclaimed Pencroft, whom the reporter had called; “it is a + common name for ships, and I could not say if she was English or + American!” + </p> + <p> + “It matters very little, Pencroft!” + </p> + <p> + “Very little indeed,” answered the sailor, “and we will save the survivor + of her crew if he is still living, to whatever country he may belong. But + before beginning our search again let us go on board the ‘Bonadventure’.” + </p> + <p> + A sort of uneasiness had seized Pencroft upon the subject of his vessel. + Should the island be inhabited after all, and should some one have taken + possession of her? But he shrugged his shoulders at such an unreasonable + supposition. At any rate the sailor was not sorry to go to breakfast on + board. The road already trodden was not long, scarcely a mile. They set + out on their walk, gazing into the wood and thickets through which goats + and pigs fled in hundreds. + </p> + <p> + Twenty minutes after leaving the hut Pencroft and his companions reached + the western coast of the island, and saw the “Bonadventure” held fast by + her anchor, which was buried deep in the sand. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft could not restrain a sigh of satisfaction. After all this vessel + was his child, and it is the right of fathers to be often uneasy when + there is no occasion for it. + </p> + <p> + They returned on board, breakfasted, so that it should not be necessary to + dine until very late; then the repast being ended, the exploration was + continued and conducted with the most minute care. Indeed, it was very + probable that the only inhabitant of the island had perished. It was + therefore more for the traces of a dead than of a living man that Pencroft + and his companions searched. But their searches were vain, and during the + half of that day they sought to no purpose among the thickets of trees + which covered the islet. There was then scarcely any doubt that, if the + castaway was dead, no trace of his body now remained, but that some wild + beast had probably devoured it to the last bone. + </p> + <p> + “We will set off to-morrow at daybreak,” said Pencroft to his two + companions, as about two o’clock they were resting for a few minutes under + the shade of a clump of firs. + </p> + <p> + “I should think that we might without scruple take the utensils which + belonged to the castaway,” added Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I think so, too,” returned Gideon Spilett, “and these arms and tools will + make up the stores of Granite House. The supply of powder and shot is also + most important.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Pencroft, “but we must not forget to capture a couple or + two of those pigs, of which Lincoln Island is destitute.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor to gather those seeds,” added Herbert, “which will give us all the + vegetables of the Old and the New Worlds.” + </p> + <p> + “Then perhaps it would be best,” said the reporter, “to remain a day + longer on Tabor Island, so as to collect all that may be useful to us.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Spilett,” answered Pencroft, “I will ask you to set off to-morrow + at daybreak. The wind seems to me to be likely to shift to the west, and + after having had a fair wind for coming we shall have a fair wind for + going back.” + </p> + <p> + “Then do not let us lose time,” said Herbert, rising. + </p> + <p> + “We won’t waste time,” returned Pencroft. “You, Herbert, go and gather the + seeds, which you know better than we do. While you do that, Mr. Spilett + and I will go and have a pig hunt, and even without Top I hope we shall + manage to catch a few!” + </p> + <p> + Herbert accordingly took the path which led towards the cultivated part of + the islet, while the sailor and the reporter entered the forest. + </p> + <p> + Many specimens of the porcine race fled before them, and these animals, + which were singularly active, did not appear to be in a humor to allow + themselves to be approached. + </p> + <p> + However, after an hour’s chase, the hunters had just managed to get hold + of a couple lying in a thicket, when cries were heard resounding from the + north part of the island, With the cries were mingled terrible yells, in + which there was nothing human. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Gideon Spilett were at once on their feet, and the pigs by + this movement began to run away, at the moment when the sailor was getting + ready the rope to bind them. + </p> + <p> + “That’s Herbert’s voice,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Run!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + And the sailor and Spilett immediately ran at full speed towards the spot + from whence the cries proceeded. + </p> + <p> + They did well to hasten, for at a turn of the path near a clearing they + saw the lad thrown on the ground and in the grasp of a savage being, + apparently a gigantic ape, who was about to do him some great harm. + </p> + <p> + To rush on this monster, throw him on the ground in his turn, snatch + Herbert from him, then bind him securely, was the work of a minute for + Pencroft and Gideon Spilett. The sailor was of Herculean strength, the + reporter also very powerful, and in spite of the monster’s resistance he + was firmly tied so that he could not even move. + </p> + <p> + “You are not hurt, Herbert?” asked Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “No, no!” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, if this ape had wounded him!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “But he is not an ape,” answered Herbert. + </p> + <p> + At these words Pencroft and Gideon Spilett looked at the singular being + who lay on the ground. Indeed it was not an ape; it was a human being, a + man. But what a man! A savage in all the horrible acceptation of the word, + and so much the more frightful that he seemed fallen to the lowest degree + of brutishness! + </p> + <p> + Shaggy hair, untrimmed beard descending to the chest, the body almost + naked except a rag round the waist, wild eyes, enormous hands with + immensely long nails, skin the color of mahogany, feet as hard as if made + of horn, such was the miserable creature who yet had a claim to be called + a man. But it might justly be asked if there were yet a soul in this body, + or if the brute instinct alone survived in it! + </p> + <p> + “Are you quite sure that this is a man, or that he has ever been one?” + said Pencroft to the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Alas! there is no doubt about it,” replied Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Then this must be the castaway?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Gideon Spilett, “but the unfortunate man has no longer + anything human about him!” + </p> + <p> + The reporter spoke the truth. It was evident that if the castaway had ever + been a civilized being, solitude had made him a savage, or worse, perhaps + a regular man of the woods. Hoarse sounds issued from his throat between + his teeth, which were sharp as the teeth of a wild beast made to tear raw + flesh. + </p> + <p> + Memory must have deserted him long before, and for a long time also he had + forgotten how to use his gun and tools, and he no longer knew how to make + a fire! It could be seen that he was active and powerful, but the physical + qualities had been developed in him to the injury of the moral qualities. + Gideon Spilett spoke to him. He did not appear to understand or even to + hear. And yet on looking into his eyes, the reporter thought he could see + that all reason was not extinguished in him. However, the prisoner did not + struggle, nor even attempt to break his bonds. Was he overwhelmed by the + presence of men whose fellow he had once been? Had he found in some corner + of his brain a fleeting remembrance which recalled him to humanity? If + free, would he attempt to fly, or would he remain? They could not tell, + but they did not make the experiment; and after gazing attentively at the + miserable creature,— + </p> + <p> + “Whoever he may be,” remarked Gideon Spilett, “whoever he may have been, + and whatever he may become, it is our duty to take him with us to Lincoln + Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes!” replied Herbert, “and perhaps with care we may arouse in him + some gleam of intelligence.” + </p> + <p> + “The soul does not die,” said the reporter, “and it would be a great + satisfaction to rescue one of God’s creatures from brutishness.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft shook his head doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “We must try at any rate,” returned the reporter; “humanity commands us.” + </p> + <p> + It was indeed their duty as Christians and civilized beings. All three + felt this, and they well knew that Cyrus Harding would approve of their + acting thus. + </p> + <p> + “Shall we leave him bound?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps he would walk if his feet were unfastened,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Let us try,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + The cords which shackled the prisoner’s feet were cut off, but his arms + remained securely fastened. He got up by himself and did not manifest any + desire to run away. His hard eyes darted a piercing glance at the three + men, who walked near him, but nothing denoted that he recollected being + their fellow, or at least having been so. A continual hissing sound issued + from his lips, his aspect was wild, but he did not attempt to resist. + </p> + <p> + By the reporter’s advice the unfortunate man was taken to the hut. Perhaps + the sight of the things that belonged to him would make some impression on + him! Perhaps a spark would be sufficient to revive his obscured intellect, + to rekindle his dulled soul. The dwelling was not far off. In a few + minutes they arrived there, but the prisoner remembered nothing, and it + appeared that he had lost consciousness of everything. + </p> + <p> + What could they think of the degree of brutishness into which this + miserable being had fallen, unless that his imprisonment on the islet + dated from a very distant period and after having arrived there a rational + being solitude had reduced him to this condition. + </p> + <p> + The reporter then thought that perhaps the sight of fire would have some + effect on him, and in a moment one of those beautiful flames, that attract + even animals, blazed up on the hearth. The sight of the flame seemed at + first to fix the attention of the unhappy object, but soon he turned away + and the look of intelligence faded. Evidently there was nothing to be + done, for the time at least, but to take him on board the “Bonadventure.” + This was done, and he remained there in Pencroft’s charge. + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Spilett returned to finish their work; and some hours after + they came back to the shore, carrying the utensils and guns, a store of + vegetables, of seeds, some game, and two couple of pigs. + </p> + <p> + All was embarked, and the “Bonadventure” was ready to weigh anchor and + sail with the morning tide. + </p> + <p> + The prisoner had been placed in the fore-cabin, where he remained quiet, + silent, apparently deaf and dumb. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft offered him something to eat, but he pushed away the cooked meat + that was presented to him and which doubtless did not suit him. But on the + sailor showing him one of the ducks which Herbert had killed, he pounced + on it like a wild beast, and devoured it greedily. + </p> + <p> + “You think that he will recover his senses?” asked Pencroft. “It is not + impossible that our care will have an effect upon him, for it is solitude + that has made him what he is, and from this time forward he will be no + longer alone.” + </p> + <p> + “The poor man must no doubt have been in this state for a long time,” said + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps,” answered Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “About what age is he?” asked the lad. + </p> + <p> + “It is difficult to say,” replied the reporter, “for it is impossible to + see his features under the thick beard which covers his face, but he is no + longer young, and I suppose he might be about fifty.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you noticed, Mr. Spilett, how deeply sunk his eyes are?” asked + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Herbert, but I must add that they are more human than one could + expect from his appearance.” + </p> + <p> + “However, we shall see,” replied Pencroft, “and I am anxious to know what + opinion Captain Harding will have of our savage. We went to look for a + human creature, and we are bringing back a monster! After all, we did what + we could.” + </p> + <p> + The night passed, and whether the prisoner slept or not could not be + known, but at any rate, although he had been unbound, he did not move. He + was like a wild animal, which appears stunned at first by its capture, and + becomes wild again afterwards. + </p> + <p> + At daybreak the next morning, the 15th of October, the change of weather + predicted by Pencroft occurred. The wind having shifted to the northwest + favored the return of the “Bonadventure,” but at the same time it + freshened, which might render navigation more difficult. + </p> + <p> + At five o’clock in the morning the anchor was weighed. Pencroft took a + reef in the mainsail, and steered towards the north-east, so as to sail + straight for Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + The first day of the voyage was not marked by any incident. The prisoner + remained quiet in the fore-cabin, and as he had been a sailor it appeared + that the motion of the vessel might produce on him a salutary reaction. + Did some recollection of his former calling return to him? However that + might be, he remained tranquil, astonished rather than depressed. + </p> + <p> + The next day the wind increased, blowing more from the north, consequently + in a less favorable direction for the “Bonadventure.” Pencroft was soon + obliged to sail close-hauled, and without saying anything about it he + began to be uneasy at the state of the sea, which frequently broke over + the bows. Certainly, if the wind did not moderate, it would take a longer + time to reach Lincoln Island than it had taken to make Tabor Island. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, on the morning of the 17th, the “Bonadventure” had been + forty-eight hours at sea, and nothing showed that she was near the island. + It was impossible, besides, to estimate the distance traversed, or to + trust to the reckoning for the direction, as the speed had been very + irregular. + </p> + <p> + Twenty-four hours after there was yet no land in sight. The wind was right + ahead and the sea very heavy. The sails were close-reefed, and they tacked + frequently. On the 18th, a wave swept completely over the “Bonadventure”; + and if the crew had not taken the precaution of lashing themselves to the + deck, they would have been carried away. + </p> + <p> + On this occasion Pencroft and his companions, who were occupied with + loosing themselves, received unexpected aid from the prisoner, who emerged + from the hatchway as if his sailor’s instinct had suddenly returned, broke + a piece out of the bulwarks with a spar so as to let the water which + filled the deck escape. Then the vessel being clear, he descended to his + cabin without having uttered a word. Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and + Herbert, greatly astonished, let him proceed. + </p> + <p> + Their situation was truly serious, and the sailor had reason to fear that + he was lost on the wide sea without any possibility of recovering his + course. + </p> + <p> + The night was dark and cold. However, about eleven o’clock, the wind fell, + the sea went down, and the speed of the vessel, as she labored less, + greatly increased. + </p> + <p> + Neither Pencroft, Spilett, nor Herbert thought of taking an hour’s sleep. + They kept a sharp look-out, for either Lincoln Island could not be far + distant and would be sighted at daybreak, or the “Bonadventure,” carried + away by currents, had drifted so much that it would be impossible to + rectify her course. Pencroft, uneasy to the last degree, yet did not + despair, for he had a gallant heart, and grasping the tiller he anxiously + endeavored to pierce the darkness which surrounded them. + </p> + <p> + About two o’clock in the morning he started forward,— + </p> + <p> + “A light! a light!” he shouted. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, a bright light appeared twenty miles to the northeast. Lincoln + Island was there, and this fire, evidently lighted by Cyrus Harding, + showed them the course to be followed. Pencroft, who was bearing too much + to the north, altered his course and steered towards the fire, which + burned brightly above the horizon like a star of the first magnitude. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0037" id="link2HCH0037"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 15 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 20th of October, at seven o’clock in the morning, after + a voyage of four days, the “Bonadventure” gently glided up to the beach at + the mouth of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Neb, who had become very uneasy at the bad weather and + the prolonged absence of their companions, had climbed at daybreak to the + plateau of Prospect Heights, and they had at last caught sight of the + vessel which had been so long in returning. + </p> + <p> + “God be praised! there they are!” exclaimed Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + As to Neb in his joy, he began to dance, to twirl round, clapping his + hands and shouting, “Oh! my master!” A more touching pantomime than the + finest discourse. + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s first idea, on counting the people on the deck of the + “Bonadventure,” was that Pencroft had not found the castaway of Tabor + Island, or at any rate that the unfortunate man had refused to leave his + island and change one prison for another. + </p> + <p> + Indeed Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert were alone on the deck of the + “Bonadventure.” + </p> + <p> + The moment the vessel touched, the engineer and Neb were waiting on the + beach, and before the passengers had time to leap on to the sand, Harding + said: “We have been very uneasy at your delay, my friends! Did you meet + with any accident?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Gideon Spilett; “on the contrary, everything went + wonderfully well. We will tell you all about it.” + </p> + <p> + “However,” returned the engineer, “your search has been unsuccessful, + since you are only three, just as you went!” + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me, captain,” replied the sailor, “we are four.” + </p> + <p> + “You have found the castaway?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And you have brought him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Living?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Where is he? Who is he?” + </p> + <p> + “He is,” replied the reporter, “or rather he was a man! There, Cyrus, that + is all we can tell you!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer was then informed of all that had passed during the voyage, + and under what conditions the search had been conducted; how the only + dwelling in the island had long been abandoned; how at last a castaway had + been captured, who appeared no longer to belong to the human species. + </p> + <p> + “And that’s just the point,” added Pencroft, “I don’t know if we have done + right to bring him here.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly you have, Pencroft,” replied the engineer quickly. + </p> + <p> + “But the wretched creature has no sense!” + </p> + <p> + “That is possible at present,” replied Cyrus Harding, “but only a few + months ago the wretched creature was a man like you and me. And who knows + what will become of the survivor of us after a long solitude on this + island? It is a great misfortune to be alone, my friends; and it must be + believed that solitude can quickly destroy reason, since you have found + this poor creature in such a state!” + </p> + <p> + “But, captain,” asked Herbert, “what leads you to think that the + brutishness of the unfortunate man began only a few months back?” + </p> + <p> + “Because the document we found had been recently written,” answered the + engineer, “and the castaway alone can have written it.” + </p> + <p> + “Always supposing,” observed Gideon Spilett, “that it had not been written + by a companion of this man, since dead.” + </p> + <p> + “That is impossible, my dear Spilett.” + </p> + <p> + “Why so?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Because the document would then have spoken of two castaways,” replied + Harding, “and it mentioned only one.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert then in a few words related the incidents of the voyage, and dwelt + on the curious fact of the sort of passing gleam in the prisoner’s mind, + when for an instant in the height of the storm he had become a sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Herbert,” replied the engineer, “you are right to attach great + importance to this fact. The unfortunate man cannot be incurable, and + despair has made him what he is; but here he will find his fellow-men, and + since there is still a soul in him, this soul we shall save!” + </p> + <p> + The castaway of Tabor Island, to the great pity of the engineer and the + great astonishment of Neb, was then brought from the cabin which he + occupied in the fore part of the “Bonadventure”; when once on land he + manifested a wish to run away. + </p> + <p> + But Cyrus Harding approaching, placed his hand on his shoulder with a + gesture full of authority, and looked at him with infinite tenderness. + Immediately the unhappy man, submitting to a superior will, gradually + became calm, his eyes fell, his head bent, and he made no more resistance. + </p> + <p> + “Poor fellow!” murmured the engineer. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had attentively observed him. To judge by his appearance + this miserable being had no longer anything human about him, and yet + Harding, as had the reporter already, observed in his look an indefinable + trace of intelligence. + </p> + <p> + It was decided that the castaway, or rather the stranger as he was + thenceforth termed by his companions, should live in one of the rooms of + Granite House, from which, however, he could not escape. He was led there + without difficulty, and with careful attention, it might, perhaps, be + hoped that some day he would be a companion to the settlers in Lincoln + Island. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, during breakfast, which Neb had hastened to prepare, as the + reporter, Herbert, and Pencroft were dying of hunger, heard in detail all + the incidents which had marked the voyage of exploration to the islet. He + agreed with his friends on this point, that the stranger must be either + English or American, the name Britannia leading them to suppose this, and, + besides, through the bushy beard, and under the shaggy, matted hair, the + engineer thought he could recognize the characteristic features of the + Anglo-Saxon. + </p> + <p> + “But, by the bye,” said Gideon Spilett, addressing Herbert, “you never + told us how you met this savage, and we know nothing, except that you + would have been strangled, if we had not happened to come up in time to + help you!” + </p> + <p> + “Upon my word,” answered Herbert, “it is rather difficult to say how it + happened. I was, I think, occupied in collecting my plants, when I heard a + noise like an avalanche falling from a very tall tree. I scarcely had time + to look round. This unfortunate man, who was without doubt concealed in a + tree, rushed upon me in less time than I take to tell you about it, and + unless Mr. Spilett and Pencroft—” + </p> + <p> + “My boy!” said Cyrus Harding, “you ran a great danger, but, perhaps, + without that, the poor creature would have still hidden himself from your + search, and we should not have had a new companion.” + </p> + <p> + “You hope, then, Cyrus, to succeed in reforming the man?” asked the + reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + Breakfast over, Harding and his companions left Granite House and returned + to the beach. They there occupied themselves in unloading the + “Bonadventure,” and the engineer, having examined the arms and tools, saw + nothing which could help them to establish the identity of the stranger. + </p> + <p> + The capture of pigs, made on the islet, was looked upon as being very + profitable to Lincoln Island, and the animals were led to the sty, where + they soon became at home. + </p> + <p> + The two barrels, containing the powder and shot, as well as the box of + caps, were very welcome. It was agreed to establish a small + powder-magazine, either outside Granite House or in the Upper Cavern, + where there would be no fear of explosion. However, the use of pyroxyle + was to be continued, for this substance giving excellent results, there + was no reason for substituting ordinary powder. + </p> + <p> + When the unloading of the vessel was finished,— + </p> + <p> + “Captain,” said Pencroft, “I think it would be prudent to put our + ‘Bonadventure’ in a safe place.” + </p> + <p> + “Is she not safe at the mouth of the Mercy?” asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “No, captain,” replied the sailor. “Half of the time she is stranded on + the sand, and that works her. She is a famous craft, you see, and she + behaved admirably during the squall which struck us on our return.” + </p> + <p> + “Could she not float in the river?” + </p> + <p> + “No doubt, captain, she could; but there is no shelter there, and in the + east winds, I think that the ‘Bonadventure’ would suffer much from the + surf.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, where would you put her, Pencroft?” + </p> + <p> + “In Port Balloon,” replied the sailor. “That little creek, shut in by + rocks, seems to me to be just the harbor we want.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it not rather far?” + </p> + <p> + “Pooh! it is not more than three miles from Granite House, and we have a + fine straight road to take us there!” + </p> + <p> + “Do it then, Pencroft, and take your ‘Bonadventure’ there,” replied the + engineer, “and yet I would rather have her under our more immediate + protection. When we have time, we must make a little harbor for her.” + </p> + <p> + “Famous!” exclaimed Pencroft. “A harbor with a lighthouse, a pier, and + dock! Ah! really with you, captain, everything becomes easy.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, my brave Pencroft,” answered the engineer, “but on condition, + however, that you help me, for you do as much as three men in all our + work.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert and the sailor then re-embarked on board the “Bonadventure,” the + anchor was weighed, the sail hoisted, and the wind drove her rapidly + towards Claw Cape. Two hours after, she was reposing on the tranquil + waters of Port Balloon. + </p> + <p> + During the first days passed by the stranger in Granite House, had he + already given them reason to think that his savage nature was becoming + tamed? Did a brighter light burn in the depths of that obscured mind? In + short, was the soul returning to the body? + </p> + <p> + Yes, to a certainty, and to such a degree, that Cyrus Harding and the + reporter wondered if the reason of the unfortunate man had ever been + totally extinguished. At first, accustomed to the open air, to the + unrestrained liberty which he had enjoyed on Tabor Island, the stranger + manifested a sullen fury, and it was feared that he might throw himself + onto the beach, out of one of the windows of Granite House. But gradually + he became calmer, and more freedom was allowed to his movements. + </p> + <p> + They had reason to hope, and to hope much. Already, forgetting his + carnivorous instincts, the stranger accepted a less bestial nourishment + than that on which he fed on the islet, and cooked meat did not produce in + him the same sentiment of repulsion which he had showed on board the + “Bonadventure.” Cyrus Harding had profited by a moment when he was + sleeping, to cut his hair and matted beard, which formed a sort of mane + and gave him such a savage aspect. He had also been clothed more suitably, + after having got rid of the rag which covered him. The result was that, + thanks to these attentions, the stranger resumed a more human appearance, + and it even seemed as if his eyes had become milder. Certainly, when + formerly lighted up by intelligence, this man’s face must have had a sort + of beauty. + </p> + <p> + Every day, Harding imposed on himself the task of passing some hours in + his company. He came and worked near him, and occupied himself in + different things, so as to fix his attention. A spark, indeed, would be + sufficient to reillumine that soul, a recollection crossing that brain to + recall reason. That had been seen, during the storm, on board the + “Bonadventure!” The engineer did not neglect either to speak aloud, so as + to penetrate at the same time by the organs of hearing and sight the + depths of that torpid intelligence. Sometimes one of his companions, + sometimes another, sometimes all joined him. They spoke most often of + things belonging to the navy, which must interest a sailor. + </p> + <p> + At times, the stranger gave some slight attention to what was said, and + the settlers were soon convinced that he partly understood them. Sometimes + the expression of his countenance was deeply sorrowful, a proof that he + suffered mentally, for his face could not be mistaken; but he did not + speak, although at different times, however, they almost thought that + words were about to issue from his lips. At all events, the poor creature + was quite quiet and sad! + </p> + <p> + But was not his calm only apparent? Was not his sadness only the result of + his seclusion? Nothing could yet be ascertained. Seeing only certain + objects and in a limited space, always in contact with the colonists, to + whom he would soon become accustomed, having no desires to satisfy, better + fed, better clothed, it was natural that his physical nature should + gradually improve; but was he penetrated with the sense of a new life? or + rather, to employ a word which would be exactly applicable to him, was he + not becoming tamed, like an animal in company with his master? This was an + important question, which Cyrus Harding was anxious to answer, and yet he + did not wish to treat his invalid roughly! Would he ever be a + convalescent? + </p> + <p> + How the engineer observed him every moment! How he was on the watch for + his soul, if one may use the expression! How he was ready to grasp it! The + settlers followed with real sympathy all the phases of the cure undertaken + by Harding. They aided him also in this work of humanity, and all, except + perhaps the incredulous Pencroft, soon shared both his hope and his faith. + </p> + <p> + The calm of the stranger was deep, as has been said, and he even showed a + sort of attachment for the engineer, whose influence he evidently felt. + Cyrus Harding resolved then to try him, by transporting him to another + scene, from that ocean which formerly his eyes had been accustomed to + contemplate, to the border of the forest, which might perhaps recall those + where so many years of his life had been passed! + </p> + <p> + “But,” said Gideon Spilett, “can we hope that he will not escape, if once + set at liberty?” + </p> + <p> + “The experiment must be tried,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Well!” said Pencroft. “When that fellow is outside, and feels the fresh + air, he will be off as fast as his legs can carry him!” + </p> + <p> + “I do not think so,” returned Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Let us try,” said Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “We will try,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + This was on the 30th of October, and consequently the castaway of Tabor + Island had been a prisoner in Granite House for nine days. It was warm, + and a bright sun darted its rays on the island. Cyrus Harding and Pencroft + went to the room occupied by the stranger, who was found lying near the + window and gazing at the sky. + </p> + <p> + “Come, my friend,” said the engineer to him. + </p> + <p> + The stranger rose immediately. His eyes were fixed on Cyrus Harding, and + he followed him, while the sailor marched behind them, little confident as + to the result of the experiment. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the door, Harding and Pencroft made him take his place in the + lift, while Neb, Herbert, and Gideon Spilett waited for them before + Granite House. The lift descended, and in a few moments all were united on + the beach. + </p> + <p> + The settlers went a short distance from the stranger, so as to leave him + at liberty. + </p> + <p> + He then made a few steps toward the sea, and his look brightened with + extreme animation, but he did not make the slightest attempt to escape. He + was gazing at the little waves which, broken by the islet, rippled on the + sand. + </p> + <p> + “This is only the sea,” observed Gideon Spilett, “and possibly it does not + inspire him with any wish to escape!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Harding, “we must take him to the plateau, on the border of + the forest. There the experiment will be more conclusive.” + </p> + <p> + “Besides, he could not run away,” said Neb, “since the bridge is raised.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” said Pencroft, “that isn’t a man to be troubled by a stream like + Creek Glycerine! He could cross it directly, at a single bound!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall soon see,” Harding contented himself with replying, his eyes not + quitting those of his patient. + </p> + <p> + The latter was then led towards the mouth of the Mercy, and all climbing + the left bank of the river, reached Prospect Heights. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at the spot on which grew the first beautiful trees of the forest, + their foliage slightly agitated by the breeze, the stranger appeared + greedily to drink in the penetrating odor which filled the atmosphere, and + a long sigh escaped from his chest. + </p> + <p> + The settlers kept behind him, ready to seize him if he made any movement + to escape! + </p> + <p> + And, indeed, the poor creature was on the point of springing into the + creek which separated him from the forest, and his legs were bent for an + instant as if for a spring, but almost immediately he stepped back, half + sank down, and a large tear fell from his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” exclaimed Cyrus Harding, “you have become a man again, for you can + weep!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0038" id="link2HCH0038"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 16 + </h2> + <p> + Yes! the unfortunate man had wept! Some recollection doubtless had flashed + across his brain, and to use Cyrus Harding’s expression, by those tears he + was once more a man. + </p> + <p> + The colonists left him for some time on the plateau, and withdrew + themselves to a short distance, so that he might feel himself free; but he + did not think of profiting by this liberty, and Harding soon brought him + back to Granite House. Two days after this occurrence, the stranger + appeared to wish gradually to mingle with their common life. He evidently + heard and understood, but no less evidently was he strangely determined + not to speak to the colonists; for one evening, Pencroft, listening at the + door of his room, heard these words escape from his lips:— + </p> + <p> + “No! here! I! never!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor reported these words to his companions. + </p> + <p> + “There is some painful mystery there!” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + The stranger had begun to use the laboring tools, and he worked in the + garden. When he stopped in his work, as was often the case, he remained + retired within himself, but on the engineer’s recommendation, they + respected the reserve which he apparently wished to keep. If one of the + settlers approached him, he drew back, and his chest heaved with sobs, as + if overburdened! + </p> + <p> + Was it remorse that overwhelmed him thus? They were compelled to believe + so, and Gideon Spilett could not help one day making this observation,— + </p> + <p> + “If he does not speak it is because he has, I fear, things too serious to + be told!” + </p> + <p> + They must be patient and wait. + </p> + <p> + A few days later, on the 3rd of November, the stranger, working on the + plateau, had stopped, letting his spade drop to the ground, and Harding, + who was observing him from a little distance, saw that tears were again + flowing from his eyes. A sort of irresistible pity led him towards the + unfortunate man, and he touched his arm lightly. + </p> + <p> + “My friend!” said he. + </p> + <p> + The stranger tried to avoid his look, and Cyrus Harding having endeavored + to take his hand, he drew back quickly. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said Harding in a firmer voice, “look at me, I wish it!” + </p> + <p> + The stranger looked at the engineer, and seemed to be under his power, as + a subject under the influence of a mesmerist. He wished to run away. But + then his countenance suddenly underwent a transformation. His eyes + flashed. Words struggled to escape from his lips. He could no longer + contain himself! At last he folded his arms; then, in a hollow voice,—“Who + are you?” he asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Castaways, like you,” replied the engineer, whose emotion was deep. “We + have brought you here, among your fellow-men.” + </p> + <p> + “My fellow-men!.... I have none!” + </p> + <p> + “You are in the midst of friends.” + </p> + <p> + “Friends!—for me! friends!” exclaimed the stranger, hiding his face + in his hands. “No—never—leave me! leave me!” + </p> + <p> + Then he rushed to the side of the plateau which overlooked the sea, and + remained there a long time motionless. + </p> + <p> + Harding rejoined his companions and related to them what had just + happened. + </p> + <p> + “Yes! there is some mystery in that man’s life,” said Gideon Spilett, “and + it appears as if he had only re-entered society by the path of remorse.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know what sort of a man we have brought here,” said the sailor. + “He has secrets—” + </p> + <p> + “Which we will respect,” interrupted Cyrus Harding quickly. “If he has + committed any crime, he has most fearfully expiated it, and in our eyes he + is absolved.” + </p> + <p> + For two hours the stranger remained alone on the shore, evidently under + the influence of recollections which recalled all his past life—a + melancholy life doubtless—and the colonists, without losing sight of + him, did not attempt to disturb his solitude. However, after two hours, + appearing to have formed a resolution, he came to find Cyrus Harding. His + eyes were red with the tears he had shed, but he wept no longer. His + countenance expressed deep humility. He appeared anxious, timorous, + ashamed, and his eyes were constantly fixed on the ground. + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” said he to Harding, “your companions and you, are you English?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the engineer, “we are Americans.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said the stranger, and he murmured, “I prefer that!” + </p> + <p> + “And you, my friend?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “English,” replied he hastily. + </p> + <p> + And as if these few words had been difficult to say, he retreated to the + beach, where he walked up and down between the cascade and the mouth of + the Mercy, in a state of extreme agitation. + </p> + <p> + Then, passing one moment close to Herbert, he stopped and in a stifled + voice,— + </p> + <p> + “What month?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “December,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “What year?” + </p> + <p> + “1866.” + </p> + <p> + “Twelve years! twelve years!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + Then he left him abruptly. + </p> + <p> + Herbert reported to the colonists the questions and answers which had been + made. + </p> + <p> + “This unfortunate man,” observed Gideon Spilett, “was no longer acquainted + with either months or years!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” added Herbert, “and he had been twelve years already on the islet + when we found him there!” + </p> + <p> + “Twelve years!” rejoined Harding. “Ah! twelve years of solitude, after a + wicked life, perhaps, may well impair a man’s reason!” + </p> + <p> + “I am induced to think,” said Pencroft, “that this man was not wrecked on + Tabor Island, but that in consequence of some crime he was left there.” + </p> + <p> + “You must be right, Pencroft,” replied the reporter, “and if it is so it + is not impossible that those who left him on the island may return to + fetch him some day!” + </p> + <p> + “And they will no longer find him,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “But then,” added Pencroft, “they must return, and—” + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said Cyrus Harding, “do not let us discuss this question + until we know more about it. I believe that the unhappy man has suffered, + that he has severely expiated his faults, whatever they may have been, and + that the wish to unburden himself stifles him. Do not let us press him to + tell us his history! He will tell it to us doubtless, and when we know it, + we shall see what course it will be best to follow. He alone besides can + tell us, if he has more than a hope, a certainty, of returning some day to + his country, but I doubt it!” + </p> + <p> + “And why?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Because that, in the event of his being sure of being delivered at a + certain time, he would have waited the hour of his deliverance and would + not have thrown this document into the sea. No, it is more probable that + he was condemned to die on that islet, and that he never expected to see + his fellow-creatures again!” + </p> + <p> + “But,” observed the sailor, “there is one thing which I cannot explain.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “If this man had been left for twelve years on Tabor Island, one may well + suppose that he had been several years already in the wild state in which + we found him!” + </p> + <p> + “That is probable,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “It must then be many years since he wrote that document!” + </p> + <p> + “No doubt,” and yet the document appears to have been recently written! + </p> + <p> + “Besides, how do you know that the bottle which enclosed the document may + not have taken several years to come from Tabor Island to Lincoln Island?” + </p> + <p> + “That is not absolutely impossible,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Might it not have been a long time already on the coast of the island?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Pencroft, “for it was still floating. We could not even + suppose that after it had stayed for any length of time on the shore, it + would have been swept off by the sea, for the south coast is all rocks, + and it would certainly have been smashed to pieces there!” + </p> + <p> + “That is true,” rejoined Cyrus Harding thoughtfully. + </p> + <p> + “And then,” continued the sailor, “if the document was several years old, + if it had been shut up in that bottle for several years, it would have + been injured by damp. Now, there is nothing of the kind, and it was found + in a perfect state of preservation.” + </p> + <p> + The sailor’s reasoning was very just, and pointed out an incomprehensible + fact, for the document appeared to have been recently written, when the + colonists found it in the bottle. Moreover, it gave the latitude and + longitude of Tabor Island correctly, which implied that its author had a + more complete knowledge of hydrography than could be expected of a common + sailor. + </p> + <p> + “There is in this, again, something unaccountable,” said the engineer, + “but we will not urge our companion to speak. When he likes, my friends, + then we shall be ready to hear him!” + </p> + <p> + During the following days the stranger did not speak a word, and did not + once leave the precincts of the plateau. He worked away, without losing a + moment, without taking a minute’s rest, but always in a retired place. At + meal times he never came to Granite House, although invited several times + to do so, but contented himself with eating a few raw vegetables. At + nightfall he did not return to the room assigned to him, but remained + under some clump of trees, or when the weather was bad crouched in some + cleft of the rocks. Thus he lived in the same manner as when he had no + other shelter than the forests of Tabor Island, and as all persuasion to + induce him to improve his life was in vain, the colonists waited + patiently. And the time was near, when, as it seemed, almost involuntarily + urged by his conscience, a terrible confession escaped him. + </p> + <p> + On the 10th of November, about eight o’clock in the evening, as night was + coming on, the stranger appeared unexpectedly before the settlers, who + were assembled under the veranda. His eyes burned strangely, and he had + quite resumed the wild aspect of his worst days. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions were astounded on seeing that, overcome + by some terrible emotion, his teeth chattered like those of a person in a + fever. What was the matter with him? Was the sight of his fellow-creatures + insupportable to him? Was he weary of this return to a civilized mode of + existence? Was he pining for his former savage life? It appeared so, as + soon he was heard to express himself in these incoherent sentences:— + </p> + <p> + “Why am I here?.... By what right have you dragged me from my islet?.... + Do you think there could be any tie between you and me?.... Do you know + who I am—what I have done—why I was there—alone? And who + told you that I was not abandoned there—that I was not condemned to + die there?.... Do you know my past?.... How do you know that I have not + stolen, murdered—that I am not a wretch—an accursed being—only + fit to live like a wild beast, far from all—speak—do you know + it?” + </p> + <p> + The colonists listened without interrupting the miserable creature, from + whom these broken confessions escaped, as it were, in spite of himself. + Harding wishing to calm him, approached him, but he hastily drew back. + </p> + <p> + “No! no!” he exclaimed; “one word only—am I free?” + </p> + <p> + “You are free,” answered the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, then!” he cried, and fled like a madman. + </p> + <p> + Neb, Pencroft, and Herbert ran also towards the edge of the wood—but + they returned alone. + </p> + <p> + “We must let him alone!” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “He will never come back!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “He will come back,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + Many days passed; but Harding—was it a sort of presentiment?—persisted + in the fixed idea that sooner or later the unhappy man would return. + </p> + <p> + “It is the last revolt of his wild nature,” said he, “which remorse has + touched, and which renewed solitude will terrify.” + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, works of all sorts were continued, as well on Prospect + Heights as at the corral, where Harding intended to build a farm. It is + unnecessary to say that the seeds collected by Herbert on Tabor Island had + been carefully sown. The plateau thus formed one immense kitchen-garden, + well laid out and carefully tended, so that the arms of the settlers were + never in want of work. There was always something to be done. As the + esculents increased in number, it became necessary to enlarge the simple + beds, which threatened to grow into regular fields and replace the + meadows. But grass abounded in other parts of the island, and there was no + fear of the onagers being obliged to go on short allowance. It was well + worth while, besides, to turn Prospect Heights into a kitchen-garden, + defended by its deep belt of creeks, and to remove them to the meadows, + which had no need of protection against the depredations of quadrumana and + quadrapeds. + </p> + <p> + On the 15th of November, the third harvest was gathered in. How + wonderfully had the field increased in extent, since eighteen months ago, + when the first grain of wheat was sown! The second crop of six hundred + thousand grains produced this time four thousand bushels, or five hundred + millions of grains! + </p> + <p> + The colony was rich in corn, for ten bushels alone were sufficient for + sowing every year to produce an ample crop for the food both of men and + beasts. The harvest was completed, and the last fortnight of the month of + November was devoted to the work of converting it into food for man. In + fact, they had corn, but not flour, and the establishment of a mill was + necessary. Cyrus Harding could have utilized the second fall which flowed + into the Mercy to establish his motive power, the first being already + occupied with moving the felting mill, but, after some consultation, it + was decided that a simple windmill should be built on Prospect Heights. + The building of this presented no more difficulty than the building of the + former, and it was moreover certain that there would be no want of wind on + the plateau, exposed as it was to the sea breezes. + </p> + <p> + “Not to mention,” said Pencroft, “that the windmill will be more lively + and will have a good effect in the landscape!” + </p> + <p> + They set to work by choosing timber for the frame and machinery of the + mill. Some large stones, found at the north of the lake, could be easily + transformed into millstones, and as to the sails, the inexhaustible case + of the balloon furnished the necessary material. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding made his model, and the site of the mill was chosen a little + to the right of the poultry-yard, near the shore of the lake. The frame + was to rest on a pivot supported with strong timbers, so that it could + turn with all the machinery it contained according as the wind required + it. The work advanced rapidly. Neb and Pencroft had become very skilful + carpenters, and had nothing to do but to copy the models provided by the + engineer. + </p> + <p> + Soon a sort of cylindrical box, in shape like a pepper-pot, with a pointed + roof, rose on the spot chosen. The four frames which formed the sails had + been firmly fixed in the center beam, so as to form a certain angle with + it, and secured with iron clamps. As to the different parts of the + internal mechanism, the box destined to contain the two millstones, the + fixed stone and the moving stone, the hopper, a sort of large square + trough, wide at the top, narrow at the bottom, which would allow the grain + to fall on the stones, the oscillating spout intended to regulate the + passing of the grain, and lastly the bolting machine, which by the + operation of sifting, separates the bran from the flour, were made without + difficulty. The tools were good, and the work not difficult, for in + reality, the machinery of a mill is very simple. This was only a question + of time. + </p> + <p> + Every one had worked at the construction of the mill, and on the 1st of + December it was finished. As usual, Pencroft was delighted with his work, + and had no doubt that the apparatus was perfect. + </p> + <p> + “Now for a good wind,” said he, “and we shall grind our first harvest + splendidly!” + </p> + <p> + “A good wind, certainly,” answered the engineer, “but not too much, + Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “Pooh! our mill would only go the faster!” + </p> + <p> + “There is no need for it to go so very fast,” replied Cyrus Harding. “It + is known by experience that the greatest quantity of work is performed by + a mill when the number of turns made by the sails in a minute is six times + the number of feet traversed by the wind in a second. A moderate breeze, + which passes over twenty-four feet to the second, will give sixteen turns + to the sails during a minute, and there is no need of more.” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly!” cried Herbert, “a fine breeze is blowing from the northeast, + which will soon do our business for us.” + </p> + <p> + There was no reason for delaying the inauguration of the mill, for the + settlers were eager to taste the first piece of bread in Lincoln Island. + On this morning two or three bushels of wheat were ground, and the next + day at breakfast a magnificent loaf, a little heavy perhaps, although + raised with yeast, appeared on the table at Granite House. Every one + munched away at it with a pleasure which may be easily understood. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, the stranger had not reappeared. Several times Gideon + Spilett and Herbert searched the forest in the neighborhood of Granite + House, without meeting or finding any trace of him. They became seriously + uneasy at this prolonged absence. Certainly, the former savage of Tabor + island could not be perplexed how to live in the forest, abounding in + game, but was it not to be feared that he had resumed his habits, and that + this freedom would revive in him his wild instincts? However, Harding, by + a sort of presentiment, doubtless, always persisted in saying that the + fugitive would return. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he will return!” he repeated with a confidence which his companions + could not share. “When this unfortunate man was on Tabor Island, he knew + himself to be alone! Here, he knows that fellow-men are awaiting him! + Since he has partially spoken of his past life, the poor penitent will + return to tell the whole, and from that day he will belong to us!” + </p> + <p> + The event justified Cyrus Harding’s predictions. On the 3rd of December, + Herbert had left the plateau to go and fish on the southern bank of the + lake. He was unarmed, and till then had never taken any precautions for + defense, as dangerous animals had not shown themselves on that part of the + island. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, Pencroft and Neb were working in the poultry-yard, while + Harding and the reporter were occupied at the Chimneys in making soda, the + store of soap being exhausted. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly cries resounded,— + </p> + <p> + “Help! help!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and the reporter, being at too great a distance, had not + been able to hear the shouts. Pencroft and Neb, leaving the poultry-yard + in all haste, rushed towards the lake. + </p> + <p> + But before then, the stranger, whose presence at this place no one had + suspected, crossed Creek Glycerine, which separated the plateau from the + forest, and bounded up the opposite bank. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was there face to face with a fierce jaguar, similar to the one + which had been killed on Reptile End. Suddenly surprised, he was standing + with his back against a tree, while the animal gathering itself together + was about to spring. + </p> + <p> + But the stranger, with no other weapon than a knife, rushed on the + formidable animal, who turned to meet this new adversary. + </p> + <p> + The struggle was short. The stranger possessed immense strength and + activity. He seized the jaguar’s throat with one powerful hand, holding it + as in a vise, without heeding the beast’s claws which tore his flesh, and + with the other he plunged his knife into its heart. + </p> + <p> + The jaguar fell. The stranger kicked away the body, and was about to fly + at the moment when the settlers arrived on the field of battle, but + Herbert, clinging to him, cried,— + </p> + <p> + “No, no! you shall not go!” + </p> + <p> + Harding advanced towards the stranger, who frowned when he saw him + approaching. The blood flowed from his shoulder under his torn shirt, but + he took no notice of it. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said Cyrus Harding, “we have just contracted a debt of + gratitude to you. To save our boy you have risked your life!” + </p> + <p> + “My life!” murmured the stranger. “What is that worth? Less than nothing!” + </p> + <p> + “You are wounded?” + </p> + <p> + “It is no matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you give me your hand?” + </p> + <p> + And as Herbert endeavored to seize the hand which had just saved him, the + stranger folded his arms, his chest heaved, his look darkened, and he + appeared to wish to escape, but making a violent effort over himself, and + in an abrupt tone,— + </p> + <p> + “Who are you?” he asked, “and what do you claim to be to me?” + </p> + <p> + It was the colonists’ history which he thus demanded, and for the first + time. Perhaps this history recounted, he would tell his own. + </p> + <p> + In a few words Harding related all that had happened since their departure + from Richmond; how they had managed, and what resources they now had at + their disposal. + </p> + <p> + The stranger listened with extreme attention. + </p> + <p> + Then the engineer told who they all were, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, + Pencroft, Neb, himself, and, he added, that the greatest happiness they + had felt since their arrival in Lincoln Island was on the return of the + vessel from Tabor Island, when they had been able to include among them a + new companion. + </p> + <p> + At these words the stranger’s face flushed, his head sunk on his breast, + and confusion was depicted on his countenance. + </p> + <p> + “And now that you know us,” added Cyrus Harding, “will you give us your + hand?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the stranger in a hoarse voice; “no! You are honest men! And + I—” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0039" id="link2HCH0039"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 17 + </h2> + <p> + These last words justified the colonists’ presentiment. There had been + some mournful past, perhaps expiated in the sight of men, but from which + his conscience had not yet absolved him. At any rate the guilty man felt + remorse, he repented, and his new friends would have cordially pressed the + hand which they sought; but he did not feel himself worthy to extend it to + honest men! However, after the scene with the jaguar, he did not return to + the forest, and from that day did not go beyond the enclosure of Granite + House. + </p> + <p> + What was the mystery of his life? Would the stranger one day speak of it? + Time alone could show. At any rate, it was agreed that his secret should + never be asked from him, and that they would live with him as if they + suspected nothing. + </p> + <p> + For some days their life continued as before. Cyrus Harding and Gideon + Spilett worked together, sometimes chemists, sometimes experimentalists. + The reporter never left the engineer except to hunt with Herbert, for it + would not have been prudent to allow the lad to ramble alone in the + forest; and it was very necessary to be on their guard. As to Neb and + Pencroft, one day at the stables and poultry-yard, another at the corral, + without reckoning work in Granite House, they were never in want of + employment. + </p> + <p> + The stranger worked alone, and he had resumed his usual life, never + appearing at meals, sleeping under the trees in the plateau, never + mingling with his companions. It really seemed as if the society of those + who had saved him was insupportable to him! + </p> + <p> + “But then,” observed Pencroft, “why did he entreat the help of his + fellow-creatures? Why did he throw that paper into the sea?” + </p> + <p> + “He will tell us why,” invariably replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “When?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps sooner than you think, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + And, indeed, the day of confession was near. + </p> + <p> + On the 10th of December, a week after his return to Granite House, Harding + saw the stranger approaching, who, in a calm voice and humble tone, said + to him: “Sir, I have a request to make of you.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak,” answered the engineer, “but first let me ask you a question.” + </p> + <p> + At these words the stranger reddened, and was on the point of withdrawing. + Cyrus Harding understood what was passing in the mind of the guilty man, + who doubtless feared that the engineer would interrogate him on his past + life. + </p> + <p> + Harding held him back. + </p> + <p> + “Comrade,” said he, “we are not only your companions but your friends. I + wish you to believe that, and now I will listen to you.” + </p> + <p> + The stranger pressed his hand over his eyes. He was seized with a sort of + trembling, and remained a few moments without being able to articulate a + word. + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” said he at last, “I have come to beg you to grant me a favor.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “You have, four or five miles from here, a corral for your domesticated + animals. These animals need to be taken care of. Will you allow me to live + there with them?” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding gazed at the unfortunate man for a few moments with a + feeling of deep commiseration; then,— + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said he, “the corral has only stables hardly fit for + animals.” + </p> + <p> + “It will be good enough for me, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” answered Harding, “we will not constrain you in anything. You + wish to live at the corral, so be it. You will, however, be always welcome + at Granite House. But since you wish to live at the corral we will make + the necessary arrangements for your being comfortably established there.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind that, I shall do very well.” + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” answered Harding, who always intentionally made use of this + cordial appellation, “you must let us judge what it will be best to do in + this respect.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, sir,” replied the stranger as he withdrew. + </p> + <p> + The engineer then made known to his companions the proposal which had been + made to him, and it was agreed that they should build a wooden house at + the corral, which they would make as comfortable as possible. + </p> + <p> + That very day the colonists repaired to the corral with the necessary + tools, and a week had not passed before the house was ready to receive its + tenant. It was built about twenty feet from the sheds, and from there it + was easy to overlook the flock of sheep, which then numbered more than + eighty. Some furniture, a bed, table, bench, cupboard, and chest were + manufactured, and a gun, ammunition, and tools were carried to the corral. + </p> + <p> + The stranger, however, had seen nothing of his new dwelling, and he had + allowed the settlers to work there without him, while he occupied himself + on the plateau, wishing, doubtless, to put the finishing stroke to his + work. Indeed, thanks to him, all the ground was dug up and ready to be + sowed when the time came. + </p> + <p> + It was on the 20th of December that all the arrangements at the corral + were completed. The engineer announced to the stranger that his dwelling + was ready to receive him, and the latter replied that he would go and + sleep there that very evening. + </p> + <p> + On this evening the colonists were gathered in the diningroom of Granite + House. It was then eight o’clock, the hour at which their companion was to + leave them. Not wishing to trouble him by their presence, and thus + imposing on him the necessity of saying farewells which might perhaps be + painful to him, they had left him alone and ascended to Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Now, they had been talking in the room for a few minutes, when a light + knock was heard at the door. Almost immediately the stranger entered, and + without any preamble,— + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said he, “before I leave you, it is right that you should + know my history. I will tell it you.” + </p> + <p> + These simple words profoundly impressed Cyrus Harding and his companions. + The engineer rose. + </p> + <p> + “We ask you nothing, my friend,” said he; “it is your right to be silent.” + </p> + <p> + “It is my duty to speak.” + </p> + <p> + “Sit down, then.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will stand.” + </p> + <p> + “We are ready to hear you,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + The stranger remained standing in a corner of the room, a little in the + shade. He was bareheaded, his arms folded across his chest, and it was in + this posture that in a hoarse voice, speaking like some one who obliges + himself to speak, he gave the following recital, which his auditors did + not once interrupt:— + </p> + <p> + “On the 20th of December, 1854, a steam-yacht, belonging to a Scotch + nobleman, Lord Glenarvan, anchored off Cape Bernouilli, on the western + coast of Australia, in the thirty-seventh parallel. On board this yacht + were Lord Glenarvan and his wife, a major in the English army, a French + geographer, a young girl, and a young boy. These two last were the + children of Captain Grant, whose ship, the ‘Britannia,’ had been lost, + crew and cargo, a year before. The ‘Duncan’ was commanded by Captain John + Mangles, and manned by a crew of fifteen men. + </p> + <p> + “This is the reason the yacht at this time lay off the coast of Australia. + Six months before, a bottle, enclosing a document written in English, + German, and French, had been found in the Irish Sea, and picked up by the + ‘Duncan.’ This document stated in substance that there still existed three + survivors from the wreck of the ‘Britannia,’ that these survivors were + Captain Grant and two of his men, and that they had found refuge on some + land, of which the document gave the latitude, but of which the longitude, + effaced by the sea, was no longer legible. + </p> + <p> + “This latitude was 37deg 11’ south; therefore, the longitude being + unknown, if they followed the thirty-seventh parallel over continents and + seas, they would be certain to reach the spot inhabited by Captain Grant + and his two companions. The English Admiralty having hesitated to + undertake this search, Lord Glenarvan resolved to attempt everything to + find the captain. He communicated with Mary and Robert Grant, who joined + him. The ‘Duncan’ yacht was equipped for the distant voyage, in which the + nobleman’s family and the captain’s children wished to take part, and the + ‘Duncan,’ leaving Glasgow, proceeded towards the Atlantic, passed through + the Straits of Magellan, and ascended the Pacific as far as Patagonia, + where, according to a previous interpretation of the document, they + supposed that Captain Grant was a prisoner among the Indians. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan’ disembarked her passengers on the western coast of + Patagonia, and sailed to pick them up again on the eastern coast at Cape + Corrientes. Lord Glenarvan traversed Patagonia, following the + thirty-seventh parallel, and having found no trace of the captain, he + re-embarked on the 13th of November, so as to pursue his search through + the Ocean. + </p> + <p> + “After having unsuccessfully visited the islands of Tristan d’Acunha and + Amsterdam, situated in her course, the ‘Duncan,’ as I have said, arrived + at Cape Bernouilli, on the Australian coast, on the 20th of December, + 1854. + </p> + <p> + “It was Lord Glenarvan’s intention to traverse Australia as he had + traversed America, and he disembarked. A few miles from the coast was + established a farm, belonging to an Irishman, who offered hospitality to + the travelers. Lord Glenarvan made known to the Irishman the cause which + had brought him to these parts, and asked if he knew whether a + three-masted English vessel, the ‘Britannia,’ had been lost less than two + years before on the west coast of Australia. + </p> + <p> + “The Irishman had never heard of this wreck, but, to the great surprise of + the bystanders, one of his servants came forward and said,— + </p> + <p> + “‘My lord, praise and thank God! If Captain Grant is still living, he is + living on the Australian shores.’ + </p> + <p> + “‘Who are you?’ asked Lord Glenarvan. + </p> + <p> + “‘A Scotchman like yourself, my lord,’ replied the man; ‘I am one of + Captain Grant’s crew—one of the castaways of the “Britannia.’” + </p> + <p> + “This man was called Ayrton. He was, in fact, the boatswain’s mate of the + ‘Britannia,’ as his papers showed. But, separated from Captain Grant at + the moment when the ship struck upon the rocks, he had till then believed + that the captain with all his crew had perished, and that he, Ayrton, was + the sole survivor of the ‘Britannia.’ + </p> + <p> + “‘Only,’ he added, ‘it was not on the west coast, but on the east coast of + Australia that the vessel was lost, and if Captain Grant is still living, + as his document indicates, he is a prisoner among the natives, and it is + on the other coast that he must be looked for.’ + </p> + <p> + “This man spoke in a frank voice and with a confident look; his words + could not be doubted. The Irishman, in whose service he had been for more + than a year, answered for his trustworthiness. Lord Glenarvan, therefore, + believed in the fidelity of this man and, by his advice, resolved to cross + Australia, following the thirty-seventh parallel. Lord Glenarvan, his + wife, the two children, the major, the Frenchman, Captain Mangles, and a + few sailors composed the little band under the command of Ayrton, while + the ‘Duncan,’ under charge of the mate, Tom Austin, proceeded to + Melbourne, there to await Lord Glenarvan’s instructions. + </p> + <p> + “They set out on the 23rd of December, 1854. + </p> + <p> + “It is time to say that Ayrton was a traitor. He was, indeed, the + boatswain’s mate of the ‘Britannia,’ but, after some dispute with his + captain, he endeavored to incite the crew to mutiny and seize the ship, + and Captain Grant had landed him, on the 8th of April, 1852, on the west + coast of Australia, and then sailed, leaving him there, as was only just. + </p> + <p> + “Therefore this wretched man knew nothing of the wreck of the ‘Britannia’; + he had just heard of it from Glenarvan’s account. Since his abandonment, + he had become, under the name of Ben Joyce, the leader of the escaped + convicts; and if he boldly maintained that the wreck had taken place on + the east coast, and led Lord Glenarvan to proceed in that direction, it + was that he hoped to separate him from his ship, seize the ‘Duncan,’ and + make the yacht a pirate in the Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + Here the stranger stopped for a moment. His voice trembled, but he + continued,— + </p> + <p> + “The expedition set out and proceeded across Australia. It was inevitably + unfortunate, since Ayrton, or Ben Joyce, as he may be called, guided it, + sometimes preceded, sometimes followed by his band of convicts, who had + been told what they had to do. + </p> + <p> + “Meanwhile, the ‘Duncan’ had been sent to Melbourne for repairs. It was + necessary, then, to get Lord Glenarvan to order her to leave Melbourne and + go to the east coast of Australia, where it would be easy to seize her. + After having led the expedition near enough to the coast, in the midst of + vast forests with no resources, Ayrton obtained a letter, which he was + charged to carry to the mate of the ‘Duncan’—a letter which ordered + the yacht to repair immediately to the east coast, to Twofold Bay, that is + to say a few days’ journey from the place where the expedition had + stopped. It was there that Ayrton had agreed to meet his accomplices, and + two days after gaining possession of the letter, he arrived at Melbourne. + </p> + <p> + “So far the villain had succeeded in his wicked design. He would be able + to take the ‘Duncan’ into Twofold Bay, where it would be easy for the + convicts to seize her, and her crew massacred, Ben Joyce would become + master of the seas. But it pleased God to prevent the accomplishment of + these terrible projects. + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton, arrived at Melbourne, delivered the letter to the mate, Tom + Austin, who read it and immediately set sail, but judge of Ayrton’s rage + and disappointment, when the next day he found that the mate was taking + the vessel, not to the east coast of Australia, to Twofold Bay, but to the + east coast of New Zealand. He wished to stop him, but Austin showed him + the letter!... And indeed, by a providential error of the French + geographer, who had written the letter, the east coast of New Zealand was + mentioned as the place of destination. + </p> + <p> + “All Ayrton’s plans were frustrated! He became outrageous. They put him in + irons. He was then taken to the coast of New Zealand, not knowing what + would become of his accomplices, or what would become of Lord Glenarvan. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan’ cruised about on this coast until the 3rd of March. On that + day Ayrton heard the report of guns. The guns on the ‘Duncan’ were being + fired, and soon Lord Glenarvan and his companions came on board. + </p> + <p> + “This is what had happened. + </p> + <p> + “After a thousand hardships, a thousand dangers, Lord Glenarvan had + accomplished his journey, and arrived on the east coast of Australia, at + Twofold Bay. ‘No “Duncan!’ He telegraphed to Melbourne. They answered, + “Duncan” sailed on the 18th instant. Destination unknown.’ + </p> + <p> + “Lord Glenarvan could only arrive at one conclusion; that his honest yacht + had fallen into the hands of Ben Joyce, and had become a pirate vessel! + </p> + <p> + “However, Lord Glenarvan would not give up. He was a bold and generous + man. He embarked in a merchant vessel, sailed to the west coast of New + Zealand, traversed it along the thirty-seventh parallel, without finding + any trace of Captain Grant; but on the other side, to his great surprise, + and by the will of Heaven, he found the ‘Duncan,’ under command of the + mate, who had been waiting for him for five weeks! + </p> + <p> + “This was on the 3rd of March, 1855. Lord Glenarvan was now on board the + ‘Duncan,’ but Ayrton was there also. He appeared before the nobleman, who + wished to extract from him all that the villain knew about Captain Grant. + Ayrton refused to speak. Lord Glenarvan then told him, that at the first + port they put into, he would be delivered up to the English authorities. + Ayrton remained mute. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan’ continued her voyage along the thirty-seventh parallel. In + the meanwhile, Lady Glenarvan undertook to vanquish the resistance of the + ruffian. + </p> + <p> + “At last, her influence prevailed, and Ayrton, in exchange for what he + could tell, proposed that Lord Glenarvan should leave him on some island + in the Pacific, instead of giving him up to the English authorities. Lord + Glenarvan, resolving to do anything to obtain information about Captain + Grant, consented. + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton then related all his life, and it was certain that he knew nothing + from the day on which Captain Grant had landed him on the Australian + coast. + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless, Lord Glenarvan kept the promise which he had given. The + ‘Duncan’ continued her voyage and arrived at Tabor Island. It was there + that Ayrton was to be landed, and it was there also that, by a veritable + miracle, they found Captain Grant and two men, exactly on the + thirty-seventh parallel. + </p> + <p> + “The convict, then, went to take their place on this desert islet, and at + the moment he left the yacht these words were pronounced by Lord + Glenarvan:— + </p> + <p> + “‘Here, Ayrton, you will be far from any land, and without any possible + communication with your fellow-creatures. You cannot escape from this + islet on which the ‘Duncan’ leaves you. You will be alone, under the eye + of a God who reads the depths of the heart, but you will be neither lost + nor forgotten, as was Captain Grant. Unworthy as you are to be remembered + by men, men will remember you. I know where you are Ayrton, and I know + where to find you. I will never forget it! + </p> + <p> + “And the ‘Duncan,’ making sail, soon disappeared. This was 18th of March, + 1855. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + (The events which have just been briefly related are taken + from a work which some of our readers have no doubt read, + and which is entitled, “Captain Grant’s children.” They will + remark on this occasion, as well as later, some discrepancy + in the dates; but later again, they will understand why the + real dates were not at first given.) +</pre> + <p> + “Ayrton was alone, but he had no want of either ammunition, weapons, + tools, or seeds. + </p> + <p> + “At his, the convict’s disposal, was the house built by honest Captain + Grant. He had only to live and expiate in solitude the crimes which he had + committed. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen, he repented, he was ashamed of his crimes and was very + miserable! He said to himself, that if men came some day to take him from + that islet, he must be worthy to return among them! How he suffered, that + wretched man! How he labored to recover himself by work! How he prayed to + be reformed by prayer! For two years, three years, this went on, but + Ayrton, humbled by solitude, always looking for some ship to appear on the + horizon, asking himself if the time of expiation would soon be complete, + suffered as none other suffered! Oh! how dreadful was this solitude, to a + heart tormented by remorse! + </p> + <p> + “But doubtless Heaven had not sufficiently punished this unhappy man, for + he felt that he was gradually becoming a savage! He felt that brutishness + was gradually gaining on him! + </p> + <p> + “He could not say if it was after two or three years of solitude, but at + last he became the miserable creature you found! + </p> + <p> + “I have no need to tell you, gentlemen, that Ayrton, Ben Joyce, and I, are + the same.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions rose at the end of this account. It is + impossible to say how much they were moved! What misery, grief, and + despair lay revealed before them! + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton,” said Harding, rising, “you have been a great criminal, but + Heaven must certainly think that you have expiated your crimes! That has + been proved by your having been brought again among your fellow-creatures. + Ayrton, you are forgiven! And now you will be our companion?” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton drew back. + </p> + <p> + “Here is my hand!” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton grasped the hand which Harding extended to him, and great tears + fell from his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Will you live with us?” asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding, leave me some time longer,” replied Ayrton, “leave me + alone in the hut in the corral!” + </p> + <p> + “As you like, Ayrton,” answered Cyrus Harding. Ayrton was going to + withdraw, when the engineer addressed one more question to him:— + </p> + <p> + “One word more, my friend. Since it was your intention to live alone, why + did you throw into the sea the document which put us on your track?” + </p> + <p> + “A document?” repeated Ayrton, who did not appear to know what he meant. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the document which we found enclosed in a bottle, giving us the + exact position of Tabor Island!” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton passed his hand over his brow, then after having thought, “I never + threw any document into the sea!” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Never?” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Never!” + </p> + <p> + And Ayrton, bowing, reached the door and departed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0040" id="link2HCH0040"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 18 + </h2> + <p> + “Poor man!” said Herbert, who had rushed to the door, but returned, having + seen Ayrton slide down the rope on the lift and disappear in the darkness. + </p> + <p> + “He will come back,” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Come, now, captain,” exclaimed Pencroft, “what does that mean? What! + wasn’t it Ayrton who threw that bottle into the sea? Who was it then?” + </p> + <p> + Certainly, if ever a question was necessary to be made, it was that one! + </p> + <p> + “It was he,” answered Neb, “only the unhappy man was half-mad.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” said Herbert, “and he was no longer conscious of what he was + doing.” + </p> + <p> + “It can only be explained in that way, my friends,” replied Harding + quickly, “and I understand now how Ayrton was able to point out exactly + the situation of Tabor Island, since the events which had preceded his + being left on the island had made it known to him.” + </p> + <p> + “However,” observed Pencroft, “if he was not yet a brute when he wrote + that document, and if he threw it into the sea seven or eight years ago, + how is it that the paper has not been injured by damp?” + </p> + <p> + “That proves,” answered Cyrus Harding, “that Ayrton was deprived of + intelligence at a more recent time than he thinks.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course it must be so,” replied Pencroft, “without that the fact would + be unaccountable.” + </p> + <p> + “Unaccountable indeed,” answered the engineer, who did not appear desirous + to prolong the conversation. + </p> + <p> + “But has Ayrton told the truth?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the reporter. “The story which he has told is true in every + point. I remember quite well the account in the newspapers of the yacht + expedition undertaken by Lord Glenarvan, and its result.” + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton has told the truth,” added Harding. “Do not doubt it, Pencroft, + for it was painful to him. People tell the truth when they accuse + themselves like that!” + </p> + <p> + The next day—the 21st of December—the colonists descended to + the beach, and having climbed the plateau they found nothing of Ayrton. He + had reached his house in the corral during the night and the settlers + judged it best not to agitate him by their presence. Time would doubtless + perform what sympathy had been unable to accomplish. + </p> + <p> + Herbert, Pencroft, and Neb resumed their ordinary occupations. On this day + the same work brought Harding and the reporter to the workshop at the + Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + “Do you know, my dear Cyrus,” said Gideon Spilett, “that the explanation + you gave yesterday on the subject of the bottle has not satisfied me at + all! How can it be supposed that the unfortunate man was able to write + that document and throw the bottle into the sea without having the + slightest recollection of it?” + </p> + <p> + “Nor was it he who threw it in, my dear Spilett.” + </p> + <p> + “You think then—” + </p> + <p> + “I think nothing, I know nothing!” interrupted Cyrus Harding. “I am + content to rank this incident among those which I have not been able to + explain to this day!” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed, Cyrus,” said Spilett, “these things are incredible! Your rescue, + the case stranded on the sand, Top’s adventure, and lastly this bottle... + Shall we never have the answer to these enigmas?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” replied the engineer quickly, “yes, even if I have to penetrate + into the bowels of this island!” + </p> + <p> + “Chance will perhaps give us the key to this mystery!” + </p> + <p> + “Chance! Spilett! I do not believe in chance, any more than I believe in + mysteries in this world. There is a reason for everything unaccountable + which has happened here, and that reason I shall discover. But in the + meantime we must work and observe.” + </p> + <p> + The month of January arrived. The year 1867 commenced. The summer + occupations were assiduously continued. During the days which followed, + Herbert and Spilett having gone in the direction of the corral, + ascertained that Ayrton had taken possession of the habitation which had + been prepared for him. He busied himself with the numerous flock confided + to his care, and spared his companions the trouble of coming every two or + three days to visit the corral. Nevertheless, in order not to leave Ayrton + in solitude for too long a time, the settlers often paid him a visit. + </p> + <p> + It was not unimportant either, in consequence of some suspicions + entertained by the engineer and Gideon Spilett, that this part of the + island should be subject to a surveillance of some sort, and that Ayrton, + if any incident occurred unexpectedly, should not neglect to inform the + inhabitants of Granite House of it. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless it might happen that something would occur which it would be + necessary to bring rapidly to the engineer’s knowledge. Independently of + facts bearing on the mystery of Lincoln Island, many others might happen, + which would call for the prompt interference of the colonists,—such + as the sighting of a vessel, a wreck on the western coast, the possible + arrival of pirates, etc. + </p> + <p> + Therefore Cyrus Harding resolved to put the corral in instantaneous + communication with Granite House. + </p> + <p> + It was on the 10th of January that he made known his project to his + companions. + </p> + <p> + “Why! how are you going to manage that, captain?” asked Pencroft. “Do you + by chance happen to think of establishing a telegraph?” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly so,” answered the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Electric?” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Electric,” replied Cyrus Harding. “We have all the necessary materials + for making a battery, and the most difficult thing will be to stretch the + wires, but by means of a drawplate I think we shall manage it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, after that,” returned the sailor, “I shall never despair of seeing + ourselves some day rolling along on a railway!” + </p> + <p> + They then set to work, beginning with the most difficult thing, for, if + they failed in that, it would be useless to manufacture the battery and + other accessories. + </p> + <p> + The iron of Lincoln Island, as has been said, was of excellent quality, + and consequently very fit for being drawn out. Harding commenced by + manufacturing a drawplate, that is to say, a plate of steel, pierced with + conical holes of different sizes, which would successively bring the wire + to the wished-for tenacity. This piece of steel, after having been + tempered, was fixed in as firm a way as possible in a solid framework + planted in the ground, only a few feet from the great fall, the motive + power of which the engineer intended to utilize. In fact as the + fulling-mill was there, although not then in use, its beam moved with + extreme power would serve to stretch out the wire by rolling it round + itself. It was a delicate operation, and required much care. The iron, + prepared previously in long thin rods, the ends of which were sharpened + with the file, having been introduced into the largest hole of the + drawplate, was drawn out by the beam which wound it round itself, to a + length of twenty-five or thirty feet, then unrolled, and the same + operation was performed successively through the holes of a less size. + Finally, the engineer obtained wires from forty to fifty feet long, which + could be easily fastened together and stretched over the distance of five + miles, which separated the corral from the bounds of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + It did not take more than a few days to perform this work, and indeed as + soon as the machine had been commenced, Cyrus Harding left his companions + to follow the trade of wiredrawers, and occupied himself with + manufacturing his battery. + </p> + <p> + It was necessary to obtain a battery with a constant current. It is known + that the elements of modern batteries are generally composed of retort + coal, zinc, and copper. Copper was absolutely wanting to the engineer, + who, notwithstanding all his researches, had never been able to find any + trace of it in Lincoln Island, and was therefore obliged to do without it. + Retort coal, that is to say, the hard graphite which is found in the + retorts of gas manufactories, after the coal has been dehydrogenized, + could have been obtained, but it would have been necessary to establish a + special apparatus, involving great labor. As to zinc, it may be remembered + that the case found at Flotsam Point was lined with this metal, which + could not be better utilized than for this purpose. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, after mature consideration, decided to manufacture a very + simple battery, resembling as nearly as possible that invented by + Becquerel in 1820, and in which zinc only is employed. The other + substances, azotic acid and potash, were all at his disposal. + </p> + <p> + The way in which the battery was composed was as follows, and the results + were to be attained by the reaction of acid and potash on each other. A + number of glass bottles were made and filled with azotic acid. The + engineer corked them by means of a stopper through which passed a glass + tube, bored at its lower extremity, and intended to be plunged into the + acid by means of a clay stopper secured by a rag. Into this tube, through + its upper extremity, he poured a solution of potash, previously obtained + by burning and reducing to ashes various plants, and in this way the acid + and potash could act on each other through the clay. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding then took two slips of zinc, one of which was plunged into + azotic acid, the other into a solution of potash. A current was + immediately produced, which was transmitted from the slip of zinc in the + bottle to that in the tube, and the two slips having been connected by a + metallic wire the slip in the tube became the positive pole, and that in + the bottle the negative pole of the apparatus. Each bottle, therefore, + produced as many currents as united would be sufficient to produce all the + phenomena of the electric telegraph. Such was the ingenious and very + simple apparatus constructed by Cyrus Harding, an apparatus which would + allow them to establish a telegraphic communication between Granite House + and the corral. + </p> + <p> + On the 6th of February was commenced the planting along the road to the + corral, of posts furnished with glass insulators, and intended to support + the wire. A few days after, the wire was extended, ready to produce the + electric current at a rate of twenty thousand miles a second. + </p> + <p> + Two batteries had been manufactured, one for Granite House, the other for + the corral; for if it was necessary the corral should be able to + communicate with Granite House it might also be useful that Granite House + should be able to communicate with the corral. + </p> + <p> + As to the receiver and manipulator, they were very simple. At the two + stations the wire was wound round a magnet, that is to say, round a piece + of soft iron surrounded with a wire. The communication was thus + established between the two poles; the current, starting from the positive + pole, traversed the wire, passed through the magnet which was temporarily + magnetized, and returned through the earth to the negative pole. If the + current was interrupted, the magnet immediately became unmagnetized. It + was sufficient to place a plate of soft iron before the magnet, which, + attracted during the passage of the current, would fall back when the + current was interrupted. This movement of the plate thus obtained, Harding + could easily fasten to it a needle arranged on a dial, bearing the letters + of the alphabet, and in this way communicate from one station to the + other. + </p> + <p> + All was completely arranged by the 12th of February. On this day, Harding, + having sent the current through the wire, asked if all was going on well + at the corral, and received in a few moments a satisfactory reply from + Ayrton. Pencroft was wild with joy, and every morning and evening he sent + a telegram to the corral, which always received an answer. + </p> + <p> + This mode of communication presented two very real advantages: firstly, + because it enabled them to ascertain that Ayrton was at the corral; and + secondly, that he was thus not left completely isolated. Besides, Cyrus + Harding never allowed a week to pass without going to see him, and Ayrton + came from time to time to Granite House, where he always found a cordial + welcome. + </p> + <p> + The fine season passed away in the midst of the usual work. The resources + of the colony, particularly in vegetables and corn, increased from day to + day, and the plants brought from Tabor Island had succeeded perfectly. + </p> + <p> + The plateau of Prospect Heights presented an encouraging aspect. The + fourth harvest had been admirable and it may be supposed that no one + thought of counting whether the four hundred thousand millions of grains + duly appeared in the crop. However, Pencroft had thought of doing so, but + Cyrus Harding having told him that even if he managed to count three + hundred grains a minute, or nine thousand an hour, it would take him + nearly five thousand five-hundred years to finish his task, the honest + sailor considered it best to give up the idea. + </p> + <p> + The weather was splendid, the temperature very warm in the day time, but + in the evening the sea-breezes tempered the heat of the atmosphere and + procured cool nights for the inhabitants of Granite House. There were, + however, a few storms, which, although they were not of long duration, + swept over Lincoln Island with extraordinary fury. The lightning blazed + and the thunder continued to roll for some hours. + </p> + <p> + At this period the little colony was extremely prosperous. + </p> + <p> + The tenants of the poultry-yard swarmed, and they lived on the surplus, + but it became necessary to reduce the population to a more moderate + number. The pigs had already produced young, and it may be understood that + their care for these animals absorbed a great part of Neb and Pencroft’s + time. The onagers, who had two pretty colts, were most often mounted by + Gideon Spilett and Herbert, who had become an excellent rider under the + reporter’s instruction, and they also harnessed them to the cart either + for carrying wood and coal to Granite House, or different mineral + productions required by the engineer. + </p> + <p> + Several expeditions were made about this time into the depths of the Far + West Forests. The explorers could venture there without having anything to + fear from the heat, for the sun’s rays scarcely penetrated through the + thick foliage spreading above their heads. They thus visited all the left + bank of the Mercy, along which ran the road from the corral to the mouth + of Falls River. + </p> + <p> + But in these excursions the settlers took care to be well armed, for they + met with savage wild boars, with which they often had a tussle. They also, + during this season, made fierce war against the jaguars. Gideon Spilett + had vowed a special hatred against them, and his pupil Herbert seconded + him well. Armed as they were, they no longer feared to meet one of those + beasts. Herbert’s courage was superb, and the reporter’s sang-froid + astonishing. Already twenty magnificent skins ornamented the dining-room + of Granite House, and if this continued, the jaguar race would soon be + extinct in the island, the object aimed at by the hunters. + </p> + <p> + The engineer sometimes took part in the expeditions made to the unknown + parts of the island, which he surveyed with great attention. It was for + other traces than those of animals that he searched the thickets of the + vast forest, but nothing suspicious ever appeared. Neither Top nor Jup, + who accompanied him, ever betrayed by their behavior that there was + anything strange there, and yet more than once again the dog barked at the + mouth of the well, which the engineer had before explored without result. + </p> + <p> + At this time Gideon Spilett, aided by Herbert, took several views of the + most picturesque parts of the island, by means of the photographic + apparatus found in the cases, and of which they had not as yet made any + use. + </p> + <p> + This apparatus, provided with a powerful object-glass, was very complete. + Substances necessary for the photographic reproduction, collodion for + preparing the glass plate, nitrate of silver to render it sensitive, + hyposulfate of soda to fix the prints obtained, chloride of ammonium in + which to soak the paper destined to give the positive proof, acetate of + soda and chloride of gold in which to immerse the paper, nothing was + wanting. Even the papers were there, all prepared, and before laying in + the printing-frame upon the negatives, it was sufficient to soak them for + a few minutes in the solution of nitrate of silver. + </p> + <p> + The reporter and his assistant became in a short time very skilful + operators, and they obtained fine views of the country, such as the + island, taken from Prospect Heights with Mount Franklin in the distance, + the mouth of the Mercy, so picturesquely framed in high rocks, the glade + and the corral, with the spurs of the mountain in the background, the + curious development of Claw Cape, Flotsam Point, etc. + </p> + <p> + Nor did the photographers forget to take the portraits of all the + inhabitants of the island, leaving out no one. + </p> + <p> + “It multiplies us,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + And the sailor was enchanted to see his own countenance, faithfully + reproduced, ornamenting the walls of Granite House, and he stopped as + willingly before this exhibition as he would have done before the richest + shop-windows in Broadway. + </p> + <p> + But it must be acknowledged that the most successful portrait was + incontestably that of Master Jup. Master Jup had sat with a gravity not to + be described, and his portrait was lifelike! + </p> + <p> + “He looks as if he was just going to grin!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + And if Master Jup had not been satisfied, he would have been very + difficult to please; but he was quite contented and contemplated his own + countenance with a sentimental air which expressed some small amount of + conceit. + </p> + <p> + The summer heat ended with the month of March. The weather was sometimes + rainy, but still warm. The month of March, which corresponds to the + September of northern latitudes, was not so fine as might have been hoped. + Perhaps it announced an early and rigorous winter. + </p> + <p> + It might have been supposed one morning—the 21 st—that the + first snow had already made its appearance. In fact Herbert looking early + from one of the windows of Granite House, exclaimed,— + </p> + <p> + “Hallo! the islet is covered with snow!” + </p> + <p> + “Snow at this time?” answered the reporter, joining the boy. + </p> + <p> + Their companions were soon beside them, but could only ascertain one + thing, that not only the islet but all the beach below Granite House was + covered with one uniform sheet of white. + </p> + <p> + “It must be snow!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Or rather it’s very like it!” replied Neb. + </p> + <p> + “But the thermometer marks fifty-eight degrees!” observed Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding gazed at the sheet of white without saying anything, for he + really did not know how to explain this phenomenon, at this time of year + and in such a temperature. + </p> + <p> + “By Jove!” exclaimed Pencroft, “all our plants will be frozen!” + </p> + <p> + And the sailor was about to descend, when he was preceded by the nimble + Jup, who slid down to the sand. + </p> + <p> + But the orang had not touched the ground, when the snowy sheet arose and + dispersed in the air in such innumerable flakes that the light of the sun + was obscured for some minutes. + </p> + <p> + “Birds!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + They were indeed swarms of sea-birds, with dazzling white plumage. They + had perched by thousands on the islet and on the shore, and they + disappeared in the distance, leaving the colonists amazed as if they had + been present at some transformation scene, in which summer succeeded + winter at the touch of a fairy’s wand. Unfortunately the change had been + so sudden, that neither the reporter nor the lad had been able to bring + down one of these birds, of which they could not recognize the species. + </p> + <p> + A few days after came the 26th of March, the day on which, two years + before, the castaways from the air had been thrown upon Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0041" id="link2HCH0041"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 19 + </h2> + <p> + Two years already! and for two years the colonists had had no + communication with their fellow-creatures! They were without news from the + civilized world, lost on this island, as completely as if they had been on + the most minute star of the celestial hemisphere! + </p> + <p> + What was now happening in their country? The picture of their native land + was always before their eyes, the land torn by civil war at the time they + left it, and which the Southern rebellion was perhaps still staining with + blood! It was a great sorrow to them, and they often talked together of + these things, without ever doubting however that the cause of the North + must triumph, for the honor of the American Confederation. + </p> + <p> + During these two years not a vessel had passed in sight of the island; or, + at least, not a sail had been seen. It was evident that Lincoln Island was + out of the usual track, and also that it was unknown,—as was besides + proved by the maps,—for though there was no port, vessels might have + visited it for the purpose of renewing their store of water. But the + surrounding ocean was deserted as far as the eye could reach, and the + colonists must rely on themselves for regaining their native land. + </p> + <p> + However, one chance of rescue existed, and this chance was discussed one + day on the first week of April, when the colonists were gathered together + in the dining-room of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + They had been talking of America, of their native country, which they had + so little hope of ever seeing again. + </p> + <p> + “Decidedly we have only one way,” said Spilett, “one single way for + leaving Lincoln Island, and that is, to build a vessel large enough to + sail several hundred miles. It appears to me, that when one has built a + boat it is just as easy to build a ship!” + </p> + <p> + “And in which we might go to the Pomoutous,” added Herbert, “just as + easily as we went to Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not say no,” replied Pencroft, who had always the casting vote in + maritime questions; “I do not say no, although it is not exactly the same + thing to make a long as a short voyage! If our little craft had been + caught in any heavy gale of wind during the voyage to Tabor Island, we + should have known that land was at no great distance either way; but + twelve hundred miles is a pretty long way, and the nearest land is at + least that distance!” + </p> + <p> + “Would you not, in that case, Pencroft, attempt the adventure?” asked the + reporter. + </p> + <p> + “I will attempt anything that is desired, Mr. Spilett,” answered the + sailor, “and you know well that I am not a man to flinch!” + </p> + <p> + “Remember, besides, that we number another sailor amongst us now,” + remarked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Who is that?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton.” + </p> + <p> + “If he will consent to come,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Nonsense!” returned the reporter; “do you think that if Lord Glenarvan’s + yacht had appeared at Tabor Island, while he was still living there, + Ayrton would have refused to depart?” + </p> + <p> + “You forget, my friends,” then said Cyrus Harding, “that Ayrton was not in + possession of his reason during the last years of his stay there. But that + is not the question. The point is to know if we may count among our + chances of being rescued, the return of the Scotch vessel. Now, Lord + Glenarvan promised Ayrton that he would return to take him off from Tabor + Island when he considered that his crimes were expiated, and I believe + that he will return.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the reporter, “and I will add that he will return soon, for it + is twelve years since Ayrton was abandoned.” + </p> + <p> + “Well!” answered Pencroft, “I agree with you that the nobleman will + return, and soon too. But where will he touch? At Tabor Island, and not at + Lincoln Island.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the more certain,” replied Herbert, “as Lincoln Island is not + even marked on the map.” + </p> + <p> + “Therefore, my friends,” said the engineer, “we ought to take the + necessary precautions for making our presence and that of Ayrton on + Lincoln Island known at Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” answered the reporter, “and nothing is easier than to place + in the hut, which was Captain Grant’s and Ayrton’s dwelling, a notice + which Lord Glenarvan and his crew cannot help finding, giving the position + of our island.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a pity,” remarked the sailor, “that we forgot to take that + precaution on our first visit to Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “And why should we have done it?” asked Herbert. “At that time we did not + know Ayrton’s history; we did not know that any one was likely to come + some day to fetch him, and when we did know his history, the season was + too advanced to allow us to return then to Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Harding, “it was too late, and we must put off the voyage + until next spring.” + </p> + <p> + “But suppose the Scotch yacht comes before that,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “That is not probable,” replied the engineer, “for Lord Glenarvan would + not choose the winter season to venture into these seas. Either he has + already returned to Tabor Island, since Ayrton has been with us, that is + to say, during the last five months and has left again; or he will not + come till later, and it will be time enough in the first fine October days + to go to Tabor Island, and leave a notice there.” + </p> + <p> + “We must allow,” said Neb, “that it will be very unfortunate if the + ‘Duncan’ has returned to these parts only a few months ago!” + </p> + <p> + “I hope that it is not so,” replied Cyrus Harding, “and that Heaven has + not deprived us of the best chance which remains to us.” + </p> + <p> + “I think,” observed the reporter, “that at any rate we shall know what we + have to depend on when we have been to Tabor Island, for if the yacht has + returned there, they will necessarily have left some traces of their + visit.” + </p> + <p> + “That is evident,” answered the engineer. “So then, my friends, since we + have this chance of returning to our country, we must wait patiently, and + if it is taken from us we shall see what will be best to do.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate,” remarked Pencroft, “it is well understood that if we do + leave Lincoln Island, it will not be because we were uncomfortable there!” + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft,” replied the engineer, “it will be because we are far from + all that a man holds dearest in the world, his family, his friends, his + native land!” + </p> + <p> + Matters being thus decided, the building of a vessel large enough to sail + either to the Archipelagoes in the north, or to New Zealand in the west, + was no longer talked of, and they busied themselves in their accustomed + occupations, with a view to wintering a third time in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + However, it was agreed that before the stormy weather came on, their + little vessel should be employed in making a voyage round the island. A + complete survey of the coast had not yet been made, and the colonists had + but an imperfect idea of the shore to the west and north, from the mouth + of Falls River to the Mandible Capes, as well as of the narrow bay between + them, which opened like a shark’s jaws. + </p> + <p> + The plan of this excursion was proposed by Pencroft, and Cyrus Harding + fully acquiesced in it, for he himself wished to see this part of his + domain. + </p> + <p> + The weather was variable, but the barometer did not fluctuate by sudden + movements, and they could therefore count on tolerable weather. However, + during the first week of April, after a sudden barometrical fall, a + renewed rise was marked by a heavy gale of wind, lasting five or six days; + then the needle of the instrument remained stationary at a height of + twenty-nine inches and nine-tenths, and the weather appeared propitious + for an excursion. + </p> + <p> + The departure was fixed for the 16th of April, and the “Bonadventure,” + anchored in Port Balloon, was provisioned for a voyage which might be of + some duration. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding informed Ayrton of the projected expedition, and proposed + that he should take part in it, but Ayrton preferring to remain on shore, + it was decided that he should come to Granite House during the absence of + his companions. Master Jup was ordered to keep him company, and made no + remonstrance. + </p> + <p> + On the morning of the 16th of April all the colonists, including Top, + embarked. A fine breeze blew from the south-west, and the “Bonadventure” + tacked on leaving Port Balloon so as to reach Reptile End. Of the ninety + miles which the perimeter of the island measured, twenty included the + south coast between the port and the promontory. The wind being right + ahead it was necessary to hug the shore. + </p> + <p> + It took the whole day to reach the promontory, for the vessel on leaving + port had only two hours of ebb tide and had therefore to make way for six + hours against the flood. It was nightfall before the promontory was + doubled. + </p> + <p> + The sailor then proposed to the engineer that they should continue sailing + slowly with two reefs in the sail. But Harding preferred to anchor a few + cable-lengths from the shore, so as to survey that part of the coast + during the day. It was agreed also that as they were anxious for a minute + exploration of the coast they should not sail during the night, but would + always, when the weather permitted it, be at anchor near the shore. + </p> + <p> + The night was passed under the promontory, and the wind having fallen, + nothing disturbed the silence. The passengers, with the exception of the + sailor, scarcely slept as well on board the “Bonadventure” as they would + have done in their rooms at Granite House, but they did sleep however. + Pencroft set sail at break of day, and by going on the larboard tack they + could keep close to the shore. + </p> + <p> + The colonists knew this beautiful wooded coast, since they had already + explored it on foot, and yet it again excited their admiration. They + coasted along as close in as possible, so as to notice everything, + avoiding always the trunks of trees which floated here and there. Several + times also they anchored, and Gideon Spilett took photographs of the + superb scenery. + </p> + <p> + About noon the “Bonadventure” arrived at the mouth of Falls River. Beyond, + on the left bank, a few scattered trees appeared, and three miles further + even these dwindled into solitary groups among the western spurs of the + mountain, whose arid ridge sloped down to the shore. + </p> + <p> + What a contrast between the northern and southern part of the coast! In + proportion as one was woody and fertile so was the other rugged and + barren! It might have been designated as one of those iron coasts, as they + are called in some countries, and its wild confusion appeared to indicate + that a sudden crystallization had been produced in the yet liquid basalt + of some distant geological sea. These stupendous masses would have + terrified the settlers if they had been cast at first on this part of the + island! They had not been able to perceive the sinister aspect of this + shore from the summit of Mount Franklin, for they overlooked it from too + great a height, but viewed from the sea it presented a wild appearance + which could not perhaps be equaled in any corner of the globe. + </p> + <p> + The “Bonadventure” sailed along this coast for the distance of half a + mile. It was easy to see that it was composed of blocks of all sizes, from + twenty to three hundred feet in height, and of all shapes, round like + towers, prismatic like steeples, pyramidal like obelisks, conical like + factory chimneys. An iceberg of the Polar seas could not have been more + capricious in its terrible sublimity! Here, bridges were thrown from one + rock to another; there, arches like those of a wave, into the depths of + which the eye could not penetrate; in one place, large vaulted excavations + presented a monumental aspect; in another, a crowd of columns, spires, and + arches, such as no Gothic cathedral ever possessed. Every caprice of + nature, still more varied than those of the imagination, appeared on this + grand coast, which extended over a length of eight or nine miles. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions gazed, with a feeling of surprise + bordering on stupefaction. But, although they remained silent, Top, not + being troubled with feelings of this sort, uttered barks which were + repeated by the thousand echoes of the basaltic cliff. The engineer even + observed that these barks had something strange in them, like those which + the dog had uttered at the mouth of the well in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go close in,” said he. + </p> + <p> + And the “Bonadventure” sailed as near as possible to the rocky shore. + Perhaps some cave, which it would be advisable to explore, existed there? + But Harding saw nothing, not a cavern, not a cleft which could serve as a + retreat to any being whatever, for the foot of the cliff was washed by the + surf. Soon Top’s barks ceased, and the vessel continued her course at a + few cables-length from the coast. + </p> + <p> + In the northwest part of the island the shore became again flat and sandy. + A few trees here and there rose above a low, marshy ground, which the + colonists had already surveyed, and in violent contrast to the other + desert shore, life was again manifested by the presence of myriads of + water-fowl. That evening the “Bonadventure” anchored in a small bay to the + north of the island, near the land, such was the depth of water there. The + night passed quietly, for the breeze died away with the last light of day, + and only rose again with the first streaks of dawn. + </p> + <p> + As it was easy to land, the usual hunters of the colony, that is to say, + Herbert and Gideon Spilett, went for a ramble of two hours or so, and + returned with several strings of wild duck and snipe. Top had done + wonders, and not a bird had been lost, thanks to his zeal and cleverness. + </p> + <p> + At eight o’clock in the morning the “Bonadventure” set sail, and ran + rapidly towards North Mandible Cape, for the wind was right astern and + freshening rapidly. + </p> + <p> + “However,” observed Pencroft, “I should not be surprised if a gale came up + from the west. Yesterday the sun set in a very red-looking horizon, and + now, this morning, those mares-tails don’t forbode anything good.” + </p> + <p> + These mares-tails are cirrus clouds, scattered in the zenith, their height + from the sea being less than five thousand feet. They look like light + pieces of cotton wool, and their presence usually announces some sudden + change in the weather. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Harding, “let us carry as much sail as possible, and run for + shelter into Shark Gulf. I think that the ‘Bonadventure’ will be safe + there.” + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly,” replied Pencroft, “and besides, the north coast is merely + sand, very uninteresting to look at.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall not be sorry,” resumed the engineer, “to pass not only to-night + but to-morrow in that bay, which is worth being carefully explored.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that we shall be obliged to do so, whether we like it or not,” + answered Pencroft, “for the sky looks very threatening towards the west. + Dirty weather is coming on!” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate we have a favorable wind for reaching Cape Mandible,” + observed the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “A very fine wind,” replied the sailor; “but we must tack to enter the + gulf, and I should like to see my way clear in these unknown quarters.” + </p> + <p> + “Quarters which appear to be filled with rocks,” added Herbert, “if we + judge by what we saw on the south coast of Shark Gulf.” + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” said Cyrus Harding, “do as you think best, we will leave it to + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t make your mind uneasy, captain,” replied the sailor, “I shall not + expose myself needlessly! I would rather a knife were run into my ribs + than a sharp rock into those of my ‘Bonadventure!’” + </p> + <p> + That which Pencroft called ribs was the part of his vessel under water, + and he valued it more than his own skin. + </p> + <p> + “What o’clock is it?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Ten o’clock,” replied Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “And what distance is it to the Cape, captain?” + </p> + <p> + “About fifteen miles,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “That’s a matter of two hours and a half,” said the sailor, “and we shall + be off the Cape between twelve and one o’clock. Unluckily, the tide will + be turning at that moment, and will be ebbing out of the gulf. I am afraid + that it will be very difficult to get in, having both wind and tide + against us.” + </p> + <p> + “And the more so that it is a full moon to-day,” remarked Herbert, “and + these April tides are very strong.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Pencroft,” asked Harding, “can you not anchor off the Cape?” + </p> + <p> + “Anchor near land, with bad weather coming on!” exclaimed the sailor. + “What are you thinking of, captain? We should run aground, of a + certainty!” + </p> + <p> + “What will you do then?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall try to keep in the offing until the flood, that is to say, till + about seven in the evening, and if there is still light enough I will try + to enter the gulf; if not, we must stand off and on during the night, and + we will enter to-morrow at sunrise.” + </p> + <p> + “As I told you, Pencroft, we will leave it to you,” answered Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said Pencroft, “if there was only a lighthouse on the coast, it + would be much more convenient for sailors.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Herbert, “and this time we shall have no obliging engineer + to light a fire to guide us into port!” + </p> + <p> + “Why, indeed, my dear Cyrus,” said Spilett, “we have never thanked you; + but frankly, without that fire we should never have been able—” + </p> + <p> + “A fire?” asked Harding, much astonished at the reporter’s words. + </p> + <p> + “We mean, captain,” answered Pencroft, “that on board the ‘Bonadventure’ + we were very anxious during the few hours before our return, and we should + have passed to windward of the island, if it had not been for the + precaution you took of lighting a fire the night of the 19th of October, + on Prospect Heights.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes! That was a lucky idea of mine!” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “And this time,” continued the sailor, “unless the idea occurs to Ayrton, + there will be no one to do us that little service!” + </p> + <p> + “No! No one!” answered Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + A few minutes after, finding himself alone in the bows of the vessel, with + the reporter, the engineer bent down and whispered,— + </p> + <p> + “If there is one thing certain in this world, Spilett, it is that I never + lighted any fire during the night of the 19th of October, neither on + Prospect Heights nor on any other part of the island!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0042" id="link2HCH0042"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 20 + </h2> + <p> + Things happened as Pencroft had predicted, he being seldom mistaken in his + prognostications. The wind rose, and from a fresh breeze it soon increased + to a regular gale; that is to say, it acquired a speed of from forty to + forty-five miles an hour, before which a ship in the open sea would have + run under close-reefed topsails. Now, as it was nearly six o’clock when + the “Bonadventure” reached the gulf, and as at that moment the tide + turned, it was impossible to enter. They were therefore compelled to stand + off, for even if he had wished to do so, Pencroft could not have gained + the mouth of the Mercy. Hoisting the jib to the mainmast by way of a + storm-sail, he hove to, putting the head of the vessel towards the land. + </p> + <p> + Fortunately, although the wind was strong the sea, being sheltered by the + land, did not run very high. They had then little to fear from the waves, + which always endanger small craft. The “Bonadventure” would doubtlessly + not have capsized, for she was well ballasted, but enormous masses of + water falling on the deck might injure her if her timbers could not + sustain them. Pencroft, as a good sailor, was prepared for anything. + Certainly, he had great confidence in his vessel, but nevertheless he + awaited the return of day with some anxiety. + </p> + <p> + During the night, Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett had no opportunity for + talking together, and yet the words pronounced in the reporter’s ear by + the engineer were well worth being discussed, together with the mysterious + influence which appeared to reign over Lincoln Island. Gideon Spilett did + not cease from pondering over this new and inexplicable incident, the + appearance of a fire on the coast of the island. The fire had actually + been seen! His companions, Herbert and Pencroft, had seen it with him! The + fire had served to signalize the position of the island during that dark + night, and they had not doubted that it was lighted by the engineer’s + hand; and here was Cyrus Harding expressly declaring that he had never + done anything of the sort! Spilett resolved to recur to this incident as + soon as the “Bonadventure” returned, and to urge Cyrus Harding to acquaint + their companions with these strange facts. Perhaps it would be decided to + make in common a complete investigation of every part of Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + However that might be, on this evening no fire was lighted on these yet + unknown shores, which formed the entrance to the gulf, and the little + vessel stood off during the night. + </p> + <p> + When the first streaks of dawn appeared in the western horizon, the wind, + which had slightly fallen, shifted two points, and enabled Pencroft to + enter the narrow gulf with greater ease. Towards seven o’clock in the + morning, the “Bonadventure,” weathering the North Mandible Cape, entered + the strait and glided on to the waters, so strangely enclosed in the frame + of lava. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Pencroft, “this bay would make admirable roads, in which a + whole fleet could lie at their ease!” + </p> + <p> + “What is especially curious,” observed Harding, “is that the gulf has been + formed by two rivers of lava, thrown out by the volcano, and accumulated + by successive eruptions. The result is that the gulf is completely + sheltered on all sides, and I believe that even in the stormiest weather, + the sea here must be as calm as a lake.” + </p> + <p> + “No doubt,” returned the sailor, “since the wind has only that narrow + entrance between the two capes to get in by, and, besides, the north cape + protects that of the south in a way which would make the entrance of gusts + very difficult. I declare our ‘Bonadventure’ could stay here from one end + of the year to the other, without even dragging at her anchor!” + </p> + <p> + “It is rather large for her!” observed the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Well! Mr. Spilett,” replied the sailor, “I agree that it is too large for + the ‘Bonadventure,’ but if the fleets of the Union were in want of a + harbor in the Pacific, I don’t think they would ever find a better place + than this!” + </p> + <p> + “We are in the shark’s mouth,” remarked Neb, alluding to the form of the + gulf. + </p> + <p> + “Right into its mouth, my honest Neb!” replied Herbert, “but you are not + afraid that it will shut upon us, are you?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Mr. Herbert,” answered Neb, “and yet this gulf here doesn’t please me + much! It has a wicked look!” + </p> + <p> + “Hallo!” cried Pencroft, “here is Neb turning up his nose at my gulf, just + as I was thinking of presenting it to America!” + </p> + <p> + “But, at any rate, is the water deep enough?” asked the engineer, “for a + depth sufficient for the keel of the ‘Bonadventure’ would not be enough + for those of our iron-clads.” + </p> + <p> + “That is easily found out,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + And the sailor sounded with a long cord, which served him as a lead-line, + and to which was fastened a lump of iron. This cord measured nearly fifty + fathoms, and its entire length was unrolled without finding any bottom. + </p> + <p> + “There,” exclaimed Pencroft, “our iron-clads can come here after all! They + would not run aground!” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said Gideon Spilett, “this gulf is a regular abyss, but, taking + into consideration the volcanic origin of the island, it is not + astonishing that the sea should offer similar depressions.” + </p> + <p> + “One would say too,” observed Herbert, “that these cliffs were perfectly + perpendicular; and I believe that at their foot, even with a line five or + six times longer, Pencroft would not find bottom.” + </p> + <p> + “That is all very well,” then said the reporter, “but I must point out to + Pencroft that his harbor is wanting in one very important respect!” + </p> + <p> + “And what is that, Mr. Spilett?” + </p> + <p> + “An opening, a cutting of some sort, to give access to the interior of the + island. I do not see a spot on which we could land.” And, in fact, the + steep lava cliffs did not afford a single place suitable for landing. They + formed an insuperable barrier, recalling, but with more wildness, the + fiords of Norway. The “Bonadventure,” coasting as close as possible along + the cliffs, did not discover even a projection which would allow the + passengers to leave the deck. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft consoled himself by saying that with the help of a mine they + could soon open out the cliff when that was necessary, and then, as there + was evidently nothing to be done in the gulf, he steered his vessel + towards the strait and passed out at about two o’clock in the afternoon. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said Neb, uttering a sigh of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + One might really say that the honest Negro did not feel at his ease in + those enormous jaws. + </p> + <p> + The distance from Mandible Cape to the mouth of the Mercy was not more + than eight miles. The head of the “Bonadventure” was put towards Granite + House, and a fair wind filling her sails, she ran rapidly along the coast. + </p> + <p> + To the enormous lava rocks succeeded soon those capricious sand dunes, + among which the engineer had been so singularly recovered, and which + seabirds frequented in thousands. + </p> + <p> + About four o’clock, Pencroft leaving the point of the islet on his left, + entered the channel which separated it from the coast, and at five o’clock + the anchor of the “Bonadventure” was buried in the sand at the mouth of + the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + The colonists had been absent three days from their dwelling. Ayrton was + waiting for them on the beach, and Jup came joyously to meet them, giving + vent to deep grunts of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + A complete exploration of the coast of the island had now been made, and + no suspicious appearances had been observed. If any mysterious being + resided on it, it could only be under cover of the impenetrable forest of + the Serpentine Peninsula, to which the colonists had not yet directed + their investigations. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett discussed these things with the engineer, and it was agreed + that they should direct the attention of their companions to the strange + character of certain incidents which had occurred on the island, and of + which the last was the most unaccountable. + </p> + <p> + However, Harding, returning to the fact of a fire having been kindled on + the shore by an unknown hand, could not refrain from repeating for the + twentieth time to the reporter,— + </p> + <p> + “But are you quite sure of having seen it? Was it not a partial eruption + of the volcano, or perhaps some meteor?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Cyrus,” answered the reporter, “it was certainly a fire lighted by + the hand of man. Besides; question Pencroft and Herbert. They saw it as I + saw it myself, and they will confirm my words.” + </p> + <p> + In consequence, therefore, a few days after, on the 25th of April, in the + evening, when the settlers were all collected on Prospect Heights, Cyrus + Harding began by saying,— + </p> + <p> + “My friends, I think it my duty to call your attention to certain + incidents which have occurred in the island, on the subject of which I + shall be happy to have your advice. These incidents are, so to speak, + supernatural—” + </p> + <p> + “Supernatural!” exclaimed the sailor, emitting a volume of smoke from his + mouth. “Can it be possible that our island is supernatural?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft, but mysterious, most certainly,” replied the engineer; + “unless you can explain that which Spilett and I have until now failed to + understand.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak away, captain,” answered the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Well, have you understood,” then said the engineer, “how was it that + after falling into the sea, I was found a quarter of a mile into the + interior of the island, and that, without my having any consciousness of + my removal there?” + </p> + <p> + “Unless, being unconscious—” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “That is not admissible,” replied the engineer. “But to continue. Have you + understood how Top was able to discover your retreat five miles from the + cave in which I was lying?” + </p> + <p> + “The dog’s instinct—” observed Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Singular instinct!” returned the reporter, “since notwithstanding the + storm of rain and wind which was raging during that night, Top arrived at + the Chimneys, dry and without a speck of mud!” + </p> + <p> + “Let us continue,” resumed the engineer. “Have you understood how our dog + was so strangely thrown up out of the water of the lake, after his + struggle with the dugong?” + </p> + <p> + “No! I confess, not at all,” replied Pencroft, “and the wound which the + dugong had in its side, a wound which seemed to have been made with a + sharp instrument; that can’t be understood, either.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us continue again,” said Harding. “Have you understood, my friends, + how that bullet got into the body of the young peccary; how that case + happened to be so fortunately stranded, without there being any trace of a + wreck; how that bottle containing the document presented itself so + opportunely, during our first sea-excursion; how our canoe, having broken + its moorings, floated down the current of the Mercy and rejoined us at the + very moment we needed it; how after the ape invasion the ladder was so + obligingly thrown down from Granite House; and lastly, how the document, + which Ayrton asserts was never written by him, fell into our hands?” + </p> + <p> + As Cyrus Harding thus enumerated, without forgetting one, the singular + incidents which had occurred in the island, Herbert, Neb, and Pencroft + stared at each other, not knowing what to reply, for this succession of + incidents, grouped thus for the first time, could not but excite their + surprise to the highest degree. + </p> + <p> + “‘Pon my word,” said Pencroft at last, “you are right, captain, and it is + difficult to explain all these things!” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my friends,” resumed the engineer, “a last fact has just been added + to these, and it is no less incomprehensible than the others!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it, captain?” asked Herbert quickly. + </p> + <p> + “When you were returning from Tabor Island, Pencroft,” continued the + engineer, “you said that a fire appeared on Lincoln Island?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” answered the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “And you are quite certain of having seen this fire?” + </p> + <p> + “As sure as I see you now.” + </p> + <p> + “You also, Herbert?” + </p> + <p> + “Why, captain,” cried Herbert, “that fire was blazing like a star of the + first magnitude!” + </p> + <p> + “But was it not a star?” urged the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Pencroft, “for the sky was covered with thick clouds, and at + any rate a star would not have been so low on the horizon. But Mr. Spilett + saw it as well as we, and he will confirm our words.” + </p> + <p> + “I will add,” said the reporter, “that the fire was very bright, and that + it shot up like a sheet of lightning.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes! exactly,” added Herbert, “and it was certainly placed on the + heights of Granite House.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my friends,” replied Cyrus Harding, “during the night of the 19th + of October, neither Neb nor I lighted any fire on the coast.” + </p> + <p> + “You did not!” exclaimed Pencroft, in the height of his astonishment, not + being able to finish his sentence. + </p> + <p> + “We did not leave Granite House,” answered Cyrus Harding, “and if a fire + appeared on the coast, it was lighted by another hand than ours!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb were stupefied. No illusion could be possible, + and a fire had actually met their eyes during the night of the 19th of + October. Yes! they had to acknowledge it, a mystery existed! An + inexplicable influence, evidently favorable to the colonists, but very + irritating to their curiosity, was executed always in the nick of time on + Lincoln Island. Could there be some being hidden in its profoundest + recesses? It was necessary at any cost to ascertain this. + </p> + <p> + Harding also reminded his companions of the singular behavior of Top and + Jup when they prowled round the mouth of the well, which placed Granite + House in communication with the sea, and he told them that he had explored + the well, without discovering anything suspicious. The final resolve + taken, in consequence of this conversation, by all the members of the + colony, was that as soon as the fine season returned they would thoroughly + search the whole of the island. + </p> + <p> + But from that day Pencroft appeared to be anxious. He felt as if the + island which he had made his own personal property belonged to him + entirely no longer, and that he shared it with another master, to whom, + willing or not, he felt subject. Neb and he often talked of those + unaccountable things, and both, their natures inclining them to the + marvelous, were not far from believing that Lincoln Island was under the + dominion of some supernatural power. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, the bad weather came with the month of May, the November + of the northern zones. It appeared that the winter would be severe and + forward. The preparations for the winter season were therefore commenced + without delay. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, the colonists were well prepared to meet the winter, however + hard it might be. They had plenty of felt clothing, and the musmons, very + numerous by this time, had furnished an abundance of wool necessary for + the manufacture of this warm material. + </p> + <p> + It is unnecessary to say that Ayrton had been provided with this + comfortable clothing. Cyrus Harding proposed that he should come to spend + the bad season with them in Granite House, where he would be better lodged + than at the corral, and Ayrton promised to do so, as soon as the last work + at the corral was finished. He did this towards the middle of April. From + that time Ayrton shared the common life, and made himself useful on all + occasions; but still humble and sad, he never took part in the pleasures + of his companions. + </p> + <p> + For the greater part of this, the third winter which the settlers passed + in Lincoln Island, they were confined to Granite House. There were many + violent storms and frightful tempests, which appeared to shake the rocks + to their very foundations. Immense waves threatened to overwhelm the + island, and certainly any vessel anchored near the shore would have been + dashed to pieces. Twice, during one of these hurricanes, the Mercy swelled + to such a degree as to give reason to fear that the bridges would be swept + away, and it was necessary to strengthen those on the shore, which + disappeared under the foaming waters, when the sea beat against the beach. + </p> + <p> + It may well be supposed that such storms, comparable to water-spouts in + which were mingled rain and snow, would cause great havoc on the plateau + of Prospect Heights. The mill and the poultry-yard particularly suffered. + The colonists were often obliged to make immediate repairs, without which + the safety of the birds would have been seriously threatened. + </p> + <p> + During the worst weather, several jaguars and troops of quadrumana + ventured to the edge of the plateau, and it was always to be feared that + the most active and audacious would, urged by hunger, manage to cross the + stream, which besides, when frozen, offered them an easy passage. + Plantations and domestic animals would then have been infallibly + destroyed, without a constant watch, and it was often necessary to make + use of the guns to keep those dangerous visitors at a respectful distance. + Occupation was not wanting to the colonists, for without reckoning their + out-door cares, they had always a thousand plans for the fitting up of + Granite House. + </p> + <p> + They had also some fine sporting excursions, which were made during the + frost in the vast Tadorn Marsh. Gideon Spilett and Herbert, aided by Jup + and Top, did not miss a shot in the midst of myriads of wild-duck, snipe, + teal, and others. The access to these hunting-grounds was easy; besides, + whether they reached them by the road to Port Balloon, after having passed + the Mercy Bridge, or by turning the rocks from Flotsam Point, the hunters + were never distant from Granite House more than two or three miles. + </p> + <p> + Thus passed the four winter months, which were really rigorous, that is to + say, June, July, August, and September. But, in short, Granite House did + not suffer much from the inclemency of the weather, and it was the same + with the corral, which, less exposed than the plateau, and sheltered + partly by Mount Franklin, only received the remains of the hurricanes, + already broken by the forests and the high rocks of the shore. The damages + there were consequently of small importance, and the activity and skill of + Ayrton promptly repaired them, when some time in October he returned to + pass a few days in the corral. + </p> + <p> + During this winter, no fresh inexplicable incident occurred. Nothing + strange happened, although Pencroft and Neb were on the watch for the most + insignificant facts to which they attached any mysterious cause. Top and + Jup themselves no longer growled round the well or gave any signs of + uneasiness. It appeared, therefore, as if the series of supernatural + incidents was interrupted, although they often talked of them during the + evenings in Granite House, and they remained thoroughly resolved that the + island should be searched, even in those parts the most difficult to + explore. But an event of the highest importance, and of which the + consequences might be terrible, momentarily diverted from their projects + Cyrus Harding and his companions. + </p> + <p> + It was the month of October. The fine season was swiftly returning. Nature + was reviving; and among the evergreen foliage of the coniferae which + formed the border of the wood, already appeared the young leaves of the + banksias, deodars, and other trees. + </p> + <p> + It may be remembered that Gideon Spilett and Herbert had, at different + times, taken photographic views of Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + Now, on the 17th of this month of October, towards three o’clock in the + afternoon, Herbert, enticed by the charms of the sky, thought of + reproducing Union Bay, which was opposite to Prospect Heights, from Cape + Mandible to Claw Cape. + </p> + <p> + The horizon was beautifully clear, and the sea, undulating under a soft + breeze, was as calm as the waters of a lake, sparkling here and there + under the sun’s rays. + </p> + <p> + The apparatus had been placed at one of the windows of the dining-room at + Granite House, and consequently overlooked the shore and the bay. Herbert + proceeded as he was accustomed to do, and the negative obtained, he went + away to fix it by means of the chemicals deposited in a dark nook of + Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Returning to the bright light, and examining it well, Herbert perceived on + his negative an almost imperceptible little spot on the sea horizon. He + endeavored to make it disappear by reiterated washing, but could not + accomplish it. + </p> + <p> + “It is a flaw in the glass,” he thought. + </p> + <p> + And then he had the curiosity to examine this flaw with a strong magnifier + which he unscrewed from one of the telescopes. + </p> + <p> + But he had scarcely looked at it, when he uttered a cry, and the glass + almost fell from his hands. + </p> + <p> + Immediately running to the room in which Cyrus Harding then was, he + extended the negative and magnifier towards the engineer, pointing out the + little spot. + </p> + <p> + Harding examined it; then seizing his telescope he rushed to the window. + </p> + <p> + The telescope, after having slowly swept the horizon, at last stopped on + the looked-for spot, and Cyrus Harding, lowering it, pronounced one word + only,— + </p> + <p> + “A vessel!” + </p> + <p> + And in fact a vessel was in sight, off Lincoln Island! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2H_PART3" id="link2H_PART3"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PART 3. THE SECRET OF THE ISLAND + </h2> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0043" id="link2HCH0043"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 1 + </h2> + <p> + It was now two years and a half since the castaways from the balloon had + been thrown on Lincoln Island, and during that period there had been no + communication between them and their fellow-creatures. Once the reporter + had attempted to communicate with the inhabited world by confiding to a + bird a letter which contained the secret of their situation, but that was + a chance on which it was impossible to reckon seriously. Ayrton, alone, + under the circumstances which have been related, had come to join the + little colony. Now, suddenly, on this day, the 17th of October, other men + had unexpectedly appeared in sight of the island, on that deserted sea! + </p> + <p> + There could be no doubt about it! A vessel was there! But would she pass + on, or would she put into port? In a few hours the colonists would + definitely know what to expect. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Herbert having immediately called Gideon Spilett, + Pencroft, and Neb into the dining-room of Granite House, told them what + had happened. Pencroft, seizing the telescope, rapidly swept the horizon, + and stopping on the indicated point, that is to say, on that which had + made the almost imperceptible spot on the photographic negative,— + </p> + <p> + “I’m blessed but it is really a vessel!” he exclaimed, in a voice which + did not express any great amount of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “Is she coming here?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Impossible to say anything yet,” answered Pencroft, “for her rigging + alone is above the horizon, and not a bit of her hull can be seen.” + </p> + <p> + “What is to be done?” asked the lad. + </p> + <p> + “Wait,” replied Harding. + </p> + <p> + And for a considerable time the settlers remained silent, given up to all + the thoughts, and the emotions, all the fears, all the hopes, which were + aroused by this incident—the most important which had occurred since + their arrival in Lincoln Island. Certainly, the colonists were not in the + situation of castaways abandoned on a sterile islet, constantly contending + against a cruel nature for their miserable existence, and incessantly + tormented by the longing to return to inhabited countries. Pencroft and + Neb, especially, who felt themselves at once so happy and so rich, would + not have left their island without regret. They were accustomed, besides, + to this new life in the midst of the domain which their intelligence had + as it were civilized. But at any rate this ship brought news from the + world, perhaps even from their native land. It was bringing + fellow-creatures to them, and it may be conceived how deeply their hearts + were moved at the sight! + </p> + <p> + From time to time Pencroft took the glass and rested himself at the + window. From thence he very attentively examined the vessel, which was at + a distance of twenty miles to the east. The colonists had as yet, + therefore, no means of signalizing their presence. A flag would not have + been perceived; a gun would not have been heard; a fire would not have + been visible. However, it was certain that the island, overtopped by Mount + Franklin, could not escape the notice of the vessel’s lookout. But why was + the ship coming there? Was it simple chance which brought it to that part + of the Pacific, where the maps mentioned no land except Tabor Island, + which itself was out of the route usually followed by vessels from the + Polynesian Archipelagoes, from New Zealand, and from the American coast? + To this question, which each one asked himself, a reply was suddenly made + by Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Can it be the ‘Duncan’?” he cried. + </p> + <p> + The “Duncan,” as has been said, was Lord Glenarvan’s yacht, which had left + Ayrton on the islet, and which was to return there someday to fetch him. + Now, the islet was not so far distant from Lincoln Island, but that a + vessel, standing for the one, could pass in sight of the other. A hundred + and fifty miles only separated them in longitude, and seventy in latitude. + </p> + <p> + “We must tell Ayrton,” said Gideon Spilett, “and send for him immediately. + He alone can say if it is the ‘Duncan.’” + </p> + <p> + This was the opinion of all, and the reporter, going to the telegraphic + apparatus which placed the corral in communication with Granite House, + sent this telegram:—“Come with all possible speed.” + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes the bell sounded. + </p> + <p> + “I am coming,” replied Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + Then the settlers continued to watch the vessel. + </p> + <p> + “If it is the ‘Duncan,’” said Herbert, “Ayrton will recognize her without + difficulty, since he sailed on board her for some time.” + </p> + <p> + “And if he recognizes her,” added Pencroft, “it will agitate him + exceedingly!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Cyrus Harding; “but now Ayrton is worthy to return on + board the ‘Duncan,’ and pray Heaven that it is indeed Lord Glenarvan’s + yacht, for I should be suspicious of any other vessel. These are ill-famed + seas, and I have always feared a visit from Malay pirates to our island.” + </p> + <p> + “We could defend it,’, cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No doubt, my boy,” answered the engineer smiling, “but it would be better + not to have to defend it.” + </p> + <p> + “A useless observation,” said Spilett. “Lincoln Island is unknown to + navigators, since it is not marked even on the most recent maps. Do you + think, Cyrus, that that is a sufficient motive for a ship, finding herself + unexpectedly in sight of new land, to try and visit rather than avoid it?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” replied Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “I think so too,” added the engineer. “It may even be said that it is the + duty of a captain to come and survey any land or island not yet known, and + Lincoln Island is in this position.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Pencroft, “suppose this vessel comes and anchors there a few + cables-lengths from our island, what shall we do?” + </p> + <p> + This sudden question remained at first without any reply. But Cyrus + Harding, after some moments’ thought, replied in the calm tone which was + usual to him,— + </p> + <p> + “What we shall do, my friends? What we ought to do is this:—we will + communicate with the ship, we will take our passage on board her, and we + will leave our island, after having taken possession of it in the name of + the United States. Then we will return with any who may wish to follow us + to colonize it definitely, and endow the American Republic with a useful + station in this part of the Pacific Ocean!” + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah!” exclaimed Pencroft, “and that will be no small present which we + shall make to our country! The colonization is already almost finished; + names are given to every part of the island; there is a natural port, + fresh water, roads, a telegraph, a dockyard, and manufactories; and there + will be nothing to be done but to inscribe Lincoln Island on the maps!” + </p> + <p> + “But if anyone seizes it in our absence?” observed Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Hang it!” cried the sailor. “I would rather remain all alone to guard it: + and trust to Pencroft, they shouldn’t steal it from him, like a watch from + the pocket of a swell!” + </p> + <p> + For an hour it was impossible to say with any certainty whether the vessel + was or was not standing towards Lincoln Island. She was nearer, but in + what direction was she sailing? This Pencroft could not determine. + However, as the wind was blowing from the northeast, in all probability + the vessel was sailing on the starboard tack. Besides, the wind was + favorable for bringing her towards the island, and, the sea being calm, + she would not be afraid to approach although the shallows were not marked + on the chart. + </p> + <p> + Towards four o’clock—an hour after he had been sent for—Ayrton + arrived at Granite House. He entered the dining-room saying,— + </p> + <p> + “At your service, gentlemen.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding gave him his hand, as was his custom to do, and, leading him + to the window,— + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton,” said he, “we have begged you to come here for an important + reason. A ship is in sight of the island.” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton at first paled slightly, and for a moment his eyes became dim; + then, leaning out the window, he surveyed the horizon, but could see + nothing. + </p> + <p> + “Take this telescope,” said Spilett, “and look carefully, Ayrton, for it + is possible that this ship may be the ‘Duncan’ come to these seas for the + purpose of taking you home again.” + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan!’” murmured Ayrton. “Already?” This last word escaped + Ayrton’s lips as if involuntarily, and his head drooped upon his hands. + </p> + <p> + Did not twelve years’ solitude on a desert island appear to him a + sufficient expiation? Did not the penitent yet feel himself pardoned, + either in his own eyes or in the eyes of others? + </p> + <p> + “No,” said he, “no! it cannot be the ‘Duncan’!” + </p> + <p> + “Look, Ayrton,” then said the engineer, “for it is necessary that we + should know beforehand what to expect.” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton took the glass and pointed it in the direction indicated. During + some minutes he examined the horizon without moving, without uttering a + word. Then,— + </p> + <p> + “It is indeed a vessel,” said he, “but I do not think she is the + ‘Duncan.’” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you not think so?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Because the ‘Duncan’ is a steam-yacht, and I cannot perceive any trace of + smoke either above or near that vessel.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps she is simply sailing,” observed Pencroft. “The wind is favorable + for the direction which she appears to be taking, and she may be anxious + to economize her coal, being so far from land.” + </p> + <p> + “It is possible that you may be right, Mr. Pencroft,” answered Ayrton, + “and that the vessel has extinguished her fires. We must wait until she is + nearer, and then we shall soon know what to expect.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, Ayrton sat down in a corner of the room and remained silent. + The colonists again discussed the strange ship, but Ayrton took no part in + the conversation. All were in such a mood that they found it impossible to + continue their work. Gideon Spilett and Pencroft were particularly + nervous, going, coming, not able to remain still in one place. Herbert + felt more curiosity. Neb alone maintained his usual calm manner. Was not + his country that where his master was? As to the engineer, he remained + plunged in deep thought, and in his heart feared rather than desired the + arrival of the ship. In the meanwhile, the vessel was a little nearer the + island. With the aid of the glass, it was ascertained that she was a brig, + and not one of those Malay proas, which are generally used by the pirates + of the Pacific. It was, therefore, reasonable to believe that the + engineer’s apprehensions would not be justified, and that the presence of + this vessel in the vicinity of the island was fraught with no danger. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, after a minute examination, was able positively to affirm that + the vessel was rigged as a brig, and that she was standing obliquely + towards the coast, on the starboard tack, under her topsails and + top-gallant-sails. This was confirmed by Ayrton. But by continuing in this + direction she must soon disappear behind Claw Cape, as the wind was from + the southwest, and to watch her it would be then necessary to ascend the + height of Washington Bay, near Port Balloon—a provoking + circumstance, for it was already five o’clock in the evening, and the + twilight would soon make any observation extremely difficult. + </p> + <p> + “What shall we do when night comes on?” asked Gideon Spilett. “Shall we + light a fire, so as to signal our presence on the coast?” + </p> + <p> + This was a serious question, and yet, although the engineer still retained + some of his presentiments, it was answered in the affirmative. During the + night the ship might disappear and leave for ever, and, this ship gone, + would another ever return to the waters of Lincoln Island? Who could + foresee what the future would then have in store for the colonists? + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the reporter, “we ought to make known to that vessel, whoever + she may be, that the island is inhabited. To neglect the opportunity which + is offered to us might be to create everlasting regrets.” + </p> + <p> + It was therefore decided that Neb and Pencroft should go to Port Balloon, + and that there, at nightfall, they should light an immense fire, the blaze + of which would necessarily attract the attention of the brig. + </p> + <p> + But at the moment when Neb and the sailor were preparing to leave Granite + House, the vessel suddenly altered her course, and stood directly for + Union Bay. The brig was a good sailer, for she approached rapidly. Neb and + Pencroft put off their departure, therefore, and the glass was put into + Ayrton’s hands, that he might ascertain for certain whether the ship was + or was not the “Duncan.” The Scotch yacht was also rigged as a brig. The + question was, whether a chimney could be discerned between the two masts + of the vessel, which was now at a distance of only five miles. + </p> + <p> + The horizon was still very clear. The examination was easy, and Ayrton + soon let the glass fall again, saying— + </p> + <p> + “It is not the ‘Duncan’! It could not be!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft again brought the brig within the range of the telescope, and + could see that she was of between three and four hundred tons burden, + wonderfully narrow, well-masted, admirably built, and must be a very rapid + sailer. But to what nation did she belong? That was difficult to say. + </p> + <p> + “And yet,” added the sailor, “a flag is floating from her peak, but I + cannot distinguish the colors of it.” + </p> + <p> + “In half an hour we shall be certain about that,” answered the reporter. + “Besides, it is very evident that the intention of the captain of this + ship is to land, and, consequently, if not today, to-morrow at the latest, + we shall make his acquaintance.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind!” said Pencroft. “It is best to know whom we have to deal + with, and I shall not be sorry to recognize that fellow’s colors!” + </p> + <p> + And, while thus speaking, the sailor never left the glass. The day began + to fade, and with the day the breeze fell also. The brig’s ensign hung in + folds, and it became more and more difficult to observe it. + </p> + <p> + “It is not the American flag,” said Pencroft from time to time, “nor the + English, the red of which could be easily seen, nor the French or German + colors, nor the white flag of Russia, nor the yellow of Spain. One would + say it was all one color. Let’s see: in these seas, what do we generally + meet with? The Chilean flag?—but that is tri-color. Brazilian?—it + is green. Japanese?—it is yellow and black, while this—” + </p> + <p> + At that moment the breeze blew out the unknown flag. Ayrton seizing the + telescope which the sailor had put down, put it to his eye, and in a + hoarse voice,— + </p> + <p> + “The black flag!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + And indeed the somber bunting was floating from the mast of the brig, and + they had now good reason for considering her to be a suspicious vessel! + </p> + <p> + Had the engineer, then, been right in his presentiments? Was this a pirate + vessel? Did she scour the Pacific, competing with the Malay proas which + still infest it? For what had she come to look at the shores of Lincoln + Island? Was it to them an unknown island, ready to become a magazine for + stolen cargoes? Had she come to find on the coast a sheltered port for the + winter months? Was the settlers’ honest domain destined to be transformed + into an infamous refuge—the headquarters of the piracy of the + Pacific? + </p> + <p> + All these ideas instinctively presented themselves to the colonists’ + imaginations. There was no doubt, besides, of the signification which must + be attached to the color of the hoisted flag. It was that of pirates! It + was that which the “Duncan” would have carried, had the convicts succeeded + in their criminal design! No time was lost before discussing it. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said Cyrus Harding, “perhaps this vessel only wishes to + survey the coast of the island. Perhaps her crew will not land. There is a + chance of it. However that may be, we ought to do everything we can to + hide our presence here. The windmill on Prospect Heights is too easily + seen. Let Ayrton and Neb go and take down the sails. We must also conceal + the windows of Granite House with thick branches. All the fires must be + extinguished, so that nothing may betray the presence of men on the + island.” + </p> + <p> + “And our vessel?” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Oh,” answered Pencroft, “she is sheltered in Port Balloon, and I defy any + of those rascals there to find her!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s orders were immediately executed. Neb and Ayrton ascended + the plateau, and took the necessary precautions to conceal any indication + of a settlement. While they were thus occupied, their companions went to + the border of Jacamar Wood, and brought back a large quantity of branches + and creepers, which would at some distance appear as natural foliage, and + thus disguise the windows in the granite cliff. At the same time, the + ammunition and guns were placed ready so as to be at hand in case of an + unexpected attack. + </p> + <p> + When all these precautions had been taken,— + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said Harding, and his voice betrayed some emotion, “if the + wretches endeavor to seize Lincoln Island, we shall defend it—shall + we not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Cyrus,” replied the reporter, “and if necessary we will die to + defend it!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer extended his hand to his companions, who pressed it warmly. + Ayrton remained in his corner, not joining the colonists. Perhaps he, the + former convict, still felt himself unworthy to do so! + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding understood what was passing in Ayrton’s mind, and going to + him— + </p> + <p> + “And you, Ayrton,” he asked, “what will you do?” + </p> + <p> + “My duty,” answered Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + He then took up his station near the window and gazed through the foliage. + </p> + <p> + It was now half-past seven. The sun had disappeared twenty minutes ago + behind Granite House. Consequently the Eastern horizon was becoming + obscured. In the meanwhile the brig continued to advance towards Union + Bay. She was now not more than two miles off, and exactly opposite the + plateau of Prospect Heights, for after having tacked off Claw Cape, she + had drifted towards the north in the current of the rising tide. One might + have said that at this distance she had already entered the vast bay, for + a straight line drawn from Claw Cape to Cape Mandible would have rested on + her starboard quarter. + </p> + <p> + Was the brig about to penetrate far into the bay? That was the first + question. When once in the bay, would she anchor there? That was the + second. Would she not content herself with only surveying the coast, and + stand out to sea again without landing her crew? They would know this in + an hour. The colonists could do nothing but wait. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had not seen the suspected vessel hoist the black flag + without deep anxiety. Was it not a direct menace against the work which he + and his companions had till now conducted so successfully? Had these + pirates—for the sailors of the brig could be nothing else—already + visited the island, since on approaching it they had hoisted their colors. + Had they formerly invaded it, so that certain unaccountable peculiarities + might be explained in this way? Did there exist in the as yet unexplored + parts some accomplice ready to enter into communication with them? + </p> + <p> + To all these questions which he mentally asked himself, Harding knew not + what to reply; but he felt that the safety of the colony could not but be + seriously threatened by the arrival of the brig. + </p> + <p> + However, he and his companions were determined to fight to the last gasp. + It would have been very important to know if the pirates were numerous and + better armed than the colonists. But how was this information to be + obtained? + </p> + <p> + Night fell. The new moon had disappeared. Profound darkness enveloped the + island and the sea. No light could pierce through the heavy piles of + clouds on the horizon. The wind had died away completely with the + twilight. Not a leaf rustled on the trees, not a ripple murmured on the + shore. Nothing could be seen of the ship, all her lights being + extinguished, and if she was still in sight of the island, her whereabouts + could not be discovered. + </p> + <p> + “Well! who knows?” said Pencroft. “Perhaps that cursed craft will stand + off during the night, and we shall see nothing of her at daybreak.” + </p> + <p> + As if in reply to the sailor’s observation, a bright light flashed in the + darkness, and a cannon-shot was heard. + </p> + <p> + The vessel was still there and had guns on board. + </p> + <p> + Six seconds elapsed between the flash and the report. + </p> + <p> + Therefore the brig was about a mile and a quarter from the coast. + </p> + <p> + At the same time, the chains were heard rattling through the hawse-holes. + </p> + <p> + The vessel had just anchored in sight of Granite House! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0044" id="link2HCH0044"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 2 + </h2> + <p> + There was no longer any doubt as to the pirates’ intentions. They had + dropped anchor at a short distance from the island, and it was evident + that the next day by means of their boats they purposed to land on the + beach! + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions were ready to act, but, determined though + they were, they must not forget to be prudent. Perhaps their presence + might still be concealed in the event of the pirates contenting themselves + with landing on the shore without examining the interior of the island. It + might be, indeed, that their only intention was to obtain fresh water from + the Mercy, and it was not impossible that the bridge, thrown across a mile + and a half from the mouth, and the manufactory at the Chimneys might + escape their notice. + </p> + <p> + But why was that flag hoisted at the brig’s peak? What was that shot fired + for? Pure bravado doubtless, unless it was a sign of the act of taking + possession. Harding knew now that the vessel was well armed. And what had + the colonists of Lincoln Island to reply to the pirates’ guns? A few + muskets only. + </p> + <p> + “However,” observed Cyrus Harding, “here we are in an impregnable + position. The enemy cannot discover the mouth of the outlet, now that it + is hidden under reeds and grass, and consequently it would be impossible + for them to penetrate into Granite House.” + </p> + <p> + “But our plantations, our poultry-yard, our corral, all, everything!” + exclaimed Pencroft, stamping his foot. “They may spoil everything, destroy + everything in a few hours!” + </p> + <p> + “Everything, Pencroft,” answered Harding, “and we have no means of + preventing them.” + </p> + <p> + “Are they numerous? that is the question,” said the reporter. “If they are + not more than a dozen, we shall be able to stop them, but forty, fifty, + more perhaps!” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” then said Ayrton, advancing towards the engineer, “will + you give me leave?” + </p> + <p> + “For what, my friend?” + </p> + <p> + “To go to that vessel to find out the strength of her crew.” + </p> + <p> + “But Ayrton—” answered the engineer, hesitating, “you will risk your + life—” + </p> + <p> + “Why not, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “That is more than your duty.” + </p> + <p> + “I have more than my duty to do,” replied Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + “Will you go to the ship in the boat?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “No, sir, but I will swim. A boat would be seen where a man may glide + between wind and water.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know that the brig is a mile and a quarter from the shore?” said + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I am a good swimmer, Mr. Herbert.” + </p> + <p> + “I tell you it is risking your life,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “That is no matter,” answered Ayrton. “Captain Harding, I ask this as a + favor. Perhaps it will be a means of raising me in my own eyes!” + </p> + <p> + “Go, Ayrton,” replied the engineer, who felt sure that a refusal would + have deeply wounded the former convict, now become an honest man. + </p> + <p> + “I will accompany you,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “You mistrust me!” said Ayrton quickly. + </p> + <p> + Then more humbly,— + </p> + <p> + “Alas!” + </p> + <p> + “No! no!” exclaimed Harding with animation, “no, Ayrton, Pencroft does not + mistrust you. You interpret his words wrongly.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” returned the sailor, “I only propose to accompany Ayrton as far + as the islet. It may be, although it is scarcely possible, that one of + these villains has landed, and in that case two men will not be too many + to hinder him from giving the alarm. I will wait for Ayrton on the islet, + and he shall go alone to the vessel, since he has proposed to do so.” + These things agreed to, Ayrton made preparations for his departure. His + plan was bold, but it might succeed, thanks to the darkness of the night. + Once arrived at the vessel’s side, Ayrton, holding on to the main chains, + might reconnoiter the number and perhaps overhear the intentions of the + pirates. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton and Pencroft, followed by their companions, descended to the beach. + Ayrton undressed and rubbed himself with grease, so as to suffer less from + the temperature of the water, which was still cold. He might, indeed, be + obliged to remain in it for several hours. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Neb, during this time, had gone to fetch the boat, moored a + few hundred feet higher up, on the bank of the Mercy, and by the time they + returned, Ayrton was ready to start. A coat was thrown over his shoulders, + and the settlers all came round him to press his hand. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton then shoved off with Pencroft in the boat. + </p> + <p> + It was half-past ten in the evening when the two adventurers disappeared + in the darkness. Their companions returned to wait at the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + The channel was easily traversed, and the boat touched the opposite shore + of the islet. This was not done without precaution, for fear lest the + pirates might be roaming about there. But after a careful survey, it was + evident that the islet was deserted. Ayrton then, followed by Pencroft, + crossed it with a rapid step, scaring the birds nestled in the holes of + the rocks; then, without hesitating, he plunged into the sea, and swam + noiselessly in the direction of the ship, in which a few lights had + recently appeared, showing her exact situation. As to Pencroft, he + crouched down in a cleft of the rock, and awaited the return of his + companion. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, Ayrton, swimming with a vigorous stroke, glided through + the sheet of water without producing the slightest ripple. His head just + emerged above it and his eyes were fixed on the dark hull of the brig, + from which the lights were reflected in the water. He thought only of the + duty which he had promised to accomplish, and nothing of the danger which + he ran, not only on board the ship, but in the sea, often frequented by + sharks. The current bore him along and he rapidly receded from the shore. + </p> + <p> + Half an hour afterwards, Ayrton, without having been either seen or heard, + arrived at the ship and caught hold of the main-chains. He took breath, + then, hoisting himself up, he managed to reach the extremity of the + cutwater. There were drying several pairs of sailors’ trousers. He put on + a pair. Then settling himself firmly, he listened. They were not sleeping + on board the brig. On the contrary, they were talking, singing, laughing. + And these were the sentences, accompanied with oaths, which principally + struck Ayrton:— + </p> + <p> + “Our brig is a famous acquisition.” + </p> + <p> + “She sails well, and merits her name of the ‘Speedy.’” + </p> + <p> + “She would show all the navy of Norfolk a clean pair of heels.” + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah for her captain!” + </p> + <p> + “Hurrah for Bob Harvey!” + </p> + <p> + What Ayrton felt when he overheard this fragment of conversation may be + understood when it is known that in this Bob Harvey he recognized one of + his old Australian companions, a daring sailor, who had continued his + criminal career. Bob Harvey had seized, on the shores of Norfolk Island + this brig, which was loaded with arms, ammunition, utensils, and tools of + all sorts, destined for one of the Sandwich Islands. All his gang had gone + on board, and pirates after having been convicts, these wretches, more + ferocious than the Malays themselves, scoured the Pacific, destroying + vessels, and massacring their crews. + </p> + <p> + The convicts spoke loudly, they recounted their deeds, drinking deeply at + the same time, and this is what Ayrton gathered. The actual crew of the + “Speedy” was composed solely of English prisoners, escaped from Norfolk + Island. + </p> + <p> + Here it may be well to explain what this island was. In 29deg 2’ south + latitude, and 165deg 42’ east longitude, to the east of Australia, is + found a little island, six miles in circumference, overlooked by Mount + Pitt, which rises to a height of 1,100 feet above the level of the sea. + This is Norfolk Island, once the seat of an establishment in which were + lodged the most intractable convicts from the English penitentiaries. They + numbered 500, under an iron discipline, threatened with terrible + punishments, and were guarded by 150 soldiers, and 150 employed under the + orders of the governor. It would be difficult to imagine a collection of + greater ruffians. Sometimes,—although very rarely,—notwithstanding + the extreme surveillance of which they were the object, many managed to + escape, and seizing vessels which they surprised, they infested the + Polynesian Archipelagoes. + </p> + <p> + Thus had Bob Harvey and his companions done. Thus had Ayrton formerly + wished to do. Bob Harvey had seized the brig “Speedy,” anchored in sight + of Norfolk Island; the crew had been massacred; and for a year this ship + had scoured the Pacific, under the command of Harvey, now a pirate, and + well known to Ayrton! + </p> + <p> + The convicts were, for the most part, assembled under the poop; but a few, + stretched on the deck, were talking loudly. + </p> + <p> + The conversation still continued amid shouts and libations. Ayrton learned + that chance alone had brought the “Speedy” in sight of Lincoln Island; Bob + Harvey had never yet set foot on it; but, as Cyrus Harding had + conjectured, finding this unknown land in his course, its position being + marked on no chart, he had formed the project of visiting it, and, if he + found it suitable, of making it the brig’s headquarters. + </p> + <p> + As to the black flag hoisted at the “Speedy’s” peak, and the gun which had + been fired, in imitation of men-of-war when they lower their colors, it + was pure piratical bravado. It was in no way a signal, and no + communication yet existed between the convicts and Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + The settlers’ domain was now menaced with terrible danger. Evidently the + island, with its water, its harbor, its resources of all kinds so + increased in value by the colonists, and the concealment afforded by + Granite House, could not but be convenient for the convicts; in their + hands it would become an excellent place of refuge, and, being unknown, it + would assure them, for a long time perhaps, impunity and security. + Evidently, also, the lives of the settlers would not be respected, and Bob + Harvey and his accomplices’ first care would be to massacre them without + mercy. Harding and his companions had, therefore, not even the choice of + flying and hiding themselves in the island, since the convicts intended to + reside there, and since, in the event of the “Speedy” departing on an + expedition, it was probable that some of the crew would remain on shore, + so as to settle themselves there. Therefore, it would be necessary to + fight, to destroy every one of these scoundrels, unworthy of pity, and + against whom any means would be right. So thought Ayrton, and he well knew + that Cyrus Harding would be of his way of thinking. + </p> + <p> + But was resistance and, in the last place, victory possible? That would + depend on the equipment of the brig, and the number of men which she + carried. + </p> + <p> + This Ayrton resolved to learn at any cost, and as an hour after his + arrival the vociferations had begun to die away, and as a large number of + the convicts were already buried in a drunken sleep, Ayrton did not + hesitate to venture onto the “Speedy’s” deck, which the extinguished + lanterns now left in total darkness. He hoisted himself onto the cutwater, + and by the bowsprit arrived at the forecastle. Then, gliding among the + convicts stretched here and there, he made the round of the ship, and + found that the “Speedy” carried four guns, which would throw shot of from + eight to ten pounds in weight. He found also, on touching them that these + guns were breech-loaders. They were therefore, of modern make, easily + used, and of terrible effect. + </p> + <p> + As to the men lying on the deck, they were about ten in number, but it was + to be supposed that more were sleeping down below. Besides, by listening + to them, Ayrton had understood that there were fifty on board. That was a + large number for the six settlers of Lincoln Island to contend with! But + now, thanks to Ayrton’s devotion, Cyrus Harding would not be surprised, he + would know the strength of his adversaries, and would make his + arrangements accordingly. + </p> + <p> + There was nothing more for Ayrton to do but to return, and render to his + companions an account of the mission with which he had charged himself, + and he prepared to regain the bows of the brig, so that he might let + himself down into the water. But to this man, whose wish was, as he had + said, to do more than his duty, there came an heroic thought. This was to + sacrifice his own life, but save the island and the colonists. Cyrus + Harding evidently could not resist fifty ruffians, all well armed, who, + either by penetrating by main force into Granite House, or by starving out + the besieged, could obtain from them what they wanted. And then he thought + of his preservers—those who had made him again a man, and an honest + mm, those to whom he owed all—murdered without pity, their works + destroyed, their island turned into a pirates’ den! He said to himself + that he, Ayrton, was the principal cause of so many disasters, since his + old companion, Bob Harvey, had but realized his own plans, and a feeling + of horror took possession of him. Then he was seized with an irresistible + desire to blow up the brig and with her, all whom she had on board. He + would perish in the explosion, but he would have done his duty. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton did not hesitate. To reach the powder-room, which is always + situated in the after-part of a vessel, was easy. There would be no want + of powder in a vessel which followed such a trade, and a spark would be + enough to destroy it in an instant. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton stole carefully along the between-decks, strewn with numerous + sleepers, overcome more by drunkenness than sleep. A lantern was lighted + at the foot of the mainmast, round which was hung a gun-rack, furnished + with weapons of all sorts. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton took a revolver from the rack, and assured himself that it was + loaded and primed. Nothing more was needed to accomplish the work of + destruction. He then glided towards the stern, so as to arrive under the + brig’s poop at the powder-magazine. + </p> + <p> + It was difficult to proceed along the dimly lighted deck without stumbling + over some half-sleeping convict, who retorted by oaths and kicks. Ayrton + was, therefore, more than once obliged to halt. But at last he arrived at + the partition dividing the aftercabin, and found the door opening into the + magazine itself. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton, compelled to force it open, set to work. It was a difficult + operation to perform without noise, for he had to break a padlock. But + under his vigorous hand, the padlock broke, and the door was open. + </p> + <p> + At that moment a hand was laid on Ayrton’s shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “What are you doing here?” asked a tall man, in a harsh voice, who, + standing in the shadow, quickly threw the light of a lantern in Ayrton’s + face. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton drew back. In the rapid flash of the lantern, he had recognized his + former accomplice, Bob Harvey, who could not have known him, as he must + have thought Ayrton long since dead. + </p> + <p> + “What are you doing here?” again said Bob Harvey, seizing Ayrton by the + waistband. + </p> + <p> + But Ayrton, without replying, wrenched himself from his grasp and + attempted to rush into the magazine. A shot fired into the midst of the + powder-casks, and all would be over! + </p> + <p> + “Help, lads!” shouted Bob Harvey. + </p> + <p> + At his shout two or three pirates awoke, jumped up, and, rushing on + Ayrton, endeavored to throw him down. He soon extricated himself from + their grasp. He fired his revolver, and two of the convicts fell, but a + blow from a knife which he could not ward off made a gash in his shoulder. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton perceived that he could no longer hope to carry out his project. + Bob Harvey had reclosed the door of the powder-magazine, and a movement on + the deck indicated a general awakening of the pirates. Ayrton must reserve + himself to fight at the side of Cyrus Harding. There was nothing for him + but flight! + </p> + <p> + But was flight still possible? It was doubtful, yet Ayrton resolved to + dare everything in order to rejoin his companions. + </p> + <p> + Four barrels of the revolver were still undischarged. Two were fired—one, + aimed at Bob Harvey, did not wound him, or at any rate only slightly, and + Ayrton, profiting by the momentary retreat of his adversaries, rushed + towards the companion-ladder to gain the deck. Passing before the lantern, + he smashed it with a blow from the butt of his revolver. A profound + darkness ensued, which favored his flight. Two or three pirates, awakened + by the noise, were descending the ladder at the same moment. + </p> + <p> + A fifth shot from Ayrton laid one low, and the others drew back, not + understanding what was going on. Ayrton was on deck in two bounds, and + three seconds later, having discharged his last barrel in the face of a + pirate who was about to seize him by the throat, he leaped over the + bulwarks into the sea. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton had not made six strokes before shots were splashing around him + like hail. + </p> + <p> + What were Pencroft’s feelings, sheltered under a rock on the islet! What + were those of Harding, the reporter, Herbert, and Neb, crouched in the + Chimneys, when they heard the reports on board the brig! They rushed out + on to the beach, and, their guns shouldered, they stood ready to repel any + attack. + </p> + <p> + They had no doubt about it themselves! Ayrton, surprised by the pirates, + had been murdered, and, perhaps, the wretches would profit by the night to + make a descent on the island! + </p> + <p> + Half an hour was passed in terrible anxiety. The firing had ceased, and + yet neither Ayrton nor Pencroft had reappeared. Was the islet invaded? + Ought they not to fly to the help of Ayrton and Pencroft? But how? The + tide being high at that time, rendered the channel impassable. The boat + was not there! We may imagine the horrible anxiety which took possession + of Harding and his companions! + </p> + <p> + At last, towards half-past twelve, a boat, carrying two men, touched the + beach. It was Ayrton, slightly wounded in the shoulder, and Pencroft, safe + and sound, whom their friends received with open arms. + </p> + <p> + All immediately took refuge in the Chimneys. There Ayrton recounted all + that had passed, even to his plan for blowing up the brig, which he had + attempted to put into execution. + </p> + <p> + All hands were extended to Ayrton, who did not conceal from them that + their situation was serious. The pirates had been alarmed. They knew that + Lincoln Island was inhabited. They would land upon it in numbers and well + armed. They would respect nothing. Should the settlers fall into their + hands, they must expect no mercy! + </p> + <p> + “Well, we shall know how to die!” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go in and watch,” answered the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Have we any chance of escape, captain?” asked the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “Hum! six against fifty!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! six! without counting—” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus did not reply, but pointed upwards. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0045" id="link2HCH0045"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 3 + </h2> + <p> + The night passed without incident. The colonists were on the qui vive, and + did not leave their post at the Chimneys. The pirates, on their side, did + not appear to have made any attempt to land. Since the last shots fired at + Ayrton not a report, not even a sound, had betrayed the presence of the + brig in the neighborhood of the island. It might have been fancied that + she had weighed anchor, thinking that she had to deal with her match, and + had left the coast. + </p> + <p> + But it was no such thing, and when day began to dawn the settlers could + see a confused mass through the morning mist. It was the “Speedy.” + </p> + <p> + “These, my friends,” said the engineer, “are the arrangements which appear + to me best to make before the fog completely clears away. It hides us from + the eyes of the pirates, and we can act without attracting their + attention. The most important thing is, that the convicts should believe + that the inhabitants of the island are numerous, and consequently capable + of resisting them. I therefore propose that we divide into three parties. + The first of which shall be posted at the Chimneys, the second at the + mouth of the Mercy. As to the third, I think it would be best to place it + on the islet, so as to prevent, or at all events delay, any attempt at + landing. We have the use of two rifles and four muskets. Each of us will + be armed, and, as we are amply provided with powder and shot, we need not + spare our fire. We have nothing to fear from the muskets nor even from the + guns of the brig. What can they do against these rocks? And, as we shall + not fire from the windows of Granite House, the pirates will not think of + causing irreparable damage by throwing shell against it. What is to be + feared is, the necessity of meeting hand-to-hand, since the convicts have + numbers on their side. We must therefore try to prevent them from landing, + but without discovering ourselves. Therefore, do not economize the + ammunition. Fire often, but with a sure aim. We have each eight or ten + enemies to kill, and they must be killed!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding had clearly represented their situation, although he spoke + in the calmest voice, as if it was a question of directing a piece of work + and not ordering a battle. His companions approved these arrangements + without even uttering a word. There was nothing more to be done but for + each to take his place before the fog should be completely dissipated. Neb + and Pencroft immediately ascended to Granite House and brought back a + sufficient quantity of ammunition. Gideon Spilett and Ayrton, both very + good marksmen, were armed with the two rifles, which carried nearly a + mile. The four other muskets were divided among Harding, Neb, Pencroft, + and Herbert. + </p> + <p> + The posts were arranged in the following manner:— + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Herbert remained in ambush at the Chimneys, thus + commanding the shore to the foot of Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett and Neb crouched among the rocks at the mouth of the Mercy, + from which the drawbridges had been raised, so as to prevent any one from + crossing in a boat or landing on the opposite shore. + </p> + <p> + As to Ayrton and Pencroft, they shoved off in the boat, and prepared to + cross the channel and to take up two separate stations on the islet. In + this way, shots being fired from four different points at once, the + convicts would be led to believe that the island was both largely peopled + and strongly defended. + </p> + <p> + In the event of a landing being effected without their having been able to + prevent it, and also if they saw that they were on the point of being cut + off by the brig’s boat, Ayrton and Pencroft were to return in their boat + to the shore and proceed towards the threatened spot. + </p> + <p> + Before starting to occupy their posts, the colonists for the last time + wrung each other’s hands. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft succeeded in controlling himself sufficiently to suppress his + emotion when he embraced Herbert, his boy! and then they separated. + </p> + <p> + In a few moments Harding and Herbert on one side, the reporter and Neb on + the other, had disappeared behind the rocks, and five minutes later Ayrton + and Pencroft, having without difficulty crossed the channel, disembarked + on the islet and concealed themselves in the clefts of its eastern shore. + </p> + <p> + None of them could have been seen, for they themselves could scarcely + distinguish the brig in the fog. + </p> + <p> + It was half-past six in the morning. + </p> + <p> + Soon the fog began to clear away, and the topmasts of the brig issued from + the vapor. For some minutes great masses rolled over the surface of the + sea, then a breeze sprang up, which rapidly dispelled the mist. + </p> + <p> + The “Speedy” now appeared in full view, with a spring on her cable, her + head to the north, presenting her larboard side to the island. Just as + Harding had calculated, she was not more than a mile and a quarter from + the coast. + </p> + <p> + The sinister black flag floated from the peak. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, with his telescope, could see that the four guns on board + were pointed at the island. They were evidently ready to fire at a + moment’s notice. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile the “Speedy” remained silent. About thirty pirates could + be seen moving on the deck. A few more on the poop; two others posted in + the shrouds, and armed with spyglasses, were attentively surveying the + island. + </p> + <p> + Certainly, Bob Harvey and his crew would not be able easily to give an + account of what had happened during the night on board the brig. Had this + half-naked man, who had forced the door of the powder-magazine, and with + whom they had struggled, who had six times discharged his revolver at + them, who had killed one and wounded two others, escaped their shot? Had + he been able to swim to shore? Whence did he come? What had been his + object? Had his design really been to blow up the brig, as Bob Harvey had + thought? All this must be confused enough to the convicts’ minds. But what + they could no longer doubt was that the unknown island before which the + “Speedy” had cast anchor was inhabited, and that there was, perhaps, a + numerous colony ready to defend it. And yet no one was to be seen, neither + on the shore, nor on the heights. The beach appeared to be absolutely + deserted. At any rate, there was no trace of dwellings. Had the + inhabitants fled into the interior? Thus probably the pirate captain + reasoned, and doubtless, like a prudent man, he wished to reconnoiter the + locality before he allowed his men to venture there. + </p> + <p> + During an hour and a half, no indication of attack or landing could be + observed on board the brig. Evidently Bob Harvey was hesitating. Even with + his strongest telescopes he could not have perceived one of the settlers + crouched among the rocks. It was not even probable that his attention had + been awakened by the screen of green branches and creepers hiding the + windows of Granite House, and showing rather conspicuously on the bare + rock. Indeed, how could he imagine that a dwelling was hollowed out, at + that height, in the solid granite? From Claw Cape to the Mandible Capes, + in all the extent of Union Bay, there was nothing to lead him to suppose + that the island was or could be inhabited. + </p> + <p> + At eight o’clock, however, the colonists observed a movement on board the + “Speedy.” A boat was lowered, and seven men jumped into her. They were + armed with muskets; one took the yoke-lines, four others the oars, and the + two others, kneeling in the bows, ready to fire, reconnoitered the island. + Their object was no doubt to make an examination but not to land, for in + the latter case they would have come in larger numbers. The pirates from + their look-out could have seen that the coast was sheltered by an islet, + separated from it by a channel half a mile in width. However, it was soon + evident to Cyrus Harding, on observing the direction followed by the boat, + that they would not attempt to penetrate into the channel, but would land + on the islet. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Ayrton, each hidden in a narrow cleft of the rock, saw them + coming directly towards them, and waited till they were within range. + </p> + <p> + The boat advanced with extreme caution. The oars only dipped into the + water at long intervals. It could now be seen that one of the convicts + held a lead-line in his hand, and that he wished to fathom the depth of + the channel hollowed out by the current of the Mercy. This showed that it + was Bob Harvey’s intention to bring his brig as near as possible to the + coast. About thirty pirates, scattered in the rigging, followed every + movement of the boat, and took the bearings of certain landmarks which + would allow them to approach without danger. The boat was not more than + two cables-lengths off the islet when she stopped. The man at the tiller + stood up and looked for the best place at which to land. + </p> + <p> + At that moment two shots were heard. Smoke curled up from among the rocks + of the islet. The man at the helm and the man with the lead-line fell + backwards into the boat. Ayrton’s and Pencroft’s balls had struck them + both at the same moment. + </p> + <p> + Almost immediately a louder report was heard, a cloud of smoke issued from + the brig’s side, and a ball, striking the summit of the rock which + sheltered Ayrton and Pencroft, made it fly in splinters, but the two + marksmen remained unhurt. + </p> + <p> + Horrible imprecations burst from the boat, which immediately continued its + way. The man who had been at the tiller was replaced by one of his + comrades, and the oars were rapidly plunged into the water. However, + instead of returning on board as might have been expected, the boat + coasted along the islet, so as to round its southern point. The pirates + pulled vigorously at their oars that they might get out of range of the + bullets. + </p> + <p> + They advanced to within five cables-lengths of that part of the shore + terminated by Flotsam Point, and after having rounded it in a semicircular + line, still protected by the brig’s guns, they proceeded towards the mouth + of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + Their evident intention was to penetrate into the channel, and cut off the + colonists posted on the islet, in such a way, that whatever their number + might be, being placed between the fire from the boat and the fire from + the brig, they would find themselves in a very disadvantageous position. + </p> + <p> + A quarter of an hour passed while the boat advanced in this direction. + Absolute silence, perfect calm reigned in the air and on the water. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Ayrton, although they knew they ran the risk of being cut + off, had not left their post, both that they did not wish to show + themselves as yet to their assailants, and expose themselves to the + “Speedy’s” guns, and that they relied on Neb and Gideon Spilett, watching + at the mouth of the river, and on Cyrus Harding and Herbert, in ambush + among the rocks at the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + Twenty minutes after the first shots were fired, the boat was less than + two cables-lengths off the Mercy. As the tide was beginning to rise with + its accustomed violence, caused by the narrowness of the straits, the + pirates were drawn towards the river, and it was only by dint of hard + rowing that they were able to keep in the middle of the channel. But, as + they were passing within good range of the mouth of the Mercy, two balls + saluted them, and two more of their number were laid in the bottom of the + boat. Neb and Spilett had not missed their aim. + </p> + <p> + The brig immediately sent a second ball on the post betrayed by the smoke, + but without any other result than that of splintering the rock. + </p> + <p> + The boat now contained only three able men. Carried on by the current, it + shot through the channel with the rapidity of an arrow, passed before + Harding and Herbert, who, not thinking it within range, withheld their + fire, then, rounding the northern point of the islet with the two + remaining oars, they pulled towards the brig. + </p> + <p> + Hitherto the settlers had nothing to complain of. Their adversaries had + certainly had the worst of it. The latter already counted four men + seriously wounded if not dead; they, on the contrary, unwounded, had not + missed a shot. If the pirates continued to attack them in this way, if + they renewed their attempt to land by means of a boat, they could be + destroyed one by one. + </p> + <p> + It was now seen how advantageous the engineer’s arrangements had been. The + pirates would think that they had to deal with numerous and well-armed + adversaries, whom they could not easily get the better of. + </p> + <p> + Half an hour passed before the boat, having to pull against the current, + could get alongside the “Speedy.” Frightful cries were heard when they + returned on board with the wounded, and two or three guns were fired with + no results. + </p> + <p> + But now about a dozen other convicts, maddened with rage, and possibly by + the effect of the evening’s potations, threw themselves into the boat. A + second boat was also lowered, in which eight men took their places, and + while the first pulled straight for the islet, to dislodge the colonists + from thence the second maneuvered so as to force the entrance of the + Mercy. + </p> + <p> + The situation was evidently becoming very dangerous for Pencroft and + Ayrton, and they saw that they must regain the mainland. + </p> + <p> + However, they waited till the first boat was within range, when two + well-directed balls threw its crew into disorder. Then, Pencroft and + Ayrton, abandoning their posts, under fire from the dozen muskets, ran + across the islet at full speed, jumped into their boat, crossed the + channel at the moment the second boat reached the southern end, and ran to + hide themselves in the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + They had scarcely rejoined Cyrus Harding and Herbert, before the islet was + overrun with pirates in every direction. Almost at the same moment, fresh + reports resounded from the Mercy station, to which the second boat was + rapidly approaching. Two, out of the eight men who manned her, were + mortally wounded by Gideon Spilett and Neb, and the boat herself, carried + irresistibly onto the reefs, was stove in at the mouth of the Mercy. But + the six survivors, holding their muskets above their heads to preserve + them from contact with the water, managed to land on the right bank of the + river. Then, finding they were exposed to the fire of the ambush there, + they fled in the direction of Flotsam Point, out of range of the balls. + </p> + <p> + The actual situation was this: on the islet were a dozen convicts, of whom + some were no doubt wounded, but who had still a boat at their disposal; on + the island were six, but who could not by any possibility reach Granite + House, as they could not cross the river, all the bridges being raised. + </p> + <p> + “Hallo,” exclaimed Pencroft as he rushed into the Chimneys, “hallo, + captain! What do you think of it, now?” + </p> + <p> + “I think,” answered the engineer, “that the combat will now take a new + form, for it cannot be supposed that the convicts will be so foolish as to + remain in a position so unfavorable for them!” + </p> + <p> + “They won’t cross the channel,” said the sailor. “Ayrton and Mr. Spilett’s + rifles are there to prevent them. You know that they carry more than a + mile!” + </p> + <p> + “No doubt,” replied Herbert; “but what can two rifles do against the + brig’s guns?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, the brig isn’t in the channel yet, I fancy!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “But suppose she does come there?” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + “That’s impossible, for she would risk running aground and being lost!” + </p> + <p> + “It is possible,” said Ayrton. “The convicts might profit by the high tide + to enter the channel, with the risk of grounding at low tide, it is true; + but then, under the fire from her guns, our posts would be no longer + tenable.” + </p> + <p> + “Confound them!” exclaimed Pencroft, “it really seems as if the + blackguards were preparing to weigh anchor.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps we shall be obliged to take refuge in Granite House!” observed + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “We must wait!” answered Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “But Mr. Spilett and Neb?” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “They will know when it is best to rejoin us. Be ready, Ayrton. It is + yours and Spilett’s rifles which must speak now.” + </p> + <p> + It was only too true. The “Speedy” was beginning to weigh her anchor, and + her intention was evidently to approach the islet. The tide would be + rising for an hour and a half, and the ebb current being already weakened, + it would be easy for the brig to advance. But as to entering the channel, + Pencroft, contrary to Ayrton’s opinion, could not believe that she would + dare to attempt it. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, the pirates who occupied the islet had gradually + advanced to the opposite shore, and were now only separated from the + mainland by the channel. + </p> + <p> + Being armed with muskets alone, they could do no harm to the settlers, in + ambush at the Chimneys and the mouth of the Mercy; but, not knowing the + latter to be supplied with long-range rifles, they on their side did not + believe themselves to be exposed. Quite uncovered, therefore, they + surveyed the islet, and examined the shore. + </p> + <p> + Their illusion was of short duration. Ayrton’s and Gideon Spilett’s rifles + then spoke, and no doubt imparted some very disagreeable intelligence to + two of the convicts, for they fell backwards. + </p> + <p> + Then there was a general helter-skelter. The ten others, not even stopping + to pick up their dead or wounded companions, fled to the other side of the + islet, tumbled into the boat which had brought them, and pulled away with + all their strength. + </p> + <p> + “Eight less!” exclaimed Pencroft. “Really, one would have thought that Mr. + Spilett and Ayrton had given the word to fire together!” + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said Ayrton, as he reloaded his gun, “this is becoming more + serious. The brig is making sail!” + </p> + <p> + “The anchor is weighed!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and she is already moving.” + </p> + <p> + In fact, they could distinctly hear the creaking of the windlass. The + “Speedy” was at first held by her anchor; then, when that had been raised, + she began to drift towards the shore. The wind was blowing from the sea; + the jib and the foretopsail were hoisted, and the vessel gradually + approached the island. + </p> + <p> + From the two posts of the Mercy and the Chimneys they watched her without + giving a sign of life, but not without some emotion. What could be more + terrible for the colonists than to be exposed, at a short distance, to the + brig’s guns, without being able to reply with any effect? How could they + then prevent the pirates from landing? + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding felt this strongly, and he asked himself what it would be + possible to do. Before long, he would be called upon for his + determination. But what was it to be? To shut themselves up in Granite + House, to be besieged there, to remain there for weeks, for months even, + since they had an abundance of provisions? So far good! But after that? + The pirates would not the less be masters of the island, which they would + ravage at their pleasure, and in time, they would end by having their + revenge on the prisoners in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + However, one chance yet remained; it was that Bob Harvey, after all, would + not venture his ship into the channel, and that he would keep outside the + islet. He would be still separated from the coast by half a mile, and at + that distance his shot could not be very destructive. + </p> + <p> + “Never!” repeated Pencroft, “Bob Harvey will never, if he is a good + seaman, enter that channel! He knows well that it would risk the brig, if + the sea got up ever so little! And what would become of him without his + vessel?” + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile the brig approached the islet, and it could be seen that + she was endeavoring to make the lower end. The breeze was light, and as + the current had then lost much of its force, Bob Harvey had absolute + command over his vessel. + </p> + <p> + The route previously followed by the boats had allowed her to reconnoiter + the channel, and she boldly entered it. + </p> + <p> + The pirate’s design was now only too evident; he wished to bring her + broadside to bear on the Chimneys and from there to reply with shell and + ball to the shot which had till then decimated her crew. + </p> + <p> + Soon the “Speedy” reached the point of the islet; she rounded it with + ease; the mainsail was braced up, and the brig hugging the wind, stood + across the mouth of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + “The scoundrels! they are coming!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + At that moment, Cyrus Harding, Ayrton, the sailor, and Herbert, were + rejoined by Neb and Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + The reporter and his companion had judged it best to abandon the post at + the Mercy, from which they could do nothing against the ship, and they had + acted wisely. It was better that the colonists should be together at the + moment when they were about to engage in a decisive action. Gideon Spilett + and Neb had arrived by dodging behind the rocks, though not without + attracting a shower of bullets, which had not, however, reached them. + </p> + <p> + “Spilett! Neb!” cried the engineer. “You are not wounded?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the reporter, “a few bruises only from the ricochet! But + that cursed brig has entered the channel!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Pencroft, “and in ten minutes she will have anchored before + Granite House!” + </p> + <p> + “Have you formed any plan, Cyrus?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “We must take refuge in Granite House while there is still time, and the + convicts cannot see us.” + </p> + <p> + “That is, my opinion, too,” replied Gideon Spilett, “but once shut up—” + </p> + <p> + “We must be guided by circumstances,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Let us be off, then, and make haste!” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Would you not wish, captain, that Ayrton and I should remain here?” asked + the sailor. + </p> + <p> + “What would be the use of that, Pencroft?” replied Harding. “No. We will + not separate!” + </p> + <p> + There was not a moment to be lost. The colonists left the Chimneys. A bend + of the cliff prevented them from being seen by those in the brig, but two + or three reports, and the crash of bullets on the rock, told them that the + “Speedy” was at no great distance. + </p> + <p> + To spring into the lift, hoist themselves up to the door of Granite House, + where Top and Jup had been shut up since the evening before, to rush into + the large room, was the work of a minute only. + </p> + <p> + It was quite time, for the settlers, through the branches, could see the + “Speedy,” surrounded with smoke, gliding up the channel. The firing was + incessant, and shot from the four guns struck blindly, both on the Mercy + post, although it was not occupied, and on the Chimneys. The rocks were + splintered, and cheers accompanied each discharge. However, they were + hoping that Granite House would be spared, thanks to Harding’s precaution + of concealing the windows when a shot, piercing the door, penetrated into + the passage. + </p> + <p> + “We are discovered!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + The colonists had not, perhaps, been seen, but it was certain that Bob + Harvey had thought proper to send a ball through the suspected foliage + which concealed that part of the cliff. Soon he redoubled his attack, when + another ball having torn away the leafy screen, disclosed a gaping + aperture in the granite. + </p> + <p> + The colonists’ situation was desperate. Their retreat was discovered. They + could not oppose any obstacle to these missiles, nor protect the stone, + which flew in splinters around them. There was nothing to be done but to + take refuge in the upper passage of Granite House, and leave their + dwelling to be devastated, when a deep roar was heard, followed by + frightful cries! + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions rushed to one of the windows— + </p> + <p> + The brig, irresistibly raised on a sort of water-spout, had just split in + two, and in less than ten seconds she was swallowed up with all her + criminal crew! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0046" id="link2HCH0046"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 4 + </h2> + <p> + “She has blown up!” cried Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes! blown up, just as if Ayrton had set fire to the powder!” returned + Pencroft, throwing himself into the lift together with Neb and the lad. + </p> + <p> + “But what has happened?” asked Gideon Spilett, quite stunned by this + unexpected catastrophe. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! this time, we shall know—” answered the engineer quickly. + </p> + <p> + “What shall we know?—” + </p> + <p> + “Later! later! Come, Spilett. The main point is that these pirates have + been exterminated!” + </p> + <p> + And Cyrus Harding, hurrying away the reporter and Ayrton, joined Pencroft, + Neb, and Herbert on the beach. + </p> + <p> + Nothing could be seen of the brig, not even her masts. After having been + raised by the water-spout, she had fallen on her side, and had sunk in + that position, doubtless in consequence of some enormous leak. But as in + that place the channel was not more than twenty feet in depth, it was + certain that the sides of the submerged brig would reappear at low water. + </p> + <p> + A few things from the wreck floated on the surface of the water, a raft + could be seen consisting of spare spars, coops of poultry with their + occupants still living, boxes and barrels, which gradually came to the + surface, after having escaped through the hatchways, but no pieces of the + wreck appeared, neither planks from the deck, nor timber from the hull,—which + rendered the sudden disappearance of the “Speedy” perfectly inexplicable. + </p> + <p> + However, the two masts, which had been broken and escaped from the shrouds + and stays came up, and with their sails, some furled and the others + spread. But it was not necessary to wait for the tide to bring up these + riches, and Ayrton and Pencroft jumped into the boat with the intention of + towing the pieces of wreck either to the beach or to the islet. But just + as they were shoving off, an observation from Gideon Spilett arrested + them. + </p> + <p> + “What about those six convicts who disembarked on the right bank of the + Mercy?” said he. + </p> + <p> + In fact, it would not do to forget that the six men whose boat had gone to + pieces on the rocks had landed at Flotsam Point. + </p> + <p> + They looked in that direction. None of the fugitives were visible. It was + probable that, having seen their vessel engulfed in the channel, they had + fled into the interior of the island. + </p> + <p> + “We will deal with them later,” said Harding. “As they are armed, they + will still be dangerous; but as it is six against six, the chances are + equal. To the most pressing business first.” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton and Pencroft pulled vigorously towards the wreck. + </p> + <p> + The sea was calm and the tide very high, as there had been a new moon but + two days before. A whole hour at least would elapse before the hull of the + brig could emerge from the water of the channel. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton and Pencroft were able to fasten the masts and spars by means of + ropes, the ends of which were carried to the beach. There, by the united + efforts of the settlers the pieces of wreck were hauled up. Then the boat + picked up all that was floating, coops, barrels, and boxes, which were + immediately carried to the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + Several bodies floated also. Among them, Ayrton recognized that of Bob + Harvey, which he pointed out to his companion, saying with some emotion,— + </p> + <p> + “That is what I have been, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “But what you are no longer, brave Ayrton!” returned the sailor warmly. + </p> + <p> + It was singular enough that so few bodies floated. Only five or six were + counted, which were already being carried by the current towards the open + sea. Very probably the convicts had not had time to escape, and the ship + lying over on her side, the greater number of them had remained below. Now + the current, by carrying the bodies of these miserable men out to sea, + would spare the colonists the sad task of burying them in some corner of + their island. + </p> + <p> + For two hours, Cyrus Harding and his companions were solely occupied in + hauling up the spars on to the sand, and then in spreading the sails which + were perfectly uninjured, to dry. They spoke little, for they were + absorbed in their work, but what thoughts occupied their minds! + </p> + <p> + The possession of this brig, or rather all that she contained, was a + perfect mine of wealth. In fact, a ship is like a little world in + miniature, and the stores of the colony would be increased by a large + number of useful articles. It would be, on a large scale, equivalent to + the chest found at Flotsam Point. + </p> + <p> + “And besides,” thought Pencroft, “why should it be impossible to refloat + the brig? If she has only a leak, that may be stopped up; a vessel from + three to four hundred tons, why she is a regular ship compared to our + ‘Bonadventure’! And we could go a long distance in her! We could go + anywhere we liked! Captain Harding, Ayrton and I must examine her! She + would be well worth the trouble!” + </p> + <p> + In fact, if the brig was still fit to navigate, the colonists’ chances of + returning to their native land were singularly increased. But, to decide + this important question, it was necessary to wait until the tide was quite + low, so that every part of the brig’s hull might be examined. + </p> + <p> + When their treasures had been safely conveyed on shore, Harding and his + companions agreed to devote some minutes to breakfast. They were almost + famished; fortunately, the larder was not far off, and Neb was noted for + being an expeditious cook. They breakfasted, therefore, near the Chimneys, + and during their repast, as may be supposed, nothing was talked of but the + event which had so miraculously saved the colony. + </p> + <p> + “Miraculous is the word,” repeated Pencroft, “for it must be acknowledged + that those rascals blew up just at the right moment! Granite House was + beginning to be uncomfortable as a habitation!” + </p> + <p> + “And can you guess, Pencroft,” asked the reporter, “how it happened, or + what can have occasioned the explosion?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Mr. Spilett, nothing is more simple,” answered Pencroft. “A convict + vessel is not disciplined like a man-of-war! Convicts are not sailors. Of + course the powder-magazine was open, and as they were firing incessantly, + some careless or clumsy fellow just blew up the vessel!” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” said Herbert, “what astonishes me is that the explosion + has not produced more effect. The report was not loud, and besides there + are so few planks and timbers torn out. It seems as if the ship had rather + foundered than blown up.” + </p> + <p> + “Does that astonish you, my boy?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain.” + </p> + <p> + “And it astonishes me also, Herbert,” replied he, “but when we visit the + hull of the brig, we shall no doubt find the explanation of the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, captain,” said Pencroft, “you don’t suppose that the ‘Speedy’ simply + foundered like a ship which has struck on a rock?” + </p> + <p> + “Why not,” observed Neb, “if there are rocks in the channel?” + </p> + <p> + “Nonsense, Neb,” answered Pencroft, “you did not look at the right moment. + An instant before she sank, the brig, as I saw perfectly well, rose on an + enormous wave, and fell back on her larboard side. Now, if she had only + struck, she would have sunk quietly and gone to the bottom like an honest + vessel.” + </p> + <p> + “It was just because she was not an honest vessel!” returned Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Well, we shall soon see, Pencroft,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “We shall soon see,” rejoined the sailor, “but I would wager my head there + are no rocks in the channel. Look here, captain, to speak candidly, do you + mean to say that there is anything marvelous in the occurrence?” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding did not answer. + </p> + <p> + “At any rate,” said Gideon Spilett, “whether rock or explosion, you will + agree, Pencroft, that it occurred just in the nick of time!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! yes!” replied the sailor, “but that is not the question. I ask + Captain Harding if he sees anything supernatural in all this.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot say, Pencroft,” said the engineer. “That is all the answer I can + make.” + </p> + <p> + A reply which did not satisfy Pencroft at all. He stuck to “an explosion,” + and did not wish to give it up. He would never consent to admit that in + that channel, with its fine sandy bed, just like the beach, which he had + often crossed at low water, there could be an unknown rock. + </p> + <p> + And besides, at the time the brig foundered, it was high water, that is to + say, there was enough water to carry the vessel clear over any rocks which + would not be uncovered at low tide. Therefore, there could not have been a + collision. Therefore, the vessel had not struck. So she had blown up. + </p> + <p> + And it must be confessed that the sailor’s arguments were reasonable. + </p> + <p> + Towards half-past one, the colonists embarked in the boat to visit the + wreck. It was to be regretted that the brig’s two boats had not been + saved; but one, as has been said, had gone to pieces at the mouth of the + Mercy, and was absolutely useless; the other had disappeared when the brig + went down, and had not again been seen, having doubtless been crushed. + </p> + <p> + The hull of the “Speedy” was just beginning to issue from the water. The + brig was lying right over on her side, for her masts being broken, pressed + down by the weight of the ballast displaced by the shock, the keel was + visible along her whole length. She had been regularly turned over by the + inexplicable but frightful submarine action, which had been at the same + time manifested by an enormous water-spout. + </p> + <p> + The settlers rowed round the hull, and in proportion as the tide went + down, they could ascertain, if not the cause which had occasioned the + catastrophe, at least the effect produced. + </p> + <p> + Towards the bows, on both sides of the keel, seven or eight feet from the + beginning of the stem, the sides of the brig were frightfully torn. Over a + length of at least twenty feet there opened two large leaks, which would + be impossible to stop up. Not only had the copper sheathing and the planks + disappeared, reduced, no doubt, to powder, but also the ribs, the iron + bolts, and treenails which united them. From the entire length of the hull + to the stern the false keel had been separated with an unaccountable + violence, and the keel itself, torn from the carline in several places, + was split in all its length. + </p> + <p> + “I’ve a notion!” exclaimed Pencroft, “that this vessel will be difficult + to get afloat again.” + </p> + <p> + “It will be impossible,” said Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + “At any rate,” observed Gideon Spilett to the sailor, “the explosion, if + there has been one, has produced singular effects! It has split the lower + part of the hull, instead of blowing up the deck and topsides! These great + rents appear rather to have been made by a rock than by the explosion of a + powder-magazine.” + </p> + <p> + “There is not a rock in the channel!” answered the sailor. “I will admit + anything you like, except the rock.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us try to penetrate into the interior of the brig,” said the + engineer; “perhaps we shall then know what to think of the cause of her + destruction.” + </p> + <p> + This was the best thing to be done, and it was agreed, besides, to take an + inventory of all the treasures on board, and to arrange their + preservation. + </p> + <p> + Access to the interior of the brig was now easy. The tide was still going + down and the deck was practicable. The ballast, composed of heavy masses + of iron, had broken through in several places. The noise of the sea could + be heard as it rushed out at the holes in the hull. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions, hatchets in hand, advanced along the + shattered deck. Cases of all sorts encumbered it, and, as they had been + but a very short time in the water, their contents were perhaps uninjured. + </p> + <p> + They then busied themselves in placing all this cargo in safety. The water + would not return for several hours, and these hours must be employed in + the most profitable way. Ayrton and Pencroft had, at the entrance made in + the hull, discovered tackle, which would serve to hoist up the barrels and + chests. The boat received them and transported them to the shore. They + took the articles as they came, intending to sort them afterwards. + </p> + <p> + At any rate, the settlers saw at once, with extreme satisfaction, that the + brig possessed a very varied cargo—an assortment of all sorts of + articles, utensils, manufactured goods, and tools—such as the ships + which make the great coasting-trade of Polynesia are usually laden with. + It was probable that they would find a little of everything, and they + agreed that it was exactly what was necessary for the colony of Lincoln + Island. + </p> + <p> + However—and Cyrus Harding observed it in silent astonishment—not + only, as has been said, had the hull of the brig enormously suffered from + the shock, whatever it was, that had occasioned the catastrophe, but the + interior arrangements had been destroyed, especially towards the bows. + Partitions and stanchions were smashed, as if some tremendous shell had + burst in the interior of the brig. The colonists could easily go fore and + aft, after having removed the cases as they were extricated. They were not + heavy bales, which would have been difficult to remove, but simple + packages, of which the stowage, besides, was no longer recognizable. + </p> + <p> + The colonists then reached the stern of the brig—the part formerly + surmounted by the poop. It was there that, following Ayrton’s directions, + they must look for the powder-magazine. Cyrus Harding thought that it had + not exploded; that it was possible some barrels might be saved, and that + the powder, which is usually enclosed in metal coverings might not have + suffered from contact with the water. + </p> + <p> + This, in fact, was just what had happened. They extricated from among a + large number of shot twenty barrels, the insides of which were lined with + copper. Pencroft was convinced by the evidence of his own eyes that the + destruction of the “Speedy” could not be attributed to an explosion. That + part of the hull in which the magazine was situated was, moreover, that + which had suffered least. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so,” said the obstinate sailor; “but as to a rock, there is not + one in the channel!” + </p> + <p> + “Then, how did it happen?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know,” answered Pencroft, “Captain Harding doesn’t know, and + nobody knows or ever will know!” + </p> + <p> + Several hours had passed during these researches, and the tide began to + flow. Work must be suspended for the present. There was no fear of the + brig being carried away by the sea, for she was already fixed as firmly as + if moored by her anchors. + </p> + <p> + They could, therefore, without inconvenience, wait until the next day to + resume operations; but, as to the vessel itself, she was doomed, and it + would be best to hasten to save the remains of her hull, as she would not + be long in disappearing in the quicksands of the channel. + </p> + <p> + It was now five o’clock in the evening. It had been a hard day’s work for + the men. They ate with good appetite, and notwithstanding their fatigue, + they could not resist, after dinner, their desire of inspecting the cases + which composed the cargo of the “Speedy.” + </p> + <p> + Most of them contained clothes, which, as may be believed, was well + received. There were enough to clothe a whole colony—linen for every + one’s use, shoes for every one’s feet. + </p> + <p> + “We are too rich!” exclaimed Pencroft, “But what are we going to do with + all this?” + </p> + <p> + And every moment burst forth the hurrahs of the delighted sailor when he + caught sight of the barrels of gunpowder, firearms and sidearms, balls of + cotton, implements of husbandry, carpenter’s, joiner’s, and blacksmith’s + tools, and boxes of all kinds of seeds, not in the least injured by their + short sojourn in the water. Ah, two years before, how these things would + have been prized! And now, even though the industrious colonists had + provided themselves with tools, these treasures would find their use. + </p> + <p> + There was no want of space in the store-rooms of Granite House, but that + daytime would not allow them to stow away the whole. It would not do also + to forget that the six survivors of the “Speedy’s” crew had landed on the + island, for they were in all probability scoundrels of the deepest dye, + and it was necessary that the colonists should be on their guard against + them. Although the bridges over the Mercy were raised, the convicts would + not be stopped by a river or a stream and, rendered desperate, these + wretches would be capable of anything. + </p> + <p> + They would see later what plan it would be best to follow; but in the + meantime it was necessary to mount guard over cases and packages heaped up + near the Chimneys, and thus the settlers employed themselves in turn + during the night. + </p> + <p> + The morning came, however, without the convicts having attempted any + attack. Master Jup and Top, on guard at the foot of Granite House, would + have quickly given the alarm. The three following days—the 19th, + 20th, and 21st of October—were employed in saving everything of + value, or of any use whatever, either from the cargo or rigging of the + brig. At low tide they overhauled the hold—at high tide they stowed + away the rescued articles. A great part of the copper sheathing had been + torn from the hull, which every day sank lower. But before the sand had + swallowed the heavy things which had fallen through the bottom, Ayrton and + Pencroft, diving to the bed of the channel, recovered the chains and + anchors of the brig, the iron of her ballast, and even four guns, which, + floated by means of empty casks, were brought to shore. + </p> + <p> + It may be seen that the arsenal of the colony had gained by the wreck, as + well as the storerooms of Granite House. Pencroft, always enthusiastic in + his projects, already spoke of constructing a battery to command the + channel and the mouth of the river. With four guns, he engaged to prevent + any fleet, “however powerful it might be,” from venturing into the waters + of Lincoln Island! + </p> + <p> + In the meantime, when nothing remained of the brig but a useless hulk, bad + weather came on, which soon finished her. Cyrus Harding had intended to + blow her up, so as to collect the remains on the shore, but a strong gale + from the northeast and a heavy sea compelled him to economize his powder. + </p> + <p> + In fact, on the night of the 23rd, the hull entirely broke up, and some of + the wreck was cast up on the beach. + </p> + <p> + As to the papers on board, it is useless to say that, although he + carefully searched the lockers of the poop, Harding did not discover any + trace of them. The pirates had evidently destroyed everything that + concerned either the captain or the owners of the “Speedy,” and, as the + name of her port was not painted on her counter, there was nothing which + would tell them her nationality. However, by the shape of her boats Ayrton + and Pencroft believed that the brig was of English build. + </p> + <p> + A week after the castrophe—or, rather, after the fortunate, though + inexplicable, event to which the colony owed its preservation—nothing + more could be seen of the vessel, even at low tide. The wreck had + disappeared, and Granite House was enriched by nearly all it had + contained. + </p> + <p> + However, the mystery which enveloped its strange destruction would + doubtless never have been cleared away if, on the 30th of November, Neb, + strolling on the beach, had not found a piece of a thick iron cylinder, + bearing traces of explosion. The edges of this cylinder were twisted and + broken, as if they had been subjected to the action of some explosive + substance. + </p> + <p> + Neb brought this piece of metal to his master, who was then occupied with + his companions in the workshop of the Chimneys. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding examined the cylinder attentively, then, turning to + Pencroft,— + </p> + <p> + “You persist, my friend,” said he, “in maintaining that the ‘Speedy’ was + not lost in consequence of a collision?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain,” answered the sailor. “You know as well as I do that there + are no rocks in the channel.” + </p> + <p> + “But suppose she had run against this piece of iron?” said the engineer, + showing the broken cylinder. + </p> + <p> + “What, that bit of pipe!” exclaimed Pencroft in a tone of perfect + incredulity. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” resumed Harding, “you remember that before she foundered the + brig rose on the summit of a regular waterspout?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, captain,” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Well, would you like to know what occasioned that waterspout? It was + this,” said the engineer, holding up the broken tube. + </p> + <p> + “That?” returned Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Yes! This cylinder is all that remains of a torpedo!” + </p> + <p> + “A torpedo!” exclaimed the engineer’s companions. + </p> + <p> + “And who put the torpedo there?” demanded Pencroft, who did not like to + yield. + </p> + <p> + “All that I can tell you is, that it was not I,” answered Cyrus Harding; + “but it was there, and you have been able to judge of its incomparable + power!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0047" id="link2HCH0047"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 5 + </h2> + <p> + So, then, all was explained by the submarine explosion of this torpedo. + Cyrus Harding could not be mistaken, as, during the war of the Union, he + had had occasion to try these terrible engines of destruction. It was + under the action of this cylinder, charged with some explosive substance, + nitro-glycerine, picrate, or some other material of the same nature, that + the water of the channel had been raised like a dome, the bottom of the + brig crushed in, and she had sunk instantly, the damage done to her hull + being so considerable that it was impossible to refloat her. The “Speedy” + had not been able to withstand a torpedo that would have destroyed an + ironclad as easily as a fishing-boat! + </p> + <p> + Yes! all was explained, everything—except the presence of the + torpedo in the waters of the channel! + </p> + <p> + “My friends, then,” said Cyrus Harding, “we can no longer be in doubt as + to the presence of a mysterious being, a castaway like us, perhaps, + abandoned on our island, and I say this in order that Ayrton may be + acquainted with all the strange events which have occurred during these + two years. Who this beneficent stranger is, whose intervention has, so + fortunately for us, been manifested on many occasions, I cannot imagine. + What his object can be in acting thus, in concealing himself after + rendering us so many services, I cannot understand: But his services are + not the less real, and are of such a nature that only a man possessed of + prodigious power, could render them. Ayrton is indebted to him as much as + we are, for, if it was the stranger who saved me from the waves after the + fall from the balloon, evidently it was he who wrote the document, who + placed the bottle in the channel, and who has made known to us the + situation of our companion. I will add that it was he who guided that + chest, provided with everything we wanted, and stranded it on Flotsam + Point; that it was he who lighted that fire on the heights of the island, + which permitted you to land; that it was he who fired that bullet found in + the body of the peccary; that it was he who plunged that torpedo into the + channel, which destroyed the brig; in a word, that all those inexplicable + events, for which we could not assign a reason, are due to this mysterious + being. Therefore, whoever he may be, whether shipwrecked, or exiled on our + island, we shall be ungrateful, if we think ourselves freed from gratitude + towards him. We have contracted a debt, and I hope that we shall one day + pay it.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right in speaking thus, my dear Cyrus,” replied Gideon Spilett. + “Yes, there is an almost all-powerful being, hidden in some part of the + island, and whose influence has been singularly useful to our colony. I + will add that the unknown appears to possess means of action which border + on the supernatural, if in the events of practical life the supernatural + were recognizable. Is it he who is in secret communication with us by the + well in Granite House, and has he thus a knowledge of all our plans? Was + it he who threw us that bottle, when the vessel made her first cruise? Was + it he who threw Top out of the lake, and killed the dugong? Was it he, who + as everything leads us to believe, saved you from the waves, and that + under circumstances in which any one else would not have been able to act? + If it was he, he possesses a power which renders him master of the + elements.” + </p> + <p> + The reporter’s reasoning was just, and every one felt it to be so. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” rejoined Cyrus Harding, “if the intervention of a human being is + not more questionable for us, I agree that he has at his disposal means of + action beyond those possessed by humanity. There is a mystery still, but + if we discover the man, the mystery will be discovered also. The question, + then, is, ought we to respect the incognito of this generous being, or + ought we to do everything to find him out? What is your opinion on the + matter?” + </p> + <p> + “My opinion,” said Pencroft, “is that, whoever he may be, he is a brave + man, and he has my esteem!” + </p> + <p> + “Be it so,” answered Harding, “but that is not an answer, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “Master,” then said Neb, “my idea is, that we may search as long as we + like for this gentleman whom you are talking about, but that we shall not + discover him till he pleases.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s not bad, what you say, Neb,” observed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “I am of Neb’s opinion,” said Gideon Spilett, “but that is no reason for + not attempting the adventure. Whether we find this mysterious being or + not, we shall at least have fulfilled our duty towards him.” + </p> + <p> + “And you, my boy, give us your opinion,” said the engineer, turning to + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Oh,” cried Herbert, his countenance full of animation, “how I should like + to thank him, he who saved you first, and who has now saved us!” + </p> + <p> + “Of course, my boy,” replied Pencroft, “so would I and all of us. I am not + inquisitive, but I would give one of my eyes to see this individual face + to face! It seems to me that he must be handsome, tall, strong, with a + splendid beard, radiant hair, and that he must be seated on clouds, a + great ball in his hands!” + </p> + <p> + “But, Pencroft,” answered Spilett, “you are describing a picture of the + Creator.” + </p> + <p> + “Possibly, Mr. Spilett,” replied the sailor, “but that is how I imagine + him!” + </p> + <p> + “And you, Ayrton?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” replied Ayrton, “I can give you no better advice in + this matter. Whatever you do will be best; when you wish me to join you in + your researches, I am ready to follow you. + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, Ayrton,” answered Cyrus Harding, “but I should like a more + direct answer to the question I put to you. You are our companion; you + have already endangered your life several times for us, and you, as well + as the rest, ought to be consulted in the matter of any important + decision. Speak, therefore.” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” replied Ayrton, “I think that we ought to do everything + to discover this unknown benefactor. Perhaps he is alone. Perhaps he is + suffering. Perhaps he has a life to be renewed. I, too, as you said, have + a debt of gratitude to pay him. It was he, it could be only he who must + have come to Tabor Island, who found there the wretch you knew, and who + made known to you that there was an unfortunate man there to be saved. + Therefore it is, thanks to him, that I have become a man again. No, I will + never forget him!” + </p> + <p> + “That is settled, then,” said Cyrus Harding. “We will begin our researches + as soon as possible. We will not leave a corner of the island unexplored. + We will search into its most secret recesses, and will hope that our + unknown friend will pardon us in consideration of our intentions!” + </p> + <p> + For several days the colonists were actively employed in haymaking and the + harvest. Before putting their project of exploring the yet unknown parts + of the island into execution, they wished to get all possible work + finished. It was also the time for collecting the various vegetables from + the Tabor Island plants. All was stowed away, and happily there was no + want of room in Granite House, in which they might have housed all the + treasures of the island. The products of the colony were there, + methodically arranged, and in a safe place, as may be believed, sheltered + as much from animals as from man. + </p> + <p> + There was no fear of damp in the middle of that thick mass of granite. + Many natural excavations situated in the upper passage were enlarged + either by pick-axe or mine, and Granite House thus became a general + warehouse, containing all the provisions, arms, tools, and spare utensils—in + a word, all the stores of the colony. + </p> + <p> + As to the guns obtained from the brig, they were pretty pieces of + ordnance, which, at Pencroft’s entreaty, were hoisted by means of tackle + and pulleys, right up into Granite House; embrasures were made between the + windows, and the shining muzzles of the guns could soon be seen through + the granite cliff. From this height they commanded all Union Bay. It was + like a little Gibraltar, and any vessel anchored off the islet would + inevitably be exposed to the fire of this aerial battery. + </p> + <p> + “Captain,” said Pencroft one day, it was the 8th of November, “now that + our fortifications are finished, it would be a good thing if we tried the + range of our guns.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think that is useful?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “It is more than useful, it is necessary! Without that how are we to know + to what distance we can send one of those pretty shot with which we are + provided?” + </p> + <p> + “Try them, Pencroft,” replied the engineer. “However, I think that in + making the experiment, we ought to employ, not the ordinary powder, the + supply of which, I think, should remain untouched, but the pyroxyle which + will never fail us.” + </p> + <p> + “Can the cannon support the shock of the pyroxyle?” asked the reporter, + who was not less anxious than Pencroft to try the artillery of Granite + House. + </p> + <p> + “I believe so. However,” added the engineer, “we will be prudent.” The + engineer was right in thinking that the guns were of excellent make. Made + of forged steel, and breech-loaders, they ought consequently to be able to + bear a considerable charge, and also have an enormous range. In fact, as + regards practical effect, the transit described by the ball ought to be as + extended as possible, and this tension could only be obtained under the + condition that the projectile should be impelled with a very great initial + velocity. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said Harding to his companions, “the initial velocity is in + proportion to the quantity of powder used. In the fabrication of these + pieces, everything depends on employing a metal with the highest possible + power of resistance, and steel is incontestably that metal of all others + which resists the best. I have, therefore, reason to believe that our guns + will bear without risk the expansion of the pyroxyle gas, and will give + excellent results.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall be a great deal more certain of that when we have tried them!” + answered Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + It is unnecessary to say that the four cannons were in perfect order. + Since they had been taken from the water, the sailor had bestowed great + care upon them. How many hours he had spent, in rubbing, greasing, and + polishing them, and in cleaning the mechanism! And now the pieces were as + brilliant as if they had been on board a frigate of the United States + Navy. + </p> + <p> + On this day, therefore, in presence of all the members of the colony, + including Master Jup and Top, the four cannon were successively tried. + They were charged with pyroxyle, taking into consideration its explosive + power, which, as has been said, is four times that of ordinary powder: the + projectile to be fired was cylindroconic. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, holding the end of the quick-match, stood ready to fire. + </p> + <p> + At Harding’s signal, he fired. The shot, passing over the islet, fell into + the sea at a distance which could not be calculated with exactitude. + </p> + <p> + The second gun was pointed at the rocks at the end of Flotsam Point, and + the shot striking a sharp rock nearly three miles from Granite House, made + it fly into splinters. It was Herbert who had pointed this gun and fired + it, and very proud he was of his first shot. Pencroft only was prouder + than he! Such a shot, the honor of which belonged to his dear boy. + </p> + <p> + The third shot, aimed this time at the downs forming the upper side of + Union Bay, struck the sand at a distance of four miles, then having + ricocheted: was lost in the sea in a cloud of spray. + </p> + <p> + For the fourth piece Cyrus Harding slightly increased the charge, so as to + try its extreme range. Then, all standing aside for fear of its bursting, + the match was lighted by means of a long cord. + </p> + <p> + A tremendous report was heard, but the piece had held good, and the + colonists rushing to the windows, saw the shot graze the rocks of Mandible + Cape, nearly five miles from Granite House, and disappear in Shark Gulf. + </p> + <p> + “Well, captain,” exclaimed Pencroft, whose cheers might have rivaled the + reports themselves, “what do you say of our battery? All the pirates in + the Pacific have only to present themselves before Granite House! Not one + can land there now without our permission!” + </p> + <p> + “Believe me, Pencroft,” replied the engineer, “it would be better not to + have to make the experiment.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said the sailor, “what ought to be done with regard to those six + villains who are roaming about the island? Are we to leave them to overrun + our forests, our fields, our plantations? These pirates are regular + jaguars, and it seems to me we ought not to hesitate to treat them as + such! What do you think, Ayrton?” added Pencroft, turning to his + companion. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton hesitated at first to reply, and Cyrus Harding regretted that + Pencroft had so thoughtlessly put this question. And he was much moved + when Ayrton replied in a humble tone,— + </p> + <p> + “I have been one of those jaguars, Mr. Pencroft. I have no right to + speak.” + </p> + <p> + And with a slow step he walked away. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft understood. + </p> + <p> + “What a brute I am!” he exclaimed. “Poor Ayrton! He has as much right to + speak here as any one!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Gideon Spilett, “but his reserve does him honor, and it is + right to respect the feeling which he has about his sad past.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Mr. Spilett,” answered the sailor, “and there is no fear of my + doing so again. I would rather bite my tongue off than cause Ayrton any + pain! But to return to the question. It seems to me that these ruffians + have no right to any pity, and that we ought to rid the island of them as + soon as possible.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that your opinion, Pencroft?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Quite my opinion.” + </p> + <p> + “And before hunting them mercilessly, you would not wait until they had + committed some fresh act of hostility against us?” + </p> + <p> + “Isn’t what they have done already enough?” asked Pencroft, who did not + understand these scruples. + </p> + <p> + “They may adopt other sentiments!” said Harding, “and perhaps repent.” + </p> + <p> + “They repent!” exclaimed the sailor, shrugging his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft, think of Ayrton!” said Herbert, taking the sailor’s hand. “He + became an honest man again!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft looked at his companions one after the other. He had never + thought of his proposal being met with any objection. His rough nature + could not allow that they ought to come to terms with the rascals who had + landed on the island with Bob Harvey’s accomplices, the murderers of the + crew of the “Speedy,” and he looked upon them as wild beasts which ought + to be destroyed without delay and without remorse. + </p> + <p> + “Come!” said be. “Everybody is against me! You wish to be generous to + those villains! Very well; I hope we mayn’t repent it!” + </p> + <p> + “What danger shall we run,” said Herbert, “if we take care to be always on + our guard?” + </p> + <p> + “Hum!” observed the reporter, who had not given any decided opinion. “They + are six and well armed. If they each lay hid in a corner, and each fired + at one of us, they would soon be masters of the colony!” + </p> + <p> + “Why have they not done so?” said Herbert. “No doubt because it was not + their interest to do it. Besides, we are six also.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, well!” replied Pencroft, whom no reasoning could have convinced. + “Let us leave these good people to do what they like, and don’t think + anything more about them!” + </p> + <p> + “Come, Pencroft,” said Neb, “don’t make yourself out so bad as all that! + Suppose one of these unfortunate men were here before you, within good + range of your guns, you would not fire.” + </p> + <p> + “I would fire on him as I would on a mad dog, Neb,” replied Pencroft + coldly. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” said the engineer, “you have always shown much deference to my + advice; will you, in this matter, yield to me?” + </p> + <p> + “I will do as you please, Captain Harding,” answered the sailor, who was + not at all convinced. + </p> + <p> + “Very well, wait, and we will not attack them unless we are attacked + first.” + </p> + <p> + Thus their behavior towards the pirates was agreed upon, although Pencroft + augured nothing good from it. They were not to attack them, but were to be + on their guard. After all, the island was large and fertile. If any + sentiment of honesty yet remained in the bottom of their hearts, these + wretches might perhaps be reclaimed. Was it not their interest in the + situation in which they found themselves to begin a new life? At any rate, + for humanity’s sake alone, it would be right to wait. The colonists would + no longer as before, be able to go and come without fear. Hitherto they + had only wild beasts to guard against, and now six convicts of the worst + description, perhaps, were roaming over their island. It was serious, + certainly, and to less brave men, it would have been security lost! No + matter! At present, the colonists had reason on their side against + Pencroft. Would they be right in the future? That remained to be seen. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0048" id="link2HCH0048"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 6 + </h2> + <p> + However, the chief business of the colonists was to make that complete + exploration of the island which had been decided upon, and which would + have two objects: to discover the mysterious being whose existence was now + indisputable, and at the same time to find out what had become of the + pirates, what retreat they had chosen, what sort of life they were + leading, and what was to be feared from them. Cyrus Harding wished to set + out without delay; but as the expedition would be of some days duration, + it appeared best to load the cart with different materials and tools in + order to facilitate the organization of the encampments. One of the + onagers, however, having hurt its leg, could not be harnessed at present, + and a few days’ rest was necessary. The departure was, therefore, put off + for a week, until the 20th of November. The month of November in this + latitude corresponds to the month of May in the northern zones. It was, + therefore, the fine season. The sun was entering the tropic of Capricorn, + and gave the longest days in the year. The time was, therefore, very + favorable for the projected expedition, which, if it did not accomplish + its principal object, would at any rate be fruitful in discoveries, + especially of natural productions, since Harding proposed to explore those + dense forests of the Far West, which stretched to the extremity of the + Serpentine Peninsula. + </p> + <p> + During the nine days which preceded their departure, it was agreed that + the work on Prospect Heights should be finished off. + </p> + <p> + Moreover, it was necessary for Ayrton to return to the corral, where the + domesticated animals required his care. It was decided that he should + spend two days there, and return to Granite House after having liberally + supplied the stables. + </p> + <p> + As he was about to start, Harding asked him if he would not like one of + them to accompany him, observing that the island was less safe than + formerly. Ayrton replied that this was unnecessary, as he was enough for + the work, and that besides he apprehended no danger. If anything occurred + at the corral, or in the neighborhood, he could instantly warn the + colonists by sending a telegram to Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton departed at dawn on the 9th, taking the cart drawn by one onager, + and two hours after, the electric wire announced that he had found all in + order at the corral. + </p> + <p> + During these two days Harding busied himself in executing a project which + would completely guard Granite House against any surprise. It was + necessary to completely conceal the opening of the old outlet, which was + already walled up and partly hidden under grass and plants, at the + southern angle of Lake Grant. Nothing was easier, since if the level of + the lake was raised two or three feet, the opening would be quite beneath + it. Now, to raise this level they had only to establish a dam at the two + openings made by the lake, and by which were fed Creek Glycerine and Falls + River. + </p> + <p> + The colonists worked with a will, and the two dams which besides did not + exceed eight feet in width by three in height, were rapidly erected by + means of well-cemented blocks of stone. + </p> + <p> + This work finished, it would have been impossible to guess that at that + part of the lake, there existed a subterranean passage through which the + overflow of the lake formerly escaped. + </p> + <p> + Of course the little stream which fed the reservoir of Granite House and + worked the lift, had been carefully preserved, and the water could not + fail. The lift once raised, this sure and comfortable retreat would be + safe from any surprise. + </p> + <p> + This work had been so quickly done, that Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and + Herbert found time to make an expedition to Port Balloon, The sailor was + very anxious to know if the little creek in which the “Bonadventure” was + moored, had been visited by the convicts. + </p> + <p> + “These gentlemen,” he observed, “landed on the south coast, and if they + followed the shore, it is to be feared that they may have discovered the + little harbor, and in that case, I wouldn’t give half-a-dollar for our + ‘Bonadventure.’” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft’s apprehensions were not without foundation, and a visit to Port + Balloon appeared to be very desirable. The sailor and his companions set + off on the 10th of November, after dinner, well armed. Pencroft, + ostentatiously slipping two bullets into each barrel of his rifle, shook + his head in a way which betokened nothing good to any one who approached + too near him, whether “man or beast,” as he said. Gideon Spilett and + Herbert also took their guns, and about three o’clock all three left + Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Neb accompanied them to the turn of the Mercy, and after they had crossed, + he raised the bridge. It was agreed that a gunshot should announce the + colonists’ return, and that at the signal Neb should return and + reestablish the communication between the two banks of the river. + </p> + <p> + The little band advanced directly along the road which led to the southern + coast of the island. This was only a distance of three miles and a half, + but Gideon Spilett and his companions took two hours to traverse it. They + examined all the border of the road, the thick forest, as well as Tabor + Marsh. They found no trace of the fugitives who, no doubt, not having yet + discovered the number of the colonists, or the means of defense which they + had at their disposal, had gained the less accessible parts of the island. + </p> + <p> + Arrived at Port Balloon, Pencroft saw with extreme satisfaction that the + “Bonadventure” was tranquilly floating in the narrow creek. However, Port + Balloon was so well hidden among high rocks, that it could scarcely be + discovered either from the land or the sea. + </p> + <p> + “Come,” said Pencroft, “the blackguards have not been there yet. Long + grass suits reptiles best, and evidently we shall find them in the Far + West.” + </p> + <p> + “And it’s very lucky, for if they had found the ‘Bonadventure’,” added + Herbert, “they would have gone off in her, and we should have been + prevented from returning to Tabor Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” remarked the reporter, “it will be important to take a document + there which will make known the situation of Lincoln Island, and Ayrton’s + new residence, in case the Scotch yacht returns to fetch him.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, the ‘Bonadventure’ is always there, Mr. Spilett,” answered the + sailor. “She and her crew are ready to start at a moment’s notice!” + </p> + <p> + “I think, Pencroft, that that is a thing to be done after our exploration + of the island is finished. It is possible after all that the stranger, if + we manage to find him, may know as much about Tabor Island as about + Lincoln Island. Do not forget that he is certainly the author of the + document, and he may, perhaps, know how far we may count on the return of + the yacht!” + </p> + <p> + “But!” exclaimed Pencroft, “who in the world can he be? The fellow knows + us and we know nothing about him! If he is a simple castaway, why should + he conceal himself! We are honest men, I suppose, and the society of + honest men isn’t unpleasant to any one. Did he come here voluntarily? Can + he leave the island if he likes? Is he here still? Will he remain any + longer?” + </p> + <p> + Chatting thus, Pencroft, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert got on board and + looked about the deck of the “Bonadventure.” All at once, the sailor + having examined the bitts to which the cable of the anchor was secured,— + </p> + <p> + “Hallo,” he cried, “this is queer!” + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter, Pencroft?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “The matter is, that it was not I who made this knot!” + </p> + <p> + And Pencroft showed a rope which fastened the cable to the bitt itself. + </p> + <p> + “What, it was not you?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “No! I can swear to it. This is a reef knot, and I always make a running + bowline.” + </p> + <p> + “You must be mistaken, Pencroft.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not mistaken!” declared the sailor. “My hand does it so naturally, + and one’s hand is never mistaken!” + </p> + <p> + “Then can the convicts have been on board?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I know nothing about that,” answered Pencroft, “but what is certain, is + that some one has weighed the ‘Bonadventure’s’ anchor and dropped it + again! And look here, here is another proof! The cable of the anchor has + been run out, and its service is no longer at the hawse-hole. I repeat + that some one has been using our vessel!” + </p> + <p> + “But if the convicts had used her, they would have pillaged her, or rather + gone off with her.” + </p> + <p> + “Gone off! where to—to Tabor Island?” replied Pencroft. “Do you + think, they would risk themselves in a boat of such small tonnage?” + </p> + <p> + “We must, besides, be sure that they know of the islet,” rejoined the + reporter. + </p> + <p> + “However that may be,” said the sailor, “as sure as my name is + Bonadventure Pencroft, of the Vineyard, our ‘Bonadventure’ has sailed + without us!” + </p> + <p> + The sailor was positive that neither Gideon Spilett nor Herbert could + dispute his statement. It was evident that the vessel had been moved, more + or less, since Pencroft had brought her to Port Balloon. As to the sailor, + he had not the slightest doubt that the anchor had been raised and then + dropped again. Now, what was the use of these two maneuvers, unless the + vessel had been employed in some expedition? + </p> + <p> + “But how was it we did not see the ‘Bonadventure’ pass in the sight of the + island?” observed the reporter, who was anxious to bring forward every + possible objection. + </p> + <p> + “Why, Mr. Spilett,” replied the sailor, “they would only have to start in + the night with a good breeze, and they would be out of sight of the island + in two hours.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” resumed Gideon Spilett, “I ask again, what object could the + convicts have had in using the ‘Bonadventure,’ and why, after they had + made use of her, should they have brought her back to port?” + </p> + <p> + “Why, Mr. Spilett,” replied the sailor, “we must put that among the + unaccountable things, and not think anything more about it. The chief + thing is that the ‘Bonadventure’ was there, and she is there now. Only, + unfortunately, if the convicts take her a second time, we shall very + likely not find her again in her place!” + </p> + <p> + “Then, Pencroft,” said Herbert, “would it not be wisest to bring the + ‘Bonadventure’ off to Granite House?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes and no,” answered Pencroft, “or rather no. The mouth of the Mercy is + a bad place for a vessel, and the sea is heavy there.” + </p> + <p> + “But by hauling her up on the sand, to the foot of the Chimneys?” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps yes,” replied Pencroft. “At any rate, since we must leave Granite + House for a long expedition, I think the ‘Bonadventure’ will be safer here + during our absence, and we shall do best to leave her here until the + island is rid of these blackguards.” + </p> + <p> + “That is exactly my opinion,” said the reporter. “At any rate in the event + of bad weather, she will not be exposed here as she would be at the mouth + of the Mercy.” + </p> + <p> + “But suppose the convicts pay her another visit,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Well, my boy,” replied Pencroft, “not finding her here, they would not be + long in finding her on the sands of Granite House, and, during our + absence, nothing could hinder them from seizing her! I agree, therefore, + with Mr. Spilett, that she must be left in Port Balloon. But, if on our + return we have not rid the island of those rascals, it will be prudent to + bring our boat to Granite House, until the time when we need not fear any + unpleasant visits.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s settled. Let us be off,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, Herbert, and Gideon Spilett, on their return to Granite House, + told the engineer all that had passed, and the latter approved of their + arrangements both for the present and the future. He also promised the + sailor that he would study that part of the channel situated between the + islet and the coast, so as to ascertain if it would not be possible to + make an artificial harbor there by means of dams. In this way, the + “Bonadventure” would be always within reach, under the eyes of the + colonists, and if necessary, under lock and key. + </p> + <p> + That evening a telegram was sent to Ayrton, requesting him to bring from + the corral a couple of goats, which Neb wished to acclimatize to the + plateau. Singularly enough, Ayrton did not acknowledge the receipt of the + despatch, as he was accustomed to do. This could not but astonish the + engineer. But it might be that Ayrton was not at that moment in the + corral, or even that he was on his way back to Granite House. In fact, two + days had already passed since his departure, and it had been decided that + on the evening of the 10th or at the latest the morning of the 11th, he + should return. The colonists waited, therefore, for Ayrton to appear on + Prospect Heights. Neb and Herbert even watched at the bridge so as to be + ready to lower it the moment their companion presented himself. + </p> + <p> + But up to ten in the evening, there were no signs of Ayrton. It was, + therefore, judged best to send a fresh despatch, requiring an immediate + reply. + </p> + <p> + The bell of the telegraph at Granite House remained mute. + </p> + <p> + The colonists’ uneasiness was great. What had happened? Was Ayrton no + longer at the corral, or if he was still there, had he no longer control + over his movements? Could they go to the corral in this dark night? + </p> + <p> + They consulted. Some wished to go, the others to remain. + </p> + <p> + “But,” said Herbert, “perhaps some accident has happened to the + telegraphic apparatus, so that it works no longer?” + </p> + <p> + “That may be,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Wait till to-morrow,” replied Cyrus Harding. “It is possible, indeed, + that Ayrton has not received our despatch, or even that we have not + received his.” + </p> + <p> + They waited, of course not without some anxiety. + </p> + <p> + At dawn of day, the 11th of November, Harding again sent the electric + current along the wire and received no reply. + </p> + <p> + He tried again: the same result. + </p> + <p> + “Off to the corral,” said he. + </p> + <p> + “And well armed!” added Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + It was immediately decided that Granite House should not be left alone and + that Neb should remain there. After having accompanied his friends to + Creek Glycerine, he raised the bridge; and waiting behind a tree he + watched for the return of either his companions or Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + In the event of the pirates presenting themselves and attempting to force + the passage, he was to endeavor to stop them by firing on them, and as a + last resource he was to take refuge in Granite House, where, the lift once + raised, he would be in safety. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, and Pencroft were to repair to the + corral, and if they did not find Ayrton, search the neighboring woods. + </p> + <p> + At six o’clock in the morning, the engineer and his three companions had + passed Creek Glycerine, and Neb posted himself behind a small mound + crowned by several dragon trees, on the left bank of the stream. + </p> + <p> + The colonists, after leaving the plateau of Prospect Heights, immediately + took the road to the corral. They shouldered their guns, ready to fire on + the slightest hostile demonstration. The two rifles and the two guns had + been loaded with ball. + </p> + <p> + The wood was thick on each side of the road and might easily have + concealed the convicts, who owing to their weapons would have been really + formidable. + </p> + <p> + The colonists walked rapidly and in silence. Top preceded them, sometimes + running on the road, sometimes taking a ramble into the wood, but always + quiet and not appearing to fear anything unusual. And they could be sure + that the faithful dog would not allow them to be surprised, but would bark + at the least appearance of danger. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions followed beside the road the wire which + connected the corral with Granite House. After walking for nearly two + miles, they had not as yet discovered any explanation of the difficulty. + The posts were in good order, the wire regularly extended. However, at + that moment the engineer observed that the wire appeared to be slack, and + on arriving at post No. 74, Herbert, who was in advance stopped, + exclaiming,— + </p> + <p> + “The wire is broken!” + </p> + <p> + His companions hurried forward and arrived at the spot where the lad was + standing. The post was rooted up and lying across the path. The unexpected + explanation of the difficulty was here, and it was evident that the + despatches from Granite House had not been received at the corral, nor + those from the corral at Granite House. + </p> + <p> + “It wasn’t the wind that blew down this post,” observed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied Gideon Spilett. “The earth has been dug up round its foot, + and it has been torn up by the hand of man.” + </p> + <p> + “Besides, the wire is broken,” added Herbert, showing that the wire had + been snapped. + </p> + <p> + “Is the fracture recent?” asked Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Herbert, “it has certainly been done quite lately.” + </p> + <p> + “To the corral! to the corral!” exclaimed the sailor. + </p> + <p> + The colonists were now half way between Granite House and the corral, + having still two miles and a half to go. They pressed forward with + redoubled speed. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, it was to be feared that some serious accident had occurred in the + corral. No doubt, Ayrton might have sent a telegram which had not arrived, + but this was not the reason why his companions were so uneasy, for, a more + unaccountable circumstance, Ayrton, who had promised to return the evening + before, had not reappeared. In short, it was not without a motive that all + communication had been stopped between the corral and Granite House, and + who but the convicts could have any interest in interrupting this + communication? + </p> + <p> + The settlers hastened on, their hearts oppressed with anxiety. They were + sincerely attached to their new companion. Were they to find him struck + down by the hands of those of whom he was formerly the leader? + </p> + <p> + Soon they arrived at the place where the road led along the side of the + little stream which flowed from the Red Creek and watered the meadows of + the corral. They then moderated their pace so that they should not be out + of breath at the moment when a struggle might be necessary. Their guns + were in their hands ready cocked. The forest was watched on every side. + Top uttered sullen groans which were rather ominous. + </p> + <p> + At last the palisade appeared through the trees. No trace of any damage + could be seen. The gate was shut as usual. Deep silence reigned in the + corral. Neither the accustomed bleating of the sheep nor Ayrton’s voice + could be heard. + </p> + <p> + “Let us enter,” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + And the engineer advanced, while his companions, keeping watch about + twenty paces behind him, were ready to fire at a moment’s notice. + </p> + <p> + Harding raised the inner latch of the gate and was about to push it back, + when Top barked loudly. A report sounded and was responded to by a cry of + pain. + </p> + <p> + Herbert, struck by a bullet, lay stretched on the ground. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0049" id="link2HCH0049"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 7 + </h2> + <p> + At Herbert’s cry, Pencroft, letting his gun fall, rushed towards him. + </p> + <p> + “They have killed him!” he cried. “My boy! They have killed him!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett ran to Herbert. + </p> + <p> + The reporter listened to ascertain if the poor lad’s heart was still + beating. + </p> + <p> + “He lives,” said he, “but he must be carried—” + </p> + <p> + “To Granite House? that is impossible!” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Into the corral, then!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “In a moment,” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + And he ran round the left corner of the palisade. There he found a + convict, who aiming at him, sent a ball through his hat. In a few seconds, + before he had even time to fire his second barrel, he fell, struck to the + heart by Harding’s dagger, more sure even than his gun. + </p> + <p> + During this time, Gideon Spilett and the sailor hoisted themselves over + the palisade, leaped into the enclosure, threw down the props which + supported the inner door, ran into the empty house, and soon, poor Herbert + was lying on Ayrton’s bed. In a few moments, Harding was by his side. + </p> + <p> + On seeing Herbert senseless, the sailor’s grief was terrible. + </p> + <p> + He sobbed, he cried, he tried to beat his head against the wall. + </p> + <p> + Neither the engineer nor the reporter could calm him. They themselves were + choked with emotion. They could not speak. + </p> + <p> + However, they knew that it depended on them to rescue from death the poor + boy who was suffering beneath their eyes. Gideon Spilett had not passed + through the many incidents by which his life had been checkered without + acquiring some slight knowledge of medicine. He knew a little of + everything, and several times he had been obliged to attend to wounds + produced either by a sword-bayonet or shot. Assisted by Cyrus Harding, he + proceeded to render the aid Herbert required. + </p> + <p> + The reporter was immediately struck by the complete stupor in which + Herbert lay, a stupor owing either to the hemorrhage, or to the shock, the + ball having struck a bone with sufficient force to produce a violent + concussion. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was deadly pale, and his pulse so feeble that Spilett only felt it + beat at long intervals, as if it was on the point of stopping. + </p> + <p> + These symptoms were very serious. + </p> + <p> + Herbert’s chest was laid bare, and the blood having been stanched with + handkerchiefs, it was bathed with cold water. + </p> + <p> + The contusion, or rather the contused wound appeared,—an oval below + the chest between the third and fourth ribs. It was there that Herbert had + been hit by the bullet. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett then turned the poor boy over; as they + did so, he uttered a moan so feeble that they almost thought it was his + last sigh. + </p> + <p> + Herberts back was covered with blood from another contused wound, by which + the ball had immediately escaped. + </p> + <p> + “God be praised!” said the reporter, “the ball is not in the body, and we + shall not have to extract it.” + </p> + <p> + “But the heart?” asked Harding. + </p> + <p> + “The heart has not been touched; if it had been, Herbert would be dead!” + </p> + <p> + “Dead!” exclaimed Pencroft, with a groan. + </p> + <p> + The sailor had only heard the last words uttered by the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft,” replied Cyrus Harding, “no! He is not dead. His pulse + still beats. He has even uttered a moan. But for your boy’s sake, calm + yourself. We have need of all our self-possession.” + </p> + <p> + “Do not make us lose it, my friend.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft was silent, but a reaction set in, and great tears rolled down + his cheeks. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile, Gideon Spilett endeavored to collect his ideas, and + proceed methodically. After his examination he had no doubt that the ball, + entering in front, between the seventh and eighth ribs, had issued behind + between the third and fourth. But what mischief had the ball committed in + its passage? What important organs had been reached? A professional + surgeon would have had difficulty in determining this at once, and still + more so the reporter. + </p> + <p> + However, he knew one thing, this was that he would have to prevent the + inflammatory strangulation of the injured parts, then to contend with the + local inflammation and fever which would result from the wound, perhaps + mortal! Now, what styptics, what antiphlogistics ought to be employed? By + what means could inflammation be prevented? + </p> + <p> + At any rate, the most important thing was that the two wounds should be + dressed without delay. It did not appear necessary to Gideon Spilett that + a fresh flow of blood should be caused by bathing them in tepid water, and + compressing their lips. The hemorrhage had been very abundant, and Herbert + was already too much enfeebled by the loss of blood. + </p> + <p> + The reporter, therefore, thought it best to simply bathe the two wounds + with cold water. + </p> + <p> + Herbert was placed on his left side, and was maintained in that position. + </p> + <p> + “He must not be moved.” said Gideon Spilett. “He is in the most favorable + position for the wounds in his back and chest to suppurate easily, and + absolute rest is necessary.” + </p> + <p> + “What! can’t we carry him to Granite House?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “I’ll pay the villains off!” cried the sailor, shaking his fist in a + menacing manner. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft!” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett had resumed his examination of the wounded boy. Herbert was + still so frightfully pale, that the reporter felt anxious. + </p> + <p> + “Cyrus,” said he, “I am not a surgeon. I am in terrible perplexity. You + must aid me with your advice, your experience!” + </p> + <p> + “Take courage, my friend,” answered the engineer, pressing the reporter’s + hand. “Judge coolly. Think only of this: Herbert must be saved!” + </p> + <p> + These words restored to Gideon Spilett that self-possession which he had + lost in a moment of discouragement on feeling his great responsibility. He + seated himself close to the bed. Cyrus Harding stood near. Pencroft had + torn up his shirt, and was mechanically making lint. + </p> + <p> + Spilett then explained to Cyrus Harding that he thought he ought first of + all to stop the hemorrhage, but not close the two wounds, or cause their + immediate cicatrization, for there had been internal perforation, and the + suppuration must not be allowed to accumulate in the chest. + </p> + <p> + Harding approved entirely, and it was decided that the two wounds should + be dressed without attempting to close them by immediate coaptation. + </p> + <p> + And now did the colonists possess an efficacious agent to act against the + inflammation which might occur? + </p> + <p> + Yes. They had one, for nature had generously lavished it. They had cold + water, that is to say, the most powerful sedative that can be employed + against inflammation of wounds, the most efficacious therapeutic agent in + grave cases, and the one which is now adopted by all physicians. Cold + water has, moreover, the advantage of leaving the wound in absolute rest, + and preserving it from all premature dressing, a considerable advantage, + since it has been found by experience that contact with the air is + dangerous during the first days. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett and Cyrus Harding reasoned thus with their simple good + sense, and they acted as the best surgeon would have done. Compresses of + linen were applied to poor Herbert’s two wounds, and were kept constantly + wet with cold water. + </p> + <p> + The sailor had at first lighted a fire in the hut, which was not wanting + in things necessary for life. Maple sugar, medicinal plants, the same + which the lad had gathered on the banks of Lake Grant, enabled them to + make some refreshing drinks, which they gave him without his taking any + notice of it. His fever was extremely high, and all that day and night + passed without his becoming conscious. + </p> + <p> + Herbert’s life hung on a thread, and this thread might break at any + moment. The next day, the 12th of November, the hopes of Harding and his + companions slightly revived. Herbert had come out of his long stupor. He + opened his eyes, he recognized Cyrus Harding, the reporter, and Pencroft. + He uttered two or three words. He did not know what had happened. They + told him, and Spilett begged him to remain perfectly still, telling him + that his life was not in danger, and that his wounds would heal in a few + days. However, Herbert scarcely suffered at all, and the cold water with + which they were constantly bathed, prevented any inflammation of the + wounds. The suppuration was established in a regular way, the fever did + not increase, and it might now be hoped that this terrible wound would not + involve any catastrophe. Pencroft felt the swelling of his heart gradually + subside. He was like a sister of mercy, like a mother by the bed of her + child. + </p> + <p> + Herbert dozed again, but his sleep appeared more natural. + </p> + <p> + “Tell me again that you hope, Mr. Spilett,” said Pencroft. “Tell me again + that you will save Herbert!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we will save him!” replied the reporter. “The wound is serious, and, + perhaps, even the ball has traversed the lungs, but the perforation of + this organ is not fatal.” + </p> + <p> + “God bless you!” answered Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + As may be believed, during the four-and-twenty hours they had been in the + corral, the colonists had no other thought than that of nursing Herbert. + They did not think either of the danger which threatened them should the + convicts return, or of the precautions to be taken for the future. + </p> + <p> + But on this day, while Pencroft watched by the sick-bed, Cyrus Harding and + the reporter consulted as to what it would be best to do. + </p> + <p> + First of all they examined the corral. There was not a trace of Ayrton. + Had the unhappy man been dragged away by his former accomplices? Had he + resisted, and been overcome in the struggle? This last supposition was + only too probable. Gideon Spilett, at the moment he scaled the palisade, + had clearly seen some one of the convicts running along the southern spur + of Mount Franklin, towards whom Top had sprung. It was one of those whose + object had been so completely defeated by the rocks at the mouth of the + Mercy. Besides, the one killed by Harding, and whose body was found + outside the enclosure, of course belonged to Bob Harvey’s crew. + </p> + <p> + As to the corral, it had not suffered any damage. The gates were closed, + and the animals had not been able to disperse in the forest. Nor could + they see traces of any struggle, any devastation, either in the hut, or in + the palisade. The ammunition only, with which Ayrton had been supplied, + had disappeared with him. + </p> + <p> + “The unhappy man has been surprised,” said Harding, “and as he was a man + to defend himself, he must have been overpowered.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is to be feared!” said the reporter. “Then, doubtless, the + convicts installed themselves in the corral where they found plenty of + everything, and only fled when they saw us coming. It is very evident, + too, that at this moment Ayrton, whether living or dead, is not here!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall have to beat the forest,” said the engineer, “and rid the island + of these wretches. Pencroft’s presentiments were not mistaken, when he + wished to hunt them as wild beasts. That would have spared us all these + misfortunes!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the reporter, “but now we have the right to be merciless!” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate,” said the engineer, “we are obliged to wait some time, and + to remain at the corral until we can carry Herbert without danger to + Granite House.” + </p> + <p> + “But Neb?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Neb is in safety.” + </p> + <p> + “But if, uneasy at our absence, he would venture to come?” + </p> + <p> + “He must not come!” returned Cyrus Harding quickly. “He would be murdered + on the road!” + </p> + <p> + “It is very probable, however, that he will attempt to rejoin us!” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, if the telegraph still acted, he might be warned! But that is + impossible now! As to leaving Pencroft and Herbert here alone, we could + not do it! Well, I will go alone to Granite House.” + </p> + <p> + “No, no! Cyrus,” answered the reporter, “you must not expose yourself! + Your courage would be of no avail. The villains are evidently watching the + corral, they are hidden in the thick woods which surround it, and if you + go we shall soon have to regret two misfortunes instead of one!” + </p> + <p> + “But Neb?” repeated the engineer. “It is now four-and-twenty hours since + he has had any news of us! He will be sure to come!” + </p> + <p> + “And as he will be less on his guard than we should be ourselves,” added + Spilett, “he will be killed!” + </p> + <p> + “Is there really no way of warning him?” + </p> + <p> + While the engineer thought, his eyes fell on Top, who, going backwards and + forwards seemed to say,— + </p> + <p> + “Am not I here?” + </p> + <p> + “Top!” exclaimed Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + The animal sprang at his master’s call. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Top will go,” said the reporter, who had understood the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Top can go where we cannot! He will carry to Granite House the news of + the corral, and he will bring back to us that from Granite House!” + </p> + <p> + “Quick!” said Harding. “Quick!” + </p> + <p> + Spilett rapidly tore a leaf from his note-book, and wrote these words:— + </p> + <p> + “Herbert wounded. We are at the corral. Be on your guard. Do not leave + Granite House. Have the convicts appeared in the neighborhood? Reply by + Top.” + </p> + <p> + This laconic note contained all that Neb ought to know, and at the same + time asked all that the colonists wished to know. It was folded and + fastened to Top’s collar in a conspicuous position. + </p> + <p> + “Top, my dog,” said the engineer, caressing the animal, “Neb, Top! Neb! + Go, go!” + </p> + <p> + Top bounded at these words. He understood, he knew what was expected of + him. The road to the corral was familiar to him. In less than an hour he + could clear it, and it might be hoped that where neither Cyrus Harding nor + the reporter could have ventured without danger, Top, running among the + grass or in the wood, would pass unperceived. + </p> + <p> + The engineer went to the gate of the corral and opened it. + </p> + <p> + “Neb, Top! Neb!” repeated the engineer, again pointing in the direction of + Granite House. + </p> + <p> + Top sprang forwards, then almost immediately disappeared. + </p> + <p> + “He will get there!” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and he will come back, the faithful animal!” + </p> + <p> + “What o’clock is it?” asked Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Ten.” + </p> + <p> + “In an hour he may be here. We will watch for his return.” + </p> + <p> + The gate of the corral was closed. The engineer and the reporter + re-entered the house. Herbert was still in a sleep. Pencroft kept the + compresses always wet. Spilett, seeing there was nothing he could do at + that moment, busied himself in preparing some nourishment, while + attentively watching that part of the enclosure against the hill, at which + an attack might be expected. + </p> + <p> + The settlers awaited Top’s return with much anxiety. A little before + eleven o’clock, Cyrus Harding and the reporter, rifle in hand, were behind + the gate, ready to open it at the first bark of their dog. + </p> + <p> + They did not doubt that if Top had arrived safely at Granite House, Neb + would have sent him back immediately. + </p> + <p> + They had both been there for about ten minutes, when a report was heard, + followed by repeated barks. + </p> + <p> + The engineer opened the gate, and seeing smoke a hundred feet off in the + wood, he fired in that direction. + </p> + <p> + Almost immediately Top bounded into the corral, and the gate was quickly + shut. + </p> + <p> + “Top, Top!” exclaimed the engineer, taking the dog’s great honest head + between his hands. + </p> + <p> + A note was fastened to his neck, and Cyrus Harding read these words, + traced in Neb’s large writing:—“No pirates in the neighborhood of + Granite House. I will not stir. Poor Mr. Herbert!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0050" id="link2HCH0050"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 8 + </h2> + <p> + So the convicts were still there, watching the corral, and determined to + kill the settlers one after the other. There was nothing to be done but to + treat them as wild beasts. But great precautions must be taken, for just + now the wretches had the advantage on their side, seeing, and not being + seen, being able to surprise by the suddenness of their attack, yet not to + be surprised themselves. Harding made arrangements, therefore, for living + in the corral, of which the provisions would last for a tolerable length + of time. Ayrton’s house had been provided with all that was necessary for + existence, and the convicts, scared by the arrival of the settlers, had + not had time to pillage it. It was probable, as Gideon Spilett observed, + that things had occurred as follows: + </p> + <p> + The six convicts, disembarking on the island, had followed the southern + shore, and after having traversed the double shore of the Serpentine + Peninsula, not being inclined to venture into the Far West woods, they had + reached the mouth of Falls River. From this point, by following the right + bank of the watercourse, they would arrive at the spurs of Mount Franklin, + among which they would naturally seek a retreat, and they could not have + been long in discovering the corral, then uninhabited. There they had + regularly installed themselves, awaiting the moment to put their + abominable schemes into execution. Ayrton’s arrival had surprised them, + but they had managed to overpower the unfortunate man, and—the rest + may be easily imagined! + </p> + <p> + Now, the convicts,—reduced to five, it is true, but well armed,—were + roaming the woods, and to venture there was to expose themselves to their + attacks, which could be neither guarded against nor prevented. + </p> + <p> + “Wait! There is nothing else to be done!” repeated Cyrus Harding. “When + Herbert is cured, we can organize a general battle of the island, and have + satisfaction of these convicts. That will be the object of our grand + expedition at the same time—” + </p> + <p> + “As the search for our mysterious protector,” added Gideon Spilett, + finishing the engineer’s sentence. “And it must be acknowledged, my dear + Cyrus, that this time his protection was wanting at the very moment when + it was most necessary to us!” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows?” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “That we are not at the end of our trouble yet, my dear Spilett, and that + his powerful intervention may have another opportunity of exercising + itself. But that is not the question now. Herbert’s life before + everything.” + </p> + <p> + This was the colonists’ saddest thought. Several days passed, and the poor + boy’s state was happily no worse. Cold water, always kept at a suitable + temperature, had completely prevented the inflammation of the wounds. It + even seemed to the reporter that this water, being slightly sulphurous,—which + was explained by the neighborhood of the volcano, had a more direct action + on the healing. The suppuration was much less abundant, and thanks to the + incessant care by which he was surrounded!—Herbert returned to life, + and his fever abated. He was besides subjected to a severe diet, and + consequently his weakness was and would be extreme; but there was no want + of refreshing drinks, and absolute rest was of the greatest benefit to + him. Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Pencroft had become very skilful + in dressing the lad’s wounds. All the linen in the house had been + sacrificed. Herbert’s wounds, covered with compresses and lint, were + pressed neither too much nor too little, so as to cause their + cicatrization without effecting any inflammatory reaction. The reporter + used extreme care in the dressing, knowing well the importance of it, and + repeating to his companions that which most surgeons willingly admit, that + it is perhaps rarer to see a dressing well done than an operation well + performed. + </p> + <p> + In ten days, on the 22nd of November, Herbert was considerably better. He + had begun to take some nourishment. + </p> + <p> + The color was returning to his cheeks, and his bright eyes smiled at his + nurses. He talked a little, notwithstanding Pencroft’s efforts, who talked + incessantly to prevent him from beginning to speak, and told him the most + improbable stories. Herbert had questioned him on the subject of Ayrton, + whom he was astonished not to see near him, thinking that he was at the + corral. But the sailor, not wishing to distress Herbert, contented himself + by replying that Ayrton had rejoined Neb, so as to defend Granite House. + </p> + <p> + “Humph!” said Pencroft, “these pirates! they are gentlemen who have no + right to any consideration! And the captain wanted to win them by + kindness! I’ll send them some kindness, but in the shape of a good + bullet!” + </p> + <p> + “And have they not been seen again?” asked Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No, my boy,” answered the sailor, “but we shall find them, and when you + are cured we shall see if the cowards who strike us from behind will dare + to meet us face to face!” + </p> + <p> + “I am still very weak, my poor Pencroft!” + </p> + <p> + “Well! your strength will return gradually! What’s a ball through the + chest? Nothing but a joke! I’ve seen many, and I don’t think much of + them!” + </p> + <p> + At last things appeared to be going on well, and if no complication + occurred, Herbert’s recovery might be regarded as certain. But what would + have been the condition of the colonists if his state had been aggravated,—if, + for example, the ball had remained in his body, if his arm or his leg had + had to be amputated? + </p> + <p> + “No,” said Spilett more than once, “I have never thought of such a + contingency without shuddering!” + </p> + <p> + “And yet, if it had been necessary to operate,” said Harding one day to + him, “you would not have hesitated?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Cyrus!” said Gideon Spilett, “but thank God that we have been spared + this complication!” + </p> + <p> + As in so many other conjectures, the colonists had appealed to the logic + of that simple good sense of which they had made use so often, and once + more, thanks to their general knowledge, it had succeeded! But might not a + time come when all their science would be at fault? They were alone on the + island. Now, men in all states of society are necessary to each other. + Cyrus Harding knew this well, and sometimes he asked if some circumstance + might not occur which they would be powerless to surmount. It appeared to + him besides, that he and his companions, till then so fortunate, had + entered into an unlucky period. During the two years and a half which had + elapsed since their escape from Richmond, it might be said that they had + had everything their own way. The island had abundantly supplied them with + minerals, vegetables, animals, and as Nature had constantly loaded them, + their science had known how to take advantage of what she offered them. + </p> + <p> + The wellbeing of the colony was therefore complete. Moreover, in certain + occurrences an inexplicable influence had come to their aid!... But all + that could only be for a time. + </p> + <p> + In short, Cyrus Harding believed that fortune had turned against them. + </p> + <p> + In fact, the convicts’ ship had appeared in the waters of the island, and + if the pirates had been, so to speak, miraculously destroyed, six of them, + at least, had escaped the catastrophe. They had disembarked on the island, + and it was almost impossible to get at the five who survived. Ayrton had + no doubt been murdered by these wretches, who possessed firearms, and at + the first use that they had made of them, Herbert had fallen, wounded + almost mortally. Were these the first blows aimed by adverse fortune at + the colonists? This was often asked by Harding. This was often repeated by + the reporter; and it appeared to him also that the intervention, so + strange, yet so efficacious, which till then had served them so well, had + now failed them. Had this mysterious being, whatever he was, whose + existence could not be denied, abandoned the island? Had he in his turn + succumbed? + </p> + <p> + No reply was possible to these questions. But it must not be imagined that + because Harding and his companions spoke of these things, they were men to + despair. Far from that. They looked their situation in the face, they + analyzed the chances, they prepared themselves for any event, they stood + firm and straight before the future, and if adversity was at last to + strike them, it would find in them men prepared to struggle against it. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0051" id="link2HCH0051"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 9 + </h2> + <p> + The convalescence of the young invalid was regularly progressing. One + thing only was now to be desired, that his state would allow him to be + brought to Granite House. However well built and supplied the corral house + was, it could not be so comfortable as the healthy granite dwelling. + Besides, it did not offer the same security, and its tenants, + notwithstanding their watchfulness, were here always in fear of some shot + from the convicts. There, on the contrary, in the middle of that + impregnable and inaccessible cliff, they would have nothing to fear, and + any attack on their persons would certainly fail. They therefore waited + impatiently for the moment when Herbert might be moved without danger from + his wound, and they were determined to make this move, although the + communication through Jacamar Wood was very difficult. + </p> + <p> + They had no news from Neb, but were not uneasy on that account. The + courageous Negro, well entrenched in the depths of Granite House, would + not allow himself to be surprised. Top had not been sent again to him, as + it appeared useless to expose the faithful dog to some shot which might + deprive the settlers of their most useful auxiliary. + </p> + <p> + They waited, therefore, although they were anxious to be reunited at + Granite House. It pained the engineer to see his forces divided, for it + gave great advantage to the pirates. Since Ayrton’s disappearance they + were only four against five, for Herbert could not yet be counted, and + this was not the least care of the brave boy, who well understood the + trouble of which he was the cause. + </p> + <p> + The question of knowing how, in their condition, they were to act against + the pirates, was thoroughly discussed on the 29th of November by Cyrus + Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Pencroft, at a moment when Herbert was asleep + and could not hear them. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said the reporter, after they had talked of Neb and of the + impossibility of communicating with him, “I think,—like you, that to + venture on the road to the corral would be to risk receiving a gunshot + without being able to return it. But do you not think that the best thing + to be done now is to openly give chase to these wretches?” + </p> + <p> + “That is just what I was thinking,” answered Pencroft. “I believe we’re + not fellows to be afraid of a bullet, and as for me, if Captain Harding + approves, I’m ready to dash into the forest! Why, hang it, one man is + equal to another!” + </p> + <p> + “But is he equal to five?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “I will join Pencroft,” said the reporter, “and both of us, well-armed and + accompanied by Top—” + </p> + <p> + “My dear Spilett, and you, Pencroft,” answered Harding, “let us reason + coolly. If the convicts were hid in one spot of the island, if we knew + that spot, and had only to dislodge them, I would undertake a direct + attack; but is there not occasion to fear, on the contrary, that they are + sure to fire the first shot?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, captain,” cried Pencroft, “a bullet does not always reach its + mark.” + </p> + <p> + “That which struck Herbert did not miss, Pencroft,” replied the engineer. + “Besides, observe that if both of you left the corral I should remain here + alone to defend it. Do you imagine that the convicts will not see you + leave it, that they will not allow you to enter the forest, and that they + will not attack it during your absence, knowing that there is no one here + but a wounded boy and a man?” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, captain,” replied Pencroft, his chest swelling with sullen + anger. “You are right; they will do all they can to retake the corral, + which they know to be well stored; and alone you could not hold it against + them.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, if we were only at Granite House!” + </p> + <p> + “If we were at Granite House,” answered the engineer, “the case would be + very different. There I should not be afraid to leave Herbert with one, + while the other three went to search the forests of the island. But we are + at the corral, and it is best to stay here until we can leave it + together.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding’s reasoning was unanswerable, and his companions understood + it well. + </p> + <p> + “If only Ayrton was still one of us!” said Gideon Spilett. “Poor fellow! + his return to social life will have been but of short duration.” + </p> + <p> + “If he is dead,” added Pencroft, in a peculiar tone. + </p> + <p> + “Do you hope, then, Pencroft, that the villains have spared him?” asked + Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if they had any interest in doing so.” + </p> +<p> + “What! you suppose that Ayrton finding his old companions, forgetting +all that he owes us—” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows?” answered the sailor, who did not hazard this shameful + supposition without hesitating. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” said Harding, taking the sailor’s arm, “that is a wicked idea + of yours, and you will distress me much if you persist in speaking thus. I + will answer for Ayrton’s fidelity.” + </p> + <p> + “And I also,” added the reporter quickly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, captain, I was wrong,” replied Pencroft; “it was a wicked idea + indeed that I had, and nothing justifies it. But what can I do? I’m not in + my senses. This imprisonment in the corral wearies me horribly, and I have + never felt so excited as I do now. + </p> + <p> + “Be patient, Pencroft,” replied the engineer. “How long will it be, my + dear Spilett, before you think Herbert may be carried to Granite House?” + </p> + <p> + “That is difficult to say, Cyrus,” answered the reporter, “for any + imprudence might involve terrible consequences. But his convalescence is + progressing, and if he continues to gain strength, in eight days from now—well, + we shall see.” + </p> + <p> + Eight days! That would put off the return to Granite House until the first + days of December. At this time two months of spring had already passed. + The weather was fine, and the heat began to be great. The forests of the + island were in full leaf, and the time was approaching when the usual + crops ought to be gathered. The return to the plateau of Prospect Heights + would, therefore, be followed by extensive agricultural labors, + interrupted only by the projected expedition through the island. + </p> + <p> + It can, therefore, be well understood how injurious this seclusion in the + corral must have been to the colonists. + </p> + <p> + But if they were compelled to bow before necessity, they did not do so + without impatience. + </p> + <p> + Once or twice the reporter ventured out into the road and made the tour of + the palisade. Top accompanied him, and Gideon Spilett, his gun cocked, was + ready for any emergency. + </p> + <p> + He met with no misadventure and found no suspicious traces. His dog would + have warned him of any danger, and, as Top did not bark, it might be + concluded that there was nothing to fear at the moment at least, and that + the convicts were occupied in another part of the island. + </p> + <p> + However, on his second sortie, on the 27th of November, Gideon Spilett, + who had ventured a quarter of a mile into the woods, towards the south of + the mountain, remarked that Top scented something. The dog had no longer + his unconcerned manner; he went backwards and forwards, ferreting among + the grass and bushes as if his smell had revealed some suspicious object + to him. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett followed Top, encouraged him, excited him by his voice, + while keeping a sharp look-out, his gun ready to fire, and sheltering + himself behind the trees. It was not probable that Top scented the + presence of man, for in that case, he would have announced it by + half-uttered, sullen, angry barks. Now, as he did not growl, it was + because danger was neither near nor approaching. + </p> + <p> + Nearly five minutes passed thus, Top rummaging, the reporter following him + prudently when, all at once, the dog rushed towards a thick bush, and drew + out a rag. + </p> + <p> + It was a piece of cloth, stained and torn, which Spilett immediately + brought back to the corral. There it was examined by the colonists, who + found that it was a fragment of Ayrton’s waistcoat, a piece of that felt, + manufactured solely by the Granite House factory. + </p> + <p> + “You see, Pencroft,” observed Harding, “there has been resistance on the + part of the unfortunate Ayrton. The convicts have dragged him away in + spite of himself! Do you still doubt his honesty?” + </p> + <p> + “No, captain,” answered the sailor, “and I repented of my suspicion a long + time ago! But it seems to me that something may be learned from the + incident.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that?” asked the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “It is that Ayrton was not killed at the corral! That they dragged him + away living, since he has resisted. Therefore, perhaps, he is still + living!” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, indeed,” replied the engineer, who remained thoughtful. + </p> + <p> + This was a hope, to which Ayrton’s companions could still hold. Indeed, + they had before believed that, surprised in the corral, Ayrton had fallen + by a bullet, as Herbert had fallen. But if the convicts had not killed him + at first, if they had brought him living to another part of the island, + might it not be admitted that he was still their prisoner? Perhaps, even, + one of them had found in Ayrton his old Australian companion Ben Joyce, + the chief of the escaped convicts. And who knows but that they had + conceived the impossible hope of bringing back Ayrton to themselves? He + would have been very useful to them, if they had been able to make him + turn traitor! + </p> + <p> + This incident was, therefore, favorably interpreted at the corral, and it + no longer appeared impossible that they should find Ayrton again. On his + side, if he was only a prisoner, Ayrton would no doubt do all he could to + escape from the hands of the villains, and this would be a powerful aid to + the settlers! + </p> + <p> + “At any rate,” observed Gideon Spilett, “if happily Ayrton did manage to + escape, he would go directly to Granite House, for he could not know of + the attempted assassination of which Herbert has been a victim, and + consequently would never think of our being imprisoned in the corral.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! I wish that he was there, at Granite House!” cried Pencroft, “and + that we were there, too! For, although the rascals can do nothing to our + house, they may plunder the plateau, our plantations, our poultry-yard!” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft had become a thorough farmer, heartily attached to his crops. But + it must be said that Herbert was more anxious than any to return to + Granite House, for he knew how much the presence of the settlers was + needed there. And it was he who was keeping them at the corral! Therefore, + one idea occupied his mind—to leave the corral, and when! He + believed he could bear removal to Granite House. He was sure his strength + would return more quickly in his room, with the air and sight of the sea! + </p> + <p> + Several times he pressed Gideon Spilett, but the latter, fearing, with + good reason, that Herbert’s wounds, half healed, might reopen on the way, + did not give the order to start. + </p> + <p> + However, something occurred which compelled Cyrus Harding and his two + friends to yield to the lad’s wish, and God alone knew that this + determination might cause them grief and remorse. + </p> + <p> + It was the 29th of November, seven o’clock in the evening. The three + settlers were talking in Herbert’s room, when they heard Top utter quick + barks. + </p> + <p> + Harding, Pencroft, and Spilett seized their guns and ran out of the house. + Top, at the foot of the palisade, was jumping, barking, but it was with + pleasure, not anger. + </p> + <p> + “Some one is coming.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not an enemy!” + </p> + <p> + “Neb, perhaps?” + </p> + <p> + “Or Ayrton?” + </p> + <p> + These words had hardly been exchanged between the engineer and his two + companions when a body leaped over the palisade and fell on the ground + inside the corral. + </p> + <p> + It was Jup, Master Jup in person, to whom Top immediately gave a most + cordial reception. + </p> + <p> + “Jup!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Neb has sent him to us,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Then,” replied the engineer, “he must have some note on him.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft rushed up to the orang. Certainly if Neb had any important matter + to communicate to his master he could not employ a more sure or more rapid + messenger, who could pass where neither the colonists could, nor even Top + himself. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding was not mistaken. At Jup’s neck hung a small bag, and in + this bag was found a little note traced by Neb’s hand. + </p> + <p> + The despair of Harding and his companions may be imagined when they read + these words:— + </p> + <p> + “Friday, six o’clock in the morning. + </p> + <p> + “Plateau invaded by convicts. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “Neb.” + </pre> + <p> + They gazed at each other without uttering a word, then they re-entered the + house. What were they to do? The convicts on Prospect Heights! that was + disaster, devastation, ruin. + </p> + <p> + Herbert, on seeing the engineer, the reporter, and Pencroft re-enter, + guessed that their situation was aggravated, and when he saw Jup, he no + longer doubted that some misfortune menaced Granite House. + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” said he, “I must go; I can bear the journey. I must + go.” + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett approached Herbert; then, having looked at him,— + </p> + <p> + “Let us go, then!” said he. + </p> + <p> + The question was quickly decided whether Herbert should be carried on a + litter or in the cart which had brought Ayrton to the corral. The motion + of the litter would have been more easy for the wounded lad, but it would + have necessitated two bearers, that is to say, there would have been two + guns less for defense if an attack was made on the road. Would they not, + on the contrary, by employing the cart leave every arm free? Was it + impossible to place the mattress on which Herbert was lying in it, and to + advance with so much care that any jolt should be avoided? It could be + done. + </p> + <p> + The cart was brought. Pencroft harnessed the onager. Cyrus Harding and the + reporter raised Herbert’s mattress and placed it on the bottom of the + cart. The weather was fine. The sun’s bright rays glanced through the + trees. + </p> + <p> + “Are the guns ready?” asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + They were. The engineer and Pencroft, each armed with a double-barreled + gun, and Gideon Spilett carrying his rifle, had nothing to do but start. + </p> + <p> + “Are you comfortable, Herbert?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, captain,” replied the lad, “don’t be uneasy, I shall not die on the + road!” + </p> + <p> + While speaking thus, it could be seen that the poor boy had called up all + his energy, and by the energy of a powerful will had collected his failing + strength. + </p> + <p> + The engineer felt his heart sink painfully. He still hesitated to give the + signal for departure; but that would have driven Herbert to despair—killed + him perhaps. + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + The gate of the corral was opened. Jup and Top, who knew when to be + silent, ran in advance. The cart came out, the gate was reclosed, and the + onager, led by Pencroft, advanced at a slow pace. + </p> + <p> + Certainly, it would have been safer to have taken a different road than + that which led straight from the corral to Granite House, but the cart + would have met with great difficulties in moving under the trees. It was + necessary, therefore, to follow this way, although it was well known to + the convicts. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett walked one on each side of the cart, + ready to answer to any attack. However, it was not probable that the + convicts would have yet left the plateau of Prospect Heights. + </p> + <p> + Neb’s note had evidently been written and sent as soon as the convicts had + shown themselves there. Now, this note was dated six o’clock in the + morning, and the active orang, accustomed to come frequently to the + corral, had taken scarcely three quarters of an hour to cross the five + miles which separated it from Granite House. They would, therefore, be + safe at that time, and if there was any occasion for firing, it would + probably not be until they were in the neighborhood of Granite House. + However, the colonists kept a strict watch. Top and Jup, the latter armed + with his club, sometimes in front, sometimes beating the wood at the sides + of the road, signalized no danger. + </p> + <p> + The cart advanced slowly under Pencroft’s guidance. It had left the corral + at half-past seven. An hour after, four out of the five miles had been + cleared, without any incident having occurred. The road was as deserted as + all that part of the Jacamar Wood which lay between the Mercy and the + lake. There was no occasion for any warning. The wood appeared as deserted + as on the day when the colonists first landed on the island. + </p> + <p> + They approached the plateau. Another mile and they would see the bridge + over Creek Glycerine. Cyrus Harding expected to find it in its place; + supposing that the convicts would have crossed it, and that, after having + passed one of the streams which enclosed the plateau, they would have + taken the precaution to lower it again, so as to keep open a retreat. + </p> + <p> + At length an opening in the trees allowed the sea-horizon to be seen. But + the cart continued its progress, for not one of its defenders thought of + abandoning it. + </p> + <p> + At that moment Pencroft stopped the onager, and in a hoarse voice,— + </p> + <p> + “Oh! the villains!” he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + And he pointed to a thick smoke rising from the mill, the sheds, and the + buildings at the poultry-yard. + </p> + <p> + A man was moving about in the midst of the smoke. It was Neb. + </p> + <p> + His companions uttered a shout. He heard, and ran to meet them. + </p> + <p> + The convicts had left the plateau nearly half-an-hour before, having + devastated it! + </p> + <p> + “And Mr. Herbert?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett returned to the cart. + </p> + <p> + Herbert had lost consciousness! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0052" id="link2HCH0052"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 10 + </h2> + <p> + Of the convicts, the dangers which menaced Granite House, the ruins with + which the plateau was covered, the colonists thought no longer. Herbert’s + critical state outweighed all other considerations. Would the removal + prove fatal to him by causing some internal injury? The reporter could not + affirm it, but he and his companions almost despaired of the result. The + cart was brought to the bend of the river. There some branches, disposed + as a liner, received the mattress on which lay the unconscious Herbert. + Ten minutes after, Cyrus Harding, Spilett, and Pencroft were at the foot + of the cliff, leaving Neb to take the cart on to the plateau of Prospect + Heights. The lift was put in motion, and Herbert was soon stretched on his + bed in Granite House. + </p> + <p> + What cares were lavished on him to bring him back to life! He smiled for a + moment on finding himself in his room, but could scarcely even murmur a + few words, so great was his weakness. Gideon Spilett examined his wounds. + He feared to find them reopened, having been imperfectly healed. There was + nothing of the sort. From whence, then, came this prostration? why was + Herbert so much worse? The lad then fell into a kind of feverish sleep, + and the reporter and Pencroft remained near the bed. During this time, + Harding told Neb all that had happened at the corral, and Neb recounted to + his master the events of which the plateau had just been the theater. + </p> + <p> + It was only during the preceding night that the convicts had appeared on + the edge of the forest, at the approaches to Creek Glycerine. Neb, who was + watching near the poultry-yard, had not hesitated to fire at one of the + pirates, who was about to cross the stream; but in the darkness he could + not tell whether the man had been hit or not. At any rate, it was not + enough to frighten away the band, and Neb had only just time to get up to + Granite House, where at least he was in safety. + </p> + <p> + But what was he to do there? How prevent the devastations with which the + convicts threatened the plateau? Had Neb any means by which to warn his + master? And, besides, in what situation were the inhabitants of the corral + themselves? Cyrus Harding and his companions had left on the 11th of + November, and it was now the 29th. It was, therefore, nineteen days since + Neb had had other news than that brought by Top—disastrous news: + Ayrton disappeared, Herbert severely wounded, the engineer, reporter, and + sailor, as it were, imprisoned in the corral! + </p> + <p> + What was he to do? asked poor Neb. Personally he had nothing to fear, for + the convicts could not reach him in Granite House. But the buildings, the + plantations, all their arrangements at the mercy of the pirates! Would it + not be best to let Cyrus Harding judge of what he ought to do, and to warn + him, at least, of the danger which threatened him? + </p> + <p> + Neb then thought of employing Jup, and confiding a note to him. He knew + the orang’s great intelligence, which had been often put to the proof. Jup + understood the word corral, which had been frequently pronounced before + him, and it may be remembered, too, that he had often driven the cart + thither in company with Pencroft. Day had not yet dawned. The active orang + would know how to pass unperceived through the woods, of which the + convicts, besides, would think he was a native. + </p> + <p> + Neb did not hesitate. He wrote the note, he tied it to Jup’s neck, he + brought the ape to the door of Granite House, from which he let down a + long cord to the ground; then, several times he repeated these words,— + </p> + <p> + “Jup Jup! corral, corral!” + </p> + <p> + The creature understood, seized the cord, glided rapidly down the beach, + and disappeared in the darkness without the convicts’ attention having + been in the least excited. + </p> + <p> + “You did well, Neb,” said Harding, “but perhaps in not warning us you + would have done still better!” + </p> + <p> + And, in speaking thus, Cyrus Harding thought of Herbert, whose recovery + the removal had so seriously checked. + </p> + <p> + Neb ended his account. The convicts had not appeared at all on the beach. + Not knowing the number of the island’s inhabitants, they might suppose + that Granite House was defended by a large party. They must have + remembered that during the attack by the brig numerous shot had been fired + both from the lower and upper rocks, and no doubt they did not wish to + expose themselves. But the plateau of Prospect Heights was open to them, + and not covered by the fire of Granite House. They gave themselves up, + therefore, to their instinct of destruction,—plundering, burning, + devastating everything,—and only retiring half an hour before the + arrival of the colonists, whom they believed still confined in the corral. + </p> + <p> + On their retreat, Neb hurried out. He climbed the plateau at the risk of + being perceived and fired at, tried to extinguish the fire which was + consuming the buildings of the poultry-yard, and had struggled, though in + vain, against it until the cart appeared at the edge of the wood. + </p> + <p> + Such had been these serious events. The presence of the convicts + constituted a permanent source of danger to the settlers in Lincoln + Island, until then so happy, and who might now expect still greater + misfortunes. + </p> + <p> + Spilett remained in Granite House with Herbert and Pencroft, while Cyrus + Harding, accompanied by Neb, proceeded to judge for himself of the extent + of the disaster. + </p> + <p> + It was fortunate that the convicts had not advanced to the foot of Granite + House. The workshop at the Chimneys would in that case not have escaped + destruction. But after all, this evil would have been more easily + reparable than the ruins accumulated on the plateau of Prospect Heights. + Harding and Neb proceeded towards the Mercy, and ascended its left bank + without meeting with any trace of the convicts; nor on the other side of + the river, in the depths of the wood, could they perceive any suspicious + indications. + </p> + <p> + Besides, it might be supposed that in all probability either the convicts + knew of the return of the settlers to Granite House, by having seen them + pass on the road from the corral, or, after the devastation of the + plateau, they had penetrated into Jacamar Wood, following the course of + the Mercy, and were thus ignorant of their return. + </p> + <p> + In the former case, they must have returned towards the corral, now + without defenders, and which contained valuable stores. + </p> + <p> + In the latter, they must have regained their encampment, and would wait on + opportunity to recommence the attack. + </p> + <p> + It was, therefore, possible to prevent them, but any enterprise to clear + the island was now rendered difficult by reason of Herbert’s condition. + Indeed, their whole force would have been barely sufficient to cope with + the convicts, and just now no one could leave Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The engineer and Neb arrived on the plateau. Desolation reigned + everywhere. The fields had been trampled over; the ears of wheat, which + were nearly full-grown, lay on the ground. The other plantations had not + suffered less. + </p> + <p> + The kitchen-garden was destroyed. Happily, Granite House possessed a store + of seed which would enable them to repair these misfortunes. + </p> + <p> + As to the wall and buildings of the poultry-yard and the onagers stable, + the fire had destroyed all. A few terrified creatures roamed over the + plateau. The birds, which during the fire had taken refuge on the waters + of the lake, had already returned to their accustomed spot, and were + dabbling on the banks. Everything would have to be reconstructed. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding’s face, which was paler than usual, expressed an internal + anger which he commanded with difficulty, but he did not utter a word. + Once more he looked at his devastated fields, and at the smoke which still + rose from the ruins, then he returned to Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The following days were the saddest of any that the colonists had passed + on the island! Herbert’s weakness visibly increased. It appeared that a + more serious malady, the consequence of the profound physiological + disturbance he had gone through, threatened to declare itself, and Gideon + Spilett feared such an aggravation of his condition that he would be + powerless to fight against it! + </p> + <p> + In fact, Herbert remained in an almost continuous state of drowsiness, and + symptoms of delirium began to manifest themselves. Refreshing drinks were + the only remedies at the colonists’ disposal. The fever was not as yet + very high, but it soon appeared that it would probably recur at regular + intervals. Gideon Spilett first recognized this on the 6th of December. + </p> + <p> + The poor boy, whose fingers, nose, and ears had become extremely pale, was + at first seized with slight shiverings, horripilations, and tremblings. + His pulse was weak and irregular, his skin dry, his thirst intense. To + this soon succeeded a hot fit; his face became flushed; his skin reddened; + his pulse quick; then a profuse perspiration broke out after which the + fever seemed to diminish. The attack had lasted nearly five hours. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett had not left Herbert, who, it was only too certain, was now + seized by an intermittent fever, and this fever must be cured at any cost + before it should assume a more serious aspect. + </p> + <p> + “And in order to cure it,” said Spilett to Cyrus Harding, “we need a + febrifuge.” + </p> + <p> + “A febrifuge—” answered the engineer. “We have neither Peruvian + bark, nor sulphate of quinine.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said Gideon Spilett, “but there are willows on the border of the + lake, and the bark of the willow might, perhaps, prove to be a substitute + for quinine.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us try it without losing a moment,” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + The bark of the willow has, indeed, been justly considered as a + succedaneum for Peruvian bark, as has also that of the horse-chestnut + tree, the leaf of the holly, the snake-root, etc. It was evidently + necessary to make trial of this substance, although not so valuable as + Peruvian bark, and to employ it in its natural state, since they had no + means for extracting its essence. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding went himself to cut from the trunk of a species of black + willow, a few pieces of bark; he brought them back to Granite House, and + reduced them to a powder, which was administered that same evening to + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + The night passed without any important change. Herbert was somewhat + delirious, but the fever did not reappear in the night, and did not return + either during the following day. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft again began to hope. Gideon Spilett said nothing. It might be + that the fever was not quotidian, but tertian, and that it would return + next day. Therefore, he awaited the next day with the greatest anxiety. + </p> + <p> + It might have been remarked besides that during this period Herbert + remained utterly prostrate, his head weak and giddy. Another symptom + alarmed the reporter to the highest degree. Herbert’s liver became + congested, and soon a more intense delirium showed that his brain was also + affected. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett was overwhelmed by this new complication. He took the + engineer aside. + </p> + <p> + “It is a malignant fever,” said he. + </p> + <p> + “A malignant fever!” cried Harding. “You are mistaken, Spilett. A + malignant fever does not declare itself spontaneously; its germ must + previously have existed.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not mistaken,” replied the reporter. “Herbert no doubt contracted + the germ of this fever in the marshes of the island. He has already had + one attack; should a second come on and should we not be able to prevent a + third, he is lost.” + </p> + <p> + “But the willow bark?” + </p> + <p> + “That is insufficient,” answered the reporter, “and the third attack of a + malignant fever, which is not arrested by means of quinine, is always + fatal.” + </p> + <p> + Fortunately, Pencroft heard nothing of this conversation or he would have + gone mad. + </p> + <p> + It may be imagined what anxiety the engineer and the reporter suffered + during the day of the 7th of December and the following night. + </p> + <p> + Towards the middle of the day the second attack came on. The crisis was + terrible. Herbert felt himself sinking. He stretched his arms towards + Cyrus Harding, towards Spilett, towards Pencroft. He was so young to die! + The scene was heart-rending. They were obliged to send Pencroft away. + </p> + <p> + The fit lasted five hours. It was evident that Herbert could not survive a + third. + </p> + <p> + The night was frightful. In his delirium Herbert uttered words which went + to the hearts of his companions. He struggled with the convicts, he called + to Ayrton, he poured forth entreaties to that mysterious being,—that + powerful unknown protector,—whose image was stamped upon his mind; + then he again fell into a deep exhaustion which completely prostrated him. + Several times Gideon Spilett thought that the poor boy was dead. + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 8th of December, was but a succession of the fainting + fits. Herbert’s thin hands clutched the sheets. They had administered + further doses of pounded bark, but the reporter expected no result from + it. + </p> + <p> + “If before tomorrow morning we have not given him a more energetic + febrifuge,” said the reporter, “Herbert will be dead.” + </p> + <p> + Night arrived—the last night, it was too much to be feared, of the + good, brave, intelligent boy, so far in advance of his years, and who was + loved by all as their own child. The only remedy which existed against + this terrible malignant fever, the only specific which could overcome it, + was not to be found in Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + During the night of the 8th of December, Herbert was seized by a more + violent delirium. His liver was fearfully congested, his brain affected, + and already it was impossible for him to recognize any one. + </p> + <p> + Would he live until the next day, until that third attack which must + infallibly carry him off? It was not probable. His strength was exhausted, + and in the intervals of fever he lay as one dead. + </p> + <p> + Towards three o’clock in the morning Herbert uttered a piercing cry. He + seemed to be torn by a supreme convulsion. Neb, who was near him, + terrified, ran into the next room where his companions were watching. + </p> + <p> + Top, at that moment, barked in a strange manner. + </p> + <p> + All rushed in immediately and managed to restrain the dying boy, who was + endeavoring to throw himself out of his bed, while Spilett, taking his + arm, felt his pulse gradually quicken. + </p> + <p> + It was five in the morning. The rays of the rising sun began to shine in + at the windows of Granite House. It promised to be a fine day, and this + day was to be poor Herbert’s last! + </p> + <p> + A ray glanced on the table placed near the bed. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Pencroft, uttering a cry, pointed to the table. + </p> + <p> + On it lay a little oblong box, of which the cover bore these words:—“SULPHATE + OF QUININE.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0053" id="link2HCH0053"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 11 + </h2> + <p> + Gideon Spilett took the box and opened it. It contained nearly two hundred + grains of a white powder, a few particles of which he carried to his lips. + The extreme bitterness of the substance precluded all doubt; it was + certainly the precious extract of quinine, that pre-eminent antifebrile. + </p> + <p> + This powder must be administered to Herbert without delay. How it came + there might be discussed later. + </p> + <p> + “Some coffee!” said Spilett. + </p> + <p> + In a few moments Neb brought a cup of the warm infusion. Gideon Spilett + threw into it about eighteen grains of quinine, and they succeeded in + making Herbert drink the mixture. + </p> + <p> + There was still time, for the third attack of the malignant fever had not + yet shown itself. How they longed to be able to add that it would not + return! + </p> + <p> + Besides, it must be remarked, the hopes of all had now revived. The + mysterious influence had been again exerted, and in a critical moment, + when they had despaired of it. + </p> + <p> + In a few hours Herbert was much calmer. The colonists could now discuss + this incident. The intervention of the stranger was more evident than + ever. But how had he been able to penetrate during the night into Granite + House? It was inexplicable, and, in truth, the proceedings of the genius + of the island were not less mysterious than was that genius himself. + During this day the sulphate of quinine was administered to Herbert every + three hours. + </p> + <p> + The next day some improvement in Herbert’s condition was apparent. + Certainly, he was not out of danger, intermittent fevers being subject to + frequent and dangerous relapses, but the most assiduous care was bestowed + on him. And besides, the specific was at hand; nor, doubtless, was he who + had brought it far distant! And the hearts of all were animated by + returning hope. + </p> + <p> + This hope was not disappointed. Ten days after, on the 20th of December, + Herbert’s convalescence commenced. + </p> + <p> + He was still weak, and strict diet had been imposed upon him, but no + access of fever supervened. And then, the poor boy submitted with such + docility to all the prescriptions ordered him! He longed so to get well! + </p> + <p> + Pencroft was as a man who has been drawn up from the bottom of an abyss. + Fits of joy approaching delirium seized him. When the time for the third + attack had passed by, he nearly suffocated the reporter in his embrace. + Since then, he always called him Dr. Spilett. + </p> + <p> + The real doctor, however, remained undiscovered. + </p> + <p> + “We will find him!” repeated the sailor. + </p> + <p> + Certainly, this man, whoever he was, might expect a somewhat too energetic + embrace from the worthy Pencroft! + </p> + <p> + The month of December ended, and with it the year 1867, during which the + colonists of Lincoln Island had of late been so severely tried. They + commenced the year 1868 with magnificent weather, great heat, and a + tropical temperature, delightfully cooled by the sea-breeze. Herbert’s + recovery progressed, and from his bed, placed near one of the windows of + Granite House, he could inhale the fresh air, charged with ozone, which + could not fail to restore his health. His appetite returned, and what + numberless delicate, savory little dishes Neb prepared for him! + </p> + <p> + “It is enough to make one wish to have a fever oneself!” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + During all this time, the convicts did not once appear in the vicinity of + Granite House. There was no news of Ayrton, and though the engineer and + Herbert still had some hopes of finding him again, their companions did + not doubt but that the unfortunate man had perished. However, this + uncertainty could not last, and when once the lad should have recovered, + the expedition, the result of which must be so important, would be + undertaken. But they would have to wait a month, perhaps, for all the + strength of the colony must be put into requisition to obtain satisfaction + from the convicts. + </p> + <p> + However, Herbert’s convalescence progressed rapidly. The congestion of the + liver had disappeared, and his wounds might be considered completely + healed. + </p> + <p> + During the month of January, important work was done on the plateau of + Prospect Heights; but it consisted solely in saving as much as was + possible from the devastated crops, either of corn or vegetables. The + grain and the plants were gathered, so as to provide a new harvest for the + approaching half-season. With regard to rebuilding the poultry-yard, wall, + or stables, Cyrus Harding preferred to wait. While he and his companions + were in pursuit of the convicts, the latter might very probably pay + another visit to the plateau, and it would be useless to give them an + opportunity of recommencing their work of destruction. When the island + should be cleared of these miscreants, they would set about rebuilding. + The young convalescent began to get up in the second week of January, at + first for one hour a day, then two, then three. His strength visibly + returned, so vigorous was his constitution. He was now eighteen years of + age. He was tall, and promised to become a man of noble and commanding + presence. From this time his recovery, while still requiring care,—and + Dr. Spilett was very strict,—made rapid progress. Towards the end of + the month, Herbert was already walking about on Prospect Heights, and the + beach. + </p> + <p> + He derived, from several sea-baths, which he took in company with Pencroft + and Neb, the greatest possible benefit. Cyrus Harding thought he might now + settle the day for their departure, for which the 15th of February was + fixed. The nights, very clear at this time of year, would be favorable to + the researches they intended to make all over the island. + </p> + <p> + The necessary preparations for this exploration were now commenced, and + were important, for the colonists had sworn not to return to Granite House + until their twofold object had been achieved; on the one hand, to + exterminate the convicts, and rescue Ayrton, if he was still living; on + the other, to discover who it was that presided so effectually over the + fortunes of the colony. + </p> + <p> + Of Lincoln Island, the settlers knew thoroughly all the eastern coast from + Claw Cape to the Mandible Capes, the extensive Tadorn Marsh, the + neighborhood of Lake Grant, Jacamar Wood, between the road to the corral + and the Mercy, the courses of the Mercy and Red Creek, and lastly, the + spurs of Mount Franklin, among which the corral had been established. + </p> + <p> + They had explored, though only in an imperfect manner, the vast shore of + Washington Bay from Claw Cape to Reptile End, the woody and marshy border + of the west coast, and the interminable downs, ending at the open mouth of + Shark Gulf. But they had in no way surveyed the woods which covered the + Serpentine Peninsula, all to the right of the Mercy, the left bank of + Falls River, and the wilderness of spurs and valleys which supported three + quarters of the base of Mount Franklin, to the east, the north, and the + west, and where doubtless many secret retreats existed. Consequently, many + millions of acres of the island had still escaped their investigations. + </p> + <p> + It was, therefore, decided that the expedition should be carried through + the Far West, so as to include all that region situated on the right of + the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + It might, perhaps, be better worth while to go direct to the corral, where + it might be supposed that the convicts had again taken refuge, either to + pillage or to establish themselves there. But either the devastation of + the corral would have been an accomplished fact by this time, and it would + be too late to prevent it, or it had been the convicts’ interest to + entrench themselves there, and there would be still time to go and turn + them out on their return. + </p> + <p> + Therefore, after some discussion, the first plan was adhered to, and the + settlers resolved to proceed through the wood to Reptile End. They would + make their way with their hatchets, and thus lay the first draft of a road + which would place Granite House in communication with the end of the + peninsula for a length of from sixteen to seventeen miles. + </p> + <p> + The cart was in good condition. The onagers, well rested, could go a long + journey. Provisions, camp effects, a portable stove, and various utensils + were packed in the cart, as also weapons and ammunition, carefully chosen + from the now complete arsenal of Granite House. But it was necessary to + remember that the convicts were, perhaps, roaming about the woods, and + that in the midst of these thick forests a shot might quickly be fired and + received. It was therefore resolved that the little band of settlers + should remain together and not separate under any pretext whatever. + </p> + <p> + It was also decided that no one should remain at Granite House. Top and + Jup themselves were to accompany the expedition; the inaccessible dwelling + needed no guard. The 14th of February, eve of the departure, was + consecrated entirely to repose, and—thanksgiving addressed by the + colonists to the Creator. A place in the cart was reserved for Herbert, + who, though thoroughly convalescent, was still a little weak. The next + morning, at daybreak, Cyrus Harding took the necessary measures to protect + Granite House from any invasion. The ladders, which were formerly used for + the ascent, were brought to the Chimneys and buried deep in the sand, so + that they might be available on the return of the colonists, for the + machinery of the lift had been taken to pieces, and nothing of the + apparatus remained. Pencroft stayed the last in Granite House in order to + finish this work, and he then lowered himself down by means of a double + rope held below, and which, when once hauled down, left no communication + between the upper landing and the beach. + </p> + <p> + The weather was magnificent. + </p> + <p> + “We shall have a warm day of it,” said the reporter, laughing. + </p> + <p> + “Pooh! Dr. Spilett,” answered Pencroft, “we shall walk under the shade of + the trees and shan’t even see the sun!” + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + The cart was waiting on the beach before the Chimneys. The reporter made + Herbert take his place in it during the first hours at least of the + journey, and the lad was obliged to submit to his doctor’s orders. + </p> + <p> + Neb placed himself at the onagers’ heads. Cyrus Harding, the reporter, and + the sailor, walked in front. Top bounded joyfully along. Herbert offered a + seat in his vehicle to Jup, who accepted it without ceremony. The moment + for departure had arrived, and the little band set out. + </p> + <p> + The cart first turned the angle of the mouth of the Mercy, then, having + ascended the left bank for a mile, crossed the bridge, at the other side + of which commenced the road to Port Balloon, and there the explorers, + leaving this road on their left, entered the cover of the immense woods + which formed the region of the Far West. + </p> + <p> + For the first two miles the widely scattered trees allowed the cart to + pass with ease; from time to time it became necessary to cut away a few + creepers and bushes, but no serious obstacle impeded the progress of the + colonists. + </p> + <p> + The thick foliage of the trees threw a grateful shade on the ground. + Deodars, Douglas firs, casuarinas, banksias, gum-trees, dragon-trees, and + other well-known species, succeeded each other far as the eye could reach. + The feathered tribes of the island were all represented—grouse, + jacamars, pheasants, lories, as well as the chattering cockatoos, parrots, + and paroquets. Agouties, kangaroos, and capybaras fled swiftly at their + approach; and all this reminded the settlers of the first excursions they + had made on their arrival at the island. + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless,” observed Cyrus Harding, “I notice that these creatures, + both birds and quadrupeds, are more timid than formerly. These woods have, + therefore, been recently traversed by the convicts, and we shall certainly + find some traces of them.” + </p> + <p> + And, in fact, in several places they could distinguish traces, more or + less recent, of the passage of a band of men—here branches broken + off the trees, perhaps to mark out the way; there the ashes of a fire, and + footprints in clayey spots; but nothing which appeared to belong to a + settled encampment. + </p> + <p> + The engineer had recommended his companions to refrain from hunting. The + reports of the firearms might give the alarm to the convicts, who were, + perhaps, roaming through the forest. Moreover, the hunters would + necessarily ramble some distance from the cart, which it was dangerous to + leave unguarded. + </p> + <p> + In the afterpart of the day, when about six miles from Granite House, + their progress became much more difficult. In order to make their way + through some thickets, they were obliged to cut down trees. Before + entering such places Harding was careful to send in Top and Jup, who + faithfully accomplished their commission, and when the dog and orang + returned without giving any warning, there was evidently nothing to fear, + either from convicts or wild beasts, two varieties of the animal kingdom, + whose ferocious instincts placed them on the same level. On the evening of + the first day the colonists encamped about nine miles from Granite House, + on the border of a little stream falling into the Mercy, and of the + existence of which they had till then been ignorant; it evidently, + however, belonged to the hydiographical system to which the soil owed its + astonishing fertility. The settlers made a hearty meal, for their + appetites were sharpened, and measures were then taken that the night + might be passed in safety. If the engineer had had only to deal with wild + beasts, jaguars or others, he would have simply lighted fires all around + his camp, which would have sufficed for its defense; but the convicts + would be rather attracted than terrified by the flames, and it was, + therefore, better to be surrounded by the profound darkness of night. + </p> + <p> + The watch was, however, carefully organized. Two of the settlers were to + watch together, and every two hours it was agreed that they should be + relieved by their comrades. And so, notwithstanding his wish to the + contrary, Herbert was exempted from guard. Pencroft and Gideon Spilett in + one party, the engineer and Neb in another, mounted guard in turns over + the camp. + </p> + <p> + The night, however, was but of few hours. The darkness was due rather to + the thickness of the foliage than to the disappearance of the sun. The + silence was scarcely disturbed by the howling of jaguars and the + chattering of the monkeys, the latter appearing to particularly irritate + Master Jup. The night passed without incident, and on the next day, the + 15th of February, the journey through the forest, tedious rather than + difficult, was continued. This day they could not accomplish more than six + miles, for every moment they were obliged to cut a road with their + hatchets. + </p> + <p> + Like true settlers, the colonists spared the largest and most beautiful + trees, which would besides have cost immense labor to fell, and the small + ones only were sacrificed, but the result was that the road took a very + winding direction, and lengthened itself by numerous detours. + </p> + <p> + During the day Herbert discovered several new specimens not before met + with in the island, such as the tree-fern, with its leaves spread out like + the waters of a fountain, locust-trees, on the long pods of which the + onagers browsed greedily, and which supplied a sweet pulp of excellent + flavor. There, too, the colonists again found groups of magnificent + kauries, their cylindrical trunks, crowded with a cone of verdure, rising + to a height of two hundred feet. These were the tree-kings of New Zealand, + as celebrated as the cedars of Lebanon. + </p> + <p> + As to the fauna, there was no addition to those species already known to + the hunters. Nevertheless, they saw, though unable to get near them, a + couple of those large birds peculiar to Australia, a sort of cassowary, + called emu, five feet in height, and with brown plumage, which belong to + the tribe of waders. Top darted after them as fast as his four legs could + carry him, but the emus distanced him with ease, so prodigious was their + speed. + </p> + <p> + As to the traces left by the convicts, a few more were discovered. Some + footprints found near an apparently recently extinguished fire were + attentively examined by the settlers. By measuring them one after the + other, according to their length and breadth, the marks of five men’s feet + were easily distinguished. The five convicts had evidently camped on this + spot; but,—and this was the object of so minute an examination,—a + sixth footprint could not be discovered, which in that case would have + been that of Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton was not with them!” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Pencroft, “and if he was not with them, it was because the + wretches had already murdered him! but then these rascals have not a den + to which they may be tracked like tigers!” + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the reporter, “it is more probable that they wander at + random, and it is their interest to rove about until the time when they + will be masters of the island!” + </p> + <p> + “The masters of the island!” exclaimed the sailor; “the masters of the + island!...” he repeated, and his voice was choked, as if his throat was + seized in an iron grasp. Then in a calmer tone, “Do you know, Captain + Harding,” said he, “what the ball is which I have rammed into my gun?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft!” + </p> + <p> + “It is the ball that went through Herbert’s chest, and I promise you it + won’t miss its mark!” + </p> + <p> + But this just retaliation would not bring Ayrton back to life, and from + the examination of the footprints left in the ground, they must, alas! + conclude that all hopes of ever seeing him again must be abandoned. + </p> + <p> + That evening they encamped fourteen miles from Granite House, and Cyrus + Harding calculated that they could not be more than five miles from + Reptile Point. + </p> + <p> + And indeed, the next day the extremity of the peninsula was reached, and + the whole length of the forest had been traversed; but there was nothing + to indicate the retreat in which the convicts had taken refuge, nor that, + no less secret, which sheltered the mysterious unknown. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0054" id="link2HCH0054"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 12 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 18th of February, was devoted to the exploration of all + that wooded region forming the shore from Reptile End to Falls River. The + colonists were able to search this forest thoroughly, for, as it was + comprised between the two shores of the Serpentine Peninsula, it was only + from three to four miles in breadth. The trees, both by their height and + their thick foliage, bore witness to the vegetative power of the soil, + more astonishing here than in any other part of the island. One might have + said that a corner from the virgin forests of America or Africa had been + transported into this temperate zone. This led them to conclude that the + superb vegetation found a heat in this soil, damp in its upper layer, but + warmed in the interior by volcanic fires, which could not belong to a + temperate climate. The most frequently occurring trees were knaries and + eucalypti of gigantic dimensions. + </p> + <p> + But the colonists’ object was not simply to admire the magnificent + vegetation. They knew already that in this respect Lincoln Island would + have been worthy to take the first rank in the Canary group, to which the + first name given was that of the Happy Isles. Now, alas! their island no + longer belonged to them entirely; others had taken possession of it, + miscreants polluted its shores, and they must be destroyed to the last + man. + </p> + <p> + No traces were found on the western coast, although they were carefully + sought for. No more footprints, no more broken branches, no more deserted + camps. + </p> + <p> + “This does not surprise me,” said Cyrus Harding to his companions. “The + convicts first landed on the island in the neighborhood of Flotsam Point, + and they immediately plunged into the Far West forests, after crossing + Tadorn Marsh. They then followed almost the same route that we took on + leaving Granite House. This explains the traces we found in the wood. But, + arriving on the shore, the convicts saw at once that they would discover + no suitable retreat there, and it was then that, going northwards again, + they came upon the corral.” + </p> + <p> + “Where they have perhaps returned,” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “I do not think so,” answered the engineer, “for they would naturally + suppose that our researches would be in that direction. The corral is only + a storehouse to them, and not a definitive encampment.” + </p> + <p> + “I am of Cyrus’ opinion,” said the reporter, “and I think that it is among + the spurs of Mount Franklin that the convicts will have made their lair.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, captain, straight to the corral!” cried Pencroft. “We must finish + them off, and till now we have only lost time!” + </p> + <p> + “No, my friend,” replied the engineer; “you forget that we have a reason + for wishing to know if the forests of the Far West do not contain some + habitation. Our exploration has a double object, Pencroft. If, on the one + hand, we have to chastise crime, we have, on the other, an act of + gratitude to perform.” + </p> + <p> + “That was well said, captain,” replied the sailor, “but, all the same, it + is my opinion that we shall not find the gentleman until he pleases.” + </p> + <p> + And truly Pencroft only expressed the opinion of all. It was probable that + the stranger’s retreat was not less mysterious than was he himself. + </p> + <p> + That evening the cart halted at the mouth of Falls River. The camp was + organized as usual, and the customary precautions were taken for the + night. Herbert, become again the healthy and vigorous lad he was before + his illness, derived great benefit from this life in the open air, between + the sea breezes and the vivifying air from the forests. His place was no + longer in the cart, but at the head of the troop. + </p> + <p> + The next day, the 19th of February, the colonists, leaving the shore, + where, beyond the mouth, basalts of every shape were so picturesquely + piled up, ascended the river by its left bank. The road had been already + partly cleared in their former excursions made from the corral to the west + coast. The settlers were now about six miles from Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s plan was this:—To minutely survey the valley forming + the bed of the river, and to cautiously approach the neighborhood of the + corral; if the corral was occupied, to seize it by force; if it was not, + to entrench themselves there and make it the center of the operations + which had for their object the exploration of Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + This plan was unanimously approved by the colonists, for they were + impatient to regain entire possession of their island. + </p> + <p> + They made their way then along the narrow valley separating two of the + largest spurs of Mount Franklin. The trees, crowded on the river’s bank, + became rare on the upper slopes of the mountain. The ground was hilly and + rough, very suitable for ambushes, and over which they did not venture + without extreme precaution. Top and Jup skirmished on the flanks, + springing right and left through the thick brushwood, and emulating each + other in intelligence and activity. But nothing showed that the banks of + the stream had been recently frequented—nothing announced either the + presence or the proximity of the convicts. Towards five in the evening the + cart stopped nearly 600 feet from the palisade. A semicircular screen of + trees still hid it. + </p> + <p> + It was necessary to reconnoiter the corral, in order to ascertain if it + was occupied. To go there openly, in broad daylight, when the convicts + were probably in ambush, would be to expose themselves, as poor Herbert + had done, to the firearms of the ruffians. It was better, then, to wait + until night came on. + </p> + <p> + However, Gideon Spilett wished without further delay to reconnoiter the + approaches to the corral, and Pencroft, who was quite out of patience, + volunteered to accompany him. + </p> + <p> + “No, my friends,” said the engineer, “wait till night. I will not allow + one of you to expose himself in open day.” + </p> + <p> + “But, captain—” answered the sailor, little disposed to obey. + </p> + <p> + “I beg of you, Pencroft,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Very well!” replied the sailor, who vented his anger in another way, by + bestowing on the convicts the worst names in his maritime vocabulary. + </p> + <p> + The colonists remained, therefore, near the cart, and carefully watched + the neighboring parts of the forest. + </p> + <p> + Three hours passed thus. The wind had fallen, and absolute silence reigned + under the great trees. The snapping of the smallest twig, a footstep on + the dry leaves, the gliding of a body among the grass, would have been + heard without difficulty. All was quiet. Besides, Top, lying on the grass, + his head stretched out on his paws, gave no sign of uneasiness. At eight + o’clock the day appeared far enough advanced for the reconnaissance to be + made under favorable conditions. Gideon Spilett declared himself ready to + set out accompanied by Pencroft. Cyrus Harding consented. Top and Jup were + to remain with the engineer, Herbert, and Neb, for a bark or a cry at a + wrong moment would give the alarm. + </p> + <p> + “Do not be imprudent,” said Harding to the reporter and Pencroft, “you + have not to gain possession of the corral, but only to find out whether it + is occupied or not.” + </p> + <p> + “All right,” answered Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + And the two departed. + </p> + <p> + Under the trees, thanks to the thickness of their foliage, the obscurity + rendered any object invisible beyond a radius of from thirty to forty + feet. The reporter and Pencroft, halting at any suspicious sound, advanced + with great caution. + </p> + <p> + They walked a little distance apart from each other so as to offer a less + mark for a shot. And, to tell the truth, they expected every moment to + hear a report. Five minutes after leaving the cart, Gideon Spilett and + Pencroft arrived at the edge of the wood before the clearing beyond which + rose the palisade. + </p> + <p> + They stopped. A few straggling beams still fell on the field clear of + trees. Thirty feet distant was the gate of the corral, which appeared to + be closed. This thirty feet, which it was necessary to cross from the wood + to the palisade, constituted the dangerous zone, to borrow a ballistic + term: in fact, one or more bullets fired from behind the palisade might + knock over any one who ventured on to this zone. Gideon Spilett and the + sailor were not men to draw back, but they knew that any imprudence on + their part, of which they would be the first victims, would fall + afterwards on their companions. If they themselves were killed, what would + become of Harding, Neb, and Herbert? + </p> + <p> + But Pencroft, excited at feeling himself so near the corral where he + supposed the convicts had taken refuge, was about to press forward, when + the reporter held him back with a grasp of iron. + </p> + <p> + “In a few minutes it will be quite dark,” whispered Spilett in the + sailor’s ear, “then will be the time to act.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, convulsively clasping the butt-end of his gun, restrained his + energies, and waited, swearing to himself. + </p> + <p> + Soon the last of the twilight faded away. Darkness, which seemed as if it + issued from the dense forest, covered the clearing. Mount Franklin rose + like an enormous screen before the western horizon, and night spread + rapidly over all, as it does in regions of low latitudes. Now was the + time. + </p> + <p> + The reporter and Pencroft, since posting themselves on the edge of the + wood, had not once lost sight of the palisade. The corral appeared to be + absolutely deserted. The top of the palisade formed a line, a little + darker than the surrounding shadow, and nothing disturbed its + distinctness. Nevertheless, if the convicts were there, they must have + posted one of their number to guard against any surprise. + </p> + <p> + Spilett grasped his companion’s hand, and both crept towards the corral, + their guns ready to fire. + </p> + <p> + They reached the gate without the darkness being illuminated by a single + ray of light. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft tried to push open the gate, which, as the reporter and he had + supposed, was closed. However, the sailor was able to ascertain that the + outer bars had not been put up. It might, then, be concluded that the + convicts were there in the corral, and that very probably they had + fastened the gate in such a way that it could not be forced open. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett and Pencroft listened. + </p> + <p> + Not a sound could be heard inside the palisade. The musmons and the goats, + sleeping no doubt in their huts, in no way disturbed the calm of night. + </p> + <p> + The reporter and the sailor hearing nothing, asked themselves whether they + had not better scale the palisades and penetrate into the corral. This + would have been contrary to Cyrus Harding’s instructions. + </p> + <p> + It is true that the enterprise might succeed, but it might also fail. Now, + if the convicts were suspecting nothing, if they knew nothing of the + expedition against them, if, lastly, there now existed a chance of + surprising them, ought this chance to be lost by inconsiderately + attempting to cross the palisades? + </p> + <p> + This was not the reporter’s opinion. He thought it better to wait until + all the settlers were collected together before attempting to penetrate + into the corral. One thing was certain, that it was possible to reach the + palisade without being seen, and also that it did not appear to be + guarded. This point settled, there was nothing to be done but to return to + the cart, where they would consult. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft probably agreed with this decision, for he followed the reporter + without making any objection when the latter turned back to the wood. + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes the engineer was made acquainted with the state of + affairs. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said he, after a little thought, “I now have reason to believe + that the convicts are not in the corral.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall soon know,” said Pencroft, “when we have scaled the palisade.” + </p> + <p> + “To the corral, my friends!” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Shall we leave the cart in the wood?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “No,” replied the engineer, “it is our wagon of ammunition and provisions, + and, if necessary, it would serve as an entrenchment.” + </p> + <p> + “Forward, then!” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + The cart emerged from the wood and began to roll noiselessly towards the + palisade. The darkness was now profound, the silence as complete as when + Pencroft and the reporter crept over the ground. The thick grass + completely muffled their footsteps. The colonists held themselves ready to + fire. Jup, at Pencroft’s orders, kept behind. Neb led Top in a leash, to + prevent him from bounding forward. + </p> + <p> + The clearing soon came in sight. It was deserted. Without hesitating, the + little band moved towards the palisade. In a short space of time the + dangerous zone was passed. Neb remained at the onagers’ heads to hold + them. The engineer, the reporter, Herbert, and Pencroft, proceeded to the + door, in order to ascertain if it was barricaded inside. It was open! + </p> + <p> + “What do you say now?” asked the engineer, turning to the sailor and + Spilett. + </p> + <p> + Both were stupefied. + </p> + <p> + “I can swear,” said Pencroft, “that this gate was shut just now!” + </p> + <p> + The colonists now hesitated. Were the convicts in the corral when Pencroft + and the reporter made their reconnaissance? It could not be doubted, as + the gate then closed could only have been opened by them. Were they still + there, or had one of their number just gone out? + </p> + <p> + All these questions presented themselves simultaneously to the minds of + the colonists, but how could they be answered? + </p> + <p> + At that moment, Herbert, who had advanced a few steps into the enclosure, + drew back hurriedly, and seized Harding’s hand. + </p> + <p> + “What’s the matter?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “A light!” + </p> + <p> + “In the house?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” + </p> + <p> + All five advanced and indeed, through the window fronting them, they saw + glimmering a feeble light. Cyrus Harding made up his mind rapidly. “It is + our only chance,” said he to his companions, “of finding the convicts + collected in this house, suspecting nothing! They are in our power! + Forward!” The colonists crossed through the enclosure, holding their guns + ready in their hands. The cart had been left outside under the charge of + Jup and Top, who had been prudently tied to it. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, Pencroft, and Gideon Spilett on one side, Herbert and Neb + on the other, going along by the palisade, surveyed the absolutely dark + and deserted corral. + </p> + <p> + In a few moments they were near the closed door of the house. + </p> + <p> + Harding signed to his companions not to stir, and approached the window, + then feebly lighted by the inner light. + </p> + <p> + He gazed into the apartment. + </p> + <p> + On the table burned a lantern. Near the table was the bed formerly used by + Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + On the bed lay the body of a man. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Cyrus Harding drew back, and in a hoarse voice,—“Ayrton!” + he exclaimed. + </p> + <p> + Immediately the door was forced rather than opened, and the colonists + rushed into the room. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton appeared to be asleep. His countenance showed that he had long and + cruelly suffered. On his wrists and ankles could be seen great bruises. + </p> + <p> + Harding bent over him. + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton!” cried the engineer, seizing the arm of the man whom he had just + found again under such unexpected circumstances. + </p> + <p> + At this exclamation Ayrton opened his eyes, and, gazing at Harding, then + at the others,— + </p> + <p> + “You!” he cried, “you?” + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton! Ayrton!” repeated Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Where am I?” + </p> + <p> + “In the house in the corral!” + </p> + <p> + “Alone?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes!” + </p> + <p> + “But they will come back!” cried Ayrton. “Defend yourselves! defend + yourselves!” + </p> + <p> + And he fell back exhausted. + </p> + <p> + “Spilett,” exclaimed the engineer, “we may be attacked at any moment. + Bring the cart into the corral. Then, barricade the door, and all come + back here.” + </p> + <p> + Pencroft, Neb, and the reporter hastened to execute the engineer’s orders. + There was not a moment to be lost. Perhaps even now the cart was in the + hands of the convicts! + </p> + <p> + In a moment the reporter and his two companions had crossed the corral and + reached the gate of the palisade behind which Top was heard growling + sullenly. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, leaving Ayrton for an instant, came out ready to fire. + Herbert was at his side. Both surveyed the crest of the spur overlooking + the corral. If the convicts were lying in ambush there, they might knock + the settlers over one after the other. + </p> + <p> + At that moment the moon appeared in the east, above the black curtain of + the forest, and a white sheet of light spread over the interior of the + enclosure. The corral, with its clumps of trees, the little stream which + watered it, its wide carpet of grass, was suddenly illuminated. From the + side of the mountain, the house and a part of the palisade stood out white + in the moonlight. On the opposite side towards the door, the enclosure + remained dark. A black mass soon appeared. This was the cart entering the + circle of light, and Cyrus Harding could hear the noise made by the door, + as his companions shut it and fastened the interior bars. + </p> + <p> + But, at that moment, Top, breaking loose, began to bark furiously and rush + to the back of the corral, to the right of the house. + </p> + <p> + “Be ready to fire, my friends!” cried Harding. + </p> + <p> + The colonists raised their pieces and waited the moment to fire. + </p> + <p> + Top still barked, and Jup, running towards the dog, uttered shrill cries. + </p> + <p> + The colonists followed him, and reached the borders of the little stream, + shaded by large trees. And there, in the bright moonlight, what did they + see? Five corpses, stretched on the bank! + </p> + <p> + They were those of the convicts who, four months previously, had landed on + Lincoln Island! + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0055" id="link2HCH0055"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 13 + </h2> + <p> + How had it happened? who had killed the convicts? Was it Ayrton? No, for a + moment before he was dreading their return. + </p> + <p> + But Ayrton was now in a profound stupor, from which it was no longer + possible to rouse him. After uttering those few words he had again become + unconscious, and had fallen back motionless on the bed. + </p> + <p> + The colonists, a prey to a thousand confused thoughts, under the influence + of violent excitement, waited all night, without leaving Ayrton’s house, + or returning to the spot where lay the bodies of the convicts. It was very + probable that Ayrton would not be able to throw any light on the + circumstances under which the bodies had been found, since he himself was + not aware that he was in the corral. But at any rate he would be in a + position to give an account of what had taken place before this terrible + execution. The next day Ayrton awoke from his torpor, and his companions + cordially manifested all the joy they felt, on seeing him again, almost + safe and sound, after a hundred and four days separation. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton then in a few words recounted what had happened, or, at least, as + much as he knew. + </p> + <p> + The day after his arrival at the corral, on the 10th of last November, at + nightfall, he was surprised by the convicts, who had scaled the palisade. + They bound and gagged him; then he was led to a dark cavern, at the foot + of Mount Franklin, where the convicts had taken refuge. + </p> + <p> + His death had been decided upon, and the next day the convicts were about + to kill him, when one of them recognized him and called him by the name + which he bore in Australia. The wretches had no scruples as to murdering + Ayrton! They spared Ben Joyce! + </p> + <p> + But from that moment Ayrton was exposed to the importunities of his former + accomplices. They wished him to join them again, and relied upon his aid + to enable them to gain possession of Granite House, to penetrate into that + hitherto inaccessible dwelling, and to become masters of the island, after + murdering the colonists! + </p> + <p> + Ayrton remained firm. The once convict, now repentant and pardoned, would + rather die than betray his companions. Ayrton—bound, gagged, and + closely watched—lived in this cave for four months. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless the convicts had discovered the corral a short time after + their arrival in the island, and since then they had subsisted on Ayrton’s + stores, but did not live at the corral. + </p> + <p> + On the 11th of November, two of the villains, surprised by the colonists’ + arrival, fired at Herbert, and one of them returned, boasting of having + killed one of the inhabitants of the island; but he returned alone. His + companion, as is known, fell by Cyrus Harding’s dagger. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton’s anxiety and despair may be imagined when he learned the news of + Herbert’s death. The settlers were now only four, and, as it seemed, at + the mercy of the convicts. After this event, and during all the time that + the colonists, detained by Herbert’s illness, remained in the corral, the + pirates did not leave their cavern, and even after they had pillaged the + plateau of Prospect Heights, they did not think it prudent to abandon it. + </p> + <p> + The ill-treatment inflicted on Ayrton was now redoubled. His hands and + feet still bore the bloody marks of the cords which bound him day and + night. Every moment he expected to be put to death, nor did it appear + possible that he could escape. + </p> + <p> + Matters remained thus until the third week of February. The convicts, + still watching for a favorable opportunity, rarely quitted their retreat, + and only made a few hunting excursions, either to the interior of the + island, or the south coast. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton had no further news of his friends, and relinquished all hope of + ever seeing them again. At last, the unfortunate man, weakened by + ill-treatment, fell into a prostration so profound that sight and hearing + failed him. From that moment, that is to say, since the last two days, he + could give no information whatever of what had occurred. + </p> + <p> + “But, Captain Harding,” he added, “since I was imprisoned in that cavern, + how is it that I find myself in the corral?” + </p> + <p> + “How is it that the convicts are lying yonder dead, in the middle of the + enclosure?” answered the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Dead!” cried Ayrton, half rising from his bed, notwithstanding his + weakness. + </p> + <p> + His companions supported him. He wished to get up, and with their + assistance he did so. They then proceeded together towards the little + stream. + </p> + <p> + It was now broad daylight. + </p> + <p> + There, on the bank, in the position in which they had been stricken by + death in its most instantaneous form, lay the corpses of the five + convicts! + </p> + <p> + Ayrton was astounded. Harding and his companions looked at him without + uttering a word. On a sign from the engineer, Neb and Pencroft examined + the bodies, already stiffened by the cold. + </p> + <p> + They bore no apparent trace of any wound. + </p> + <p> + Only, after carefully examining them, Pencroft found on the forehead of + one, on the chest of another, on the back of this one, on the shoulder of + that, a little red spot, a sort of scarcely visible bruise, the cause of + which it was impossible to conjecture. + </p> + <p> + “It is there that they have been struck!” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “But with what weapon?” cried the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “A weapon, lightning-like in its effects, and of which we have not the + secret!” + </p> + <p> + “And who has struck the blow?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “The avenging power of the island,” replied Harding, “he who brought you + here, Ayrton, whose influence has once more manifested itself, who does + for us all that which we cannot do for ourselves, and who, his will + accomplished, conceals himself from us.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us make search for him, then!” exclaimed Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we will search for him,” answered Harding, “but we shall not + discover this powerful being who performs such wonders, until he pleases + to call us to him!” + </p> + <p> + This invisible protection, which rendered their own action unavailing, + both irritated and piqued the engineer. The relative inferiority which it + proved was of a nature to wound a haughty spirit. A generosity evinced in + such a manner as to elude all tokens of gratitude, implied a sort of + disdain for those on whom the obligation was conferred, which in Cyrus + Harding’s eyes marred, in some degree, the worth of the benefit. + </p> + <p> + “Let us search,” he resumed, “and God grant that we may some day be + permitted to prove to this haughty protector that he has not to deal with + ungrateful people! What would I not give could we repay him, by rendering + him in our turn, although at the price of our lives, some signal service!” + </p> + <p> + From this day, the thoughts of the inhabitants of Lincoln Island were + solely occupied with the intended search. Everything incited them to + discover the answer to this enigma, an answer which would only be the name + of a man endowed with a truly inexplicable, and in some degree superhuman + power. + </p> + <p> + In a few minutes, the settlers re-entered the house, where their influence + soon restored to Ayrton his moral and physical energy. Neb and Pencroft + carried the corpses of the convicts into the forest, some distance from + the corral, and buried them deep in the ground. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton was then made acquainted with the facts which had occurred during + his seclusion. He learned Herbert’s adventures, and through what various + trials the colonists had passed. As to the settlers, they had despaired of + ever seeing Ayrton again, and had been convinced that the convicts had + ruthlessly murdered him. + </p> + <p> + “And now,” said Cyrus Harding, as he ended his recital, “a duty remains + for us to perform. Half of our task is accomplished, but although the + convicts are no longer to be feared, it is not owing to ourselves that we + are once more masters of the island.” + </p> + <p> + “Well!” answered Gideon Spilett, “let us search all this labyrinth of the + spurs of Mount Franklin. We will not leave a hollow, not a hole + unexplored! Ah! if ever a reporter found himself face to face with a + mystery, it is I who now speak to you, my friends!” + </p> + <p> + “And we will not return to Granite House until we have found our + benefactor,” said Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the engineer, “we will do all that it is humanly possible to + do, but I repeat we shall not find him until he himself permits us.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we stay at the corral?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “We shall stay here,” answered Harding. “Provisions are abundant, and we + are here in the very center of the circle we have to explore. Besides, if + necessary, the cart will take us rapidly to Granite House.” + </p> + <p> + “Good!” answered the sailor. “Only I have a remark to make.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” + </p> + <p> + “Here is the fine season getting on, and we must not forget that we have a + voyage to make.” + </p> + <p> + “A voyage?” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, to Tabor Island,” answered Pencroft. “It is necessary to carry a + notice there to point out the position of our island and say that Ayrton + is here in case the Scotch yacht should come to take him off. Who knows if + it is not already too late?” + </p> + <p> + “But, Pencroft,” asked Ayrton, “how do you intend to make this voyage?” + </p> + <p> + “In the ‘Bonadventure.’” + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Bonadventure!’” exclaimed Ayrton. “She no longer exists.” + </p> + <p> + “My ‘Bonadventure’ exists no longer!” shouted Pencroft, bounding from his + seat. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Ayrton. “The convicts discovered her in her little harbor + only eight days ago, they put to sea in her—” + </p> + <p> + “And?” said Pencroft, his heart beating. + </p> + <p> + “And not having Bob Harvey to steer her, they ran on the rocks, and the + vessel went to pieces.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, the villains, the cutthroats, the infamous scoundrels!” exclaimed + Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” said Herbert, taking the sailor’s hand, “we will build another + ‘Bonadventure’—a larger one. We have all the ironwork—all the + rigging of the brig at our disposal.” + </p> + <p> + “But do you know,” returned Pencroft, “that it will take at least five or + six months to build a vessel of from thirty to forty tons?” + </p> + <p> + “We can take our time,” said the reporter, “and we must give up the voyage + to Tabor Island for this year.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, my ‘Bonadventure!’ my poor ‘Bonadventure!’” cried Pencroft, almost + broken-hearted at the destruction of the vessel of which he was so proud. + </p> + <p> + The loss of the “Bonadventure” was certainly a thing to be lamented by the + colonists, and it was agreed that this loss should be repaired as soon as + possible. This settled, they now occupied themselves with bringing their + researches to bear on the most secret parts of the island. + </p> + <p> + The exploration was commenced at daybreak on the 19th of February, and + lasted an entire week. The base of the mountain, with its spurs and their + numberless ramifications, formed a labyrinth of valleys and elevations. It + was evident that there, in the depths of these narrow gorges, perhaps even + in the interior of Mount Franklin itself, was the proper place to pursue + their researches. No part of the island could have been more suitable to + conceal a dwelling whose occupant wished to remain unknown. But so + irregular was the formation of the valleys that Cyrus Harding was obliged + to conduct the exploration in a strictly methodical manner. + </p> + <p> + The colonists first visited the valley opening to the south of the + volcano, and which first received the waters of Falls River. There Ayrton + showed them the cavern where the convicts had taken refuge, and in which + he had been imprisoned until his removal to the corral. This cavern was + just as Ayrton had left it. They found there a considerable quantity of + ammunition and provisions, conveyed thither by the convicts in order to + form a reserve. + </p> + <p> + The whole of the valley bordering on the cave, shaded by fir and other + trees, was thoroughly explored, and on turning the point of the + southwestern spur, the colonists entered a narrower gorge similar to the + picturesque columns of basalt on the coast. Here the trees were fewer. + Stones took the place of grass. Goats and musmons gambolled among the + rocks. Here began the barren part of the island. It could already be seen + that, of the numerous valleys branching off at the base of Mount Franklin, + three only were wooded and rich in pasturage like that of the corral, + which bordered on the west on the Falls River valley, and on the east on + the Red Creek valley. These two streams, which lower down became rivers by + the absorption of several tributaries, were formed by all the springs of + the mountain and thus caused the fertility of its southern part. As to the + Mercy, it was more directly fed from ample springs concealed under the + cover of Jacamar Wood, and it was by springs of this nature, spreading in + a thousand streamlets, that the soil of the Serpentine Peninsula was + watered. + </p> + <p> + Now, of these three well-watered valleys, either might have served as a + retreat to some solitary who would have found there everything necessary + for life. But the settlers had already explored them, and in no part had + they discovered the presence of man. + </p> + <p> + Was it then in the depths of those barren gorges, in the midst of the + piles of rock, in the rugged northern ravines, among the streams of lava, + that this dwelling and its occupant would be found? + </p> + <p> + The northern part of Mount Franklin was at its base composed solely of two + valleys, wide, not very deep, without any appearance of vegetation, strewn + with masses of rock, paved with lava, and varied with great blocks of + mineral. This region required a long and careful exploration. It contained + a thousand cavities, comfortless no doubt, but perfectly concealed and + difficult of access. + </p> + <p> + The colonists even visited dark tunnels, dating from the volcanic period, + still black from the passage of the fire, and penetrated into the depths + of the mountain. They traversed these somber galleries, waving lighted + torches; they examined the smallest excavations; they sounded the + shallowest depths, but all was dark and silent. It did not appear that the + foot of man had ever before trodden these ancient passages, or that his + arm had ever displaced one of these blocks, which remained as the volcano + had cast them up above the waters, at the time of the submersion of the + island. + </p> + <p> + However, although these passages appeared to be absolutely deserted, and + the obscurity was complete, Cyrus Harding was obliged to confess that + absolute silence did not reign there. + </p> + <p> + On arriving at the end of one of these gloomy caverns, extending several + hundred feet into the interior of the mountain, he was surprised to hear a + deep rumbling noise, increased in intensity by the sonorousness of the + rocks. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett, who accompanied him, also heard these distant mutterings, + which indicated a revivification of the subterranean fires. Several times + both listened, and they agreed that some chemical process was taking place + in the bowels of the earth. + </p> + <p> + “Then the volcano is not totally extinct?” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “It is possible that since our exploration of the crater,” replied Cyrus + Harding, “some change has occurred. Any volcano, although considered + extinct, may evidently again burst forth.” + </p> + <p> + “But if an eruption of Mount Franklin occurred,” asked Spilett, “would + there not be some danger to Lincoln Island?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not think so,” answered the reporter. “The crater, that is to say, + the safety-valve, exists, and the overflow of smoke and lava, would + escape, as it did formerly, by this customary outlet.” + </p> + <p> + “Unless the lava opened a new way for itself towards the fertile parts of + the island!” + </p> + <p> + “And why, my dear Spilett,” answered Cyrus Harding, “should it not follow + the road naturally traced out for it?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, volcanoes are capricious,” returned the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Notice,” answered the engineer, “that the inclination of Mount Franklin + favors the flow of water towards the valleys which we are exploring just + now. To turn aside this flow, an earthquake would be necessary to change + the mountain’s center of gravity.” + </p> + <p> + “But an earthquake is always to be feared at these times,” observed Gideon + Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Always,” replied the engineer, “especially when the subterranean forces + begin to awake, as they risk meeting with some obstruction, after a long + rest. Thus, my dear Spilett, an eruption would be a serious thing for us, + and it would be better that the volcano should not have the slightest + desire to wake up. But we could not prevent it, could we? At any rate, + even if it should occur, I do not think Prospect Heights would be + seriously threatened. Between them and the mountain, the ground is + considerably depressed, and if the lava should ever take a course towards + the lake, it would be cast on the downs and the neighboring parts of Shark + Gulf.” + </p> + <p> + “We have not yet seen any smoke at the top of the mountain, to indicate an + approaching eruption,” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Harding, “not a vapor escapes from the crater, for it was + only yesterday that I attentively surveyed the summit. But it is probable + that at the lower part of the chimney, time may have accumulated rocks, + cinders, hardened lava, and that this valve of which I spoke, may at any + time become overcharged. But at the first serious effort, every obstacle + will disappear, and you may be certain, my dear Spilett, that neither the + island, which is the boiler, nor the volcano, which is the chimney, will + burst under the pressure of gas. Nevertheless, I repeat, it would be + better that there should not be an eruption.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet we are not mistaken,” remarked the reporter. “Mutterings can be + distinctly heard in the very bowels of the volcano!” + </p> + <p> + “You are right,” said the engineer, again listening attentively. “There + can be no doubt of it. A commotion is going on there, of which we can + neither estimate the importance nor the ultimate result.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Spilett, on coming out, rejoined their companions, to + whom they made known the state of affairs. + </p> + <p> + “Very well!” cried Pencroft, “The volcano wants to play his pranks! Let + him try, if he likes! He will find his master!” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” asked Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Our good genius, Neb, our good genius, who will shut his mouth for him, + if he so much as pretends to open it!” + </p> + <p> + As may be seen, the sailor’s confidence in the tutelary deity of his + island was absolute, and, certainly, the occult power, manifested until + now in so many inexplicable ways, appeared to be unlimited; but also it + knew how to escape the colonists’ most minute researches, for, in spite of + all their efforts, in spite of the more than zeal,—the obstinacy,—with + which they carried on their exploration, the retreat of the mysterious + being could not be discovered. + </p> + <p> + From the 19th to the 20th of February the circle of investigation was + extended to all the northern region of Lincoln Island, whose most secret + nooks were explored. The colonists even went the length of tapping every + rock. The search was extended to the extreme verge of the mountain. It was + explored thus to the very summit of the truncated cone terminating the + first row of rocks, then to the upper ridge of the enormous hat, at the + bottom of which opened the crater. + </p> + <p> + They did more; they visited the gulf, now extinct, but in whose depths the + rumbling could be distinctly heard. However, no sign of smoke or vapor, no + heating of the rock, indicated an approaching eruption. But neither there, + nor in any other part of Mount Franklin, did the colonists find any traces + of him of whom they were in search. + </p> + <p> + Their investigations were then directed to the downs. They carefully + examined the high lava-cliffs of Shark Gulf from the base to the crest, + although it was extremely difficult to reach even the level of the gulf. + No one!—nothing! + </p> + <p> + Indeed, in these three words was summed up so much fatigue uselessly + expended, so much energy producing no results, that somewhat of anger + mingled with the discomfiture of Cyrus Harding and his companions. + </p> + <p> + It was now time to think of returning, for these researches could not be + prolonged indefinitely. The colonists were certainly right in believing + that the mysterious being did not reside on the surface of the island, and + the wildest fancies haunted their excited imaginations. Pencroft and Neb, + particularly, were not contented with the mystery, but allowed their + imaginations to wander into the domain of the supernatural. + </p> + <p> + On the 25th of February the colonists re-entered Granite House, and by + means of the double cord, carried by an arrow to the threshold of the + door, they re-established communication between their habitation and the + ground. + </p> + <p> + A month later they commemorated, on the 25th of March, the third + anniversary of their arrival on Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0056" id="link2HCH0056"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 14 + </h2> + <p> + Three years had passed away since the escape of the prisoners from + Richmond, and how often during those three years had they spoken of their + country, always present in their thoughts! + </p> + <p> + They had no doubt that the civil war was at an end, and to them it + appeared impossible that the just cause of the North had not triumphed. + But what had been the incidents of this terrible war? How much blood had + it not cost? How many of their friends must have fallen in the struggle? + They often spoke of these things, without as yet being able to foresee the + day when they would be permitted once more to see their country. To return + thither, were it but for a few days, to renew the social link with the + inhabited world, to establish a communication between their native land + and their island, then to pass the longest, perhaps the best, portion of + their existence in this colony, founded by them, and which would then be + dependent on their country, was this a dream impossible to realize? + </p> + <p> + There were only two ways of accomplishing it—either a ship must + appear off Lincoln Island, or the colonists must themselves build a vessel + strong enough to sail to the nearest land. + </p> + <p> + “Unless,” said Pencroft, “our good genius, himself provides us with the + means of returning to our country.” + </p> + <p> + And, really, had any one told Pencroft and Neb that a ship of 300 tons was + waiting for them in Shark Gulf or at Port Balloon, they would not even + have made a gesture of surprise. In their state of mind nothing appeared + improbable. + </p> + <p> + But Cyrus Harding, less confident, advised them to confine themselves to + fact, and more especially so with regard to the building of a vessel—a + really urgent work, since it was for the purpose of depositing, as soon as + possible, at Tabor Island a document indicating Ayrton’s new residence. + </p> + <p> + As the “Bonadventure” no longer existed, six months at least would be + required for the construction of a new vessel. Now winter was approaching, + and the voyage would not be made before the following spring. + </p> + <p> + “We have time to get everything ready for the fine season,” remarked the + engineer, who was consulting with Pencroft about these matters. “I think, + therefore, my friend, that since we have to rebuild our vessel it will be + best to give her larger dimensions. The arrival of the Scotch yacht at + Tabor Island is very uncertain. It may even be that, having arrived + several months ago, she has again sailed after having vainly searched for + some trace of Ayrton. Will it not then be best to build a ship which, if + necessary, could take us either to the Polynesian Archipelago or to New + Zealand? What do you think?” + </p> + <p> + “I think, captain,” answered the sailor; “I think that you are as capable + of building a large vessel as a small one. Neither the wood nor the tools + are wanting. It is only a question of time.” + </p> + <p> + “And how many months would be required to build a vessel of from 250 to + 300 tons?” asked Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Seven or eight months at least,” replied Pencroft. “But it must not be + forgotten that winter is drawing near, and that in severe frost wood is + difficult to work. We must calculate on several weeks delay, and if our + vessel is ready by next November we may think ourselves very lucky.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” replied Cyrus Harding, “that will be exactly the most favorable + time for undertaking a voyage of any importance, either to Tabor Island or + to a more distant land.” + </p> + <p> + “So it will, captain,” answered the sailor. “Make out your plans then; the + workmen are ready, and I imagine that Ayrton can lend us a good helping + hand.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists, having been consulted, approved the engineer’s plan, and it + was, indeed, the best thing to be done. It is true that the construction + of a ship of from two to three hundred tons would be great labor, but the + colonists had confidence in themselves, justified by their previous + success. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding then busied himself in drawing the plan of the vessel and + making the model. During this time his companions employed themselves in + felling and carting trees to furnish the ribs, timbers, and planks. The + forest of the Far West supplied the best oaks and elms. They took + advantage of the opening already made on their last excursion to form a + practicable road, which they named the Far West Road, and the trees were + carried to the Chimneys, where the dockyard was established. As to the + road in question, the choice of trees had rendered its direction somewhat + capricious, but at the same time it facilitated the access to a large part + of the Serpentine Peninsula. + </p> + <p> + It was important that the trees should be quickly felled and cut up, for + they could not be used while yet green, and some time was necessary to + allow them to get seasoned. The carpenters, therefore, worked vigorously + during the month of April, which was troubled only by a few equinoctial + gales of some violence. Master Jup aided them dexterously, either by + climbing to the top of a tree to fasten the ropes or by lending his stout + shoulders to carry the lopped trunks. + </p> + <p> + All this timber was piled up under a large shed, built near the Chimneys, + and there awaited the time for use. + </p> + <p> + The month of April was tolerably fine, as October often is in the northern + zone. At the same time other work was actively continued, and soon all + trace of devastation disappeared from the plateau of Prospect Heights. The + mill was rebuilt, and new buildings rose in the poultry-yard. It had + appeared necessary to enlarge their dimensions, for the feathered + population had increased considerably. The stable now contained five + onagers, four of which were well broken, and allowed themselves to be + either driven or ridden, and a little colt. The colony now possessed a + plow, to which the onagers were yoked like regular Yorkshire or Kentucky + oxen. The colonists divided their work, and their arms never tired. Then + who could have enjoyed better health than these workers, and what good + humor enlivened the evenings in Granite House as they formed a thousand + plans for the future! + </p> + <p> + As a matter of course Ayrton shared the common lot in every respect, and + there was no longer any talk of his going to live at the corral. + Nevertheless he was still sad and reserved, and joined more in the work + than in the pleasures of his companions. But he was a valuable workman at + need—strong, skilful, ingenious, intelligent. He was esteemed and + loved by all, and he could not be ignorant of it. + </p> + <p> + In the meanwhile the corral was not abandoned. Every other day one of the + settlers, driving the cart or mounted on an onager, went to look after the + flock of musmons and goats and bring back the supply of milk required by + Neb. These excursions at the same time afforded opportunities for hunting. + Therefore Herbert and Gideon Spilett, with Top in front, traversed more + often than their companions the road to the corral, and with the capital + guns which they carried, capybaras, agouties, kangaroos, and wild pigs for + large game, ducks, grouse, jacamars, and snipe for small game, were never + wanting in the house. The produce of the warren, of the oyster-bed, + several turtles which were taken, excellent salmon which came up the + Mercy, vegetables from the plateau, wild fruit from the forest, were + riches upon riches, and Neb, the head cook, could scarcely by himself + store them away. + </p> + <p> + The telegraphic wire between the corral and Granite House had of course + been repaired, and it was worked whenever one or other of the settlers was + at the corral and found it necessary to spend the night there. Besides, + the island was safe now and no attacks were to be feared, at any rate from + men. + </p> + <p> + However, that which had happened might happen again. A descent of pirates, + or even of escaped convicts, was always to be feared. It was possible that + companions or accomplices of Bob Harvey had been in the secret of his + plans, and might be tempted to imitate him. The colonists, therefore, were + careful to observe the sea around the island, and every day their + telescope covered the horizon enclosed by Union and Washington Bays. When + they went to the corral they examined the sea to the west with no less + attention, and by climbing the spur their gaze extended over a large + section of the western horizon. + </p> + <p> + Nothing suspicious was discerned, but still it was necessary for them to + be on their guard. + </p> + <p> + The engineer one evening imparted to his friends a plan which he had + conceived for fortifying the corral. It appeared prudent to him to + heighten the palisade and to flank it with a sort of blockhouse, which, if + necessary, the settlers could hold against the enemy. Granite House might, + by its very position, be considered impregnable; therefore the corral with + its buildings, its stores, and the animals it contained, would always be + the object of pirates, whoever they were, who might land on the island, + and should the colonists be obliged to shut themselves up there they ought + also to be able to defend themselves without any disadvantage. This was a + project which might be left for consideration, and they were, besides, + obliged to put off its execution until the next spring. + </p> + <p> + About the 15th of May the keel of the new vessel lay along the dockyard, + and soon the stem and stern-post, mortised at each of its extremities, + rose almost perpendicularly. The keel, of good oak, measured 110 feet in + length, this allowing a width of five-and-twenty feet to the midship beam. + But this was all the carpenters could do before the arrival of the frosts + and bad weather. During the following week they fixed the first of the + stern timbers, but were then obliged to suspend work. + </p> + <p> + During the last days of the month the weather was extremely bad. The wind + blew from the east, sometimes with the violence of a tempest. The engineer + was somewhat uneasy on account of the dockyard shed—which besides, + he could not have established in any other place near to Granite House—for + the islet only imperfectly sheltered the shore from the fury of the open + sea, and in great storms the waves beat against the very foot of the + granite cliff. + </p> + <p> + But, very fortunately, these fears were not realized. The wind shifted to + the southeast, and there the beach of Granite House was completely covered + by Flotsam Point. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Ayrton, the most zealous workmen at the new vessel, pursued + their labor as long as they could. They were not men to mind the wind + tearing at their hair, nor the rain wetting them to the skin, and a blow + from a hammer is worth just as much in bad as in fine weather. But when a + severe frost succeeded this wet period, the wood, its fibers acquiring the + hardness of iron, became extremely difficult to work, and about the 10th + of June shipbuilding was obliged to be entirely discontinued. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions had not omitted to observe how severe was + the temperature during the winters of Lincoln Island. The cold was + comparable to that experienced in the States of New England, situated at + almost the same distance from the equator. In the northern hemisphere, or + at any rate in the part occupied by British America and the north of the + United States, this phenomenon is explained by the flat conformation of + the territories bordering on the pole, and on which there is no + intumescence of the soil to oppose any obstacle to the north winds; here, + in Lincoln Island, this explanation would not suffice. + </p> + <p> + “It has even been observed,” remarked Harding one day to his companions, + “that in equal latitudes the islands and coast regions are less tried by + the cold than inland countries. I have often heard it asserted that the + winters of Lombardy, for example, are not less rigorous than those of + Scotland, which results from the sea restoring during the winter the heat + which it received during the summer. Islands are, therefore, in a better + situation for benefiting by this restitution.” + </p> + <p> + “But then, Captain Harding,” asked Herbert, “why does Lincoln Island + appear to escape the common law?” + </p> + <p> + “That is difficult to explain,” answered the engineer. “However, I should + be disposed to conjecture that this peculiarity results from the situation + of the island in the Southern Hemisphere, which, as you know, my boy, is + colder than the Northern Hemisphere.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Herbert, “and icebergs are met with in lower latitudes in the + south than in the north of the Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true,” remarked Pencroft, “and when I have been serving on board + whalers I have seen icebergs off Cape Horn.” + </p> + <p> + “The severe cold experienced in Lincoln Island,” said Gideon Spilett, “may + then perhaps be explained by the presence of floes or icebergs + comparatively near to Lincoln Island.” + </p> + <p> + “Your opinion is very admissible indeed, my dear Spilett,” answered Cyrus + Harding, “and it is evidently to the proximity of icebergs that we owe our + rigorous winters. I would draw your attention also to an entirely physical + cause, which renders the Southern colder than the Northern Hemisphere. In + fact, since the sun is nearer to this hemisphere during the summer, it is + necessarily more distant during the winter. This explains then the excess + of temperature in the two seasons, for, if we find the winters very cold + in Lincoln Island, we must not forget that the summers here, on the + contrary, are very hot.” + </p> + <p> + “But why, if you please, captain,” asked Pencroft, knitting his brows, + “why should our hemisphere, as you say, be so badly divided? It isn’t + just, that!” + </p> + <p> + “Friend Pencroft,” answered the engineer, laughing, “whether just or not, + we must submit to it, and here lies the reason for this peculiarity. The + earth does not describe a circle around the sun, but an ellipse, as it + must by the laws of rational mechanics. Now, the earth occupies one of the + foci of the ellipse, and so at one point in its course is at its apogee, + that is, at its farthest from the sun, and at another point it is at its + perigee, or nearest to the sun. Now it happens that it is during the + winter of the southern countries that it is at its most distant point from + the sun, and consequently, in a situation for those regions to feel the + greatest cold. Nothing can be done to prevent that, and men, Pencroft, + however learned they may be, can never change anything of the + cosmographical order established by God Himself.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet,” added Pencroft, “the world is very learned. What a big book, + captain, might be made with all that is known!” + </p> + <p> + “And what a much bigger book still with all that is not known!” answered + Harding. + </p> + <p> + At last, for one reason or another, the month of June brought the cold + with its accustomed intensity, and the settlers were often confined to + Granite House. Ah! how wearisome this imprisonment was to them, and more + particularly to Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Look here,” said he to Neb one day, “I would give you by notarial deed + all the estates which will come to me some day, if you were a good enough + fellow to go, no matter where, and subscribe to some newspaper for me! + Decidedly the thing that is most essential to my happiness is the knowing + every morning what has happened the day before in other places than this!” + </p> + <p> + Neb began to laugh. + </p> + <p> + “‘Pon my word,” he replied, “the only thing I think about is my daily + work!” + </p> + <p> + The truth was that indoors as well as out there was no want of work. + </p> + <p> + The colony of Lincoln Island was now at its highest point of prosperity, + achieved by three years of continued hard work. The destruction of the + brig had been a new source of riches. Without speaking of the complete rig + which would serve for the vessel now on the stocks, utensils and tools of + all sorts, weapons and ammunition, clothes and instruments, were now piled + in the storerooms of Granite House. It had not even been necessary to + resort again to the manufacture of the coarse felt materials. Though the + colonists had suffered from cold during their first winter, the bad season + might now come without their having any reason to dread its severity. + Linen was plentiful also, and besides, they kept it with extreme care. + From chloride of sodium, which is nothing else than sea salt, Cyrus + Harding easily extracted the soda and chlorine. The soda, which it was + easy to change into carbonate of soda, and the chlorine, of which he made + chloride of lime, were employed for various domestic purposes, and + especially in bleaching linen. Besides, they did not wash more than four + times a year, as was done by families in the olden times, and it may be + added, that Pencroft and Gideon Spilett, while waiting for the postman to + bring him his newspaper, distinguished themselves as washermen. + </p> + <p> + So passed the winter months, June, July, and August. They were severe, and + the average observations of the thermometer did not give more than eight + degrees of Fahrenheit. It was therefore lower in temperature than the + preceding winter. But then, what splendid fires blazed continually on the + hearths of Granite House, the smoke marking the granite wall with long, + zebra-like streaks! Fuel was not spared, as it grew naturally a few steps + from them. Besides, the chips of the wood destined for the construction of + the ship enabled them to economize the coal, which required more trouble + to transport. + </p> + <p> + Men and animals were all well. Master Jup was a little chilly, it must be + confessed. This was perhaps his only weakness, and it was necessary to + make him a well-padded dressing-gown. But what a servant he was, clever, + zealous, indefatigable, not indiscreet, not talkative, and he might have + been with reason proposed as a model for all his biped brothers in the Old + and New Worlds! + </p> + <p> + “As for that,” said Pencroft, “when one has four hands at one’s service, + of course one’s work ought to be done so much the better!” + </p> + <p> + And indeed the intelligent creature did it well. + </p> + <p> + During the seven months which had passed since the last researches made + round the mountain, and during the month of September, which brought back + fine weather, nothing was heard of the genius of the island. His power was + not manifested in any way. It is true that it would have been superfluous, + for no incident occurred to put the colonists to any painful trial. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding even observed that if by chance the communication between + the unknown and the tenants of Granite House had ever been established + through the granite, and if Top’s instinct had as it were felt it, there + was no further sign of it during this period. The dog’s growling had + entirely ceased, as well as the uneasiness of the orang. The two friends—for + they were such—no longer prowled round the opening of the inner + well, nor did they bark or whine in that singular way which from the first + the engineer had noticed. But could he be sure that this was all that was + to be said about this enigma, and that he should never arrive at a + solution? Could he be certain that some conjuncture would not occur which + would bring the mysterious personage on the scene? who could tell what the + future might have in reserve? + </p> + <p> + At last the winter was ended, but an event, the consequences of which + might be serious occurred in the first days of the returning spring. + </p> + <p> + On the 7th of September, Cyrus Harding, having observed the crater, saw + smoke curling round the summit of the mountain, its first vapors rising in + the air. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0057" id="link2HCH0057"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 15 + </h2> + <p> + The colonists, warned by the engineer, left their work and gazed in + silence at the summit of Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + The volcano had awoke, and the vapor had penetrated the mineral layer + heaped at the bottom of the crater. But would the subterranean fires + provoke any violent eruption? This was an event which could not be + foreseen. However, even while admitting the possibility of an eruption, it + was not probable that the whole of Lincoln Island would suffer from it. + The flow of volcanic matter is not always disastrous, and the island had + already undergone this trial, as was shown by the streams of lava hardened + on the northern slopes of the mountain. Besides, from the shape of the + crater—the opening broken in the upper edge—the matter would + be thrown to the side opposite the fertile regions of the island. + </p> + <p> + However, the past did not necessarily answer for the future. Often, at the + summit of volcanoes, the old craters close and new ones open. This had + occurred in the two hemispheres—at Etna, Popocatepetl, at Orizabaand + on the eve of an eruption there is everything to be feared. In fact, an + earthquake—a phenomenon which often accompanies volcanic eruption—is + enough to change the interior arrangement of a mountain, and to open new + outlets for the burning lava. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding explained these things to his companions, and, without + exaggerating the state of things, he told them all the pros and cons. + After all, they could not prevent it. It did not appear likely that + Granite House would be threatened unless the ground was shaken by an + earthquake. But the corral would be in great danger should a new crater + open in the southern side of Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + From that day the smoke never disappeared from the top of the mountain, + and it could even be perceived that it increased in height and thickness, + without any flame mingling in its heavy volumes. The phenomenon was still + concentrated in the lower part of the central crater. + </p> + <p> + However, with the fine days work had been continued. The building of the + vessel was hastened as much as possible, and, by means of the waterfall on + the shore, Cyrus Harding managed to establish an hydraulic sawmill, which + rapidly cut up the trunks of trees into planks and joists. The mechanism + of this apparatus was as simple as those used in the rustic sawmills of + Norway. A first horizontal movement to move the piece of wood, a second + vertical movement to move the saw—this was all that was wanted; and + the engineer succeeded by means of a wheel, two cylinders, and pulleys + properly arranged. Towards the end of the month of September the skeleton + of the vessel, which was to be rigged as a schooner, lay in the dockyard. + The ribs were almost entirely completed, and, all the timbers having been + sustained by a provisional band, the shape of the vessel could already be + seen. The schooner, sharp in the bows, very slender in the after-part, + would evidently be suitable for a long voyage, if wanted; but laying the + planking would still take a considerable time. Very fortunately, the iron + work of the pirate brig had been saved after the explosion. From the + planks and injured ribs Pencroft and Ayrton had extracted the bolts and a + large quantity of copper nails. It was so much work saved for the smiths, + but the carpenters had much to do. + </p> + <p> + Shipbuilding was interrupted for a week for the harvest, the haymaking, + and the gathering in of the different crops on the plateau. This work + finished, every moment was devoted to finishing the schooner. When night + came the workmen were really quite exhausted. So as not to lose any time + they had changed the hours for their meals; they dined at twelve o’clock, + and only had their supper when daylight failed them. They then ascended to + Granite House, when they were always ready to go to bed. + </p> + <p> + Sometimes, however, when the conversation bore on some interesting subject + the hour for sleep was delayed for a time. The colonists then spoke of the + future, and talked willingly of the changes which a voyage in the schooner + to inhabited lands would make in their situation. But always, in the midst + of these plans, prevailed the thought of a subsequent return to Lincoln + Island. Never would they abandon this colony, founded with so much labor + and with such success, and to which a communication with America would + afford a fresh impetus. Pencroft and Neb especially hoped to end their + days there. + </p> + <p> + “Herbert,” said the sailor, “you will never abandon Lincoln Island?” + </p> + <p> + “Never, Pencroft, and especially if you make up your mind to stay there.” + </p> + <p> + “That was made up long ago, my boy,” answered Pencroft. “I shall expect + you. You will bring me your wife and children, and I shall make jolly + chaps of your youngsters!” + </p> + <p> + “That’s agreed,” replied Herbert, laughing and blushing at the same time. + </p> + <p> + “And you, Captain Harding,” resumed Pencroft enthusiastically, “you will + be still the governor of the island! Ah, how many inhabitants could it + support? Ten thousand at least!” + </p> + <p> + They talked in this way, allowing Pencroft to run on, and at last the + reporter actually started a newspaper—the New Lincoln Herald! + </p> + <p> + So is man’s heart. The desire to perform a work which will endure, which + will survive him, is the origin of his superiority over all other living + creatures here below. It is this which has established his dominion, and + this it is which justifies it, over all the world. + </p> + <p> + After that, who knows if Jup and Top had not themselves their little dream + of the future. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton silently said to himself that he would like to see Lord Glenarvan + again and show himself to all restored. + </p> + <p> + One evening, on the 15th of October, the conversation was prolonged later + than usual. It was nine o’clock. Already, long badly concealed yawns gave + warning of the hour of rest, and Pencroft was proceeding towards his bed, + when the electric bell, placed in the dining-room, suddenly rang. + </p> + <p> + All were there, Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Ayrton, Pencroft, + Neb. Therefore none of the colonists were at the corral. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding rose. His companions stared at each other, scarcely + believing their ears. + </p> + <p> + “What does that mean?” cried Neb. “Was it the devil who rang it?” + </p> + <p> + No one answered. + </p> + <p> + “The weather is stormy,” observed Herbert. “Might not its influence of + electricity—” + </p> + <p> + Herbert did not finish his phrase. The engineer, towards whom all eyes + were turned, shook his head negatively. + </p> + <p> + “We must wait,” said Gideon Spilett. “If it is a signal, whoever it may be + who has made it, he will renew it.” + </p> + <p> + “But who do you think it is?” cried Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Who?” answered Pencroft, “but he—” + </p> + <p> + The sailor’s sentence was cut short by a new tinkle of the bell. + </p> + <p> + Harding went to the apparatus, and sent this question to the corral:— + </p> + <p> + “What do you want?” + </p> + <p> + A few moments later the needle, moving on the alphabetic dial, gave this + reply to the tenants of Granite House:— + </p> + <p> + “Come to the corral immediately.” + </p> + <p> + “At last!” exclaimed Harding. + </p> + <p> + Yes! At last! The mystery was about to be unveiled. The colonists’ fatigue + had disappeared before the tremendous interest which was about to urge + them to the corral, and all wish for rest had ceased. Without having + uttered a word, in a few moments they had left Granite House, and were + standing on the beach. Jup and Top alone were left behind. They could do + without them. + </p> + <p> + The night was black. The new moon had disappeared at the same time as the + sun. As Herbert had observed, great stormy clouds formed a lowering and + heavy vault, preventing any star rays. A few lightning flashes, + reflections from a distant storm, illuminated the horizon. + </p> + <p> + It was possible that a few hours later the thunder would roll over the + island itself. The night was very threatening. + </p> + <p> + But however deep the darkness was, it would not prevent them from finding + the familiar road to the corral. + </p> + <p> + They ascended the left bank of the Mercy, reached the plateau, passed the + bridge over Creek Glycerine, and advanced through the forest. + </p> + <p> + They walked at a good pace, a prey to the liveliest emotions. There was no + doubt but that they were now going to learn the long-searched-for answer + to the enigma, the name of that mysterious being, so deeply concerned in + their life, so generous in his influence, so powerful in his action! Must + not this stranger have indeed mingled with their existence, have known the + smallest details, have heard all that was said in Granite House, to have + been able always to act in the very nick of time? + </p> + <p> + Every one, wrapped up in his own reflections, pressed forward. Under the + arch of trees the darkness was such that even the edge of the road could + not be seen. Not a sound in the forest. Both animals and birds, influenced + by the heaviness of the atmosphere, remained motionless and silent. Not a + breath disturbed the leaves. The footsteps of the colonists alone + resounded on the hardened ground. + </p> + <p> + During the first quarter of an hour the silence was only interrupted by + this remark from Pencroft:— + </p> + <p> + “We ought to have brought a torch.” + </p> + <p> + And by this reply from the engineer:— + </p> + <p> + “We shall find one at the corral.” + </p> + <p> + Harding and his companions had left Granite House at twelve minutes past + nine. At forty-seven minutes past nine they had traversed three out of the + five miles which separated the mouth of the Mercy from the corral. + </p> + <p> + At that moment sheets of lightning spread over the island and illumined + the dark trees. The flashes dazzled and almost blinded them. Evidently the + storm would not be long in bursting forth. + </p> + <p> + The flashes gradually became brighter and more rapid. Distant thunder + growled in the sky. The atmosphere was stifling. + </p> + <p> + The colonists proceeded as if they were urged onwards by some irresistible + force. + </p> + <p> + At ten o’clock a vivid flash showed them the palisade, and as they reached + the gate the storm burst forth with tremendous fury. + </p> + <p> + In a minute the corral was crossed, and Harding stood before the hut. + </p> + <p> + Probably the house was occupied by the stranger, since it was from thence + that the telegram had been sent. However, no light shone through the + window. + </p> + <p> + The engineer knocked at the door. + </p> + <p> + No answer. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding opened the door, and the settlers entered the room, which + was perfectly dark. A light was struck by Neb, and in a few moments the + lantern was lighted and the light thrown into every corner of the room. + </p> + <p> + There was no one there. Everything was in the state in which it had been + left. + </p> + <p> + “Have we been deceived by an illusion?” murmured Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + No! that was not possible! The telegram had clearly said,— + </p> + <p> + “Come to the corral immediately.” + </p> + <p> + They approached the table specially devoted to the use of the wire. + Everything was in order—the pile on the box containing it, as well + as all the apparatus. + </p> + <p> + “Who came here the last time?” asked the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “I did, captain,” answered Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + “And that was—” + </p> + <p> + “Four days ago.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! a note!” cried Herbert, pointing to a paper lying on the table. + </p> + <p> + On this paper were written these words in English:— + </p> + <p> + “Follow the new wire.” + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” cried Harding, who understood that the despatch had not been + sent from the corral, but from the mysterious retreat, communicating + directly with Granite House by means of a supplementary wire joined to the + old one. + </p> + <p> + Neb took the lighted lantern, and all left the corral. The storm then + burst forth with tremendous violence. The interval between each + lightning-flash and each thunder-clap diminished rapidly. The summit of + the volcano, with its plume of vapor, could be seen by occasional flashes. + </p> + <p> + There was no telegraphic communication in any part of the corral between + the house and the palisade; but the engineer, running straight to the + first post, saw by the light of a flash a new wire hanging from the + isolator to the ground. + </p> + <p> + “There it is!” said he. + </p> + <p> + This wire lay along the ground, and was surrounded with an isolating + substance like a submarine cable, so as to assure the free transmission of + the current. It appeared to pass through the wood and the southern spurs + of the mountain, and consequently it ran towards the west. + </p> + <p> + “Follow it!” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + And the settlers immediately pressed forward, guided by the wire. + </p> + <p> + The thunder continued to roar with such violence that not a word could be + heard. However, there was no occasion for speaking, but to get forward as + fast as possible. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions then climbed the spur rising between the + corral valley and that of Falls River, which they crossed at its narrowest + part. The wire, sometimes stretched over the lower branches of the trees, + sometimes lying on the ground, guided them surely. The engineer had + supposed that the wire would perhaps stop at the bottom of the valley, and + that the stranger’s retreat would be there. + </p> + <p> + Nothing of the sort. They were obliged to ascend the south-western spur, + and re-descend on that arid plateau terminated by the strangely-wild + basalt cliff. From time to time one of the colonists stooped down and felt + for the wire with his hands; but there was now no doubt that the wire was + running directly towards the sea. There, to a certainty, in the depths of + those rocks, was the dwelling so long sought for in vain. + </p> + <p> + The sky was literally on fire. Flash succeeded flash. Several struck the + summit of the volcano in the midst of the thick smoke. It appeared there + as if the mountain was vomiting flame. At a few minutes to eleven the + colonists arrived on the high cliff overlooking the ocean to the west. The + wind had risen. The surf roared 500 feet below. + </p> + <p> + Harding calculated that they had gone a mile and a half from the corral. + </p> + <p> + At this point the wire entered among the rocks, following the steep side + of a narrow ravine. The settlers followed it at the risk of occasioning a + fall of the slightly-balanced rocks, and being dashed into the sea. The + descent was extremely perilous, but they did not think of the danger; they + were no longer masters of themselves, and an irresistible attraction drew + them towards this mysterious place as the magnet draws iron. + </p> + <p> + Thus they almost unconsciously descended this ravine, which even in broad + daylight would have been considered impracticable. + </p> + <p> + The stones rolled and sparkled like fiery balls when they crossed through + the gleams of light. Harding was first—Ayrton last. On they went, + step by step. Now they slid over the slippery rock; then they struggled to + their feet and scrambled on. + </p> + <p> + At last the wire touched the rocks on the beach. The colonists had reached + the bottom of the basalt cliff. + </p> + <p> + There appeared a narrow ridge, running horizontally and parallel with the + sea. The settlers followed the wire along it. They had not gone a hundred + paces when the ridge by a moderate incline sloped down to the level of the + sea. + </p> + <p> + The engineer seized the wire and found that it disappeared beneath the + waves. + </p> + <p> + His companions were stupefied. + </p> + <p> + A cry of disappointment, almost a cry of despair, escaped them! Must they + then plunge beneath the water and seek there for some submarine cavern? In + their excited state they would not have hesitated to do it. + </p> + <p> + The engineer stopped them. + </p> + <p> + He led his companions to a hollow in the rocks, and there— + </p> + <p> + “We must wait,” said he. “The tide is high. At low water the way will be + open.” + </p> + <p> + “But what can make you think-” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “He would not have called us if the means had been wanting to enable us to + reach him!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding spoke in a tone of such thorough conviction that no + objection was raised. His remark, besides, was logical. It was quite + possible that an opening, practicable at low water, though hidden now by + the high tide, opened at the foot of the cliff. + </p> + <p> + There was some time to wait. The colonists remained silently crouching in + a deep hollow. Rain now began to fall in torrents. The thunder was + re-echoed among the rocks with a grand sonorousness. + </p> + <p> + The colonists’ emotion was great. A thousand strange and extraordinary + ideas crossed their brains, and they expected some grand and superhuman + apparition, which alone could come up to the notion they had formed of the + mysterious genius of the island. + </p> + <p> + At midnight, Harding carrying the lantern, descended to the beach to + reconnoiter. + </p> + <p> + The engineer was not mistaken. The beginning of an immense excavation + could be seen under the water. There the wire, bending at a right angle, + entered the yawning gulf. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding returned to his companions, and said simply,— + </p> + <p> + “In an hour the opening will be practicable.” + </p> + <p> + “It is there, then?” said Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Did you doubt it?” returned Harding. + </p> + <p> + “But this cavern must be filled with water to a certain height,” observed + Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “Either the cavern will be completely dry,” replied Harding, “and in that + case we can traverse it on foot, or it will not be dry, and some means of + transport will be put at our disposal.” + </p> + <p> + An hour passed. All climbed down through the rain to the level of the sea. + There was now eight feet of the opening above the water. It was like the + arch of a bridge, under which rushed the foaming water. + </p> + <p> + Leaning forward, the engineer saw a black object floating on the water. He + drew it towards him. It was a boat, moored to some interior projection of + the cave. This boat was iron-plated. Two oars lay at the bottom. + </p> + <p> + “Jump in!” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + In a moment the settlers were in the boat. Neb and Ayrton took the oars, + Pencroft the rudder. Cyrus Harding in the bows, with the lantern, lighted + the way. + </p> + <p> + The elliptical roof, under which the boat at first passed, suddenly rose; + but the darkness was too deep, and the light of the lantern too slight, + for either the extent, length, height, or depth of the cave to be + ascertained. Solemn silence reigned in this basaltic cavern. Not a sound + could penetrate into it, even the thunder peals could not pierce its thick + sides. + </p> + <p> + Such immense caves exist in various parts of the world, natural crypts + dating from the geological epoch of the globe. Some are filled by the sea; + others contain entire lakes in their sides. Such is Fingal’s Cave, in the + island of Staffa, one of the Hebrides; such are the caves of Morgat, in + the bay of Douarnenez, in Brittany, the caves of Bonifacio, in Corsica, + those of Lyse-Fjord, in Norway; such are the immense Mammoth caverns in + Kentucky, 500 feet in height, and more than twenty miles in length! In + many parts of the globe, nature has excavated these caverns, and preserved + them for the admiration of man. + </p> + <p> + Did the cavern which the settlers were now exploring extend to the center + of the island? For a quarter of an hour the boat had been advancing, + making detours, indicated to Pencroft by the engineer in short sentences, + when all at once,— + </p> + <p> + “More to the right!” he commanded. + </p> + <p> + The boat, altering its course, came up alongside the right wall. The + engineer wished to see if the wire still ran along the side. + </p> + <p> + The wire was there fastened to the rock. + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + And the two oars, plunging into the dark waters, urged the boat onwards. + </p> + <p> + On they went for another quarter of an hour, and a distance of half-a-mile + must have been cleared from the mouth of the cave, when Harding’s voice + was again heard. + </p> + <p> + “Stop!” said he. + </p> + <p> + The boat stopped, and the colonists perceived a bright light illuminating + the vast cavern, so deeply excavated in the bowels of the island, of which + nothing had ever led them to suspect the existence. + </p> + <p> + At a height of a hundred feet rose the vaulted roof, supported on basalt + shafts. Irregular arches, strange moldings, appeared on the columns + erected by nature in thousands from the first epochs of the formation of + the globe. The basalt pillars, fitted one into the other, measured from + forty to fifty feet in height, and the water, calm in spite of the tumult + outside, washed their base. The brilliant focus of light, pointed out by + the engineer, touched every point of rocks, and flooded the walls with + light. + </p> + <p> + By reflection the water reproduced the brilliant sparkles, so that the + boat appeared to be floating between two glittering zones. They could not + be mistaken in the nature of the irradiation thrown from the glowing + nucleus, whose clear rays were shattered by all the angles, all the + projections of the cavern. This light proceeded from an electric source, + and its white color betrayed its origin. It was the sun of this cave, and + it filled it entirely. + </p> + <p> + At a sign from Cyrus Harding the oars again plunged into the water, + causing a regular shower of gems, and the boat was urged forward towards + the light, which was now not more than half a cable’s length distant. + </p> + <p> + At this place the breadth of the sheet of water measured nearly 350 feet, + and beyond the dazzling center could be seen an enormous basaltic wall, + blocking up any issue on that side. The cavern widened here considerably, + the sea forming a little lake. But the roof, the side walls, the end + cliff, all the prisms, all the peaks, were flooded with the electric + fluid, so that the brilliancy belonged to them, and as if the light issued + from them. + </p> + <p> + In the center of the lake a long cigar-shaped object floated on the + surface of the water, silent, motionless. The brilliancy which issued from + it escaped from its sides as from two kilns heated to a white heat. This + apparatus, similar in shape to an enormous whale, was about 250 feet long, + and rose about ten or twelve above the water. + </p> + <p> + The boat slowly approached it, Cyrus Harding stood up in the bows. He + gazed, a prey to violent excitement. Then, all at once, seizing the + reporter’s arm,— + </p> + <p> + “It is he! It can only be he!” he cried, “he!—” + </p> + <p> + Then, falling back on the seat, he murmured a name which Gideon Spilett + alone could hear. + </p> + <p> + The reporter evidently knew this name, for it had a wonderful effect upon + him, and he answered in a hoarse voice,— + </p> + <p> + “He! an outlawed man!” + </p> + <p> + “He!” said Harding. + </p> + <p> + At the engineer’s command the boat approached this singular floating + apparatus. The boat touched the left side, from which escaped a ray of + light through a thick glass. + </p> + <p> + Harding and his companions mounted on the platform. An open hatchway was + there. All darted down the opening. + </p> + <p> + At the bottom of the ladder was a deck, lighted by electricity. At the end + of this deck was a door, which Harding opened. + </p> + <p> + A richly-ornamented room, quickly traversed by the colonists, was joined + to a library, over which a luminous ceiling shed a flood of light. + </p> + <p> + At the end of the library a large door, also shut, was opened by the + engineer. + </p> + <p> + An immense saloon—a sort of museum, in which were heaped up, with + all the treasures of the mineral world, works of art, marvels of industry—appeared + before the eyes of the colonists, who almost thought themselves suddenly + transported into a land of enchantment. + </p> + <p> + Stretched on a rich sofa they saw a man, who did not appear to notice + their presence. + </p> + <p> + Then Harding raised his voice, and to the extreme surprise of his + companions, he uttered these words,— + </p> + <p> + “Captain Nemo, you asked for us! We are here.—” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0058" id="link2HCH0058"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 16 + </h2> + <p> + At these words the reclining figure rose, and the electric light fell upon + his countenance; a magnificent head, the forehead high, the glance + commanding, beard white, hair abundant and falling over the shoulders. + </p> + <p> + His hand rested upon the cushion of the divan from which he had just + risen. He appeared perfectly calm. It was evident that his strength had + been gradually undermined by illness, but his voice seemed yet powerful, + as he said in English, and in a tone which evinced extreme surprise,— + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I have no name.” + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless, I know you!” replied Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo fixed his penetrating gaze upon the engineer, as though he + were about to annihilate him. + </p> + <p> + Then, falling back amid the pillows of the divan,— + </p> + <p> + “After all, what matters now?” he murmured; “I am dying!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding drew near the captain, and Gideon Spilett took his hand—it + was of a feverish heat. Ayrton, Pencroft, Herbert, and Neb stood + respectfully apart in an angle of the magnificent saloon, whose atmosphere + was saturated with the electric fluid. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Captain Nemo withdrew his hand, and motioned the engineer and + the reporter to be seated. + </p> + <p> + All regarded him with profound emotion. Before them they beheld that being + whom they had styled the “genius of the island,” the powerful protector + whose intervention, in so many circumstances, had been so efficacious, the + benefactor to whom they owed such a debt of gratitude! Their eyes beheld a + man only, and a man at the point of death, where Pencroft and Neb had + expected to find an almost supernatural being! + </p> + <p> + But how happened it that Cyrus Harding had recognized Captain Nemo? why + had the latter so suddenly risen on hearing this name uttered, a name + which he had believed known to none?— + </p> + <p> + The captain had resumed his position on the divan, and leaning on his arm, + he regarded the engineer, seated near him. + </p> + <p> + “You know the name I formerly bore, sir?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I do,” answered Cyrus Harding, “and also that of this wonderful submarine + vessel—” + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Nautilus’?” said the captain, with a faint smile. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Nautilus.’” + </p> + <p> + “But do you—do you know who I am?” + </p> + <p> + “I do.” + </p> + <p> + “It is nevertheless many years since I have held any communication with + the inhabited world; three long years have I passed in the depth of the + sea, the only place where I have found liberty! Who then can have betrayed + my secret?” + </p> + <p> + “A man who was bound to you by no tie, Captain Nemo, and who, + consequently, cannot be accused of treachery.” + </p> + <p> + “The Frenchman who was cast on board my vessel by chance sixteen years + since?” + </p> + <p> + “The same.” + </p> + <p> + “He and his two companions did not then perish in the maelstrom, in the + midst of which the ‘Nautilus’ was struggling?” + </p> + <p> + “They escaped, and a book has appeared under the title of ‘Twenty Thousand + Leagues Under the Sea,’ which contains your history.” + </p> + <p> + “The history of a few months only of my life!” interrupted the captain + impetuously. + </p> + <p> + “It is true,” answered Cyrus Harding, “but a few months of that strange + life have sufficed to make you known.” + </p> + <p> + “As a great criminal, doubtless!” said Captain Nemo, a haughty smile + curling his lips. “Yes, a rebel, perhaps an outlaw against humanity!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer was silent. + </p> + <p> + “Well, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “It is not for me to judge you, Captain Nemo,” answered Cyrus Harding, “at + any rate as regards your past life. I am, with the rest of the world, + ignorant of the motives which induced you to adopt this strange mode of + existence, and I cannot judge of effects without knowing their causes; but + what I do know is, that a beneficent hand has constantly protected us + since our arrival on Lincoln Island, that we all owe our lives to a good, + generous, and powerful being, and that this being so powerful, good and + generous, Captain Nemo, is yourself!” + </p> + <p> + “It is I,” answered the captain simply. + </p> + <p> + The engineer and the reporter rose. Their companions had drawn near, and + the gratitude with which their hearts were charged was about to express + itself in their gestures and words. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo stopped them by a sign, and in a voice which betrayed more + emotion than he doubtless intended to show. + </p> + <p> + “Wait till you have heard all,” he said. + </p> + <p> + And the captain, in a few concise sentences, ran over the events of his + life. + </p> + <p> + His narrative was short, yet he was obliged to summon up his whole + remaining energy to arrive at the end. He was evidently contending against + extreme weakness. Several times Cyrus Harding entreated him to repose for + a while, but he shook his head as a man to whom the morrow may never come, + and when the reporter offered his assistance,— + </p> + <p> + “It is useless,” he said; “my hours are numbered.” + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo was an Indian, the Prince Dakkar, son of a rajah of the then + independent territory of Bundelkund. His father sent him, when ten years + of age, to Europe, in order that he might receive an education in all + respects complete, and in the hopes that by his talents and knowledge he + might one day take a leading part in raising his long degraded and heathen + country to a level with the nations of Europe. + </p> + <p> + From the age of ten years to that of thirty Prince Dakkar, endowed by + Nature with her richest gifts of intellect, accumulated knowledge of every + kind, and in science, literature, and art his researches were extensive + and profound. + </p> + <p> + He traveled over the whole of Europe. His rank and fortune caused him to + be everywhere sought after; but the pleasures of the world had for him no + attractions. Though young and possessed of every personal advantage, he + was ever grave—somber even—devoured by an unquenchable thirst + for knowledge, and cherishing in the recesses of his heart the hope that + he might become a great and powerful ruler of a free and enlightened + people. + </p> + <p> + Still, for long the love of science triumphed over all other feelings. He + became an artist deeply impressed by the marvels of art, a philosopher to + whom no one of the higher sciences was unknown, a statesman versed in the + policy of European courts. To the eyes of those who observed him + superficially he might have passed for one of those cosmopolitans, curious + of knowledge, but disdaining action; one of those opulent travelers, + haughty and cynical, who move incessantly from place to place, and are of + no country. + </p> + <p> + The history of Captain Nemo has, in fact, been published under the title + of “Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea.” Here, therefore, will apply + the observation already made as to the adventures of Ayrton with regard to + the discrepancy of dates. Readers should therefore refer to the note + already published on this point. + </p> + <p> + This artist, this philosopher, this man was, however, still cherishing the + hope instilled into him from his earliest days. + </p> + <p> + Prince Dakkar returned to Bundelkund in the year 1849. He married a noble + Indian lady, who was imbued with an ambition not less ardent than that by + which he was inspired. Two children were born to them, whom they tenderly + loved. But domestic happiness did not prevent him from seeking to carry + out the object at which he aimed. He waited an opportunity. At length, as + he vainly fancied, it presented itself. + </p> + <p> + Instigated by princes equally ambitious and less sagacious and more + unscrupulous than he was, the people of India were persuaded that they + might successfully rise against their English rulers, who had brought them + out of a state of anarchy and constant warfare and misery, and had + established peace and prosperity in their country. Their ignorance and + gross superstition made them the facile tools of their designing chiefs. + </p> + <p> + In 1857 the great sepoy revolt broke out. Prince Dakkar, under the belief + that he should thereby have the opportunity of attaining the object of his + long-cherished ambition, was easily drawn into it. He forthwith devoted + his talents and wealth to the service of this cause. He aided it in + person; he fought in the front ranks; he risked his life equally with the + humblest of the wretched and misguided fanatics; he was ten times wounded + in twenty engagements, seeking death but finding it not, but at length the + sanguinary rebels were utterly defeated, and the atrocious mutiny was + brought to an end. + </p> + <p> + Never before had the British power in India been exposed to such danger, + and if, as they had hoped, the sepoys had received assistance from + without, the influence and supremacy in Asia of the United Kingdom would + have been a thing of the past. + </p> + <p> + The name of Prince Dakkar was at that time well known. He had fought + openly and without concealment. A price was set upon his head, but he + managed to escape from his pursuers. + </p> + <p> + Civilization never recedes; the law of necessity ever forces it onwards. + The sepoys were vanquished, and the land of the rajahs of old fell again + under the rule of England. + </p> + <p> + Prince Dakkar, unable to find that death he courted, returned to the + mountain fastnesses of Bundelkund. There, alone in the world, overcome by + disappointment at the destruction of all his vain hopes, a prey to + profound disgust for all human beings, filled with hatred of the civilized + world, he realized the wreck of his fortune, assembled some score of his + most faithful companions, and one day disappeared, leaving no trace + behind. + </p> + <p> + Where, then, did he seek that liberty denied him upon the inhabited earth? + Under the waves, in the depths of the ocean, where none could follow. + </p> + <p> + The warrior became the man of science. Upon a deserted island of the + Pacific he established his dockyard, and there a submarine vessel was + constructed from his designs. By methods which will at some future day be + revealed he had rendered subservient the illimitable forces of + electricity, which, extracted from inexhaustible sources, was employed for + all the requirements of his floating equipage, as a moving, lighting, and + heating agent. The sea, with its countless treasures, its myriads of fish, + its numberless wrecks, its enormous mammalia, and not only all that nature + supplied, but also all that man had lost in its depths, sufficed for every + want of the prince and his crew—and thus was his most ardent desire + accomplished, never again to hold communication with the earth. He named + his submarine vessel the “Nautilus,” called himself simply Captain Nemo, + and disappeared beneath the seas. + </p> + <p> + During many years this strange being visited every ocean, from pole to + pole. Outcast of the inhabited earth in these unknown worlds he gathered + incalculable treasures. The millions lost in the Bay of Vigo, in 1702, by + the galleons of Spain, furnished him with a mine of inexhaustible riches + which he devoted always, anonymously, in favor of those nations who fought + for the independence of their country. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + (This refers to the resurrection of the Candiotes, who were, in + fact, largely assisted by Captain Nemo.) +</pre> + <p> + For long, however, he had held no communication with his fellow-creatures, + when, during the night of the 6th of November, 1866, three men were cast + on board his vessel. They were a French professor, his servant, and a + Canadian fisherman. These three men had been hurled overboard by a + collision which had taken place between the “Nautilus” and the United + States frigate “Abraham Lincoln,” which had chased her. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo learned from this professor that the “Nautilus,” taken now + for a gigantic mammal of the whale species, now for a submarine vessel + carrying a crew of pirates, was sought for in every sea. + </p> + <p> + He might have returned these three men to the ocean, from whence chance + had brought them in contact with his mysterious existence. Instead of + doing this he kept them prisoners, and during seven months they were + enabled to behold all the wonders of a voyage of twenty thousand leagues + under the sea. + </p> + <p> + One day, the 22nd of June, 1867, these three men, who knew nothing of the + past history of Captain Nemo, succeeded in escaping in one of the + “Nautilus’s” boats. But as at this time the “Nautilus” was drawn into the + vortex of the maelstrom, off the coast of Norway, the captain naturally + believed that the fugitives, engulfed in that frightful whirlpool, found + their death at the bottom of the abyss. He was unaware that the Frenchman + and his two companions had been miraculously cast on shore, that the + fishermen of the Lofoten Islands had rendered them assistance, and that + the professor, on his return to France, had published that work in which + seven months of the strange and eventful navigation of the “Nautilus” were + narrated and exposed to the curiosity of the public. + </p> + <p> + For a long time after this, Captain Nemo continued to live thus, + traversing every sea. But one by one his companions died, and found their + last resting-place in their cemetery of coral, in the bed of the Pacific. + At last Captain Nemo remained the solitary survivor of all those who had + taken refuge with him in the depths of the ocean. + </p> + <p> + He was now sixty years of age. Although alone, he succeeded in navigating + the “Nautilus” towards one of those submarine caverns which had sometimes + served him as a harbor. + </p> + <p> + One of these ports was hollowed beneath Lincoln Island, and at this moment + furnished an asylum to the “Nautilus.” + </p> + <p> + The captain had now remained there six years, navigating the ocean no + longer, but awaiting death, and that moment when he should rejoin his + former companions, when by chance he observed the descent of the balloon + which carried the prisoners of the Confederates. Clad in his diving dress + he was walking beneath the water at a few cables’ length from the shore of + the island, when the engineer had been thrown into the sea. Moved by a + feeling of compassion the captain saved Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + His first impulse was to fly from the vicinity of the five castaways; but + his harbor refuge was closed, for in consequence of an elevation of the + basalt, produced by the influence of volcanic action, he could no longer + pass through the entrance of the vault. Though there was sufficient depth + of water to allow a light craft to pass the bar, there was not enough for + the “Nautilus,” whose draught of water was considerable. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo was compelled, therefore, to remain. He observed these men + thrown without resources upon a desert island, but had no wish to be + himself discovered by them. By degrees he became interested in their + efforts when he saw them honest, energetic, and bound to each other by the + ties of friendship. As if despite his wishes, he penetrated all the + secrets of their existence. By means of the diving dress he could easily + reach the well in the interior of Granite House, and climbing by the + projections of rock to its upper orifice he heard the colonists as they + recounted the past, and studied the present and future. He learned from + them the tremendous conflict of America with America itself, for the + abolition of slavery. Yes, these men were worthy to reconcile Captain Nemo + with that humanity which they represented so nobly in the island. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo had saved Cyrus Harding. It was he also who had brought back + the dog to the Chimneys, who rescued Top from the waters of the lake, who + caused to fall at Flotsam Point the case containing so many things useful + to the colonists, who conveyed the canoe back into the stream of the + Mercy, who cast the cord from the top of Granite House at the time of the + attack by the baboons, who made known the presence of Ayrton upon Tabor + Island, by means of the document enclosed in the bottle, who caused the + explosion of the brig by the shock of a torpedo placed at the bottom of + the canal, who saved Herbert from certain death by bringing the sulphate + of quinine; and finally, it was he who had killed the convicts with the + electric balls, of which he possessed the secret, and which he employed in + the chase of submarine creatures. Thus were explained so many apparently + supernatural occurrences, and which all proved the generosity and power of + the captain. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, this noble misanthrope longed to benefit his proteges still + further. There yet remained much useful advice to give them, and, his + heart being softened by the approach of death, he invited, as we are + aware, the colonists of Granite House to visit the “Nautilus,” by means of + a wire which connected it with the corral. Possibly he would not have done + this had he been aware that Cyrus Harding was sufficiently acquainted with + his history to address him by the name of Nemo. + </p> + <p> + The captain concluded the narrative of his life. Cyrus Harding then spoke; + he recalled all the incidents which had exercised so beneficent an + influence upon the colony, and in the names of his companions and himself + thanked the generous being to whom they owed so much. + </p> + <p> + But Captain Nemo paid little attention; his mind appeared to be absorbed + by one idea, and without taking the proffered hand of the engineer,— + </p> + <p> + “Now, sir,” said he, “now that you know my history, your judgment!” + </p> + <p> + In saying this, the captain evidently alluded to an important incident + witnessed by the three strangers thrown on board his vessel, and which the + French professor had related in his work, causing a profound and terrible + sensation. Some days previous to the flight of the professor and his two + companions, the “Nautilus,” being chased by a frigate in the north of the + Atlantic had hurled herself as a ram upon this frigate, and sunk her + without mercy. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding understood the captain’s allusion, and was silent. + </p> + <p> + “It was an enemy’s frigate,” exclaimed Captain Nemo, transformed for an + instant into the Prince Dakkar, “an enemy’s frigate! It was she who + attacked me—I was in a narrow and shallow bay—the frigate + barred my way—and I sank her!” + </p> + <p> + A few moments of silence ensued; then the captain demanded,— + </p> + <p> + “What think you of my life, gentlemen?” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding extended his hand to the ci-devant prince and replied + gravely, “Sir, your error was in supposing that the past can be + resuscitated, and in contending against inevitable progress. It is one of + those errors which some admire, others blame; which God alone can judge. + He who is mistaken in an action which he sincerely believes to be right + may be an enemy, but retains our esteem. Your error is one that we may + admire, and your name has nothing to fear from the judgment of history, + which does not condemn heroic folly, but its results.” + </p> + <p> + The old man’s breast swelled with emotion, and raising his hand to heaven,— + </p> + <p> + “Was I wrong, or in the right?” he murmured. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding replied, “All great actions return to God, from whom they + are derived. Captain Nemo, we, whom you have succored, shall ever mourn + your loss.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert, who had drawn near the captain, fell on his knees and kissed his + hand. + </p> + <p> + A tear glistened in the eyes of the dying man. “My child,” he said, “may + God bless you!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0059" id="link2HCH0059"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 17 + </h2> + <p> + Day had returned. No ray of light penetrated into the profundity of the + cavern. It being high-water, the entrance was closed by the sea. But the + artificial light, which escaped in long streams from the skylights of the + “Nautilus” was as vivid as before, and the sheet of water shone around the + floating vessel. + </p> + <p> + An extreme exhaustion now overcame Captain Nemo, who had fallen back upon + the divan. It was useless to contemplate removing him to Granite House, + for he had expressed his wish to remain in the midst of those marvels of + the “Nautilus” which millions could not have purchased, and to wait there + for that death which was swiftly approaching. + </p> + <p> + During a long interval of prostration, which rendered him almost + unconscious, Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett attentively observed the + condition of the dying man. It was apparent that his strength was + gradually diminishing. That frame, once so robust, was now but the fragile + tenement of a departing soul. All of life was concentrated in the heart + and head. + </p> + <p> + The engineer and reporter consulted in whispers. Was it possible to render + any aid to the dying man? Might his life, if not saved, be prolonged for + some days? He himself had said that no remedy could avail, and he awaited + with tranquillity that death which had for him no terrors. + </p> + <p> + “We can do nothing,” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “But of what is he dying?” asked Pencroft. + </p> + <p> + “Life is simply fading out,” replied the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless,” said the sailor, “if we move him into the open air, and + the light of the sun, he might perhaps recover.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Pencroft,” answered the engineer, “it is useless to attempt it. + Besides, Captain Nemo would never consent to leave his vessel. He has + lived for a dozen years on board the ‘Nautilus,’ and on board the + ‘Nautilus’ he desires to die.” + </p> + <p> + Without doubt Captain Nemo heard Cyrus Harding’s reply, for he raised + himself slightly, and in a voice more feeble, but always intelligible,— + </p> + <p> + “You are right, sir,” he said. “I shall die here—it is my wish; and + therefore I have a request to make of you.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions had drawn near the divan, and now + arranged the cushions in such a manner as to better support the dying man. + </p> + <p> + They saw his eyes wander over all the marvels of this saloon, lighted by + the electric rays which fell from the arabesques of the luminous ceiling. + He surveyed, one after the other, the pictures hanging from the splendid + tapestries of the partitions, the chef-d’oeuvres of the Italian, Flemish, + French, and Spanish masters; the statues of marble and bronze on their + pedestals; the magnificent organ, leaning against the after-partition; the + aquarium, in which bloomed the most wonderful productions of the sea—marine + plants, zoophytes, chaplets of pearls of inestimable value; and, finally, + his eyes rested on this device, inscribed over the pediment of the museum—the + motto of the “Nautilus”— + </p> + <p> + “Mobilis in mobile.” + </p> + <p> + His glance seemed to rest fondly for the last time on these masterpieces + of art and of nature, to which he had limited his horizon during a sojourn + of so many years in the abysses of the seas. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding respected the captain’s silence, and waited till he should + speak. + </p> + <p> + After some minutes, during which, doubtless, he passed in review his whole + life, Captain Nemo turned to the colonists and said, + </p> + <p> + “You consider yourselves, gentlemen, under some obligations to me?” + </p> + <p> + “Captain, believe us that we would give our lives to prolong yours.” + </p> + <p> + “Promise, then,” continued Captain Nemo, “to carry out my last wishes, and + I shall be repaid for all I have done for you.” + </p> + <p> + “We promise,” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + And by this promise he bound both himself and his companions. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” resumed the captain, “to-morrow I shall be dead.” + </p> + <p> + Herbert was about to utter an exclamation, but a sign from the captain + arrested him. + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow I shall die, and I desire no other tomb than the ‘Nautilus.’ It + is my grave! All my friends repose in the depths of the ocean; their + resting-place shall be mine.” + </p> + <p> + These words were received with profound silence. + </p> + <p> + “Pay attention to my wishes,” he continued. “The ‘Nautilus’ is imprisoned + in this grotto, the entrance of which is blocked up; but, although egress + is impossible, the vessel may at least sink in the abyss, and there bury + my remains.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists listened reverently to the words of the dying man. + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow, after my death, Mr. Harding,” continued the captain, “yourself + and companions will leave the ‘Nautilus,’ for all the treasures it + contains must perish with me. One token alone will remain with you of + Prince Dakkar, with whose history you are now acquainted. That coffer + yonder contains diamonds of the value of many millions, most of them + mementoes of the time when, husband and father, I thought happiness + possible for me, and a collection of pearls gathered by my friends and + myself in the depths of the ocean. Of this treasure at a future day, you + may make good use. In the hands of such men as yourself and your comrades, + Captain Harding, money will never be a source of danger. From on high I + shall still participate in your enterprises, and I fear not but that they + will prosper.” + </p> + <p> + After a few moments’ repose, necessitated by his extreme weakness, Captain + Nemo continued,— + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow you will take the coffer, you will leave the saloon, of which + you will close the door; then you will ascend on to the deck of the + ‘Nautilus,’ and you will lower the mainhatch so as entirely to close the + vessel.” + </p> + <p> + “It shall be done, captain,” answered Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Good. You will then embark in the canoe which brought you hither; but, + before leaving the ‘Nautilus,’ go to the stern and there open two large + stop-cocks which you will find upon the water-line. The water will + penetrate into the reservoirs, and the ‘Nautilus’ will gradually sink + beneath the water to repose at the bottom of the abyss.” + </p> + <p> + And comprehending a gesture of Cyrus Harding, the captain added,— + </p> + <p> + “Fear nothing! You will but bury a corpse!” + </p> + <p> + Neither Cyrus Harding nor his companions ventured to offer any observation + to Captain Nemo. He had expressed his last wishes, and they had nothing to + do but to conform to them. + </p> + <p> + “I have your promise, gentlemen?” added Captain Nemo. + </p> + <p> + “You have, captain,” replied the engineer. + </p> + <p> + The captain thanked the colonists by a sign, and requested them to leave + him for some hours. Gideon Spilett wished to remain near him, in the event + of a crisis coming on, but the dying man refused, saying, “I shall live + until to-morrow, sir.” + </p> + <p> + All left the saloon, passed through the library and the dining-room, and + arrived forward, in the machine-room where the electrical apparatus was + established, which supplied not only heat and light, but the mechanical + power of the “Nautilus.” + </p> + <p> + The “Nautilus” was a masterpiece containing masterpieces within itself, and + the engineer was struck with astonishment. + </p> + <p> + The colonists mounted the platform, which rose seven or eight feet above + the water. There they beheld a thick glass lenticular covering, which + protected a kind of large eye, from which flashed forth light. Behind this + eye was apparently a cabin containing the wheels of the rudder, and in + which was stationed the helmsman, when he navigated the “Nautilus” over + the bed of the ocean, which the electric rays would evidently light up to + a considerable distance. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions remained for a time silent, for they were + vividly impressed by what they had just seen and heard, and their hearts + were deeply touched by the thought that he whose arm had so often aided + them, the protector whom they had known but a few hours, was at the point + of death. + </p> + <p> + Whatever might be the judgment pronounced by posterity upon the events of + this, so to speak, extra-human existence, the character of Prince Dakkar + would ever remain as one of those whose memory time can never efface. + </p> + <p> + “What a man!” said Pencroft. “Is it possible that he can have lived at the + bottom of the sea? And it seems to me that perhaps he has not found peace + there any more than elsewhere!” + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Nautilus,’” observed Ayrton, “might have enabled us to leave Lincoln + Island and reach some inhabited country.” + </p> + <p> + “Good Heavens!” exclaimed Pencroft, “I for one would never risk myself in + such a craft. To sail on the seas, good, but under the seas, never!” + </p> + <p> + “I believe, Pencroft,” answered the reporter, “that the navigation of a + submarine vessel such as the ‘Nautilus’ ought to be very easy, and that we + should soon become accustomed to it. There would be no storms, no + lee-shore to fear. At some feet beneath the surface the waters of the + ocean are as calm as those of a lake.” + </p> + <p> + “That may be,” replied the sailor, “but I prefer a gale of wind on board a + well-found craft. A vessel is built to sail on the sea, and not beneath + it.” + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said the engineer, “it is useless, at any rate as regards + the ‘Nautilus,’ to discuss the question of submarine vessels. The + ‘Nautilus’ is not ours, and we have not the right to dispose of it. + Moreover, we could in no case avail ourselves of it. Independently of the + fact that it would be impossible to get it out of this cavern, whose + entrance is now closed by the uprising of the basaltic rocks, Captain + Nemo’s wish is that it shall be buried with him. His wish is our law, and + we will fulfil it.” + </p> + <p> + After a somewhat prolonged conversation, Cyrus Harding and his companions + again descended to the interior of the “Nautilus.” There they took some + refreshment and returned to the saloon. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo had somewhat rallied from the prostration which had overcome + him, and his eyes shone with their wonted fire. A faint smile even curled + his lips. + </p> + <p> + The colonists drew around him. + </p> + <p> + “Gentlemen,” said the captain, “you are brave and honest men. You have + devoted yourselves to the common weal. Often have I observed your conduct. + I have esteemed you—I esteem you still! Your hand, Mr. Harding.” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding gave his hand to the captain, who clasped it affectionately. + </p> + <p> + “It is well!” he murmured. + </p> + <p> + He resumed,— + </p> + <p> + “But enough of myself. I have to speak concerning yourselves, and this + Lincoln Island, upon which you have taken refuge. You now desire to leave + it?” + </p> + <p> + “To return, captain!” answered Pencroft quickly. + </p> + <p> + “To return, Pencroft?” said the captain, with a smile. “I know, it is + true, your love for this island. You have helped to make it what it now + is, and it seems to you a paradise!” + </p> + <p> + “Our project, captain,” interposed Cyrus Harding, “is to annex it to the + United States, and to establish for our shipping a port so fortunately + situated in this part of the Pacific.” + </p> + <p> + “Your thoughts are with your country, gentlemen,” continued the captain; + “your toils are for her prosperity and glory. You are right. One’s native + land!—there should one live! there die! And I die far from all I + loved!” + </p> + <p> + “You have some last wish to transmit,” said the engineer with emotion, + “some souvenir to send to those friends you have left in the mountains of + India?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Captain Harding; no friends remain to me! I am the last of my race, + and to all whom I have known I have long been as are the dead.—But + to return to yourselves. Solitude, isolation, are painful things, and + beyond human endurance. I die of having thought it possible to live alone! + You should, therefore, dare all in the attempt to leave Lincoln Island, + and see once more the land of your birth. I am aware that those wretches + have destroyed the vessel you have built.” + </p> + <p> + “We propose to construct a vessel,” said Gideon Spilett, “sufficiently + large to convey us to the nearest land; but if we should succeed, sooner + or later we shall return to Lincoln Island. We are attached to it by too + many recollections ever to forget it.” + </p> + <p> + “It is here that we have known Captain Nemo,” said Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “It is here only that we can make our home!” added Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “And here shall I sleep the sleep of eternity, if—” replied the + captain. + </p> + <p> + He paused for a moment, and, instead of completing the sentence, said + simply,— + </p> + <p> + “Mr. Harding, I wish to speak with you—alone!” + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s companions, respecting the wish, retired. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding remained but a few minutes alone with Captain Nemo, and soon + recalled his companions; but he said nothing to them of the private + matters which the dying man had confided to him. + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett now watched the captain with extreme care. It was evident + that he was no longer sustained by his moral energy, which had lost the + power of reaction against his physical weakness. + </p> + <p> + The day closed without change. The colonists did not quit the “Nautilus” + for a moment. Night arrived, although it was impossible to distinguish it + from day in the cavern. + </p> + <p> + Captain Nemo suffered no pain, but he was visibly sinking. His noble + features, paled by the approach of death, were perfectly calm. Inaudible + words escaped at intervals from his lips, bearing upon various incidents + of his checkered career. Life was evidently ebbing slowly and his + extremities were already cold. + </p> + <p> + Once or twice more he spoke to the colonists who stood around him, and + smiled on them with that last smile which continues after death. + </p> + <p> + At length, shortly after midnight, Captain Nemo by a supreme effort + succeeded in folding his arms across his breast, as if wishing in that + attitude to compose himself for death. + </p> + <p> + By one o’clock his glance alone showed signs of life. A dying light + gleamed in those eyes once so brilliant. Then, murmuring the words, “God + and my country!” he quietly expired. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, bending low closed the eyes of him who had once been the + Prince Dakkar, and was now not even Captain Nemo. + </p> + <p> + Herbert and Pencroft sobbed aloud. Tears fell from Ayrton’s eyes. Neb was + on his knees by the reporter’s side, motionless as a statue. + </p> + <p> + Then Cyrus Harding, extending his hand over the forehead of the dead, said + solemnly, “May his soul be with God!” Turning to his friends, he added, + “Let us pray for him whom we have lost!” + </p> + <p> + Some hours later the colonists fulfilled the promise made to the captain + by carrying out his dying wishes. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions quitted the “Nautilus,” taking with them + the only memento left them by their benefactor, the coffer which contained + wealth amounting to millions. + </p> + <p> + The marvelous saloon, still flooded with light, had been carefully closed. + The iron door leading on deck was then securely fastened in such a manner + as to prevent even a drop of water from penetrating to the interior of the + “Nautilus.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists then descended into the canoe, which was moored to the side + of the submarine vessel. + </p> + <p> + The canoe was now brought around to the stern. There, at the water-line, + were two large stop-cocks communicating with the reservoirs employed in + the submersion of the vessel. + </p> + <p> + The stop-cocks were opened, the reservoirs filled, and the “Nautilus,” + slowly sinking, disappeared beneath the surface of the lake. + </p> + <p> + But the colonists were yet able to follow its descent through the waves. + The powerful light it gave forth lighted up the translucent water, while + the cavern became gradually obscure. At length this vast effusion of + electric light faded away, and soon after the “Nautilus,” now the tomb of + Captain Nemo, reposed in its ocean bed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0060" id="link2HCH0060"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 18 + </h2> + <p> + At break of day the colonists regained in silence the entrance of the + cavern, to which they gave the name of “Dakkar Grotto,” in memory of + Captain Nemo. It was now low-water, and they passed without difficulty + under the arcade, washed on the right by the sea. + </p> + <p> + The canoe was left here, carefully protected from the waves. As additional + precaution, Pencroft, Neb, and Ayrton drew it up on a little beach which + bordered one of the sides of the grotto, in a spot where it could run no + risk of harm. + </p> + <p> + The storm had ceased during the night. The last low mutterings of the + thunder died away in the west. Rain fell no longer, but the sky was yet + obscured by clouds. On the whole, this month of October, the first of the + southern spring, was not ushered in by satisfactory tokens, and the wind + had a tendency to shift from one point of the compass to another, which + rendered it impossible to count upon settled weather. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and his companions, on leaving Dakkar Grotto, had taken the + road to the corral. On their way Neb and Herbert were careful to preserve + the wire which had been laid down by the captain between the corral and + the grotto, and which might at a future time be of service. + </p> + <p> + The colonists spoke but little on the road. The various incidents of the + night of October 15th had left a profound impression on their minds. The + unknown being whose influence had so effectually protected them, the man + whom their imagination had endowed with supernatural powers, Captain Nemo, + was no more. His “Nautilus” and he were buried in the depths of the abyss. + To each one of them their existence seemed even more isolated than before. + They had been accustomed to count upon the intervention of that power + which existed no longer, and Gideon Spilett, and even Cyrus Harding, could + not escape this impression. Thus they maintained a profound silence during + their journey to the corral. + </p> + <p> + Towards nine in the morning the colonists arrived at Granite House. + </p> + <p> + It had been agreed that the construction of the vessel should be actively + pushed forward, and Cyrus Harding more than ever devoted his time and + labor to this object. It was impossible to divine what future lay before + them. Evidently the advantage to the colonists would be great of having at + their disposal a substantial vessel, capable of keeping the sea even in + heavy weather, and large enough to attempt, in case of need, a voyage of + some duration. Even if, when their vessel should be completed, the + colonists should not resolve to leave Lincoln Island as yet, in order to + gain either one of the Polynesian Archipelagoes of the Pacific or the + shores of New Zealand, they might at least, sooner or later, proceed to + Tabor Island, to leave there the notice relating to Ayrton. This was a + precaution rendered indispensable by the possibility of the Scotch yacht + reappearing in those seas, and it was of the highest importance that + nothing should be neglected on this point. + </p> + <p> + The works were then resumed. Cyrus Harding, Pencroft, and Ayrton, assisted + by Neb, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert, except when unavoidably called off by + other necessary occupations, worked without cessation. It was important + that the new vessel should be ready in five months—that is to say, + by the beginning of March—if they wished to visit Tabor Island + before the equinoctial gales rendered the voyage impracticable. Therefore + the carpenters lost not a moment. Moreover, it was unnecessary to + manufacture rigging, that of the “Speedy” having been saved entire, so + that the hull only of the vessel needed to be constructed. + </p> + <p> + The end of the year 1868 found them occupied by these important labors, to + the exclusion of almost all others. At the expiration of two months and a + half the ribs had been set up and the first planks adjusted. It was + already evident that the plans made by Cyrus Harding were admirable, and + that the vessel would behave well at sea. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft brought to the task a devouring energy, and would even grumble + when one or the other abandoned the carpenter’s axe for the gun of the + hunter. It was nevertheless necessary to keep up the stores of Granite + House, in view of the approaching winter. But this did not satisfy + Pencroft. The brave, honest sailor was not content when the workmen were + not at the dockyard. When this happened he grumbled vigorously, and, by + way of venting his feelings, did the work of six men. + </p> + <p> + The weather was very unfavorable during the whole of the summer season. + For some days the heat was overpowering, and the atmosphere, saturated + with electricity, was only cleared by violent storms. It was rarely that + the distant growling of the thunder could not be heard, like a low but + incessant murmur, such as is produced in the equatorial regions of the + globe. + </p> + <p> + The 1st of January, 1869, was signalized by a storm of extreme violence, + and the thunder burst several times over the island. Large trees were + struck by the electric fluid and shattered, and among others one of those + gigantic nettle-trees which had shaded the poultry-yard at the southern + extremity of the lake. Had this meteor any relation to the phenomena going + on in the bowels of the earth? Was there any connection between the + commotion of the atmosphere and that of the interior of the earth? Cyrus + Harding was inclined to think that such was the case, for the development + of these storms was attended by the renewal of volcanic symptoms. + </p> + <p> + It was on the 3rd of January that Herbert, having ascended at daybreak to + the plateau of Prospect Heights to harness one of the onagers, perceived + an enormous hat-shaped cloud rolling from the summit of the volcano. + </p> + <p> + Herbert immediately apprised the colonists, who at once joined him in + watching the summit of Mount Franklin. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” exclaimed Pencroft, “those are not vapors this time! It seems to me + that the giant is not content with breathing; he must smoke!” + </p> + <p> + This figure of speech employed by the sailor exactly expressed the changes + going on at the mouth of the volcano. Already for three months had the + crater emitted vapors more or less dense, but which were as yet produced + only by an internal ebullition of mineral substances. But now the vapors + were replaced by a thick smoke, rising in the form of a grayish column, + more than three hundred feet in width at its base, and which spread like + an immense mushroom to a height of from seven to eight hundred feet above + the summit of the mountain. + </p> + <p> + “The fire is in the chimney,” observed Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “And we can’t put it out!” replied Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “The volcano ought to be swept,” observed Neb, who spoke as if perfectly + serious. + </p> + <p> + “Well said, Neb!” cried Pencroft, with a shout of laughter; “and you’ll + undertake the job, no doubt?” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding attentively observed the dense smoke emitted by Mount + Franklin, and even listened, as if expecting to hear some distant + muttering. Then, turning towards his companions, from whom he had gone + somewhat apart, he said,— + </p> + <p> + “The truth is, my friends, we must not conceal from ourselves that an + important change is going forward. The volcanic substances are no longer + in a state of ebullition, they have caught fire, and we are undoubtedly + menaced by an approaching eruption.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, captain,” said Pencroft, “we shall witness the eruption; and if it + is a good one, we’ll applaud it. I don’t see that we need concern + ourselves further about the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so,” replied Cyrus Harding, “for the ancient track of the lava + is still open; and thanks to this, the crater has hitherto overflowed + towards the north. And yet—” + </p> + <p> + “And yet, as we can derive no advantage from an eruption, it might be + better it should not take place,” said the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “Who knows?” answered the sailor. “Perhaps there may be some valuable + substance in this volcano, which it will spout forth, and which we may + turn to good account!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding shook his head with the air of a man who augured no good + from the phenomenon whose development had been so sudden. He did not + regard so lightly as Pencroft the results of an eruption. If the lava, in + consequence of the position of the crater, did not directly menace the + wooded and cultivated parts of the island, other complications might + present themselves. In fact, eruptions are not unfrequently accompanied by + earthquakes; and an island of the nature of Lincoln Island, formed of + substances so varied, basalt on one side, granite on the other, lava on + the north, rich soil on the south, substances which consequently could not + be firmly attached to each other, would be exposed to the risk of + disintegration. Although, therefore, the spreading of the volcanic matter + might not constitute a serious danger, any movement of the terrestrial + structure which should shake the island might entail the gravest + consequences. + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me,” said Ayrton, who had reclined so as to place his ear to + the ground, “it seems to me that I can hear a dull, rumbling sound, like + that of a wagon loaded with bars of iron.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists listened with the greatest attention, and were convinced + that Ayrton was not mistaken. The rumbling was mingled with a subterranean + roar, which formed a sort of rinforzando, and died slowly away, as if some + violent storm had passed through the profundities of the globe. But no + explosion properly so termed, could be heard. It might therefore be + concluded that the vapors and smoke found a free passage through the + central shaft; and that the safety-valve being sufficiently large, no + convulsion would be produced, no explosion was to be apprehended. + </p> + <p> + “Well, then!” said Pencroft, “are we not going back to work? Let Mount + Franklin smoke, groan, bellow, or spout forth fire and flame as much as it + pleases, that is no reason why we should be idle! Come, Ayrton, Neb, + Herbert, Captain Harding, Mr. Spilett, every one of us must turn to at our + work to-day! We are going to place the keelson, and a dozen pair of hands + would not be too many. Before two months I want our new ‘Bonadventure’—for + we shall keep the old name, shall we not?—to float on the waters of + Port Balloon! Therefore there is not an hour to lose!” + </p> + <p> + All the colonists, their services thus requisitioned by Pencroft, + descended to the dockyard, and proceeded to place the keelson, a thick + mass of wood which forms the lower portion of a ship and unites firmly the + timbers of the hull. It was an arduous undertaking, in which all took + part. + </p> + <p> + They continued their labors during the whole of this day, the 3rd of + January, without thinking further of the volcano, which could not, + besides, be seen from the shore of Granite House. But once or twice, large + shadows, veiling the sun, which described its diurnal arc through an + extremely clear sky, indicated that a thick cloud of smoke passed between + its disc and the island. The wind, blowing on the shore, carried all these + vapors to the westward. Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett remarked these + somber appearances, and from time to time discussed the evident progress + of the volcanic phenomena, but their work went on without interruption. It + was, besides, of the first importance from every point of view, that the + vessel should be finished with the least possible delay. In presence of + the eventualities which might arise, the safety of the colonists would be + to a great extent secured by their ship. Who could tell that it might not + prove some day their only refuge? + </p> + <p> + In the evening, after supper, Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, and Herbert + again ascended the plateau of Prospect Heights. It was already dark, and + the obscurity would permit them to ascertain if flames or incandescent + matter thrown up by the volcano were mingled with the vapor and smoke + accumulated at the mouth of the crater. + </p> + <p> + “The crater is on fire!” said Herbert, who, more active than his + companion, first reached the plateau. + </p> + <p> + Mount Franklin, distant about six miles, now appeared like a gigantic + torch, around the summit of which turned fuliginous flames. So much smoke, + and possibly scoriae and cinders were mingled with them, that their light + gleamed but faintly amid the gloom of the night. But a kind of lurid + brilliancy spread over the island, against which stood out confusedly the + wooded masses of the heights. Immense whirlwinds of vapor obscured the + sky, through which glimmered a few stars. + </p> + <p> + “The change is rapid!” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “That is not surprising,” answered the reporter. “The reawakening of the + volcano already dates back some time. You may remember, Cyrus, that the + first vapors appeared about the time we searched the sides of the mountain + to discover Captain Nemo’s retreat. It was, if I mistake not, about the + 15th of October.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Herbert, “two months and a half ago!” + </p> + <p> + “The subterranean fires have therefore been smoldering for ten weeks,” + resumed Gideon Spilett, “and it is not to be wondered at that they now + break out with such violence!” + </p> + <p> + “Do not you feel a certain vibration of the soil?” asked Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Gideon Spilett, “but there is a great difference between + that and an earthquake.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not affirm that we are menaced with an earthquake,” answered Cyrus + Harding, “may God preserve us from that! No; these vibrations are due to + the effervescence of the central fire. The crust of the earth is simply + the shell of a boiler, and you know that such a shell, under the pressure + of steam, vibrates like a sonorous plate. It is this effect which is being + produced at this moment.” + </p> + <p> + “What magnificent flames!” exclaimed Herbert. + </p> + <p> + At this instant a kind of bouquet of flames shot forth from the crater, + the brilliancy of which was visible even through the vapors. Thousands of + luminous sheets and barbed tongues of fire were cast in various + directions. Some, extending beyond the dome of smoke, dissipated it, + leaving behind an incandescent powder. This was accompanied by successive + explosions, resembling the discharge of a battery of machine-guns. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, the reporter, and Herbert, after spending an hour on the + plateau of Prospect Heights, again descended to the beach, and returned to + Granite House. The engineer was thoughtful and preoccupied, so much so, + indeed, that Gideon Spilett inquired if he apprehended any immediate + danger, of which the eruption might directly or indirectly be the cause. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and no,” answered Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “Nevertheless,” continued the reporter, “would not the greatest misfortune + which could happen to us be an earthquake which would overturn the island? + Now, I do not suppose that this is to be feared, since the vapors and lava + have found a free outlet.” + </p> + <p> + “True,” replied Cyrus Harding, “and I do not fear an earthquake in the + sense in which the term is commonly applied to convulsions of the soil + provoked by the expansion of subterranean gases. But other causes may + produce great disasters.” + </p> + <p> + “How so, my dear Cyrus?’ + </p> + <p> + “I am not certain. I must consider. I must visit the mountain. In a few + days I shall learn more on this point.” + </p> + <p> + Gideon Spilett said no more, and soon, in spite of the explosions of the + volcano, whose intensity increased, and which were repeated by the echoes + of the island, the inhabitants of Granite House were sleeping soundly. + </p> + <p> + Three days passed by—the 4th, 5th, and 6th of January. The + construction of the vessel was diligently continued, and without offering + further explanations the engineer pushed forward the work with all his + energy. Mount Franklin was now hooded by a somber cloud of sinister + aspect, and, amid the flames, vomiting forth incandescent rocks, some of + which fell back into the crater itself. This caused Pencroft, who would + only look at the matter in the light of a joke, to exclaim,— + </p> + <p> + “Ah! the giant is playing at cup and ball; he is a conjurer.” + </p> + <p> + In fact, the substances thrown up fell back again in to the abyss, and it + did not seem that the lava, though swollen by the internal pressure, had + yet risen to the orifice of the crater. At any rate, the opening on the + northeast, which was partly visible, poured out no torrent upon the + northern slope of the mountain. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless, however pressing was the construction of the vessel, other + duties demanded the presence of the colonists on various portions of the + island. Before everything it was necessary to go to the corral, where the + flocks of musmons and goats were enclosed, and replenish the provision of + forage for those animals. It was accordingly arranged that Ayrton should + proceed thither the next day, the 7th of January; and as he was sufficient + for the task, to which he was accustomed, Pencroft and the rest were + somewhat surprised on hearing the engineer say to Ayrton— + </p> + <p> + “As you are going to-morrow to the corral I will accompany you.” + </p> + <p> + “But, Captain Harding,” exclaimed the sailor, “our working days will not + be many, and if you go also we shall be two pair of hands short!” + </p> + <p> + “We shall return to-morrow,” replied Cyrus Harding, “but it is necessary + that I should go to the corral. I must learn how the eruption is + progressing.” + </p> + <p> + “The eruption! always the eruption!” answered Pencroft, with an air of + discontent. “An important thing, truly, this eruption! I trouble myself + very little about it.” + </p> + <p> + Whatever might be the sailor’s opinion, the expedition projected by the + engineer was settled for the next day. Herbert wished to accompany Cyrus + Harding, but he would not vex Pencroft by his absence. + </p> + <p> + The next day, at dawn, Cyrus Harding and Ayrton, mounting the cart drawn + by two onagers, took the road to the corral and set off at a round trot. + </p> + <p> + Above the forest were passing large clouds, to which the crater of Mount + Franklin incessantly added fuliginous matter. These clouds, which rolled + heavily in the air, were evidently composed of heterogeneous substances. + It was not alone from the volcano that they derived their strange opacity + and weight. Scoriae, in a state of dust, like powdered pumice-stone, and + grayish ashes as small as the finest feculae, were held in suspension in + the midst of their thick folds. These ashes are so fine that they have + been observed in the air for whole months. After the eruption of 1783 in + Iceland for upwards of a year the atmosphere was thus charged with + volcanic dust through which the rays of the sun were only with difficulty + discernible. + </p> + <p> + But more often this pulverized matter falls, and this happened on the + present occasion. Cyrus Harding and Ayrton had scarcely reached the corral + when a sort of black snow like fine gunpowder fell, and instantly changed + the appearance of the soil. Trees, meadows, all disappeared beneath a + covering several inches in depth. But, very fortunately, the wind blew + from the northeast, and the greater part of the cloud dissolved itself + over the sea. + </p> + <p> + “This is very singular, Captain Harding,” said Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + “It is very serious,” replied the engineer. “This powdered pumice-stone, + all this mineral dust, proves how grave is the convulsion going forward in + the lower depths of the volcano.” + </p> + <p> + “But can nothing be done?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing, except to note the progress of the phenomenon. Do you, + therefore, Ayrton, occupy yourself with the necessary work at the corral. + In the meantime I will ascend just beyond the source of Red Creek and + examine the condition of the mountain upon its northern aspect. Then—” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Captain Harding?” + </p> + <p> + “Then we will pay a visit to Dakkar Grotto. I wish to inspect it. At any + rate I will come back for you in two hours.” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton then proceeded to enter the corral, and, while awaiting the + engineer’s return, busied himself with the musmons and goats which seemed + to feel a certain uneasiness in presence of these first signs of an + eruption. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Cyrus Harding ascended the crest of the eastern spur, passed Red + Creek, and arrived at the spot where he and his companions had discovered + a sulphurous spring at the time of their first exploration. + </p> + <p> + How changed was everything! Instead of a single column of smoke he counted + thirteen, forced through the soil as if violently propelled by some + piston. It was evident that the crust of the earth was subjected in this + part of the globe to a frightful pressure. The atmosphere was saturated + with gases and carbonic acid, mingled with aqueous vapors. Cyrus Harding + felt the volcanic tufa with which the plain was strewn, and which was but + pulverized cinders hardened into solid blocks by time, tremble beneath + him, but he could discover no traces of fresh lava. + </p> + <p> + The engineer became more assured of this when he observed all the northern + part of Mount Franklin. Pillars of smoke and flame escaped from the + crater; a hail of scoriae fell on the ground; but no current of lava burst + from the mouth of the volcano, which proved that the volcanic matter had + not yet attained the level of the superior orifice of the central shaft. + </p> + <p> + “But I would prefer that it were so,” said Cyrus Harding to himself. “At + any rate, I should then know that the lava had followed its accustomed + track. Who can say that it may not take a new course? But the danger does + not consist in that! Captain Nemo foresaw it clearly! No, the danger does + not lie there!” + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding advanced towards the enormous causeway whose prolongation + enclosed the narrow Shark Gulf. He could now sufficiently examine on this + side the ancient channels of the lava. There was no doubt in his mind that + the most recent eruption had occurred at a far-distant epoch. + </p> + <p> + He then returned by the same way, listening attentively to the + subterranean mutterings which rolled like long-continued thunder, + interrupted by deafening explosions. At nine in the morning he reached the + corral. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton awaited him. + </p> + <p> + “The animals are cared for, Captain Harding,” said Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + “Good, Ayrton.” + </p> + <p> + “They seem uneasy, Captain Harding.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, instinct speaks through them, and instinct is never deceived.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you ready?” + </p> + <p> + “Take a lamp, Ayrton,” answered the engineer; “we will start at once.” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton did as desired. The onagers, unharnessed, roamed in the corral. The + gate was secured on the outside, and Cyrus Harding, preceding Ayrton, took + the narrow path which led westward to the shore. + </p> + <p> + The soil they walked upon was choked with the pulverized matter fallen + from the cloud. No quadruped appeared in the woods. Even the birds had + fled. Sometimes a passing breeze raised the covering of ashes, and the two + colonists, enveloped in a whirlwind of dust, lost sight of each other. + They were then careful to cover their eyes and mouths with handkerchiefs, + for they ran the risk of being blinded and suffocated. + </p> + <p> + It was impossible for Cyrus Harding and Ayrton, with these impediments, to + make rapid progress. Moreover, the atmosphere was close, as if the oxygen + had been partly burned up, and had become unfit for respiration. At every + hundred paces they were obliged to stop to take breath. It was therefore + past ten o’clock when the engineer and his companion reached the crest of + the enormous mass of rocks of basalt and porphyry which composed the + northwest coast of the island. + </p> + <p> + Ayrton and Cyrus Harding commenced the descent of this abrupt declivity, + following almost step for step the difficult path which, during that + stormy night, had led them to Dakkar Grotto. In open day the descent was + less perilous, and, besides, the bed of ashes which covered the polished + surface of the rock enabled them to make their footing more secure. + </p> + <p> + The ridge at the end of the shore, about forty feet in height, was soon + reached. Cyrus Harding recollected that this elevation gradually sloped + towards the level of the sea. Although the tide was at present low, no + beach could be seen, and the waves, thickened by the volcanic dust, beat + upon the basaltic rocks. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding and Ayrton found without difficulty the entrance to Dakkar + Grotto, and paused for a moment at the last rock before it. + </p> + <p> + “The iron boat should be there,” said the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “It is here, Captain Harding,” replied Ayrton, drawing towards him the + fragile craft, which was protected by the arch of the vault. + </p> + <p> + “On board, Ayrton!” + </p> + <p> + The two colonists stepped into the boat. A slight undulation of the waves + carried it farther under the low arch of the crypt, and there Ayrton, with + the aid of flint and steel, lighted the lamp. He then took the oars, and + the lamp having been placed in the bow of the boat, so that its rays fell + before them, Cyrus Harding took the helm and steered through the shades of + the grotto. + </p> + <p> + The “Nautilus” was there no longer to illuminate the cavern with its + electric light. Possibly it might not yet be extinguished, but no ray + escaped from the depths of the abyss in which reposed all that was mortal + of Captain Nemo. + </p> + <p> + The light afforded by the lamp, although feeble, nevertheless enabled the + engineer to advance slowly, following the wall of the cavern. A deathlike + silence reigned under the vaulted roof, or at least in the anterior + portion, for soon Cyrus Harding distinctly heard the rumbling which + proceeded from the bowels of the mountain. + </p> + <p> + “That comes from the volcano,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Besides these sounds, the presence of chemical combinations was soon + betrayed by their powerful odor, and the engineer and his companion were + almost suffocated by sulphurous vapors. + </p> + <p> + “This is what Captain Nemo feared,” murmured Cyrus Harding, changing + countenance. “We must go to the end, notwithstanding.” + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” replied Ayrton, bending to his oars and directing the boat + towards the head of the cavern. + </p> + <p> + Twenty-five minutes after entering the mouth of the grotto the boat + reached the extreme end. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding then, standing up, cast the light of the lamp upon the walls + of the cavern which separated it from the central shaft of the volcano. + What was the thickness of this wall? It might be ten feet or a hundred + feet—it was impossible to say. But the subterranean sounds were too + perceptible to allow of the supposition that it was of any great + thickness. + </p> + <p> + The engineer, after having explored the wall at a certain height + horizontally, fastened the lamp to the end of an oar, and again surveyed + the basaltic wall at a greater elevation. + </p> + <p> + There, through scarcely visible clefts and joinings, escaped a pungent + vapor, which infected the atmosphere of the cavern. The wall was broken by + large cracks, some of which extended to within two or three feet of the + water’s edge. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding thought for a brief space. Then he said in a low voice,— + </p> + <p> + “Yes! the captain was right! The danger lies there, and a terrible + danger!” + </p> + <p> + Ayrton said not a word, but, upon a sign from Cyrus Harding, resumed the + oars, and half an hour later the engineer and he reached the entrance of + Dakkar Grotto. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0061" id="link2HCH0061"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 19 + </h2> + <p> + The next day, the 8th day of January, after a day and night passed at the + corral, where they left all in order, Cyrus Harding and Ayrton arrived at + Granite House. + </p> + <p> + The engineer immediately called his companions together, and informed them + of the imminent danger which threatened Lincoln Island, and from which no + human power could deliver them. + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” he said, and his voice betrayed the depth of his emotion, + “our island is not among those which will endure while this earth endures. + It is doomed to more or less speedy destruction, the cause of which it + bears within itself, and from which nothing can save it.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists looked at each other, then at the engineer. They did not + clearly comprehend him. + </p> + <p> + “Explain yourself, Cyrus!” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “I will do so,” replied Cyrus Harding, “or rather I will simply afford you + the explanation which, during our few minutes of private conversation, was + given me by Captain Nemo.” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Nemo!” exclaimed the colonists. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and it was the last service he desired to render us before his + death!” + </p> + <p> + “The last service!” exclaimed Pencroft, “the last service! You will see + that though he is dead he will render us others yet!” + </p> + <p> + “But what did the captain say?” inquired the reporter. + </p> + <p> + “I will tell you, my friends,” said the engineer. “Lincoln Island does not + resemble the other islands of the Pacific, and a fact of which Captain + Nemo has made me cognizant must sooner or later bring about the subversion + of its foundation.” + </p> + <p> + “Nonsense! Lincoln Island, it can’t be!” cried Pencroft, who, in spite of + the respect he felt for Cyrus Harding, could not prevent a gesture of + incredulity. + </p> + <p> + “Listen, Pencroft,” resumed the engineer, “I will tell you what Captain + Nemo communicated to me, and which I myself confirmed yesterday, during + the exploration of Dakkar Grotto. + </p> + <p> + “This cavern stretches under the island as far as the volcano, and is only + separated from its central shaft by the wall which terminates it. Now, + this wall is seamed with fissures and clefts which already allow the + sulphurous gases generated in the interior of the volcano to escape.” + </p> + <p> + “Well?” said Pencroft, his brow suddenly contracting. + </p> + <p> + “Well, then, I saw that these fissures widen under the internal pressure + from within, that the wall of basalt is gradually giving way and that + after a longer or shorter period it will afford a passage to the waters of + the lake which fill the cavern.” + </p> + <p> + “Good!” replied Pencroft, with an attempt at pleasantry. “The sea will + extinguish the volcano, and there will be an end of the matter!” + </p> + <p> + “Not so!” said Cyrus Harding, “should a day arrive when the sea, rushing + through the wall of the cavern, penetrates by the central shaft into the + interior of the island to the boiling lava, Lincoln Island will that day + be blown into the air—just as would happen to the island of Sicily + were the Mediterranean to precipitate itself into Mount Etna.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists made no answer to these significant words of the engineer. + They now understood the danger by which they were menaced. + </p> + <p> + It may be added that Cyrus Harding had in no way exaggerated the danger to + be apprehended. Many persons have formed an idea that it would be possible + to extinguish volcanoes, which are almost always situated on the shores of + a sea or lake, by opening a passage for the admission of the water. But + they are not aware that this would be to incur the risk of blowing up a + portion of the globe, like a boiler whose steam is suddenly expanded by + intense heat. The water, rushing into a cavity whose temperature might be + estimated at thousands of degrees, would be converted into steam with a + sudden energy which no enclosure could resist. + </p> + <p> + It was not therefore doubtful that the island, menaced by a frightful and + approaching convulsion, would endure only so long as the wall of Dakkar + Grotto itself should endure. It was not even a question of months, nor of + weeks, but of days; it might be of hours. + </p> + <p> + The first sentiment which the colonists felt was that of profound sorrow. + They thought not so much of the peril which menaced themselves personally, + but of the destruction of the island which had sheltered them, which they + had cultivated, which they loved so well, and had hoped to render so + flourishing. So much effort ineffectually expended, so much labor lost. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft could not prevent a large tear from rolling down his cheek, nor + did he attempt to conceal it. + </p> + <p> + Some further conversation now took place. The chances yet in favor of the + colonists were discussed; but finally it was agreed that there was not an + hour to be lost, that the building and fitting of the vessel should be + pushed forward with their utmost energy, and that this was the sole chance + of safety for the inhabitants of Lincoln Island. + </p> + <p> + All hands, therefore, set to work on the vessel. What could it avail to + sow, to reap, to hunt, to increase the stores of Granite House? The + contents of the storehouse and outbuildings contained more than sufficient + to provide the ship for a voyage, however long might be its duration. But + it was imperative that the ship should be ready to receive them before the + inevitable catastrophe should arrive. + </p> + <p> + Their labors were now carried on with feverish ardor. By the 23rd of + January the vessel was half-decked over. Up to this time no change had + taken place on the summit of the volcano. Vapor and smoke mingled with + flames and incandescent stones were thrown up from the crater. But during + the night of the 23rd, in consequence of the lava attaining the level of + the first stratum of the volcano, the hat-shaped cone which formed over + the latter disappeared. A frightful sound was heard. The colonists at + first thought the island was rent asunder, and rushed out of Granite + House. + </p> + <p> + This occurred about two o’clock in the morning. + </p> + <p> + The sky appeared on fire. The superior cone, a mass of rock a thousand + feet in height, and weighing thousands of millions of pounds, had been + thrown down upon the island, making it tremble to its foundation. + Fortunately, this cone inclined to the north, and had fallen upon the + plain of sand and tufa stretching between the volcano and the sea. The + aperture of the crater being thus enlarged projected towards the sky a + glare so intense that by the simple effect of reflection the atmosphere + appeared red-hot. At the same time a torrent of lava, bursting from the + new summit, poured out in long cascades, like water escaping from a vase + too full, and a thousand tongues of fire crept over the sides of the + volcano. + </p> + <p> + “The corral! the corral!” exclaimed Ayrton. + </p> + <p> + It was, in fact, towards the corral that the lava was rushing as the new + crater faced the east, and consequently the fertile portions of the + island, the springs of Red Creek and Jacamar Wood, were menaced with + instant destruction. + </p> + <p> + At Ayrton’s cry the colonists rushed to the onagers’ stables. The cart was + at once harnessed. All were possessed by the same thought—to hasten + to the corral and set at liberty the animals it enclosed. + </p> + <p> + Before three in the morning they arrived at the corral. The cries of the + terrified musmons and goats indicated the alarm which possessed them. + Already a torrent of burning matter and liquefied minerals fell from the + side of the mountain upon the meadows as far as the side of the palisade. + The gate was burst open by Ayrton, and the animals, bewildered with + terror, fled in all directions. + </p> + <p> + An hour afterwards the boiling lava filled the corral, converting into + vapor the water of the little rivulet which ran through it, burning up the + house like dry grass, and leaving not even a post of the palisade to mark + the spot where the corral once stood. + </p> + <p> + To contend against this disaster would have been folly—nay, madness. + In presence of Nature’s grand convulsions man is powerless. + </p> + <p> + It was now daylight—the 24th of January. Cyrus Harding and his + companions, before returning to Granite House, desired to ascertain the + probable direction this inundation of lava was about to take. The soil + sloped gradually from Mount Franklin to the east coast, and it was to be + feared that, in spite of the thick Jacamar Wood, the torrent would reach + the plateau of Prospect Heights. + </p> + <p> + “The lake will cover us,” said Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “I hope so!” was Cyrus Harding’s only reply. + </p> + <p> + The colonists were desirous of reaching the plain upon which the superior + cone of Mount Franklin had fallen, but the lava arrested their progress. + It had followed, on one side, the valley of Red Creek, and on the other + that of Falls River, evaporating those watercourses in its passage. There + was no possibility of crossing the torrent of lava; on the contrary, the + colonists were obliged to retreat before it. The volcano, without its + crown, was no longer recognizable, terminated as it was by a sort of flat + table which replaced the ancient crater. From two openings in its southern + and eastern sides an unceasing flow of lava poured forth, thus forming two + distinct streams. Above the new crater a cloud of smoke and ashes, mingled + with those of the atmosphere, massed over the island. Loud peals of + thunder broke, and could scarcely be distinguished from the rumblings of + the mountain, whose mouth vomited forth ignited rocks, which, hurled to + more than a thousand feet, burst in the air like shells. Flashes of + lightning rivaled in intensity the volcano’s eruption. + </p> + <p> + Towards seven in the morning the position was no longer tenable by the + colonists, who accordingly took shelter in the borders of Jacamar Wood. + Not only did the projectiles begin to rain around them, but the lava, + overflowing the bed of Red Creek, threatened to cut off the road to the + corral. The nearest rows of trees caught fire, and their sap, suddenly + transformed into vapor, caused them to explode with loud reports, while + others, less moist, remained unhurt in the midst of the inundation. + </p> + <p> + The colonists had again taken the road to the corral. They proceeded but + slowly, frequently looking back; but, in consequence of the inclination of + the soil, the lava gained rapidly in the east, and as its lower waves + became solidified others, at boiling heat, covered them immediately. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the principal stream of Red Creek Valley became more and more + menacing. All this portion of the forest was on fire, and enormous wreaths + of smoke rolled over the trees, whose trunks were already consumed by the + lava. + </p> + <p> + The colonists halted near the lake, about half a mile from the mouth of + Red Creek. A question of life or death was now to be decided. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding, accustomed to the consideration of important crises, and + aware that he was addressing men capable of hearing the truth, whatever it + might be, then said,— + </p> + <p> + “Either the lake will arrest the progress of the lava, and a part of the + island will be preserved from utter destruction, or the stream will + overrun the forests of the Far West, and not a tree or plant will remain + on the surface of the soil. We shall have no prospect but that of + starvation upon these barren rocks—a death which will probably be + anticipated by the explosion of the island.” + </p> + <p> + “In that case,” replied Pencroft, folding his arms and stamping his foot, + “what’s the use of working any longer on the vessel?” + </p> + <p> + “Pencroft,” answered Cyrus Harding, “we must do our duty to the last!” + </p> + <p> + At this instant the river of lava, after having broken a passage through + the noble trees it devoured in its course, reached the borders of the + lake. At this point there was an elevation of the soil which, had it been + greater, might have sufficed to arrest the torrent. + </p> + <p> + “To work!” cried Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + The engineer’s thought was at once understood. It might be possible to + dam, as it were, the torrent, and thus compel it to pour itself into the + lake. + </p> + <p> + The colonists hastened to the dockyard. They returned with shovels, picks, + axes, and by means of banking the earth with the aid of fallen trees they + succeeded in a few hours in raising an embankment three feet high and some + hundreds of paces in length. It seemed to them, when they had finished, as + if they had scarcely been working more than a few minutes. + </p> + <p> + It was not a moment too soon. The liquefied substances soon after reached + the bottom of the barrier. The stream of lava swelled like a river about + to overflow its banks, and threatened to demolish the sole obstacle which + could prevent it from overrunning the whole Far West. But the dam held + firm, and after a moment of terrible suspense the torrent precipitated + itself into Grant Lake from a height of twenty feet. + </p> + <p> + The colonists, without moving or uttering a word, breathlessly regarded + this strife of the two elements. + </p> + <p> + What a spectacle was this conflict between water and fire! What pen could + describe the marvelous horror of this scene—what pencil could depict + it? The water hissed as it evaporated by contact with the boiling lava. + The vapor whirled in the air to an immeasurable height, as if the valves + of an immense boiler had been suddenly opened. But, however considerable + might be the volume of water contained in the lake, it must eventually be + absorbed, because it was not replenished, while the stream of lava, fed + from an inexhaustible source, rolled on without ceasing new waves of + incandescent matter. + </p> + <p> + The first waves of lava which fell in the lake immediately solidified and + accumulated so as speedily to emerge from it. Upon their surface fell + other waves, which in their turn became stone, but a step nearer the + center of the lake. In this manner was formed a pier which threatened to + gradually fill up the lake, which could not overflow, the water displaced + by the lava being evaporated. The hissing of the water rent the air with a + deafening sound, and the vapor, blown by the wind, fell in rain upon the + sea. The pier became longer and longer, and the blocks of lava piled + themselves one on another. Where formerly stretched the calm waters of the + lake now appeared an enormous mass of smoking rocks, as if an upheaving of + the soil had formed immense shoals. Imagine the waters of the lake aroused + by a hurricane, then suddenly solidified by an intense frost, and some + conception may be formed of the aspect of the lake three hours after the + eruption of this irresistible torrent of lava. + </p> + <p> + This time water would be vanquished by fire. + </p> + <p> + Nevertheless it was a fortunate circumstance for the colonists that the + effusion of lava should have been in the direction of Lake Grant. They had + before them some days’ respite. The plateau of Prospect Heights, Granite + House, and the dockyard were for the moment preserved. And these few days + it was necessary to employ in planking and carefully calking the vessel, + and launching her. The colonists would then take refuge on board the + vessel, content to rig her after she should be afloat on the waters. With + the danger of an explosion which threatened to destroy the island there + could be no security on shore. The walls of Granite House, once so sure a + retreat, might at any moment fall in upon them. + </p> + <p> + During the six following days, from the 25th to the 30th of January, the + colonists accomplished as much of the construction of their vessel as + twenty men could have done. They hardly allowed themselves a moment’s + repose, and the glare of the flames which shot from the crater enabled + them to work night and day. The flow of lava continued, but perhaps less + abundantly. This was fortunate, for Lake Grant was almost entirely choked + up, and if more lava should accumulate it would inevitably spread over the + plateau of Prospect Heights, and thence upon the beach. + </p> + <p> + But if the island was thus partially protected on this side, it was not so + with the western part. + </p> + <p> + In fact, the second stream of lava, which had followed the valley of Falls + River, a valley of great extent, the land on both sides of the creek being + flat, met with no obstacle. The burning liquid had then spread through the + forest of the Far West. At this period of the year, when the trees were + dried up by a tropical heat, the forest caught fire instantaneously, in + such a manner that the conflagration extended itself both by the trunks of + the trees and by their higher branches, whose interlacement favored its + progress. It even appeared that the current of flame spread more rapidly + among the summits of the trees than the current of lava at their bases. + </p> + <p> + Thus it happened that the wild animals, jaguars, wild boars, capybaras, + koalas, and game of every kind, mad with terror, had fled to the banks of + the Mercy and to the Tadorn Marsh, beyond the road to Port Balloon. But + the colonists were too much occupied with their task to pay any attention + to even the most formidable of these animals. They had abandoned Granite + House, and would not even take shelter at the Chimneys, but encamped under + a tent, near the mouth of the Mercy. + </p> + <p> + Each day Cyrus Harding and Gideon Spilett ascended the plateau of Prospect + Heights. Sometimes Herbert accompanied them, but never Pencroft, who could + not bear to look upon the prospect of the island now so utterly + devastated. + </p> + <p> + It was, in truth, a heart-rending spectacle. All the wooded part of the + island was now completely bare. One single clump of green trees raised + their heads at the extremity of Serpentine Peninsula. Here and there were + a few grotesque blackened and branchless stumps. The side of the + devastated forest was even more barren than Tadorn Marsh. The eruption of + lava had been complete. Where formerly sprang up that charming verdure, + the soil was now nothing but a savage mass of volcanic tufa. In the + valleys of the Falls and Mercy rivers no drop of water now flowed towards + the sea, and should Lake Grant be entirely dried up, the colonists would + have no means of quenching their thirst. But, fortunately the lava had + spared the southern corner of the lake, containing all that remained of + the drinking water of the island. Towards the northwest stood out the + rugged and well-defined outlines of the sides of the volcano, like a + gigantic claw hovering over the island. What a sad and fearful sight, and + how painful to the colonists, who, from a fertile domain covered with + forests, irrigated by watercourses, and enriched by the produce of their + toils, found themselves, as it were, transported to a desolate rock, upon + which, but for their reserves of provisions, they could not even gather + the means of subsistence! + </p> + <p> + “It is enough to break one’s heart!” said Gideon Spilett, one day. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Spilett,” answered the engineer. “May God grant us the time to + complete this vessel, now our sole refuge!” + </p> + <p> + “Do not you think, Cyrus, that the violence of the eruption has somewhat + lessened? The volcano still vomits forth lava, but somewhat less + abundantly, if I mistake not.” + </p> + <p> + “It matters little,” answered Cyrus Harding. “The fire is still burning in + the interior of the mountain, and the sea may break in at any moment. We + are in the condition of passengers whose ship is devoured by a + conflagration which they cannot extinguish, and who know that sooner or + later the flames must reach the powder-magazine. To work, Spilett, to + work, and let us not lose an hour!” + </p> + <p> + During eight days more, that is to say until the 7th of February, the lava + continued to flow, but the eruption was confined within the previous + limits. Cyrus Harding feared above all lest the liquefied matter should + overflow the shore, for in that event the dockyard could not escape. + Moreover, about this time the colonists felt in the frame of the island + vibrations which alarmed them to the highest degree. + </p> + <p> + It was the 20th of February. Yet another month must elapse before the + vessel would be ready for sea. Would the island hold together till then? + The intention of Pencroft and Cyrus Harding was to launch the vessel as + soon as the hull should be complete. The deck, the upperworks, the + interior woodwork and the rigging might be finished afterwards, but the + essential point was that the colonists should have an assured refuge away + from the island. Perhaps it might be even better to conduct the vessel to + Port Balloon, that is to say, as far as possible from the center of + eruption, for at the mouth of the Mercy, between the islet and the wall of + granite, it would run the risk of being crushed in the event of any + convulsion. All the exertions of the voyagers were therefore concentrated + upon the completion of the hull. + </p> + <p> + Thus the 3rd of March arrived, and they might calculate upon launching the + vessel in ten days. + </p> + <p> + Hope revived in the hearts of the colonists, who had, in this fourth year + of their sojourn on Lincoln island, suffered so many trials. Even Pencroft + lost in some measure the somber taciturnity occasioned by the devastation + and ruin of his domain. His hopes, it is true, were concentrated upon his + vessel. + </p> + <p> + “We shall finish it,” he said to the engineer, “we shall finish it, + captain, and it is time, for the season is advancing and the equinox will + soon be here. Well, if necessary, we must put in to Tabor island to spend + the winter. But think of Tabor island after Lincoln Island. Ah, how + unfortunate! Who could have believed it possible?” + </p> + <p> + “Let us get on,” was the engineer’s invariable reply. + </p> + <p> + And they worked away without losing a moment. + </p> + <p> + “Master,” asked Neb, a few days later, “do you think all this could have + happened if Captain Nemo had been still alive?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Neb,” answered Cyrus Harding. + </p> + <p> + “I, for one, don’t believe it!” whispered Pencroft to Neb. + </p> + <p> + “Nor I!” answered Neb seriously. + </p> + <p> + During the first week of March appearances again became menacing. + Thousands of threads like glass, formed of fluid lava, fell like rain upon + the island. The crater was again boiling with lava which overflowed the + back of the volcano. The torrent flowed along the surface of the hardened + tufa, and destroyed the few meager skeletons of trees which had withstood + the first eruption. The stream, flowing this time towards the southwest + shore of Lake Grant, stretched beyond Creek Glycerine, and invaded the + plateau of Prospect Heights. This last blow to the work of the colonists + was terrible. The mill, the buildings of the inner court, the stables, + were all destroyed. The affrighted poultry fled in all directions. Top and + Jup showed signs of the greatest alarm, as if their instinct warned them + of an impending catastrophe. A large number of the animals of the island + had perished in the first eruption. Those which survived found no refuge + but Tadorn Marsh, save a few to which the plateau of Prospect Heights + afforded asylum. But even this last retreat was now closed to them, and + the lava-torrent, flowing over the edge of the granite wall, began to pour + down upon the beach its cataracts of fire. The sublime horror of this + spectacle passed all description. During the night it could only be + compared to a Niagara of molten fluid, with its incandescent vapors above + and its boiling masses below. + </p> + <p> + The colonists were driven to their last entrenchment, and although the + upper seams of the vessel were not yet calked, they decided to launch her + at once. + </p> + <p> + Pencroft and Ayrton therefore set about the necessary preparations for the + launching, which was to take place the morning of the next day, the 9th of + March. + </p> + <p> + But during the night of the 8th an enormous column of vapor escaping from + the crater rose with frightful explosions to a height of more than three + thousand feet. The wall of Dakkar Grotto had evidently given way under the + pressure of gases, and the sea, rushing through the central shaft into the + igneous gulf, was at once converted into vapor. But the crater could not + afford a sufficient outlet for this vapor. An explosion, which might have + been heard at a distance of a hundred miles, shook the air. Fragments of + mountains fell into the Pacific, and, in a few minutes, the ocean rolled + over the spot where Lincoln island once stood. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0062" id="link2HCH0062"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + Chapter 20 + </h2> + <p> + An isolated rock, thirty feet in length, twenty in breadth, scarcely ten + from the water’s edge, such was the only solid point which the waves of + the Pacific had not engulfed. + </p> + <p> + It was all that remained of the structure of Granite House! The wall had + fallen headlong and been then shattered to fragments, and a few of the + rocks of the large room were piled one above another to form this point. + All around had disappeared in the abyss; the inferior cone of Mount + Franklin, rent asunder by the explosion; the lava jaws of Shark Gulf, the + plateau of Prospect Heights, Safety Islet, the granite rocks of Port + Balloon, the basalts of Dakkar Grotto, the long Serpentine Peninsula, so + distant nevertheless from the center of the eruption. All that could now + be seen of Lincoln Island was the narrow rock which now served as a refuge + to the six colonists and their dog Top. + </p> + <p> + The animals had also perished in the catastrophe; the birds, as well as + those representing the fauna of the island—all either crushed or + drowned, and the unfortunate Jup himself had, alas! found his death in + some crevice of the soil. + </p> + <p> + If Cyrus Harding, Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Pencroft, Neb, and Ayrton had + survived, it was because, assembled under their tent, they had been hurled + into the sea at the instant when the fragments of the island rained down + on every side. + </p> + <p> + When they reached the surface they could only perceive, at half a cable’s + length, this mass of rocks, towards which they swam and on which they + found footing. + </p> + <p> + On this barren rock they had now existed for nine days. A few provisions + taken from the magazine of Granite House before the catastrophe, a little + fresh water from the rain which had fallen in a hollow of the rock, was + all that the unfortunate colonists possessed. Their last hope, the vessel, + had been shattered to pieces. They had no means of quitting the reef; no + fire, nor any means of obtaining it. It seemed that they must inevitably + perish. + </p> + <p> + This day, the 18th of March, there remained only provisions for two days, + although they limited their consumption to the bare necessaries of life. + All their science and intelligence could avail them nothing in their + present position. They were in the hand of God. + </p> + <p> + Cyrus Harding was calm, Gideon Spilett more nervous, and Pencroft, a prey + to sullen anger, walked to and fro on the rock. Herbert did not for a + moment quit the engineer’s side, as if demanding from him that assistance + he had no power to give. Neb and Ayrton were resigned to their fate. + </p> + <p> + “Ah, what a misfortune! what a misfortune!” often repeated Pencroft. “If + we had but a walnut-shell to take us to Tabor Island! But we have nothing, + nothing!” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Nemo did right to die,” said Neb. + </p> + <p> + During the five ensuing days Cyrus Harding and his unfortunate companions + husbanded their provisions with the most extreme care, eating only what + would prevent them from dying of starvation. Their weakness was extreme. + Herbert and Neb began to show symptoms of delirium. + </p> + <p> + Under these circumstances was it possible for them to retain even the + shadow of a hope? No! What was their sole remaining chance? That a vessel + should appear in sight of the rock? But they knew only too well from + experience that no ships ever visited this part of the Pacific. Could they + calculate that, by a truly providential coincidence, the Scotch yacht + would arrive precisely at this time in search of Ayrton at Tabor Island? + It was scarcely probable; and, besides, supposing she should come there, + as the colonists had not been able to deposit a notice pointing out + Ayrton’s change of abode, the commander of the yacht, after having + explored Tabor Island without results, would again set sail and return to + lower latitudes. + </p> + <p> + No! no hope of being saved could be retained, and a horrible death, death + from hunger and thirst, awaited them upon this rock. + </p> + <p> + Already they were stretched on the rock, inanimate, and no longer + conscious of what passed around them. Ayrton alone, by a supreme effort, + from time to time raised his head, and cast a despairing glance over the + desert ocean. + </p> + <p> + But on the morning of the 24th of March Ayrton’s arms were extended toward + a point in the horizon; he raised himself, at first on his knees, then + upright, and his hand seemed to make a signal. + </p> + <p> + A sail was in sight off the rock. She was evidently not without an object. + The reef was the mark for which she was making in a direct line, under all + steam, and the unfortunate colonists might have made her out some hours + before if they had had the strength to watch the horizon. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan’!” murmured Ayrton—and fell back without sign of life. + </p> + <p> + When Cyrus Harding and his companions recovered consciousness, thanks to + the attention lavished upon them, they found themselves in the cabin of a + steamer, without being able to comprehend how they had escaped death. + </p> + <p> + A word from Ayrton explained everything. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan’!” he murmured. + </p> + <p> + “The ‘Duncan’!” exclaimed Cyrus Harding. And raising his hand to Heaven, + he said, “Oh! Almighty God! mercifully hast Thou preserved us!” + </p> + <p> + It was, in fact, the “Duncan,” Lord Glenarvan’s yacht, now commanded by + Robert, son of Captain Grant, who had been despatched to Tabor Island to + find Ayrton, and bring him back to his native land after twelve years of + expiation. + </p> + <p> + The colonists were not only saved, but already on the way to their native + country. + </p> + <p> + “Captain Grant,” asked Cyrus Harding, “who can have suggested to you the + idea, after having left Tabor Island, where you did not find Ayrton, of + coming a hundred miles farther northeast?” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Harding,” replied Robert Grant, “it was in order to find, not + only Ayrton, but yourself and your companions.” + </p> + <p> + “My companions and myself?” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless, at Lincoln Island.” + </p> + <p> + “At Lincoln Island!” exclaimed in a breath Gideon Spilett, Herbert, Neb, + and Pencroft, in the highest degree astonished. + </p> + <p> + “How could you be aware of the existence of Lincoln Island?” inquired + Cyrus Harding, “it is not even named in the charts.” + </p> + <p> + “I knew of it from a document left by you on Tabor Island,” answered + Robert Grant. + </p> + <p> + “A document!” cried Gideon Spilett. + </p> + <p> + “Without doubt, and here it is,” answered Robert Grant, producing a paper + which indicated the longitude and latitude of Lincoln Island, “the present + residence of Ayrton and five American colonists.” + </p> + <p> + “It is Captain Nemo!” cried Cyrus Harding, after having read the notice, + and recognized that the handwriting was similar to that of the paper found + at the corral. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said Pencroft, “it was then he who took our ‘Bonadventure’ and + hazarded himself alone to go to Tabor Island!” + </p> + <p> + “In order to leave this notice,” added Herbert. + </p> + <p> + “I was then right in saying,” exclaimed the sailor, “that even after his + death the captain would render us a last service.” + </p> + <p> + “My friends,” said Cyrus Harding, in a voice of the profoundest emotion, + “may the God of mercy have had pity on the soul of Captain Nemo, our + benefactor.” + </p> + <p> + The colonists uncovered themselves at these last words of Cyrus Harding, + and murmured the name of Captain Nemo. + </p> + <p> + Then Ayrton, approaching the engineer, said simply, “Where should this + coffer be deposited?” + </p> + <p> + It was the coffer which Ayrton had saved at the risk of his life, at the + very instant that the island had been engulfed, and which he now + faithfully handed to the engineer. + </p> + <p> + “Ayrton! Ayrton!” said Cyrus Harding, deeply touched. Then, addressing + Robert Grant, “Sir,” he added, “you left behind you a criminal; you find + in his place a man who has become honest by penitence, and whose hand I am + proud to clasp in mine.” + </p> + <p> + Robert Grant was now made acquainted with the strange history of Captain + Nemo and the colonists of Lincoln Island. Then, observation being taken of + what remained of this shoal, which must henceforward figure on the charts + of the Pacific, the order was given to make all sail. + </p> + <p> + A few weeks afterwards the colonists landed in America, and found their + country once more at peace after the terrible conflict in which right and + justice had triumphed. + </p> + <p> + Of the treasures contained in the coffer left by Captain Nemo to the + colonists of Lincoln Island, the larger portion was employed in the + purchase of a vast territory in the State of Iowa. One pearl alone, the + finest, was reserved from the treasure and sent to Lady Glenarvan in the + name of the castaways restored to their country by the “Duncan.” + </p> + <p> + There, upon this domain, the colonists invited to labor, that is to say, + to wealth and happiness, all those to whom they had hoped to offer the + hospitality of Lincoln Island. There was founded a vast colony to which + they gave the name of that island sunk beneath the waters of the Pacific. + A river there was called the Mercy, a mountain took the name of Mount + Franklin, a small lake was named Lake Grant, and the forests became the + forests of the Far West. It might have been an island on terra firma. + </p> + <p> + There, under the intelligent hands of the engineer and his companions, + everything prospered. Not one of the former colonists of Lincoln Island + was absent, for they had sworn to live always together. Neb was with his + master; Ayrton was there ready to sacrifice himself for all; Pencroft was + more a farmer than he had ever been a sailor; Herbert, who completed his + studies under the superintendence of Cyrus Harding, and Gideon Spilett, + who founded the New Lincoln Herald, the best-informed journal in the + world. + </p> + <p> + There Cyrus Harding and his companions received at intervals visits from + Lord and Lady Glenarvan, Captain John Mangles and his wife, the sister of + Robert Grant, Robert Grant himself, Major McNab, and all those who had + taken part in the history both of Captain Grant and Captain Nemo. + </p> + <p> + There, to conclude, all were happy, united in the present as they had been + in the past; but never could they forget that island upon which they had + arrived poor and friendless, that island which, during four years had + supplied all their wants, and of which there remained but a fragment of + granite washed by the waves of the Pacific, the tomb of him who had borne + the name of Captain Nemo. + </p> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MYSTERIOUS ISLAND ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + + </body> +</html> |